Cisco | 3020 - Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch | Specifications | Cisco 3020 - Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch Specifications

Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP
Command Reference
Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SEF
June 2006
Corporate Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 526-4100
Text Part Number: OL-8916-01
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL
STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT
SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE
OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.
The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public
domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH
ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF
DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO
OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
CCSP, CCVP, the Cisco Square Bridge logo, Follow Me Browsing, and StackWise are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn,
and iQuick Study are service marks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, Cisco, the Cisco
Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel,
EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, FormShare, GigaDrive, GigaStack, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard,
LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, the Networkers logo, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, Packet, PIX, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing, ProConnect,
RateMUX, ScriptShare, SlideCast, SMARTnet, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or
its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries.
All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship
between Cisco and any other company. (0601R)
Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the
document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
© 2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
C O N T E N T S
Preface
xv
Audience
Purpose
xv
xv
Conventions
xv
Related Publications
xvi
Obtaining Documentation xvii
Cisco.com xvii
Product Documentation DVD xvii
Ordering Documentation xvii
Documentation Feedback
xviii
Cisco Product Security Overview xviii
Reporting Security Problems in Cisco Products
xviii
Obtaining Technical Assistance xix
Cisco Technical Support & Documentation Website
Submitting a Service Request xx
Definitions of Service Request Severity xx
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information
CHAPTER
1
Using the Command-Line Interface
xix
xx
1-1
CLI Command Modes 1-1
User EXEC Mode 1-3
Privileged EXEC Mode 1-3
Global Configuration Mode 1-3
Interface Configuration Mode 1-4
config-vlan Mode 1-4
VLAN Configuration Mode 1-5
Line Configuration Mode 1-5
CHAPTER
2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
aaa accounting dot1x
2-1
aaa authentication dot1x
aaa authorization network
action
2-1
2-3
2-5
2-6
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
iii
Contents
archive download-sw
archive tar
2-8
2-11
archive upload-sw
2-14
auto qos voip
2-16
boot boothlpr
2-20
boot config-file
2-21
boot enable-break
boot helper
2-22
2-23
boot helper-config-file
boot manual
2-24
2-25
boot private-config-file
boot system
2-27
channel-group
2-28
channel-protocol
class
2-26
2-31
2-32
class-map
2-34
clear dot1x
2-36
clear eap sessions
clear lacp
2-37
2-38
clear mac address-table
2-39
clear mac address-table move update
clear pagp
2-41
2-42
clear port-security
2-43
clear spanning-tree counters
2-45
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
clear vmps statistics
clear vtp counters
2-47
2-48
define interface-range
delete
2-49
2-51
deny (MAC access-list configuration)
dot1x
2-46
2-52
2-55
dot1x auth-fail max-attempts
dot1x auth-fail vlan
2-57
2-59
dot1x control-direction
2-61
dot1x critical (global configuration)
2-63
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
iv
OL-8916-01
Contents
dot1x critical (interface configuration)
dot1x default
2-67
dot1x guest-vlan
2-68
dot1x host-mode
2-70
dot1x initialize
2-71
dot1x mac-auth-bypass
dot1x max-reauth-req
dot1x max-req
dot1x pae
2-72
2-74
2-75
2-76
dot1x port-control
2-77
dot1x re-authenticate
2-79
dot1x reauthentication
dot1x timeout
duplex
2-65
2-80
2-81
2-84
errdisable detect cause
2-86
errdisable recovery
2-88
exception crashinfo
2-90
flowcontrol
2-91
interface port-channel
interface range
interface vlan
2-95
2-97
ip access-group
ip address
2-93
2-98
2-100
ip dhcp snooping
2-102
ip dhcp snooping information option
2-103
ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted
ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id
ip dhcp snooping limit rate
ip dhcp snooping trust
2-107
2-109
2-110
ip dhcp snooping verify
ip dhcp snooping vlan
2-105
2-111
2-112
ip dhcp snooping vlan information option format-type circuit-id string
ip igmp filter
2-115
ip igmp max-groups
ip igmp profile
2-113
2-116
2-118
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
v
Contents
ip igmp snooping
2-120
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval
ip igmp snooping querier
2-124
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
ip igmp snooping tcn
2-126
2-128
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
2-130
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
ip igmp snooping vlan static
ip ssh
2-131
2-133
2-135
2-137
lacp port-priority
2-139
lacp system-priority
link state group
2-145
logging event
logging file
2-141
2-143
link state track
2-146
2-147
mac access-group
2-149
mac access-list extended
2-151
mac address-table aging-time
2-153
mac address-table move update
mac address-table notification
mac address-table static
macro apply
2-156
2-159
2-161
macro description
macro global
2-164
2-165
macro global description
macro name
2-154
2-158
mac address-table static drop
2-168
2-169
match (access-map configuration)
match (class-map configuration)
mdix auto
2-171
2-173
2-175
media-type
mls qos
2-122
2-177
2-179
mls qos aggregate-policer
mls qos cos
2-181
2-183
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
vi
OL-8916-01
Contents
mls qos dscp-mutation
mls qos map
2-185
2-187
mls qos queue-set output buffers
2-191
mls qos queue-set output threshold
mls qos rewrite ip dscp
2-193
2-195
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
2-197
2-199
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
2-201
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
2-203
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
2-205
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
2-207
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
2-209
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
mls qos trust
2-211
2-213
mls qos vlan-based
monitor session
2-215
2-216
mvr (global configuration)
2-220
mvr (interface configuration)
pagp learn-method
pagp port-priority
2-223
2-226
2-228
permit (MAC access-list configuration)
police
2-233
police aggregate
policy-map
2-235
2-237
port-channel load-balance
priority-queue
queue-set
2-244
radius-server host
remote-span
2-249
2-253
service password-recovery
service-policy
2-245
2-247
rmon collection stats
setup
2-240
2-242
radius-server dead-criteria
set
2-230
2-254
2-256
2-259
2-261
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
vii
Contents
setup express
2-264
show access-lists
2-266
show archive status
show auto qos
show boot
2-269
2-270
2-273
show cable-diagnostics tdr
show class-map
2-275
2-277
show controllers cpu-interface
2-278
show controllers ethernet-controller
show controllers tcam
2-288
show controllers utilization
show dot1x
2-290
2-292
show dtp
2-296
show eap
2-298
show env
2-301
show errdisable detect
2-302
show errdisable flap-values
show errdisable recovery
show etherchannel
show flowcontrol
show interfaces
show inventory
2-304
2-306
2-308
2-311
2-313
show interfaces counters
2-321
2-323
show ip dhcp snooping
2-324
show ip dhcp snooping binding
show ip igmp profile
2-325
2-327
show ip igmp snooping
2-328
show ip igmp snooping groups
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
show ip igmp snooping querier
show lacp
2-280
2-330
2-332
2-334
2-336
show link state group
2-340
show mac access-group
2-342
show mac address-table
2-344
show mac address-table address
2-346
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
viii
OL-8916-01
Contents
show mac address-table aging-time
show mac address-table count
2-348
2-349
show mac address-table dynamic
2-351
show mac address-table interface
2-353
show mac address-table move update
show mac address-table notification
show mac address-table static
show mac address-table vlan
show mls qos
2-361
2-363
show mls qos input-queue
show mls qos interface
show mls qos maps
2-367
2-371
show mls qos vlan
show monitor
2-374
2-376
2-377
2-379
show mvr interface
2-381
show mvr members
2-383
show pagp
2-385
show parser macro
show policy-map
2-387
2-390
show port-security
2-392
show setup express
2-395
show spanning-tree
2-396
show storm-control
2-402
show system mtu
show udld
2-404
2-405
show version
2-408
2-410
show vlan access-map
show vlan filter
show vmps
show vtp
shutdown
2-364
2-365
show mls qos queue-set
show vlan
2-357
2-359
show mls qos aggregate-policer
show mvr
2-355
2-415
2-416
2-417
2-420
2-423
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
ix
Contents
shutdown vlan
2-424
snmp-server enable traps
snmp-server host
2-425
2-428
snmp trap mac-notification
2-432
spanning-tree backbonefast
spanning-tree bpdufilter
2-434
2-435
spanning-tree bpduguard
spanning-tree cost
2-437
2-439
spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
spanning-tree extend system-id
spanning-tree guard
2-443
2-445
spanning-tree link-type
2-447
spanning-tree loopguard default
spanning-tree mode
2-449
2-451
spanning-tree mst configuration
spanning-tree mst cost
2-453
2-455
spanning-tree mst forward-time
spanning-tree mst hello-time
spanning-tree mst max-age
2-457
2-458
2-459
spanning-tree mst max-hops
2-460
spanning-tree mst port-priority
2-462
spanning-tree mst pre-standard
spanning-tree mst priority
spanning-tree mst root
2-464
2-465
2-466
spanning-tree port-priority
2-468
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
spanning-tree transmit hold-count
spanning-tree uplinkfast
spanning-tree vlan
speed
2-441
2-470
2-472
2-474
2-475
2-477
2-480
srr-queue bandwidth limit
2-482
srr-queue bandwidth shape
2-484
srr-queue bandwidth share
2-486
storm-control
2-488
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
x
OL-8916-01
Contents
switchport access
2-491
switchport backup interface
switchport block
2-493
2-496
switchport host
2-497
switchport mode
2-498
switchport nonegotiate
2-500
switchport port-security
2-502
switchport port-security aging
switchport priority extend
switchport protected
switchport trunk
2-511
2-515
2-517
test cable-diagnostics tdr
traceroute mac
trust
2-525
udld
2-527
2-519
2-520
traceroute mac ip
udld port
2-509
2-512
switchport voice vlan
system mtu
2-507
2-523
2-529
udld reset
2-531
vlan (global configuration)
2-532
vlan (VLAN configuration)
2-537
vlan access-map
vlan database
vlan filter
2-543
2-545
2-548
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC)
2-550
vmps reconfirm (global configuration)
vmps retry
vmps server
APPENDIX
A
2-551
2-552
2-553
vtp (global configuration)
2-555
vtp (VLAN configuration)
2-559
Cisco Catalyst Switch 3020 for HP Boot Loader Commands
boot
cat
copy
A-1
A-2
A-4
A-5
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
xi
Contents
delete
dir
A-6
A-7
flash_init
format
A-9
A-10
fsck
A-11
help
A-12
load_helper
memory
A-14
mkdir
A-15
more
A-16
rename
A-17
reset
A-18
rmdir
A-19
set
A-20
type
unset
A-23
A-24
version
APPENDIX
B
A-13
A-26
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Debug Commands
debug auto qos
B-2
debug backup
B-4
debug dot1x
B-5
debug dtp
B-7
debug eap
B-8
debug etherchannel
debug interface
B-10
B-12
debug ip igmp filter
B-14
debug ip igmp max-groups
debug ip igmp snooping
debug lacp
B-15
B-16
B-17
debug mac-notification
debug matm
B-18
B-19
debug matm move update
debug monitor
B-21
debug mvrdbg
B-22
debug nvram
B-1
B-20
B-23
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
xii
OL-8916-01
Contents
debug pagp
B-24
debug platform acl
B-25
debug platform backup interface
debug platform cpu-queues
debug platform dot1x
B-26
B-27
B-29
debug platform etherchannel
debug platform forw-tcam
debug platform ip dhcp
B-30
B-31
B-32
debug platform ip igmp snooping
debug platform led
debug platform matm
B-33
B-35
B-36
debug platform messaging application
debug platform phy
B-39
debug platform pm
B-41
debug platform port-asic
B-38
B-43
debug platform port-security
B-44
debug platform qos-acl-tcam
B-45
debug platform remote-commands
B-46
debug platform resource-manager
B-47
debug platform snmp
B-48
debug platform span
B-49
debug platform supervisor-asic
debug platform sw-bridge
debug platform tcam
B-52
debug platform udld
B-54
debug platform vlan
B-55
debug pm
B-50
B-51
B-56
debug port-security
B-58
debug qos-manager
B-59
debug spanning-tree
B-60
debug spanning-tree backbonefast
debug spanning-tree bpdu
B-63
debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt
debug spanning-tree mstp
debug spanning-tree switch
B-62
B-64
B-65
B-67
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
xiii
Contents
debug spanning-tree uplinkfast
debug sw-vlan
B-70
debug sw-vlan ifs
B-72
debug sw-vlan notification
debug sw-vlan vtp
APPENDIX
C
B-69
debug udld
B-78
debug vqpc
B-80
B-74
B-76
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Show Platform Commands
show platform acl
C-2
show platform backup interface
C-3
show platform configuration
C-4
show platform etherchannel
C-5
show platform forward
C-6
show platform ip igmp snooping
show platform layer4op
C-8
C-10
show platform mac-address-table
show platform messaging
show platform monitor
C-13
C-14
C-15
show platform port-asic
C-16
show platform port-security
show platform qos
C-21
C-22
show platform resource-manager
show platform snmp counters
show platform spanning-tree
show platform stp-instance
show platform tcam
show platform vlan
C-11
C-12
show platform mvr table
show platform pm
C-1
C-23
C-25
C-26
C-27
C-28
C-30
INDEX
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
xiv
OL-8916-01
Preface
Audience
This guide is for the networking professional using the Cisco IOS command-line interface (CLI) to
manage the Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP, hereafter referred to as the switch. Before using
this guide, you should have experience working with the Cisco IOS commands and the switch software
features. Before using this guide, you should have experience working with the concepts and
terminology of Ethernet and local area networking.
Purpose
This guide provides the information that you need about the Layer 2 commands that have been created
or changed for use with the switch. For information about the standard Cisco IOS Release 12.2 commands,
see the Cisco IOS documentation set available from the Cisco.com home page by selecting Technical
Support & Documentation > Cisco IOS Software.
This guide does not provide procedures for configuring your switch. For detailed configuration
procedures, see the software configuration guide for this release.
This guide does not describe system messages you might encounter. For more information, see the
system message guide for this release.
For documentation updates, see the release notes for this release.
Conventions
This publication uses these conventions to convey instructions and information:
Command descriptions use these conventions:
•
Commands and keywords are in boldface text.
•
Arguments for which you supply values are in italic.
•
Square brackets ([ ]) means optional elements.
•
Braces ({}) group required choices, and vertical bars ( | ) separate the alternative elements.
•
Braces and vertical bars within square brackets ([{ | }]) mean a required choice within an optional
element.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
xv
Preface
Related Publications
Interactive examples use these conventions:
•
Terminal sessions and system displays are in screen font.
•
Information you enter is in boldface
•
Nonprinting characters, such as passwords or tabs, are in angle brackets (< >).
screen
font.
Notes, cautions, and warnings use these conventions and symbols:
Note
Caution
Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to materials not contained in
this manual.
Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in equipment
damage or loss of data.
Related Publications
These documents provide complete information about the switch and are available from this Cisco.com
site:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6748/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
Note
Before installing, configuring, or upgrading the switch, see these documents:
•
For initial configuration information, see the “Configuring the Switch Module” section in the getting
started guide or the “Configuring the Switch with the CLI-Based Setup Program” appendix in the
hardware installation guide.
•
For device manager requirements, see the “System Requirements” section in the release notes (not
orderable but available on Cisco.com).
•
For upgrade information, see the “Downloading Software” section in the release notes.
You can order printed copies of documents with a DOC-xxxxxx= number from the Cisco.com sites and
from the telephone numbers listed in the “Obtaining Documentation” section on page xvii.
•
Release Notes for the Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP (not orderable but available on
Cisco.com)
•
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP System Message Guide (not orderable but available on
Cisco.com)
•
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Software Configuration Guide (not orderable but available
on Cisco.com)
•
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference (not orderable but available on
Cisco.com)
•
Device manager online help (available on the switch)
•
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Hardware Installation Guide (not orderable but available
on Cisco.com)
•
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Getting Started Guide (order number DOC-7817364=)
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
xvi
OL-8916-01
Preface
Obtaining Documentation
•
Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP
(order number DOC-7817607=)
•
Cisco Small Form-Factor Pluggable Modules Installation Notes (order number DOC-7815160=)
Obtaining Documentation
Cisco documentation and additional literature are available on Cisco.com. Cisco also provides several
ways to obtain technical assistance and other technical resources. These sections explain how to obtain
technical information from Cisco Systems.
Cisco.com
You can access the most current Cisco documentation at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/techsupport
You can access the Cisco website at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com
You can access international Cisco websites at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/public/countries_languages.shtml
Product Documentation DVD
The Product Documentation DVD is a comprehensive library of technical product documentation on a
portable medium. The DVD enables you to access multiple versions of installation, configuration, and
command guides for Cisco hardware and software products. With the DVD, you have access to the same
HTML documentation that is found on the Cisco website without being connected to the Internet.
Certain products also have .PDF versions of the documentation available.
The Product Documentation DVD is available as a single unit or as a subscription. Registered Cisco.com
users (Cisco direct customers) can order a Product Documentation DVD (product number
DOC-DOCDVD= or DOC-DOCDVD=SUB) from Cisco Marketplace at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/marketplace/
Ordering Documentation
Registered Cisco.com users may order Cisco documentation at the Product Documentation Store in the
Cisco Marketplace at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/marketplace/
Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order technical documentation from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
(0800 to 1700) PDT by calling 1 866 463-3487 in the United States and Canada, or elsewhere by
calling 011 408 519-5055. You can also order documentation by e-mail at
tech-doc-store-mkpl@external.cisco.com or by fax at 1 408 519-5001 in the United States and Canada,
or elsewhere at 011 408 519-5001.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
xvii
Preface
Documentation Feedback
Documentation Feedback
You can rate and provide feedback about Cisco technical documents by completing the online feedback
form that appears with the technical documents on Cisco.com.
You can submit comments about Cisco documentation by using the response card (if present) behind the
front cover of your document or by writing to the following address:
Cisco Systems
Attn: Customer Document Ordering
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-9883
We appreciate your comments.
Cisco Product Security Overview
Cisco provides a free online Security Vulnerability Policy portal at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/products_security_vulnerability_policy.html
From this site, you will find information about how to:
•
Report security vulnerabilities in Cisco products.
•
Obtain assistance with security incidents that involve Cisco products.
•
Register to receive security information from Cisco.
A current list of security advisories, security notices, and security responses for Cisco products is
available at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/psirt
To see security advisories, security notices, and security responses as they are updated in real time, you
can subscribe to the Product Security Incident Response Team Really Simple Syndication (PSIRT RSS)
feed. Information about how to subscribe to the PSIRT RSS feed is found at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/products_psirt_rss_feed.html
Reporting Security Problems in Cisco Products
Cisco is committed to delivering secure products. We test our products internally before we release them,
and we strive to correct all vulnerabilities quickly. If you think that you have identified a vulnerability
in a Cisco product, contact PSIRT:
•
For Emergencies only — security-alert@cisco.com
An emergency is either a condition in which a system is under active attack or a condition for which
a severe and urgent security vulnerability should be reported. All other conditions are considered
nonemergencies.
•
For Nonemergencies — psirt@cisco.com
In an emergency, you can also reach PSIRT by telephone:
•
1 877 228-7302
•
1 408 525-6532
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
xviii
OL-8916-01
Preface
Obtaining Technical Assistance
Tip
We encourage you to use Pretty Good Privacy (PGP) or a compatible product (for example, GnuPG) to
encrypt any sensitive information that you send to Cisco. PSIRT can work with information that has been
encrypted with PGP versions 2.x through 9.x.
Never use a revoked or an expired encryption key. The correct public key to use in your correspondence
with PSIRT is the one linked in the Contact Summary section of the Security Vulnerability Policy page
at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/products_security_vulnerability_policy.html
The link on this page has the current PGP key ID in use.
If you do not have or use PGP, contact PSIRT at the aforementioned e-mail addresses or phone numbers
before sending any sensitive material to find other means of encrypting the data.
Obtaining Technical Assistance
Cisco Technical Support provides 24-hour-a-day award-winning technical assistance. The Cisco
Technical Support & Documentation website on Cisco.com features extensive online support resources.
In addition, if you have a valid Cisco service contract, Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC)
engineers provide telephone support. If you do not have a valid Cisco service contract, contact your
reseller.
Cisco Technical Support & Documentation Website
The Cisco Technical Support & Documentation website provides online documents and tools for
troubleshooting and resolving technical issues with Cisco products and technologies. The website is
available 24 hours a day, at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/techsupport
Access to all tools on the Cisco Technical Support & Documentation website requires a Cisco.com user
ID and password. If you have a valid service contract but do not have a user ID or password, you can
register at this URL:
http://tools.cisco.com/RPF/register/register.do
Note
Use the Cisco Product Identification (CPI) tool to locate your product serial number before submitting
a web or phone request for service. You can access the CPI tool from the Cisco Technical Support &
Documentation website by clicking the Tools & Resources link under Documentation & Tools. Choose
Cisco Product Identification Tool from the Alphabetical Index drop-down list, or click the Cisco
Product Identification Tool link under Alerts & RMAs. The CPI tool offers three search options: by
product ID or model name; by tree view; or for certain products, by copying and pasting show command
output. Search results show an illustration of your product with the serial number label location
highlighted. Locate the serial number label on your product and record the information before placing a
service call.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
xix
Preface
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information
Submitting a Service Request
Using the online TAC Service Request Tool is the fastest way to open S3 and S4 service requests. (S3
and S4 service requests are those in which your network is minimally impaired or for which you require
product information.) After you describe your situation, the TAC Service Request Tool provides
recommended solutions. If your issue is not resolved using the recommended resources, your service
request is assigned to a Cisco engineer. The TAC Service Request Tool is located at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/techsupport/servicerequest
For S1 or S2 service requests, or if you do not have Internet access, contact the Cisco TAC by telephone.
(S1 or S2 service requests are those in which your production network is down or severely degraded.)
Cisco engineers are assigned immediately to S1 and S2 service requests to help keep your business
operations running smoothly.
To open a service request by telephone, use one of the following numbers:
Asia-Pacific: +61 2 8446 7411 (Australia: 1 800 805 227)
EMEA: +32 2 704 55 55
USA: 1 800 553-2447
For a complete list of Cisco TAC contacts, go to this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/techsupport/contacts
Definitions of Service Request Severity
To ensure that all service requests are reported in a standard format, Cisco has established severity
definitions.
Severity 1 (S1)—An existing network is down, or there is a critical impact to your business operations.
You and Cisco will commit all necessary resources around the clock to resolve the situation.
Severity 2 (S2)—Operation of an existing network is severely degraded, or significant aspects of your
business operations are negatively affected by inadequate performance of Cisco products. You and Cisco
will commit full-time resources during normal business hours to resolve the situation.
Severity 3 (S3)—Operational performance of the network is impaired, while most business operations
remain functional. You and Cisco will commit resources during normal business hours to restore service
to satisfactory levels.
Severity 4 (S4)—You require information or assistance with Cisco product capabilities, installation, or
configuration. There is little or no effect on your business operations.
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information
Information about Cisco products, technologies, and network solutions is available from various online
and printed sources.
•
The Cisco Product Quick Reference Guide is a handy, compact reference tool that includes brief
product overviews, key features, sample part numbers, and abbreviated technical specifications for
many Cisco products that are sold through channel partners. It is updated twice a year and includes
the latest Cisco offerings. To order and find out more about the Cisco Product Quick Reference
Guide, go to this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/guide
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
xx
OL-8916-01
Preface
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information
•
Cisco Marketplace provides a variety of Cisco books, reference guides, documentation, and logo
merchandise. Visit Cisco Marketplace, the company store, at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/marketplace/
•
Cisco Press publishes a wide range of general networking, training and certification titles. Both new
and experienced users will benefit from these publications. For current Cisco Press titles and other
information, go to Cisco Press at this URL:
http://www.ciscopress.com
•
Packet magazine is the Cisco Systems technical user magazine for maximizing Internet and
networking investments. Each quarter, Packet delivers coverage of the latest industry trends,
technology breakthroughs, and Cisco products and solutions, as well as network deployment and
troubleshooting tips, configuration examples, customer case studies, certification and training
information, and links to scores of in-depth online resources. You can access Packet magazine at
this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/packet
•
iQ Magazine is the quarterly publication from Cisco Systems designed to help growing companies
learn how they can use technology to increase revenue, streamline their business, and expand
services. The publication identifies the challenges facing these companies and the technologies to
help solve them, using real-world case studies and business strategies to help readers make sound
technology investment decisions. You can access iQ Magazine at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/iqmagazine
or view the digital edition at this URL:
http://ciscoiq.texterity.com/ciscoiq/sample/
•
Internet Protocol Journal is a quarterly journal published by Cisco Systems for engineering
professionals involved in designing, developing, and operating public and private internets and
intranets. You can access the Internet Protocol Journal at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/ipj
•
Networking products offered by Cisco Systems, as well as customer support services, can be
obtained at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/index.html
•
Networking Professionals Connection is an interactive website for networking professionals to share
questions, suggestions, and information about networking products and technologies with Cisco
experts and other networking professionals. Join a discussion at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/discuss/networking
•
World-class networking training is available from Cisco. You can view current offerings at
this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/learning/index.html
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
xxi
Preface
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
xxii
OL-8916-01
C H A P T E R
1
Using the Command-Line Interface
The switch is supported by Cisco IOS software. This chapter describes how to use the switch
command-line interface (CLI) to configure software features.
•
For a complete description of the commands that support these features, see Chapter 2, “Cisco
Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands.”
•
For information on the boot loader commands, see Appendix A, “Cisco Catalyst Switch 3020 for
HP Boot Loader Commands.”
•
For information on the debug commands, see Appendix B, “Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for
HP Debug Commands.”
•
For information on the show platform commands, see Appendix C, “Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch
3020 for HP Show Platform Commands.”
•
For more information on Cisco IOS Release 12.2, see the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command
Summary.
•
For task-oriented configuration steps, see the software configuration guide for this release.
In this document, IP refers to IP version 4 (IPv4).
CLI Command Modes
This section describes the CLI command mode structure. Command modes support specific Cisco IOS
commands. For example, the interface interface-id command only works when entered in global
configuration mode.
These are the main command modes for the switch:
•
User EXEC
•
Privileged EXEC
•
Global configuration
•
Interface configuration
•
Config-vlan
•
VLAN configuration
•
Line configuration
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
1-1
Chapter 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
Table 1-1 lists the main command modes, how to access each mode, the prompt you see in that mode,
and how to exit that mode. The prompts listed use the default name Switch.
Table 1-1
Command Modes Summary
Command Mode
Access Method
Prompt
Exit or Access Next Mode
User EXEC
This is the first level of access.
Switch>
Enter the logout command.
To enter privileged EXEC mode, enter
the enable command.
(For the switch) Change terminal
settings, perform basic tasks, and
list system information.
Privileged EXEC
From user EXEC mode, enter the
enable command.
Switch#
To exit to user EXEC mode, enter the
disable command.
To enter global configuration mode,
enter the configure command.
Global
configuration
From privileged EXEC mode,
enter the configure command.
Switch(config)#
To exit to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the exit or end command, or
press Ctrl-Z.
To enter interface configuration mode,
enter the interface configuration
command.
Interface
configuration
Config-vlan
From global configuration mode,
specify an interface by entering
the interface command followed
by an interface identification.
Switch(config-if)#
In global configuration mode,
enter the vlan vlan-id command.
Switch(config-vlan)#
To exit to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
To exit to global configuration mode,
enter the exit command.
To exit to global configuration mode,
enter the exit command.
To return to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
VLAN
configuration
From privileged EXEC mode,
enter the vlan database
command.
Switch(vlan)#
To exit to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the exit command.
Line configuration
From global configuration mode,
specify a line by entering the line
command.
Switch(config-line)#
To exit to global configuration mode,
enter the exit command.
To return to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
1-2
OL-8916-01
Chapter 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
User EXEC Mode
After you access the device, you are automatically in user EXEC command mode. The EXEC commands
available at the user level are a subset of those available at the privileged level. In general, use the user
EXEC commands to temporarily change terminal settings, perform basic tests, and list system
information.
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch> ?
Privileged EXEC Mode
Because many of the privileged commands configure operating parameters, privileged access should be
password-protected to prevent unauthorized use. The privileged command set includes those commands
contained in user EXEC mode, as well as the configure privileged EXEC command through which you
access the remaining command modes.
If your system administrator has set a password, you are prompted to enter it before being granted access
to privileged EXEC mode. The password does not appear on the screen and is case sensitive.
The privileged EXEC mode prompt is the device name followed by the pound sign ( #).
Switch#
Enter the enable command to access privileged EXEC mode:
Switch> enable
Switch#
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch# ?
To return to user EXEC mode, enter the disable privileged EXEC command.
Global Configuration Mode
Global configuration commands apply to features that affect the device as a whole. Use the configure
privileged EXEC command to enter global configuration mode. The default is to enter commands from
the management console.
When you enter the configure command, a message prompts you for the source of the configuration
commands:
Switch# configure
Configuring from terminal, memory, or network [terminal]?
You can specify either the terminal or NVRAM as the source of configuration commands.
This example shows you how to access global configuration mode:
Switch# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line.
End with CNTL/Z.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
1-3
Chapter 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config)# ?
To exit global configuration command mode and to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the end or
exit command, or press Ctrl-Z.
Interface Configuration Mode
Interface configuration commands modify the operation of the interface. Interface configuration
commands always follow a global configuration command, which defines the interface type.
Use the interface interface-id command to access interface configuration mode. The new prompt means
interface configuration mode.
Switch(config-if)#
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config-if)# ?
To exit interface configuration mode and to return to global configuration mode, enter the exit command.
To exit interface configuration mode and to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the end command,
or press Ctrl-Z.
config-vlan Mode
Use this mode to configure normal-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1 to 1005) or, when VTP mode is
transparent, to configure extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094). When VTP mode is
transparent, the VLAN and VTP configuration is saved in the running configuration file, and you can
save it to the switch startup configuration file by using the copy running-config startup-config
privileged EXEC command. The configurations of VLAN IDs 1 to 1005 are saved in the VLAN database
if VTP is in transparent or server mode. The extended-range VLAN configurations are not saved in the
VLAN database.
Enter the vlan vlan-id global configuration command to access config-vlan mode:
Switch(config)# vlan 2000
Switch(config-vlan)#
The supported keywords can vary but are similar to the commands available in VLAN configuration
mode. To display a comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config-vlan)# ?
For extended-range VLANs, all characteristics except the MTU size must remain at the default setting.
To return to global configuration mode, enter exit; to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter end. All
the commands except shutdown take effect when you exit config-vlan mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
1-4
OL-8916-01
Chapter 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
VLAN Configuration Mode
You can use the VLAN configuration commands to create or modify VLAN parameters for VLAN IDs
1 to 1005.
Enter the vlan database privileged EXEC command to access VLAN configuration mode:
Switch# vlan database
Switch(vlan)#
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(vlan)# ?
To return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the abort VLAN configuration command to abandon the
proposed database. Otherwise, enter exit to implement the proposed new VLAN database and to return
to privileged EXEC mode. When you enter exit or apply, the configuration is saved in the VLAN
database; configuration from VLAN configuration mode cannot be saved in the switch configuration file.
Line Configuration Mode
Line configuration commands modify the operation of a terminal line. Line configuration commands
always follow a line command, which defines a line number. Use these commands to change terminal
parameter settings line-by-line or for a range of lines.
Use the line vty line_number [ending_line_number] command to enter line configuration mode. The
new prompt means line configuration mode. The following example shows how to enter line
configuration mode for virtual terminal line 7:
Switch(config)# line vty 0 7
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config-line)# ?
To exit line configuration mode and to return to global configuration mode, use the exit command. To
exit line configuration mode and to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
1-5
Chapter 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
1-6
OL-8916-01
C H A P T E R
2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco
IOS Commands
aaa accounting dot1x
Use the aaa accounting dot1x global configuration command to enable authentication, authorization,
and accounting (AAA) accounting and to create method lists defining specific accounting methods on a
per-line or per-interface basis for IEEE 802.1x sessions. Use the no form of this command to disable
IEEE 802.1x accounting.
aaa accounting dot1x {name | default} start-stop {broadcast group {name | radius | tacacs+}
[group {name | radius | tacacs+} ... ] | group {name | radius | tacacs+} [group {name | radius
| tacacs+} ... ]}
no aaa accounting dot1x {name | default}
Syntax Description
name
Name of a server group. This is optional when you enter it after the
broadcast group and group keywords.
default
Use the accounting methods that follow as the default list for accounting
services.
start-stop
Send a start accounting notice at the beginning of a process and a stop
accounting notice at the end of a process. The start accounting record is sent
in the background. The requested-user process begins regardless of whether
or not the start accounting notice was received by the accounting server.
broadcast
Enable accounting records to be sent to multiple AAA servers and send
accounting records to the first server in each group. If the first server is
unavailable, the switch uses the list of backup servers to identify the first
server.
group
Specify the server group to be used for accounting services. These are valid
server group names:
•
name—Name of a server group.
•
radius—List of all RADIUS hosts.
•
tacacs+—List of all TACACS+ hosts.
The group keyword is optional when you enter it after the broadcast group
and group keywords. You can enter more than optional group keyword.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-1
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
aaa accounting dot1x
radius
(Optional) Enable RADIUS authorization.
tacacs+
(Optional) Enable TACACS+ accounting.
Defaults
AAA accounting is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires access to a RADIUS server.
We recommend that you enter the dot1x reauthentication interface configuration command before
configuring IEEE 802.1x RADIUS accounting on an interface.
Examples
This example shows how to configure IEEE 802.1x accounting:
Switch(config)# aaa new-model
Switch(config)# aaa accounting dot1x default start-stop group radius
Note
Related Commands
The RADIUS authentication server must be properly configured to accept and log update or watchdog
packets from the AAA client.
Command
Description
aaa authentication
dot1x
Specifies one or more AAA methods for use on interfaces running
IEEE 802.1x.
aaa new-model
Enables the AAA access control model. For syntax information, see the
Cisco IOS Security Command Reference, Release 12.2 > Authentication,
Authorization, and Accounting > Authentication Commands.
dot1x reauthentication
Enables or disables periodic reauthentication.
dot1x timeout
reauth-period
Sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-2
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
aaa authentication dot1x
aaa authentication dot1x
Use the aaa authentication dot1x global configuration command to specify the authentication,
authorization, and accounting (AAA) method to use on ports complying with the IEEE 802.1x
authentication. Use the no form of this command to disable authentication.
aaa authentication dot1x {default} method1
no aaa authentication dot1x {default}
Syntax Description
Note
default
Use the listed authentication method that follows this argument as the default
method when a user logs in.
method1
Enter the group radius keywords to use the list of all RADIUS servers for
authentication.
Though other keywords are visible in the command-line help strings, only the default and group radius
keywords are supported.
Defaults
No authentication is performed.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The method argument identifies the method that the authentication algorithm tries in the given sequence
to validate the password provided by the client. The only method that is truly IEEE 802.1x-compliant is
the group radius method, in which the client data is validated against a RADIUS authentication server.
If you specify group radius, you must configure the RADIUS server by entering the radius-server host
global configuration command.
Use the show running-config privileged EXEC command to display the configured lists of
authentication methods.
Examples
This example shows how to enable AAA and how to create an IEEE 802.1x-compliant authentication
list. This authentication first tries to contact a RADIUS server. If this action returns an error, the user is
not allowed access to the network.
Switch(config)# aaa new-model
Switch(config)# aaa authentication dot1x default group radius
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-3
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
aaa authentication dot1x
Related Commands
Command
Description
aaa new-model
Enables the AAA access control model. For syntax information, see the
Cisco IOS Security Command Reference, Release 12.2 > Authentication,
Authorization, and Accounting > Authentication Commands.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release
12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File Management
Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-4
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
aaa authorization network
aaa authorization network
Use the aaa authorization network global configuration command to the configure the switch to use
user-RADIUS authorization for all network-related service requests, such as IEEE 802.1x per-user
access control lists (ACLs) or VLAN assignment. Use the no form of this command to disable RADIUS
user authorization.
aaa authorization network default group radius
no aaa authorization network default
Syntax Description
default group
radius
Defaults
Authorization is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the list of all RADIUS hosts in the server group as the default authorization
list.
Use the aaa authorization network default group radius global configuration command to allow the
switch to download IEEE 802.1x authorization parameters from the RADIUS servers in the default
authorization list. The authorization parameters are used by features such as per-user ACLs or VLAN
assignment to get parameters from the RADIUS servers.
Use the show running-config privileged EXEC command to display the configured lists of authorization
methods.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the switch for user RADIUS authorization for all network-related
service requests:
Switch(config)# aaa authorization network default group radius
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release
12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File Management
Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-5
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
action
action
Use the action access-map configuration command to set the action for the VLAN access map entry. Use
the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
action {drop | forward}
no action
Syntax Description
drop
Drop the packet when the specified conditions are matched.
forward
Forward the packet when the specified conditions are matched.
Defaults
The default action is to forward packets.
Command Modes
Access-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You enter access-map configuration mode by using the vlan access-map global configuration command.
If the action is drop, you should define the access map, including configuring any access control list
(ACL) names in match clauses, before applying the map to a VLAN, or all packets could be dropped.
In access-map configuration mode, use the match access-map configuration command to define the
match conditions for a VLAN map. Use the action command to set the action that occurs when a packet
matches the conditions.
The drop and forward parameters are not used in the no form of the command.
Examples
This example shows how to identify and apply a VLAN access map vmap4 to VLANs 5 and 6 that causes
the VLAN to forward an IP packet if the packet matches the conditions defined in access list al2:
Switch(config)# vlan access-map vmap4
Switch(config-access-map)# match ip address al2
Switch(config-access-map)# action forward
Switch(config-access-map)# exit
Switch(config)# vlan filter vmap4 vlan-list 5-6
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan access-map privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-6
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
action
Related Commands
Command
Description
access-list {deny | permit}
Configures a standard numbered ACL. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing
and Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
ip access-list
Creates a named access list. For syntax information, select Cisco
IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and
Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
mac access-list extended
Creates a named MAC address access list.
match (class-map
configuration)
Defines the match conditions for a VLAN map.
show vlan access-map
Displays the VLAN access maps created on the switch.
vlan access-map
Creates a VLAN access map.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-7
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
archive download-sw
archive download-sw
Use the archive download-sw privileged EXEC command to download a new image from a TFTP server
to the switch and to overwrite or keep the existing image.
archive download-sw {/force-reload | /imageonly | /leave-old-sw | /no-set-boot | /overwrite |
/reload | /safe} source-url
Syntax Description
/force-reload
Unconditionally force a system reload after successfully downloading the
software image.
/imageonly
Download only the software image but not the HTML files associated with
the embedded device manager. The HTML files for the existing version are
deleted only if the existing version is being overwritten or removed.
/leave-old-sw
Keep the old software version after a successful download.
/no-set-boot
Do not alter the setting of the BOOT environment variable to point to the new
software image after it is successfully downloaded.
/overwrite
Overwrite the software image in flash memory with the downloaded one.
/reload
Reload the system after successfully downloading the image unless the
configuration has been changed and not been saved.
/safe
Keep the current software image; do not delete it to make room for the new
software image before the new image is downloaded. The current image is
deleted after the download.
source-url
The source URL alias for a local or network file system. These options are
supported:
•
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
•
The syntax for the FTP:
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for an HTTP server:
http://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for a secure HTTP server:
https://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP):
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the TFTP:
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/image-name.tar
The image-name.tar is the software image to download and install on the
switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-8
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
archive download-sw
Defaults
The current software image is not overwritten with the downloaded image.
Both the software image and HTML files are downloaded.
The new image is downloaded to the flash: file system.
The BOOT environment variable is changed to point to the new software image on the flash: file system.
Image names are case sensitive; the image file is provided in tar format.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The /imageonly option removes the HTML files for the existing image if the existing image is being
removed or replaced. Only the Cisco IOS image (without the HTML files) is downloaded.
Using the /safe or /leave-old-sw option can cause the new image download to fail if there is insufficient
flash memory. If leaving the software in place prevents the new image from fitting in flash memory due
to space constraints, an error results.
If you used the /leave-old-sw option and did not overwrite the old image when you downloaded the new
one, you can remove the old image by using the delete privileged EXEC command. For more
information, see the “delete” section on page 2-51.
Use the /overwrite option to overwrite the image on the flash device with the downloaded one.
If you specify the command without the /overwrite option, the download algorithm verifies that the new
image is not the same as the one on the switch flash device. If the images are the same, the download
does not occur. If the images are different, the old image is deleted, and the new one is downloaded.
After downloading a new image, enter the reload privileged EXEC command to begin using the new
image, or specify the /reload or /force-reload option in the archive download-sw command.
Examples
This example shows how to download a new image from a TFTP server at 172.20.129.10 and overwrite
the image on the switch:
Switch# archive download-sw /overwrite tftp://172.20.129.10/test-image.tar
This example shows how to download only the software image from a TFTP server at 172.20.129.10 to
the switch:
Switch# archive download-sw /imageonly tftp://172.20.129.10/test-image.tar
This example shows how to keep the old software version after a successful download:
Switch# archive download-sw /leave-old-sw tftp://172.20.129.10/test-image.tar
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-9
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
archive download-sw
Related Commands
Command
Description
archive tar
Creates a tar file, lists the files in a tar file, or extracts the files from a tar file.
archive upload-sw
Uploads an existing image on the switch to a server.
delete
Deletes a file or directory on the flash memory device.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-10
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
archive tar
archive tar
Use the archive tar privileged EXEC command to create a tar file, list files in a tar file, or extract the
files from a tar file.
archive tar {/create destination-url flash:/file-url} | {/table source-url} | {/xtract source-url
flash:/file-url [dir/file...]}
Syntax Description
/create destination-url
flash:/file-url
Create a new tar file on the local or network file system.
For destination-url, specify the destination URL alias for the local or
network file system and the name of the tar file to create. These options
are supported:
•
The syntax for the local flash filesystem:
flash:
•
The syntax for the FTP:
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for an HTTP server:
http://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for a secure HTTP server:
https://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP) is:
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for the TFTP:
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
The tar-filename.tar is the tar file to be created.
For flash:/file-url, specify the location on the local flash file system from
which the new tar file is created.
An optional list of files or directories within the source directory can be
specified to write to the new tar file. If none are specified, all files and
directories at this level are written to the newly created tar file.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-11
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
archive tar
/table source-url
Display the contents of an existing tar file to the screen.
For source-url, specify the source URL alias for the local or network file
system. These options are supported:
•
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
•
The syntax for the FTP:
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for an HTTP server:
http://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for a secure HTTP server:
https://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the RCP:
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for the TFTP:
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
The tar-filename.tar is the tar file to display.
/xtract source-url
flash:/file-url [dir/file...]
Extract files from a tar file to the local file system.
For source-url, specify the source URL alias for the local file system.
These options are supported:
•
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
•
The syntax for the FTP:
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for an HTTP server:
http://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for a secure HTTP server:
https://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the RCP:
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for the TFTP:
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
The tar-filename.tar is the tar file from which to extract.
For flash:/file-url [dir/file...], specify the location on the local flash file
system into which the tar file is extracted. Use the dir/file... option to
specify an optional list of files or directories within the tar file to be
extracted. If none are specified, all files and directories are extracted.
Defaults
There is no default setting.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-12
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
archive tar
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
Image names are case sensitive.
Examples
This example shows how to create a tar file. The command writes the contents of the new-configs
directory on the local flash device to a file named saved.tar on the TFTP server at 172.20.10.30:
Switch# archive tar /create tftp:172.20.10.30/saved.tar flash:/new-configs
This example shows how to display the contents of the cbs30x0-lanbasek9-tar.122-25.SEF.tar file that
is in flash memory. The contents of the tar file appear on the screen:
Switch# archive tar /table flash:cbs30x0-lanbase-tar.122-25.SEF.tar
info (219 bytes)
cbs30x0-lanbasek9-mz.122-25.SEF/ (directory)
(610856 bytes)
/info (219 bytes)
info.ver (219 bytes)
This example shows how to display only the cbs30x0-lanbasek9-tar.122-25.SEF/html directory and its
contents:
Switch# archive tar /table flash:cbs30x0-lanbasek9-tar.122-25.SEF.tar
cbs30x0-lanbasek9-tar.122-25.SEF
cbs30x0-lanbasek9-mz.122-25.SEF/html/ (directory)
cbs30x0-lanbasek9-mz.122-25.SEF/html/const.htm (556 bytes)
cbs30x0-lanbasek9-mz.122-25.SEF/html/xhome.htm (9373 bytes)
cbs30x0-lanbasek9-mz.122-25.SEF/html/menu.css (1654 bytes)
<output truncated>
This example shows how to extract the contents of a tar file on the TFTP server at 172.20.10.30. This
command extracts just the new-configs directory into the root directory on the local flash file system.
The remaining files in the saved.tar file are ignored.
Switch# archive tar /xtract tftp:/172.20.10.30/saved.tar flash:/ new-configs
Related Commands
Command
Description
archive download-sw
Downloads a new image from a TFTP server to the switch.
archive upload-sw
Uploads an existing image on the switch to a server.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-13
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
archive upload-sw
archive upload-sw
Use the archive upload-sw privileged EXEC command to upload an existing switch image to a server.
archive upload-sw [/version version_string] destination-url
Syntax Description
/version version_string
(Optional) Specify the specific version string of the image to be uploaded.
destination-url
The destination URL alias for a local or network file system. These options
are supported:
•
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
•
The syntax for the FTP:
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for an HTTP server:
http://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for a secure HTTP server:
https://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP):
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the TFTP:
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/image-name.tar
The image-name.tar is the name of software image to be stored on the
server.
Defaults
Uploads the currently running image from the flash: file system.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the upload feature only if the HTML files associated with the embedded device manager have been
installed with the existing image.
The files are uploaded in this sequence: the Cisco IOS image, the HTML files, and info. After these files
are uploaded, the software creates the tar file.
Image names are case sensitive.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-14
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
archive upload-sw
Examples
This example shows how to upload the currently running image to a TFTP server at 172.20.140.2:
Switch# archive upload-sw tftp://172.20.140.2/test-image.tar
Related Commands
Command
Description
archive download-sw
Downloads a new image to the switch.
archive tar
Creates a tar file, lists the files in a tar file, or extracts the files from a tar file.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-15
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
auto qos voip
auto qos voip
Use the auto qos voip interface configuration command to automatically configure quality of service
(QoS) for voice over IP (VoIP) within a QoS domain. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
auto qos voip {cisco-phone | cisco-softphone | trust}
no auto qos voip [cisco-phone | cisco-softphone | trust]
Syntax Description
cisco-phone
Identify this port as connected to a Cisco IP Phone, and automatically configure QoS
for VoIP. The QoS labels of incoming packets are trusted only when the telephone
is detected.
cisco-softphone Identify this port as connected to a device running the Cisco SoftPhone, and
automatically configure QoS for VoIP.
trust
Defaults
Identify this port as connected to a trusted switch or router, and automatically
configure QoS for VoIP. The QoS labels of incoming packets are trusted. For
nonrouted ports, the CoS value of the incoming packet is trusted.
Auto-QoS is disabled on the port.
When auto-QoS is enabled, it uses the ingress packet label to categorize traffic, to assign packet labels,
and to configure the ingress and egress queues as shown in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1
Traffic Types, Packet Labels, and Queues
VoIP Data
Traffic
VoIP Control
Traffic
Routing Protocol
Traffic
STP1 BPDU2
Traffic
Real-Time
Video Traffic
All Other Traffic
46
24, 26
48
56
34
–
CoS4
5
3
6
7
3
–
CoS-to-Ingress
Queue Map
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 (queue 2)
CoS-to-Egress
Queue Map
5 (queue 1)
DSCP
3
3, 6, 7 (queue 2)
0, 1 (queue 1)
4 (queue 3)
2
0, 1
(queue 3) (queue 4)
1. STP = Spanning Tree Protocol
2. BPDU = bridge protocol data unit
3. DSCP = Differentiated Services Code Point
4. CoS = class of service
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-16
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
auto qos voip
Table 2-2 shows the generated auto-QoS configuration for the ingress queues.
Table 2-2
Auto-QoS Configuration for the Ingress Queues
Ingress Queue
Queue Number
CoS-to-Queue Map
Queue Weight
(Bandwidth)
Queue (Buffer)
Size
SRR1 shared
1
0, 1
81 percent
67 percent
Priority
2
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
19 percent
33 percent
1. SRR = shaped round robin. Ingress queues support shared mode only.
Table 2-3 shows the generated auto-QoS configuration for the egress queues.
Table 2-3
Auto-QoS Configuration for the Egress Queues
Queue (Buffer) Size
for Gigabit-Capable
Ports
Queue (Buffer)
Size for 10/100
Ethernet Ports
Egress Queue
Queue Number
CoS-to-Queue Map
Queue Weight
(Bandwidth)
Priority (shaped)
1
5
10 percent
16 percent
10 percent
SRR shared
2
3, 6, 7
10 percent
6 percent
10 percent
SRR shared
3
2, 4
60 percent
17 percent
26 percent
SRR shared
4
0, 1
20 percent
61 percent
54 percent
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the QoS appropriate for VoIP traffic within the QoS domain. The QoS
domain includes the switch, the interior of the network, and edge devices that can classify incoming
traffic for QoS.
Auto-QoS configures the switch for VoIP with Cisco IP Phones on switch and routed ports and for VoIP
with devices running the Cisco SoftPhone application. These releases support only Cisco IP SoftPhone
Version 1.3(3) or later. Connected devices must use Cisco Call Manager Version 4 or later.
To take advantage of the auto-QoS defaults, you should enable auto-QoS before you configure other QoS
commands. You can fine-tune the auto-QoS configuration after you enable auto-QoS.
Note
The switch applies the auto-QoS-generated commands as if the commands were entered from the
command-line interface (CLI). An existing user configuration can cause the application of the generated
commands to fail or to be overridden by the generated commands. These actions occur without warning.
If all the generated commands are successfully applied, any user-entered configuration that was not
overridden remains in the running configuration. Any user-entered configuration that was overridden can
be retrieved by reloading the switch without saving the current configuration to memory. If the generated
commands fail to be applied, the previous running configuration is restored.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-17
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
auto qos voip
If this is the first port on which you have enabled auto-QoS, the auto-QoS-generated global configuration
commands are executed followed by the interface configuration commands. If you enable auto-QoS on
another port, only the auto-QoS-generated interface configuration commands for that port are executed.
When you enable the auto-QoS feature on the first port, these automatic actions occur:
•
QoS is globally enabled (mls qos global configuration command), and other global configuration
commands are added.
•
When you enter the auto qos voip cisco-phone interface configuration command on a port at the
edge of the network that is connected to a Cisco IP Phone, the switch enables the trusted boundary
feature. The switch uses the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) to detect the presence or absence of a
Cisco IP Phone. When a Cisco IP Phone is detected, the ingress classification on the port is set to
trust the QoS label received in the packet. When a Cisco IP Phone is absent, the ingress classification
is set to not trust the QoS label in the packet. The switch configures ingress and egress queues on
the port according to the settings in Table 2-2 and Table 2-3.
•
When you enter the auto qos voip cisco-softphone interface configuration command on a port at
the edge of the network that is connected to a device running the Cisco SoftPhone, the switch uses
policing to decide whether a packet is in or out of profile and to specify the action on the packet. If
the packet does not have a DSCP value of 24, 26, or 46 or is out of profile, the switch changes the
DSCP value to 0. The switch configures ingress and egress queues on the port according to the
settings in Table 2-2 and Table 2-3.
•
When you enter the auto qos voip trust interface configuration command on a port connected to the
interior of the network, the switch trusts the CoS value for nonrouted ports in ingress packets (the
assumption is that traffic has already been classified by other edge devices). The switch configures
the ingress and egress queues on the port according to the settings in Table 2-2 and Table 2-3.
You can enable auto-QoS on static, dynamic-access, and voice VLAN access, and trunk ports. When
enabling auto-QoS with a Cisco IP Phone on a routed port, you must assign a static IP address to the
IP phone.
Note
When a device running Cisco SoftPhone is connected to a switch or routed port, the switch supports only
one Cisco SoftPhone application per port.
After auto-QoS is enabled, do not modify a policy map or aggregate policer that includes AutoQoS in its
name. If you need to modify the policy map or aggregate policer, make a copy of it, and change the
copied policy map or policer. To use the new policy map instead of the generated one, remove the
generated policy map from the interface, and apply the new policy map.
To display the QoS configuration that is automatically generated when auto-QoS is enabled, enable
debugging before you enable auto-QoS. Use the debug auto qos privileged EXEC command to enable
auto-QoS debugging. For more information, see the debug auto qos command.
To disable auto-QoS on a port, use the no auto qos voip interface configuration command. Only the
auto-QoS-generated interface configuration commands for this port are removed. If this is the last port
on which auto-QoS is enabled and you enter the no auto qos voip command, auto-QoS is considered
disabled even though the auto-QoS-generated global configuration commands remain (to avoid
disrupting traffic on other ports affected by the global configuration). You can use the no mls qos global
configuration command to disable the auto-QoS-generated global configuration commands. With QoS
disabled, there is no concept of trusted or untrusted ports because the packets are not modified (the CoS,
DSCP, and IP precedence values in the packet are not changed). Traffic is switched in pass-through mode
(packets are switched without any rewrites and classified as best effort without any policing).
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-18
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
auto qos voip
Examples
This example shows how to enable auto-QoS and to trust the QoS labels received in incoming packets
when the switch or router connected to the port is a trusted device:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# auto qos voip trust
You can verify your settings by entering the show auto qos interface interface-id privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
debug auto qos
Enables debugging of the auto-QoS feature.
mls qos cos
Defines the default CoS value of a port or assigns the default
CoS to all incoming packets on the port.
mls qos map {cos-dscp dscp1 ... dscp8 Defines the CoS-to-DSCP map or the DSCP-to-CoS map.
| dscp-cos dscp-list to cos}
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Maps CoS values to an ingress queue or maps CoS values to
a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Maps DSCP values to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values
to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input
priority-queue
Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Maps CoS values to an egress queue or maps CoS values to
a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Maps DSCP values to an egress queue or maps DSCP values
to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos trust
Configures the port trust state.
queue-set
Maps a port to a queue-set.
show auto qos
Displays auto-QoS information.
show mls qos interface
Displays QoS information at the port level.
srr-queue bandwidth shape
Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping
on the four egress queues mapped to a port.
srr-queue bandwidth share
Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing
on the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-19
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
boot boothlpr
boot boothlpr
Use the boot boothlpr global configuration command to load a special Cisco IOS image, which when
loaded into memory, can load a second Cisco IOS image into memory and launch it. This variable is used
only for internal development and testing. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot boothlpr filesystem:/file-url
no boot boothlpr
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
The path (directory) and name of a bootable helper image.
Defaults
No helper image is loaded.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the BOOTHLPR environment variable. For more information, see
Appendix A, “Cisco Catalyst Switch 3020 for HP Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-20
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
boot config-file
boot config-file
Use the boot config-file global configuration command to specify the filename that Cisco IOS uses to
read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration. Use the no form of this command to return
to the default setting.
boot config-file flash:/file-url
no boot config-file
Syntax Description
flash:/file-url
Defaults
The default configuration file is flash:config.text.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The path (directory) and name of the configuration file.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the CONFIG_FILE environment variable. For more information,
see Appendix A, “Cisco Catalyst Switch 3020 for HP Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-21
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
boot enable-break
boot enable-break
Use the boot enable-break global configuration command to enable interrupting the automatic boot
process. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot enable-break
no boot enable-break
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Disabled. The automatic boot process cannot be interrupted by pressing the Break key on the console.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
When you enter this command, you can interrupt the automatic boot process by pressing the Break key
on the console after the flash file system is initialized.
Despite the setting of this command, you can interrupt the automatic boot process at any time by pressing
the MODE button on the switch front panel.
This command changes the setting of the ENABLE_BREAK environment variable. For more
information, see Appendix A, “Cisco Catalyst Switch 3020 for HP Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-22
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
boot helper
boot helper
Use the boot helper global configuration command to dynamically load files during boot loader
initialization to extend or patch the functionality of the boot loader. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default.
boot helper filesystem:/file-url ...
no boot helper
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
The path (directory) and a list of loadable files to dynamically load during
loader initialization. Separate each image name with a semicolon.
Defaults
No helper files are loaded.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This variable is used only for internal development and testing.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the HELPER environment variable. For more information, see
Appendix A, “Cisco Catalyst Switch 3020 for HP Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-23
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
boot helper-config-file
boot helper-config-file
Use the boot helper-config-file global configuration command to specify the name of the configuration
file to be used by the Cisco IOS helper image. If this is not set, the file specified by the CONFIG_FILE
environment variable is used by all versions of Cisco IOS that are loaded. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
boot helper-config-file filesystem:/file-url
no boot helper-config file
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash
device.
/file-url
The path (directory) and helper configuration file to load.
Defaults
No helper configuration file is specified.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This variable is used only for internal development and testing.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the HELPER_CONFIG_FILE environment variable. For more
information, see Appendix A, “Cisco Catalyst Switch 3020 for HP Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-24
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
boot manual
boot manual
Use the boot manual global configuration command to enable manually booting the switch during the
next boot cycle. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot manual
no boot manual
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Manual booting is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The next time you reboot the system, the switch is in boot loader mode, which is shown by the switch:
prompt. To boot the system, use the boot boot loader command, and specify the name of the bootable
image.
This command changes the setting of the MANUAL_BOOT environment variable. For more
information, see Appendix A, “Cisco Catalyst Switch 3020 for HP Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-25
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
boot private-config-file
boot private-config-file
Use the boot private-config-file global configuration command to specify the filename that Cisco IOS
uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the private configuration. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default setting.
boot private-config-file filename
no boot private-config-file
Syntax Description
filename
Defaults
The default configuration file is private-config.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
The name of the private configuration file.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames are case sensitive.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the name of the private configuration file to be pconfig:
Switch(config)# boot private-config-file pconfig
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-26
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
boot system
boot system
Use the boot system global configuration command to specify the Cisco IOS image to load during the
next boot cycle. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot system filesystem:/file-url ...
no boot system
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
The path (directory) and name of a bootable image. Separate image names
with a semicolon.
Defaults
The switch attempts to automatically boot the system by using information in the BOOT environment
variable. If this variable is not set, the switch attempts to load and execute the first executable image it
can by performing a recursive, depth-first search throughout the flash file system. In a depth-first search
of a directory, each encountered subdirectory is completely searched before continuing the search in the
original directory.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
If you are using the archive download-sw privileged EXEC command to maintain system images, you
never need to use the boot system command. The boot system command is automatically manipulated
to load the downloaded image.
This command changes the setting of the BOOT environment variable. For more information, see
Appendix A, “Cisco Catalyst Switch 3020 for HP Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-27
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
channel-group
Use the channel-group interface configuration command to assign an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel
group, to enable an EtherChannel mode, or both. Use the no form of this command to remove an Ethernet
port from an EtherChannel group.
channel-group channel-group-number mode {active | {auto [non-silent]} | {desirable
[non-silent]} | on | passive}
no channel-group
PAgP modes:
channel-group channel-group-number mode {{auto [non-silent]} | {desirable [non-silent}}
LACP modes:
channel-group channel-group-number mode {active | passive}
On mode:
channel-group channel-group-number mode on
Syntax Description
channel-group-number
Specify the channel group number. The range is 1 to 48.
mode
Specify the EtherChannel mode.
active
Unconditionally enable Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
Active mode places a port into a negotiating state in which the port initiates
negotiations with other ports by sending LACP packets. A channel is
formed with another port group in either the active or passive mode.
auto
Enable the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) only if a PAgP device is
detected.
Auto mode places a port into a passive negotiating state in which the port
responds to PAgP packets it receives but does not start PAgP packet
negotiation. A channel is formed only with another port group in desirable
mode. When auto is enabled, silent operation is the default.
desirable
Unconditionally enable PAgP.
Desirable mode places a port into an active negotiating state in which the
port starts negotiations with other ports by sending PAgP packets. An
EtherChannel is formed with another port group that is in the desirable or
auto mode. When desirable is enabled, silent operation is the default.
non-silent
(Optional) Use in PAgP mode with the auto or desirable keyword when
traffic is expected from the other device.
on
Enable on mode.
In on mode, a usable EtherChannel exists only when both connected port
groups are in the on mode.
passive
Enable LACP only if a LACP device is detected.
Passive mode places a port into a negotiating state in which the port
responds to received LACP packets but does not initiate LACP packet
negotiation. A channel is formed only with another port group in active
mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-28
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
Defaults
No channel groups are assigned.
No mode is configured.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
For Layer 2 EtherChannels, you do not have to create a port-channel interface first by using the interface
port-channel global configuration command before assigning a physical port to a channel group.
Instead, you can use the channel-group interface configuration command. It automatically creates the
port-channel interface when the channel group gets its first physical port if the logical interface is not
already created. If you create the port-channel interface first, the channel-group-number can be the same
as the port-channel-number, or you can use a new number. If you use a new number, the channel-group
command dynamically creates a new port channel.
After you configure an EtherChannel, configuration changes that you make on the port-channel interface
apply to all the physical ports assigned to the port-channel interface. Configuration changes applied to
the physical port affect only the port where you apply the configuration. To change the parameters of all
ports in an EtherChannel, apply configuration commands to the port-channel interface, for example,
spanning-tree commands or commands to configure a Layer 2 EtherChannel as a trunk.
If you do not specify non-silent with the auto or desirable mode, silent is assumed. The silent mode is
used when the switch is connected to a device that is not PAgP-capable and seldom, if ever, sends
packets. A example of a silent partner is a file server or a packet analyzer that is not generating traffic.
In this case, running PAgP on a physical port prevents that port from ever becoming operational.
However, it allows PAgP to operate, to attach the port to a channel group, and to use the port for
transmission. Both ends of the link cannot be set to silent.
In the on mode, an EtherChannel exists only when a port group in the on mode is connected to another
port group in the on mode.
Caution
You should use care when using the on mode. This is a manual configuration, and ports on both ends of
the EtherChannel must have the same configuration. If the group is misconfigured, packet loss or
spanning-tree loops can occur.
Do not configure an EtherChannel in both the PAgP and LACP modes. EtherChannel groups running
PAgP and LACP can coexist on the same switch. Individual EtherChannel groups can run either PAgP
or LACP, but they cannot interoperate.
If you set the protocol by using the channel-protocol interface configuration command, the setting is
not overridden by the channel-group interface configuration command.
Do not configure a port that is an active or a not-yet-active member of an EtherChannel as an
IEEE 802.1x port. If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on an EtherChannel port, an error
message appears, and IEEE 802.1x authentication is not enabled.
Do not configure a secure port as part of an EtherChannel or an EtherChannel port as a secure port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-29
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
For a complete list of configuration guidelines, see the “Configuring EtherChannels” chapter in the
software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an EtherChannel. It assigns two static-access ports in VLAN 10
to channel 5 with the PAgP mode desirable:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet0/21 -22
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport access vlan 10
Switch(config-if-range)# channel-group 5 mode desirable
Switch(config-if-range)# end
This example shows how to configure an EtherChannel. It assigns two static-access ports in VLAN 10
to channel 5 with the LACP mode active:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet0/21 -22
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport access vlan 10
Switch(config-if-range)# channel-group 5 mode active
Switch(config-if-range)# end
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-protocol
Restricts the protocol used on a port to manage channeling.
interface port-channel
Accesses or creates the port channel.
show etherchannel
Displays EtherChannel information for a channel.
show lacp
Displays LACP channel-group information.
show pagp
Displays PAgP channel-group information.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management
Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-30
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
channel-protocol
channel-protocol
Use the channel-protocol interface configuration command to restrict the protocol used on a port to
manage channeling. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
channel-protocol {lacp | pagp}
no channel-protocol
Syntax Description
lacp
Configure an EtherChannel with the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
pagp
Configure an EtherChannel with the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP).
Defaults
No protocol is assigned to the EtherChannel.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the channel-protocol command only to restrict a channel to LACP or PAgP. If you set the protocol
by using the channel-protocol command, the setting is not overridden by the channel-group interface
configuration command.
You must use the channel-group interface configuration command to configure the EtherChannel
parameters. The channel-group command also can set the mode for the EtherChannel.
You cannot enable both the PAgP and LACP modes on an EtherChannel group.
PAgP and LACP are not compatible; both ends of a channel must use the same protocol.
Examples
This example shows how to specify LACP as the protocol that manages the EtherChannel:
Switch(config-if)# channel-protocol lacp
You can verify your settings by entering the show etherchannel [channel-group-number] protocol
privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-group
Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
show etherchannel protocol
Displays protocol information the EtherChannel.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-31
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
class
class
Use the class policy-map configuration command to define a traffic classification match criteria (through
the police, set, and trust policy-map class configuration commands) for the specified class-map name.
Use the no form of this command to delete an existing class map.
class class-map-name
no class class-map-name
Syntax Description
class-map-name
Defaults
No policy map class-maps are defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Name of the class map.
Before using the class command, you must use the policy-map global configuration command to
identify the policy map and to enter policy-map configuration mode. After specifying a policy map, you
can configure a policy for new classes or modify a policy for any existing classes in that policy map. You
attach the policy map to a port by using the service-policy interface configuration command.
After entering the class command, you enter policy-map class configuration mode, and these
configuration commands are available:
•
exit: exits policy-map class configuration mode and returns to policy-map configuration mode.
•
no: returns a command to its default setting.
•
police: defines a policer or aggregate policer for the classified traffic. The policer specifies the
bandwidth limitations and the action to take when the limits are exceeded. For more information,
see the police and police aggregate policy-map class commands.
•
set: specifies a value to be assigned to the classified traffic. For more information, see the set
command.
•
trust: defines a trust state for traffic classified with the class or the class-map command. For more
information, see the trust command.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
The class command performs the same function as the class-map global configuration command. Use
the class command when a new classification, which is not shared with any other ports, is needed. Use
the class-map command when the map is shared among many ports.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-32
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
class
Examples
This example shows how to create a policy map called policy1. When attached to the ingress direction,
it matches all the incoming traffic defined in class1, sets the IP Differentiated Services Code Point
(DSCP) to 10, and polices the traffic at an average rate of 1 Mbps and bursts at 20 KB. Traffic exceeding
the profile is marked down to a DSCP value gotten from the policed-DSCP map and then sent.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
police
Defines a policer for classified traffic.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
set
Classifies IP traffic by setting a DSCP or IP-precedence value in the packet.
show policy-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
trust
Defines a trust state for the traffic classified through the class policy-map
configuration command or the class-map global configuration command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-33
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
class-map
class-map
Use the class-map global configuration command to create a class map to be used for matching packets
to the class name you specify and to enter class-map configuration mode. Use the no form of this
command to delete an existing class map and to return to global configuration mode.
class-map [match-all | match-any] class-map-name
no class-map [match-all | match-any] class-map-name
Syntax Description
Defaults
match-all
(Optional) Perform a logical-AND of all matching statements under this class
map. All criteria in the class map must be matched.
match-any
(Optional) Perform a logical-OR of the matching statements under this class
map. One or more criteria must be matched.
class-map-name
Name of the class map.
No class maps are defined.
If neither the match-all or match-any keyword is specified, the default is match-all.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the name of the class for which you want to create or modify class-map
match criteria and to enter class-map configuration mode.
The class-map command and its subcommands are used to define packet classification, marking, and
aggregate policing as part of a globally named service policy applied on a per-port basis.
After you are in quality of service (QoS) class-map configuration mode, these configuration commands
are available:
•
description: describes the class map (up to 200 characters). The show class-map privileged EXEC
command displays the description and the name of the class-map.
•
exit: exits from QoS class-map configuration mode.
•
match: configures classification criteria. For more information, see the match (class-map
configuration) command.
•
no: removes a match statement from a class map.
•
rename: renames the current class map. If you rename a class map with a name that is already used,
the message A class-map with this name already exists appears.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-34
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
class-map
To define packet classification on a physical-port basis, only one match command per class map is
supported. In this situation, the match-all and match-any keywords are equivalent.
Only one access control list (ACL) can be configured in a class map. The ACL can have multiple access
control entries (ACEs).
Examples
This example shows how to configure the class map called class1 with one match criterion, which is an
access list called 103:
Switch(config)# access-list 103 permit any any dscp 10
Switch(config)# class-map class1
Switch(config-cmap)# match access-group 103
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
This example shows how to delete the class map class1:
Switch(config)# no class-map class1
You can verify your settings by entering the show class-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police,
set, and trust policy-map class configuration commands) for the
specified class-map name.
match (class-map
configuration)
Defines the match criteria to classify traffic.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
show class-map
Displays QoS class maps.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-35
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear dot1x
clear dot1x
Use the clear dot1x privileged EXEC command to clear IEEE 802.1x information for the switch or for
the specified port.
clear dot1x {all | interface interface-id}
Syntax Description
all
Clear all IEEE 802.1x information for the switch.
interface interface-id
Clear IEEE 802.1x information for the specified interface.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEE
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can clear all the information by using the clear dot1x all command, or you can clear only the
information for the specified interface by using the clear dot1x interface interface-id command.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all IEEE 8021.x information:
Switch# clear dot1x all
This example shows how to clear IEEE 8021.x information for the specified interface:
Switch# clear dot1x interface gigabithethernet0/21
You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show dot1x privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x
Displays IEEE 802.1x statistics, administrative status, and operational
status for the switch or for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-36
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear eap sessions
clear eap sessions
Use the clear eap sessions privileged EXEC command to clear Extensible Authentication Protocol
(EAP) session information for the switch or for the specified port.
clear eap sessions [credentials name [interface interface-id] | interface interface-id | method
name | transport name] [credentials name | interface interface-id | transport name] ...
Syntax Description
credentials name
Clear EAP credential information for the specified profile.
interface interface-id
Clear EAP information for the specified interface.
method name
Clear EAP information for the specified method.
transport name
Clear EAP transport information for the specified lower level.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEE
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can clear all counters by using the clear eap sessions command, or you can clear only the specific
information by using the keywords.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all EAP information:
Switch# clear eap
This example shows how to clear EAP-session credential information for the specified profile:
Switch# clear eap sessions credential type1
You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show dot1x privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show eap
Displays EAP registration and session information for the switch or for
the specified port
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-37
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear lacp
clear lacp
Use the clear lacp privileged EXEC command to clear Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)
channel-group counters.
clear lacp {channel-group-number counters | counters}
Syntax Description
channel-group-number
(Optional) Channel group number. The range is 1 to 48.
counters
Clear traffic counters.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can clear all counters by using the clear lacp counters command, or you can clear only the counters
for the specified channel group by using the clear lacp channel-group-number counters command.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all channel-group information:
Switch# clear lacp counters
This example shows how to clear LACP traffic counters for group 4:
Switch# clear lacp 4 counters
You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show lacp counters or the show lacp 4
counters privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show lacp
Displays LACP channel-group information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-38
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear mac address-table
clear mac address-table
Use the clear mac address-table privileged EXEC command to delete from the MAC address table a
specific dynamic address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all dynamic addresses on a
particular VLAN. This command also clears the MAC address notification global counters.
clear mac address-table {dynamic [address mac-addr | interface interface-id | vlan vlan-id] |
notification}
Syntax Description
dynamic
Delete all dynamic MAC addresses.
dynamic address
mac-addr
(Optional) Delete the specified dynamic MAC address.
dynamic interface
interface-id
(Optional) Delete all dynamic MAC addresses on the specified physical port
or port channel.
dynamic vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Delete all dynamic MAC addresses for the specified VLAN. The
range is 1 to 4094.
notification
Clear the notifications in the history table and reset the counters.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to remove a specific MAC address from the dynamic address table:
Switch# clear mac address-table dynamic address 0008.0070.0007
You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show mac address-table privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-39
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear mac address-table
Related Commands
Command
Description
mac address-table notification
Enables the MAC address notification feature.
show mac address-table
Displays the MAC address table static and dynamic entries.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
snmp trap mac-notification
Enables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
MAC address notification trap on a specific interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-40
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear mac address-table move update
clear mac address-table move update
Use the clear mac address-table move update privileged EXEC command to clear the mac
address-table-move update-related counters.
clear mac address-table move update
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the mac address-table move update related counters.
Switch# clear mac address-table move update
You can verify that the information was cleared by entering the show mac address-table move update
privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mac address-table move update
{receive | transmit}
Configures MAC address-table move update on the switch.
show mac address-table move update Displays the MAC address-table move update information on
the switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-41
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear pagp
clear pagp
Use the clear pagp privileged EXEC command to clear Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP)
channel-group information.
clear pagp {channel-group-number counters | counters}
Syntax Description
channel-group-number
(Optional) Channel group number. The range is 1 to 48.
counters
Clear traffic counters.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can clear all counters by using the clear pagp counters command, or you can clear only the counters
for the specified channel group by using the clear pagp channel-group-number counters command.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all channel-group information:
Switch# clear pagp counters
This example shows how to clear PAgP traffic counters for group 10:
Switch# clear pagp 10 counters
You can verify that information was deleted by entering the show pagp privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show pagp
Displays PAgP channel-group information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-42
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear port-security
clear port-security
Use the clear port-security privileged EXEC command to delete from the MAC address table all secure
addresses or all secure addresses of a specific type (configured, dynamic, or sticky) on the switch or on
an interface.
clear port-security {all | configured | dynamic | sticky} [[address mac-addr | interface
interface-id] [vlan {vlan-id | {access | voice}}]]
Syntax Description
all
Delete all secure MAC addresses.
configured
Delete configured secure MAC addresses.
dynamic
Delete secure MAC addresses auto-learned by hardware.
sticky
Delete secure MAC addresses, either auto-learned or configured.
address mac-addr
(Optional) Delete the specified dynamic secure MAC address.
interface interface-id
(Optional) Delete all the dynamic secure MAC addresses on the specified
physical port or VLAN.
vlan
(Optional) Delete the specified secure MAC address from the specified
VLAN. Enter one of these options after you enter the vlan keyword:
•
vlan-id—On a trunk port, specify the VLAN ID of the VLAN on which
this address should be cleared.
•
access—On an access port, clear the specified secure MAC address on
the access VLAN.
•
voice—On an access port, clear the specified secure MAC address on the
voice VLAN.
Note
The voice keyword is available only if voice VLAN is configured on
a port and if that port is not the access VLAN.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all secure addresses from the MAC address table:
Switch# clear port-security all
This example shows how to remove a specific configured secure address from the MAC address table:
Switch# clear port-security configured address 0008.0070.0007
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-43
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear port-security
This example shows how to remove all the dynamic secure addresses learned on a specific interface:
Switch# clear port-security dynamic interface gigabitethernet0/21
This example shows how to remove all the dynamic secure addresses from the address table:
Switch# clear port-security dynamic
You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show port-security privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
switchport port-security
Enables port security on an interface.
switchport port-security
mac-address mac-address
Configures secure MAC addresses.
switchport port-security maximum Configures a maximum number of secure MAC addresses on a
value
secure interface.
show port-security
Displays the port security settings defined for an interface or for
the switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-44
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear spanning-tree counters
clear spanning-tree counters
Use the clear spanning-tree counters privileged EXEC command to clear the spanning-tree counters.
clear spanning-tree counters [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
(Optional) Clear all spanning-tree counters on the specified interface. Valid
interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port channels. The VLAN
range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to 48.
Usage Guidelines
If the interface-id is not specified, spanning-tree counters are cleared for all interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to clear spanning-tree counters for all interfaces:
Switch# clear spanning-tree counters
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
Displays spanning-tree state information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-45
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Use the clear spanning-tree detected-protocols privileged EXEC command to restart the protocol
migration process (force the renegotiation with neighboring switches) on all interfaces or on the
specified interface.
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
(Optional) Restart the protocol migration process on the specified interface.
Valid interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port channels. The
VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to 48.
A switch running the rapid per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (rapid-PVST+) protocol or the Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) supports a built-in protocol migration mechanism that enables it to
interoperate with legacy IEEE 802.1D switches. If a rapid-PVST+ switch or an MSTP switch receives a
legacy IEEE 802.1D configuration bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) with the protocol version set to 0,
it sends only IEEE 802.1D BPDUs on that port. A multiple spanning-tree (MST) switch can also detect
that a port is at the boundary of a region when it receives a legacy BPDU, an MST BPDU (Version 3)
associated with a different region, or a rapid spanning-tree (RST) BPDU (Version 2).
However, the switch does not automatically revert to the rapid-PVST+ or the MSTP mode if it no longer
receives IEEE 802.1D BPDUs because it cannot learn whether the legacy switch has been removed from
the link unless the legacy switch is the designated switch. Use the clear spanning-tree
detected-protocols command in this situation.
Examples
This example shows how to restart the protocol migration process on a port:
Switch# clear spanning-tree detected-protocols interface gigabitethernet0/1
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
Displays spanning-tree state information.
spanning-tree link-type
Overrides the default link-type setting and enables rapid spanning-tree
changes to the forwarding state.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-46
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear vmps statistics
clear vmps statistics
Use the clear vmps statistics privileged EXEC command to clear the statistics maintained by the VLAN
Query Protocol (VQP) client.
clear vmps statistics
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) statistics:
Switch# clear vmps statistics
You can verify that information was deleted by entering the show vmps statistics privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vmps
Displays the VQP version, reconfirmation interval, retry count, VMPS IP
addresses, and the current and primary servers.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-47
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
clear vtp counters
clear vtp counters
Use the clear vtp counters privileged EXEC command to clear the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) and
pruning counters.
clear vtp counters
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the VTP counters:
Switch# clear vtp counters
You can verify that information was deleted by entering the show vtp counters privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vtp
Displays general information about the VTP management domain, status,
and counters.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-48
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
define interface-range
define interface-range
Use the define interface-range global configuration command to create an interface-range macro. Use
the no form of this command to delete the defined macro.
define interface-range macro-name interface-range
no define interface-range macro-name interface-range
Syntax Description
macro-name
Name of the interface-range macro; up to 32 characters.
interface-range
Interface range; for valid values for interface ranges, see “Usage Guidelines.”
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The macro name is a 32-character maximum character string.
A macro can contain up to five ranges.
All interfaces in a range must be the same type; that is, all Gigabit Ethernet ports, all EtherChannel ports,
or all VLANs, but you can combine multiple interface types in a macro.
When entering the interface-range, use this format:
•
type {first-interface} - {last-interface}
•
You must add a space between the first interface number and the hyphen when entering an
interface-range. For example, gigabitethernet 0/1 - 2 is a valid range; gigabitethernet 0/1-2 is not
a valid range
Valid values for type and interface:
•
vlan vlan-id , where the VLAN ID is 1 to 4094
VLAN interfaces must have been configured with the interface vlan command (the show
running-config privileged EXEC command displays the configured VLAN interfaces). VLAN
interfaces not displayed by the show running-config command cannot be used in interface-ranges.
•
port-channel port-channel-number, where port-channel-number is from 1 to 48
•
gigabitethernet module/{first port} - {last port}
For physical interfaces:
•
module is always 0.
•
the range is type 0/number - number (for example, gigabitethernet 0/1 - 2).
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-49
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
define interface-range
When you define a range, you must enter a space before the hyphen (-), for example:
gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
You can also enter multiple ranges. When you define multiple ranges, you must enter a space after the
first entry before the comma (,). The space after the comma is optional, for example:
gigabitethernet0/3, gigabitethernet 0/6 - 7
gigabitethernet0/3 -4, gigabitethernet 0/6 - 7
Examples
This example shows how to create a multiple-interface macro:
Switch(config)# define interface-range macro1 gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
Related Commands
Command
Description
interface range
Executes a command on multiple ports at the same time.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration, including defined
macros. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration
Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management
Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-50
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
delete
delete
Use the delete privileged EXEC command to delete a file or directory on the flash memory device.
delete [/force] [/recursive] filesystem:/file-url
Syntax Description
/force
(Optional) Suppress the prompt that confirms the deletion.
/recursive
(Optional) Delete the named directory and all subdirectories and the files contained in
it.
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system.
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
/file-url
The path (directory) and filename to delete.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you use the /force keyword, you are prompted once at the beginning of the deletion process to confirm
the deletion.
If you use the /recursive keyword without the /force keyword, you are prompted to confirm the deletion
of every file.
The prompting behavior depends on the setting of the file prompt global configuration command. By
default, the switch prompts for confirmation on destructive file operations. For more information about
this command, see the Cisco IOS Command Reference for Release 12.1.
Examples
This example shows how to remove the directory that contains the old software image after a successful
download of a new image:
Switch# delete /force /recursive flash:/old-image
You can verify that the directory was removed by entering the dir filesystem: privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
archive download-sw
Downloads a new image to the switch and overwrites or keeps the existing
image.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-51
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
deny (MAC access-list configuration)
deny (MAC access-list configuration)
Use the deny MAC access-list configuration command to prevent non-IP traffic from being forwarded
if the conditions are matched. Use the no form of this command to remove a deny condition from the
named MAC access list.
{deny | permit} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | aarp | amber | cos cos | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask |mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo | vines-ip | xns-idp]
no {deny | permit} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | aarp | amber | cos cos | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask | mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo | vines-ip | xns-idp]
Syntax Description
any
Keyword to specify to deny any source or destination MAC address.
host src MAC-addr |
src-MAC-addr mask
Define a host MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the source
address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP traffic from that
address is denied.
host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask
Define a destination MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the
destination address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP
traffic to that address is denied.
type mask
(Optional) Use the Ethertype number of a packet with Ethernet II or
SNAP encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
The type is 0 to 65535, specified in hexadecimal.
The mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the Ethertype before
testing for a match.
aarp
(Optional) Select Ethertype AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol that
maps a data-link address to a network address.
amber
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Amber.
cos cos
(Optional) Select a class of service (CoS) number from 0 to 7 to set
priority. Filtering on CoS can be performed only in hardware. A warning
message reminds the user if the cos option is configured.
dec-spanning
(Optional) Select EtherType Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC)
spanning tree.
decnet-iv
(Optional) Select EtherType DECnet Phase IV protocol.
diagnostic
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Diagnostic.
dsm
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-DSM.
etype-6000
(Optional) Select EtherType 0x6000.
etype-8042
(Optional) Select EtherType 0x8042.
lat
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAT.
lavc-sca
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAVC-SCA.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-52
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
deny (MAC access-list configuration)
lsap lsap-number mask
(Optional) Use the LSAP number (0 to 65535) of a packet with 802.2
encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the LSAP number before
testing for a match.
Note
mop-console
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Remote Console.
mop-dump
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Dump.
msdos
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MSDOS.
mumps
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MUMPS.
netbios
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC- Network Basic Input/Output System
(NETBIOS).
vines-echo
(Optional) Select EtherType Virtual Integrated Network Service (VINES)
Echo from Banyan Systems.
vines-ip
(Optional) Select EtherType VINES IP.
xns-idp
(Optional) Select EtherType Xerox Network Systems (XNS) protocol
suite (0 to 65535), an arbitrary Ethertype in decimal, hexadecimal, or
octal.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, appletalk is not supported as a matching condition.
To filter IPX traffic, you use the type mask or lsap lsap mask keywords, depending on the type of IPX
encapsulation being used. Filter criteria for IPX encapsulation types as specified in Novell terminology
and Cisco IOS terminology are listed in Table 2-4.
Table 2-4
IPX Filtering Criteria
IPX Encapsulation Type
Cisco IOS Name
Novel Name
Filter Criterion
arpa
Ethernet II
Ethertype 0x8137
snap
Ethernet-snap
Ethertype 0x8137
sap
Ethernet 802.2
LSAP 0xE0E0
novell-ether
Ethernet 802.3
LSAP 0xFFFF
Defaults
This command has no defaults. However; the default action for a MAC-named ACL is to deny.
Command Modes
MAC-access list configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-53
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
deny (MAC access-list configuration)
Usage Guidelines
You enter MAC-access list configuration mode by using the mac access-list extended global
configuration command.
If you use the host keyword, you cannot enter an address mask; if you do not use the host keyword, you
must enter an address mask.
When an access control entry (ACE) is added to an access control list, an implied deny-any-any
condition exists at the end of the list. That is, if there are no matches, the packets are denied. However,
before the first ACE is added, the list permits all packets.
For more information about named MAC extended access lists, see the software configuration guide for
this release.
Examples
This example shows how to define the named MAC extended access list to deny NETBIOS traffic from
any source to MAC address 00c0.00a0.03fa. Traffic matching this list is denied.
Switch(config-ext-macl)# deny any host 00c0.00a0.03fa netbios.
This example shows how to remove the deny condition from the named MAC extended access list:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# no deny any 00c0.00a0.03fa 0000.0000.0000 netbios.
This example denies all packets with Ethertype 0x4321:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# deny any any 0x4321 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mac access-list extended
Creates an access list based on MAC addresses for non-IP traffic.
permit (MAC access-list
configuration)
Permits non-IP traffic to be forwarded if conditions are matched.
show access-lists
Displays access control lists configured on a switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-54
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x
dot1x
Use the dot1x global configuration command to globally enable IEEE 802.1x authentication. Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x {critical {eapol | recovery delay milliseconds} | system-auth-control}
no dot1x {credentials | critical {eapol | recovery delay} | system-auth-control}
Note
Syntax Description
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the credentials name keywords are not supported.
critical {eapol |
recovery delay
milliseconds}
Configure the inaccessible authentication bypass parameters. For more
information, see the dot1x critical (global configuration) command.
system-auth-control
Enable IEEE 802.1x authentication globally on the switch.
Defaults
IEEE 802.1x authentication is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must enable authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) and specify the authentication
method list before globally enabling IEEE 802.1x authentication. A method list describes the sequence
and authentication methods to be used to authenticate a user.
Before globally enabling IEEE 802.1x authentication on a switch, remove the EtherChannel
configuration from the interfaces on which IEEE 802.1x authentication and EtherChannel are
configured.
If you are using a device running the Cisco Access Control Server (ACS) application for IEEE 802.1x
authentication with EAP-Transparent LAN Services (TLS) and with EAP-MD5, make sure that the
device is running ACS Version 3.2.1 or later.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on a switch:
Switch(config)# dot1x system-auth-control
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-55
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x critical (global
configuration)
Configures the parameters for the inaccessible authentication bypass
feature on the switch.
dot1x guest-vlan
Enables and specifies an active VLAN as an IEEE 802.1x guest VLAN.
dot1x port-control
Enables manual control of the authorization state of the port.
show dot1x [interface
interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-56
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x auth-fail max-attempts
dot1x auth-fail max-attempts
Use the dot1x auth-fail max-attempts interface configuration command to configure the maximum
allowable authentication attempts before a port is moved to the restricted VLAN. To return to the default
setting, use the no form of this command.
dot1x auth-fail max-attempts max-attempts
no dot1x auth-fail max-attempts
Syntax Description
max-attempts
Defaults
The default value is 3 attempts.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Specify a maximum number of authentication attempts allowed before a port
is moved to the restricted VLAN. The range is 1 to 3, the default value is 3.
Usage Guidelines
If you reconfigure the maximum number of authentication attempts allowed by the VLAN, the change
takes effect after the re-authentication timer expires.
Examples
This example shows how to set 2 as the maximum number of authentication attempts allowed before the
port is moved to the restricted VLAN on port 23:
Switch# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/23
Switch(config-if)# dot1x auth-fail max-attempts 2
Switch(config-if)# end
Switch(config)# end
Switch#
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-57
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x auth-fail max-attempts
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x auth-fail vlan [vlan id]
Enables the optional restricted VLAN feature.
dot1x max-reauth-req [count]
Sets the maximum number of times that the switch restarts
the authentication process before a port changes to the
unauthorized state.
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-58
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x auth-fail vlan
dot1x auth-fail vlan
Use the dot1x auth-fail vlan interface configuration command to enable the restricted VLAN on a port.
To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
dot1x auth-fail vlan vlan-id
no dot1x auth-fail vlan
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Defaults
No restricted VLAN is configured.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Specify a VLAN in the range of 1 to 4094.
You can configure a restricted VLAN on ports configured as follows:
•
single-host (default) mode
•
auto mode for authorization
You should enable re-authentication. The ports in restricted VLANs do not receive re-authentication
requests if it is disabled. To start the re-authentication process, the restricted VLAN must receive a
link-down event or an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) logoff event from the port. If a host is
connected through a hub, the port might never receive a link-down event when that host is disconnected,
and, as a result, might not detect any new hosts until the next re-authentication attempt occurs.
If the supplicant fails authentication, the port is moved to a restricted VLAN, and an EAP success
message is sent to the supplicant. Because the supplicant is not notified of the actual authentication
failure, there might be confusion about this restricted network access. An EAP success message is sent
for these reasons:
•
If the EAP success message is not sent, the supplicant tries to authenticate every 60 seconds (the
default) by sending an EAP-start message.
•
Some hosts (for example, devices running Windows XP) cannot implement DHCP until they receive
an EAP success message.
A supplicant might cache an incorrect username and password combination after receiving an EAP
success message from the authenticator and re-use that information in every re-authentication. Until the
supplicant sends the correct username and password combination, the port remains in the restricted
VLAN.
Internal VLANs used for Layer 3 ports cannot be configured as restricted VLANs.
You cannot configure a VLAN to be both a restricted VLAN and a voice VLAN. If you do this, a syslog
message is generated.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-59
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x auth-fail vlan
When a restricted VLAN port is moved to an unauthorized state, the authentication process restarts. If
the supplicant fails the authentication process again, the authenticator waits in the held state. After the
supplicant has correctly re-authenticated, all IEEE 802.1x ports are reinitialized and treated as normal
IEEE 802.1x ports.
When you reconfigure a restricted VLAN as a different VLAN, any ports in the restricted VLAN are also
moved, and the ports stay in their currently authorized state.
When you shut down or remove a restricted VLAN from the VLAN database, any ports in the restricted
VLAN are immediately moved to an unauthorized state, and the authentication process restarts. The
authenticator does not wait in a held state because the restricted VLAN configuration still exists. While
the restricted VLAN is inactive, all authentication attempts are counted so that when the restricted
VLAN becomes active, the port is immediately placed in the restricted VLAN.
The restricted VLAN is supported only in single host mode (the default port mode). For this reason,
when a port is placed in a restricted VLAN, the supplicant’s MAC address is added to the MAC address
table, and any other MAC address that appears on the port is treated as a security violation.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a restricted VLAN on port 21:
Switch# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# dot1x auth-fail vlan 40
Switch(config-if)# end
Switch#
You can verify your configuration by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x auth-fail max-attempts
[max-attempts]
Configures the number of authentication attempts allowed
before assigning a supplicant to the restricted VLAN.
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-60
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x control-direction
dot1x control-direction
Use the dot1x control-direction interface configuration command to enable the IEEE 802.1x
authentication with the wake-on-LAN (WoL) feature and to configure the port control as unidirectional
or bidirectional. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x control-direction {both | in}
no dot1x control-direction
Syntax Description
both
Enable bidirectional control on port. The port cannot receive
packets from or send packets to the host.
in
Enable unidirectional control on port. The port can send packets to
the host but cannot receive packets from the host.
Defaults
The port is in bidirectional mode.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the both keyword or the no form of this command to return to the default setting, bidirectional
mode.
For more information about WoL, see the “Using IEEE 802.1x Authentication with Wake-on-LAN”
section in the “Configuring IEEE 802.1x Port-Based Authentication” chapter in the software
configuration guide.
Examples
This example shows how to enable unidirectional control:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x control-direction in
This example shows how to enable bidirectional control:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x control-direction both
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x all privileged EXEC command.
The show dot1x all privileged EXEC command output is the same for all switches except for the port
names and the state of the port. If a host is attached to the port but is not yet authenticated, a display
similar to this appears:
Supplicant MAC 0002.b39a.9275
AuthSM State = CONNECTING
BendSM State = IDLE
PortStatus = UNAUTHORIZED
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-61
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x control-direction
If you enter the dot1x control-direction in interface configuration command to enable unidirectional
control, this appears in the show dot1x all command output:
ControlDirection
= In
If you enter the dot1x control-direction in interface configuration command and the port cannot support
this mode due to a configuration conflict, this appears in the show dot1x all command output:
ControlDirection
Related Commands
= In (Disabled due to port settings)
Command
Description
show dot1x [all | interface
interface-id]
Displays control-direction port setting status for the specified
interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-62
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x critical (global configuration)
dot1x critical (global configuration)
Use the dot1x critical global configuration command on a standalone switch to configure the parameters
for the inaccessible authentication bypass feature, also referred to as critical authentication or the
authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) fail policy. To return to default settings, use the no
form of this command.
dot1x critical {eapol | recovery delay milliseconds}
no dot1x critical {eapol | recovery delay}
Syntax Description
Defaults
eapol
Specify that the switch sends an EAPOL-Success message when the
switch puts the critical port in the critical-authentication state.
recovery delay milliseconds
Set the recovery delay period in milliseconds. The range is from 1
to 10000 milliseconds.
The switch does not send an EAPOL-Success message to the host when the switch successfully
authenticates the critical port by putting the critical port in the critical-authentication state.
The recovery delay period is 1000 milliseconds (1 second).
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEE
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the eapol keyword to specify that the switch sends an EAPOL-Success message when the switch
puts the critical port in the critical-authentication state.
Use the recovery delay milliseconds keyword to set the recovery delay period during which the switch
waits to re-initialize a critical port when a RADIUS server that was unavailable becomes available. The
default recovery delay period is 1000 milliseconds. A port can be re-initialized every second.
To enable inaccessible authentication bypass on a port, use the dot1x critical interface configuration
command. To configure the access VLAN to which the switch assigns a critical port, use the dot1x
critical vlan vlan-id interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to set 200 as the recovery delay period on the switch:
Switch# dot1x critical recovery delay 200
You can verify your configuration by entering the show dot1x privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-63
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x critical (global configuration)
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x critical (interface
configuration)
Enables the inaccessible authentication bypass feature, and
configures the access VLAN for the feature.
show dot1x
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-64
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x critical (interface configuration)
dot1x critical (interface configuration)
Use the dot1x critical interface configuration command on a standalone switch to enable the
inaccessible-authentication-bypass feature, also referred to as critical authentication or the
authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) fail policy. You can also configure the access
VLAN to which the switch assigns the critical port when the port is in the critical-authentication state.
To disable the feature or return to default, use the no form of this command.
dot1x critical [recovery action reinitialize | vlan vlan-id]
no dot1x critical [recovery | vlan]
Syntax Description
Defaults
recovery action reinitialize
Enable the inaccessible-authentication-bypass recovery feature, and
specify that the recovery action is to authenticate the port when an
authentication server is available.
vlan vlan-id
Specify the access VLAN to which the switch can assign a critical
port. The range is from 1 to 4094.
The inaccessible-authentication-bypass feature is disabled.
The recovery action is not configured.
The access VLAN is not configured.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To specify the access VLAN to which the switch assigns a critical port when the port is in the
critical-authentication state, use the vlan vlan-id keywords. The specified type of VLAN must match the
type of port, as follows:
•
If the critical port is an access port, the VLAN must be an access VLAN.
•
If the critical port is a private VLAN host port, the VLAN must be a secondary private VLAN.
•
If the critical port is a routed port, you can specify a VLAN, but this is optional.
If the client is running Windows XP and the critical port to which the client is connected is in the
critical-authentication state, Windows XP might report that the interface is not authenticated.
If the Windows XP client is configured for DHCP and has an IP address from the DHCP server, receiving
an EAP-Success message on a critical port might not re-initiate the DHCP configuration process.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-65
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x critical (interface configuration)
You can configure the inaccessible authentication bypass feature and the restricted VLAN on an
IEEE 802.1x port. If the switch tries to re-authenticate a critical port in a restricted VLAN and all the
RADIUS servers are unavailable, the switch changes the port state to the critical authentication state,
and it remains in the restricted VLAN.
You can configure the inaccessible bypass feature and port security on the same switch port.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the inaccessible authentication bypass feature on port 21:
Switch# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# dot1x critical
Switch(config-if)# end
Switch(config)# end
Switch#
You can verify your configuration by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x critical (global configuration)
Configures the parameters for the inaccessible authentication
bypass feature on the switch.
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-66
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x default
dot1x default
Use the dot1x default interface configuration command to reset the IEEE 802.1x parameters to their
default values.
dot1x default
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
These are the default values:
•
The per-port IEEE 802.1x protocol enable state is disabled (force-authorized).
•
The number of seconds between re-authentication attempts is 3600 seconds.
•
The periodic re-authentication is disabled.
•
The quiet period is 60 seconds.
•
The retransmission time is 30 seconds.
•
The maximum retransmission number is 2 times.
•
The host mode is single host.
•
The client timeout period is 30 seconds.
•
The authentication server timeout period is 30 seconds.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to reset the IEEE 802.1x parameters on a port:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x default
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-67
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x guest-vlan
dot1x guest-vlan
Use the dot1x guest-vlan interface configuration command to specify an active VLAN as an
IEEE 802.1x guest VLAN. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id
no dot1x guest-vlan
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Specify an active VLAN as an IEEE 802.1x guest VLAN. The range is 1
to 4094.
Defaults
No guest VLAN is configured.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can configure a guest VLAN on one of these switch ports:
•
A static-access port that belongs to a nonprivate VLAN.
•
A private-VLAN port that belongs to a secondary private VLAN. All the hosts connected to the
switch port are assigned to private VLANs, whether or not the posture validation was successful.
The switch determines the primary private VLAN by using the primary- and
secondary-private-VLAN associations on the switch.
For each IEEE 802.1x port on the switch, you can configure a guest VLAN to provide limited services
to clients (a device or workstation connected to the switch) not running IEEE 802.1x authentication.
These users might be upgrading their systems for IEEE 802.1x authentication, and some hosts, such as
Windows 98 systems, might not be IEEE 802.1x-capable.
When you enable a guest VLAN on an IEEE 802.1x port, the switch assigns clients to a guest VLAN
when it does not receive a response to its Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL)
request/identity frame or when EAPOL packets are not sent by the client.
The switch maintains the EAPOL packet history. If another EAPOL packet is detected on the interface
during the lifetime of the link, the guest VLAN feature is disabled. If the port is already in the guest
VLAN state, the port returns to the unauthorized state, and authentication restarts. The EAPOL history
is reset upon loss of link.
Any number of non-IEEE 802.1x-capable clients are allowed access when the switch port is moved to
the guest VLAN. If an IEEE 802.1x-capable client joins the same port on which the guest VLAN is
configured, the port is put into the unauthorized state in the RADIUS-configured or user-configured
access VLAN, and authentication is restarted.
Guest VLANs are supported on IEEE 802.1x ports in single-host or multiple-hosts mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-68
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x guest-vlan
You can configure any active VLAN except an Remote Switched Port Analyzer (RSPAN) VLAN or a
voice VLAN as an IEEE 802.1x guest VLAN. The guest VLAN feature is not supported on trunk ports;
it is supported only on access ports.
After you configure a guest VLAN for an IEEE 802.1x port to which a DHCP client is connected, you
might need to get a host IP address from a DHCP server. You can change the settings for restarting the
IEEE 802.1x authentication process on the switch before the DHCP process on the client times out and
tries to get a host IP address from the DHCP server. Decrease the settings for the IEEE 802.1x
authentication process (dot1x timeout quiet-period and dot1x timeout tx-period interface
configuration commands). The amount to decrease the settings depends on the connected IEEE 802.1x
client type.
The switch supports MAC authentication bypass. When it is enabled on an IEEE 802.1x port, the switch
can authorize clients based on the client MAC address when IEEE 802.1x authentication times out while
waiting for an EAPOL message exchange. After detecting a client on an IEEE 802.1x port, the switch
waits for an Ethernet packet from the client. The switch sends the authentication server a
RADIUS-access/request frame with a username and password based on the MAC address. If
authorization succeeds, the switch grants the client access to the network. If authorization fails, the
switch assigns the port to the guest VLAN if one is specified. For more information, see the “Using IEEE
802.1x Authentication with MAC Authentication Bypass” section in the “Configuring IEEE 802.1x
Port-Based Authentication” chapter of the software configuration guide.
Examples
This example shows how to specify VLAN 5 as an IEEE 802.1x guest VLAN:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x guest-vlan 5
This example shows how to set 3 as the quiet time on the switch, to set 15 as the number of seconds that
the switch waits for a response to an EAP-request/identity frame from the client before resending the
request, and to enable VLAN 2 as an IEEE 802.1x guest VLAN when an IEEE 802.1x port is connected
to a DHCP client:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout quiet-period 3
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout tx-period 15
Switch(config-if)# dot1x guest-vlan 2
This example shows how to enable the optional guest VLAN behavior and to specify VLAN 5 as an
IEEE 802.1x guest VLAN:
Switch(config)# dot1x guest-vlan supplicant
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# dot1x guest-vlan 5
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x
Enables the optional guest VLAN supplicant feature.
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-69
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x host-mode
dot1x host-mode
Use the dot1x host-mode interface configuration command to allow a single host (client) or multiple
hosts on an IEEE 802.1x-authorized port that has the dot1x port-control interface configuration
command set to auto. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x host-mode {multi-host | single-host}
no dot1x host-mode [multi-host | single-host]
Syntax Description
multi-host
Enable multiple-hosts mode on the switch.
single-host
Enable single-host mode on the switch.
Defaults
The default is single-host mode.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to limit an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port to a single client or to attach multiple clients to
an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port. In multiple-hosts mode, only one of the attached hosts needs to be
successfully authorized for all hosts to be granted network access. If the port becomes unauthorized
(re-authentication fails or an Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN [EAPOL]-logoff message is
received), all attached clients are denied access to the network.
Before entering this command, make sure that the dot1x port-control interface configuration command
is set to auto for the specified port.
Examples
This example shows how to enable IEEE 802.1x authentication globally, to enable IEEE 802.1x
authentication on a port, and to enable multiple-hosts mode:
Switch(config)# dot1x system-auth-control
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# dot1x port-control auto
Switch(config-if)# dot1x host-mode multi-host
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-70
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x initialize
dot1x initialize
Use the dot1x initialize privileged EXEC command to manually return the specified
IEEE 802.1x-enabled port to an unauthorized state before initiating a new authentication session on the
port.
dot1x initialize [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
Defaults
There is no default setting.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
(Optional) Port to be initialized.
Use this command to initialize the IEEE 802.1x state machines and to set up a fresh environment for
authentication. After you enter this command, the port status becomes unauthorized.
There is not a no form of this command.
Examples
This example shows how to manually initialize a port:
Switch# dot1x initialize interface gigabitethernet0/22
You can verify the unauthorized port status by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id]
privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-71
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x mac-auth-bypass
dot1x mac-auth-bypass
Use the dot1x mac-auth-bypass interface configuration command to enable the MAC authentication
bypass feature. Use the no form of this command to disable MAC authentication bypass feature.
dot1x mac-auth-bypass [eap]
no dot1x mac-auth-bypass
Syntax Description
eap
Defaults
MAC authentication bypass is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEE
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
(Optional) Configure the switch to use Extensible Authentication Protocol
(EAP) for authentication.
Unless otherwise stated, the MAC authentication bypass usage guidelines are the same as the
IEEE 802.1x authentication guidelines.
If you disable MAC authentication bypass from a port after the port has been authenticated with its MAC
address, the port state is not affected.
If the port is in the unauthorized state and the client MAC address is not the authentication-server
database, the port remains in the unauthorized state. However, if the client MAC address is added to the
database, the switch can use MAC authentication bypass to re-authorize the port.
If the port is in the authorized state, the port remains in this state until re-authorization occurs.
If an EAPOL packet is detected on the interface during the lifetime of the link, the switch determines
that the device connected to that interface is an IEEE 802.1x-capable supplicant and uses IEEE 802.1x
authentication (not MAC authentication bypass) to authorize the interface.
Clients that were authorized with MAC authentication bypass can be re-authenticated.
For more information about how MAC authentication bypass and IEEE 802.lx authentication interact,
see the “Understanding IEEE 802.1x Authentication with MAC Authentication Bypass” section and the
“IEEE 802.1x Authentication Configuration Guidelines” section in the “Configuring IEEE 802.1x
Port-Based Authentication” chapter of the software configuration guide.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-72
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x mac-auth-bypass
Examples
This example shows how to enable MAC authentication bypass and to configure the switch to use EAP
for authentication:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x mac-auth-bypass eap
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x [interface
interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-73
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x max-reauth-req
dot1x max-reauth-req
Use the dot1x max-reauth-req interface configuration command to set the maximum number of times
that the switch restarts the authentication process before a port changes to the unauthorized state. Use
the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x max-reauth-req count
no dot1x max-reauth-req
Syntax Description
count
Defaults
The default is 2 times.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Number of times that the switch restarts the authentication process before the
port changes to the unauthorized state. The range is 0 to 10.
Usage Guidelines
You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
Examples
This example shows how to set 4 as the number of times that the switch restarts the authentication
process before the port changes to the unauthorized state:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x max-reauth-req 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x max-req
Sets the maximum number of times that the switch forwards an EAP
frame (assuming that no response is received) to the authentication server
before restarting the authentication process.
dot1x timeout tx-period
Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before resending the
request.
show dot1x [interface
interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-74
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x max-req
dot1x max-req
Use the dot1x max-req interface configuration command to set the maximum number of times that the
switch sends an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) frame from the authentication server
(assuming that no response is received) to the client before restarting the authentication process. Use the
no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x max-req count
no dot1x max-req
Syntax Description
count
Defaults
The default is 2 times.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Number of times that the switch resends an EAP frame from the authentication
server before restarting the authentication process. The range is 1 to 10.
Usage Guidelines
You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
Examples
This example shows how to set 5 as the number of times that the switch sends an EAP frame from the
authentication server to the client before restarting the authentication process:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x max-req 5
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x timeout tx-period
Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before resending the
request.
show dot1x [interface
interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-75
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x pae
dot1x pae
Use the dot1x pae interface configuration command to configure the port as an IEEE 802.1x port access
entity (PAE) authenticator. Use the no form of this command to disable IEEE 802.1x authentication on
the port.
dot1x pae authenticator
no dot1x pae
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The port is not an IEEE 802.1x PAE authenticator, and IEEE 802.1x authentication is disabled on the
port.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEE
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no dot1x pae interface configuration command to disable IEEE 802.1x authentication on the
port.
When you configure IEEE 802.1x authentication on a port, such as by entering the dot1x port-control
interface configuration command, the switch automatically configures the port as an EEE 802.1x
authenticator. After the no dot1x pae interface configuration command is entered, the Authenticator
PAE operation is disabled.
Examples
This example shows how to disable IEEE 802.1x authentication on the port:
Switch(config-if)# no dot1x pae
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x or show eap privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x
Displays IEEE 802.1x statistics, administrative status, and
operational status for the switch or for the specified port.
show eap
Displays EAP registration and session information for the
switch or for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-76
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x port-control
dot1x port-control
Use the dot1x port-control interface configuration command to enable manual control of the
authorization state of the port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x port-control {auto | force-authorized | force-unauthorized}
no dot1x port-control
Syntax Description
auto
Enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on the port and cause the port to change to
the authorized or unauthorized state based on the IEEE 802.1x authentication
exchange between the switch and the client.
force-authorized
Disable IEEE 802.1x authentication on the port and cause the port to transition
to the authorized state without an authentication exchange. The port sends and
receives normal traffic without IEEE 802.1x-based authentication of the client.
force-unauthorized
Deny all access through this port by forcing the port to change to the
unauthorized state, ignoring all attempts by the client to authenticate. The
switch cannot provide authentication services to the client through the port.
Defaults
The default is force-authorized.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must globally enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on the switch by using the dot1x
system-auth-control global configuration command before enabling IEEE 802.1x authentication on a
specific port.
The IEEE 802.1x standard is supported on Layer 2 static-access ports and voice VLAN ports.
You can use the auto keyword only if the port is not configured as one of these:
•
Trunk port—If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on a trunk port, an error message
appears, and IEEE 802.1x is not enabled. If you try to change the mode of an IEEE 802.1x-enabled
port to trunk, an error message appears, and the port mode is not changed.
•
Dynamic ports—A port in dynamic mode can negotiate with its neighbor to become a trunk port. If
you try to enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on a dynamic port, an error message appears, and
IEEE 802.1x authentication is not enabled. If you try to change the mode of an IEEE 802.1x-enabled
port to dynamic, an error message appears, and the port mode is not changed.
•
Dynamic-access ports—If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on a dynamic-access
(VLAN Query Protocol [VQP]) port, an error message appears, and IEEE 802.1x authentication is
not enabled. If you try to change an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port to dynamic VLAN assignment, an
error message appears, and the VLAN configuration is not changed.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-77
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x port-control
•
EtherChannel port—Do not configure a port that is an active or a not-yet-active member of an
EtherChannel as an IEEE 802.1x port. If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on an
EtherChannel port, an error message appears, and IEEE 802.1x authentication is not enabled.
•
Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) and Remote SPAN (RSPAN) destination ports—You can enable
IEEE 802.1x authentication on a port that is a SPAN or RSPAN destination port. However,
IEEE 802.1x authentication is disabled until the port is removed as a SPAN or RSPAN destination.
You can enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on a SPAN or RSPAN source port.
To globally disable IEEE 802.1x authentication on the switch, use the no dot1x system-auth-control
global configuration command. To disable IEEE 802.1x authentication on a specific port or to return to
the default setting, use the no dot1x port-control interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# dot1x port-control auto
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-78
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x re-authenticate
dot1x re-authenticate
Use the dot1x re-authenticate privileged EXEC command to manually initiate a re-authentication of
the specified IEEE 802.1x-enabled port.
dot1x re-authenticate [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
Defaults
There is no default setting.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
(Optional) Module and port number of the interface to re-authenticate.
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command to re-authenticate a client without waiting for the configured number of
seconds between re-authentication attempts (re-authperiod) and automatic re-authentication.
Examples
This example shows how to manually re-authenticate the device connected to a port:
Switch# dot1x re-authenticate interface gigabitethernet0/21
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x reauthentication
Enables periodic re-authentication of the client.
dot1x timeout reauth-period
Sets the number of seconds between re-authentication
attempts.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-79
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x reauthentication
dot1x reauthentication
Use the dot1x reauthentication interface configuration command to enable periodic re-authentication
of the client. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x reauthentication
no dot1x reauthentication
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Periodic re-authentication is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You configure the amount of time between periodic re-authentication attempts by using the dot1x
timeout reauth-period interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to disable periodic re-authentication of the client:
Switch(config-if)# no dot1x reauthentication
This example shows how to enable periodic re-authentication and to set the number of seconds between
re-authentication attempts to 4000 seconds:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x reauthentication
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout reauth-period 4000
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x re-authenticate
Manually initiates a re-authentication of all IEEE 802.1x-enabled
ports.
dot1x timeout reauth-period
Sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts.
show dot1x [interface
interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-80
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x timeout
dot1x timeout
Use the dot1x timeout interface configuration command to set IEEE 802.1x timers. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x timeout {quiet-period seconds | ratelimit-period seconds | reauth-period {seconds |
server} | server-timeout seconds | supp-timeout seconds | tx-period seconds}
no dot1x timeout {quiet-period | reauth-period | server-timeout | supp-timeout | tx-period}
Syntax Description
quiet-period seconds
Number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a
failed authentication exchange with the client. The range is 1 to 65535.
ratelimit-period seconds Number of seconds that the switch ignores Extensible Authentication
Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) packets from clients that have been
successfully authenticated during this duration. The range is 1 to 65535.
reauth-period {seconds | Set the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts.
server}
The keywords have these meanings:
Defaults
•
seconds—Sets the number of seconds from 1 to 65535; the default is
3600 seconds.
•
server—Sets the number of seconds as the value of the
Session-Timeout RADIUS attribute (Attribute[27]).
server-timeout seconds
Number of seconds that the switch waits for the retransmission of packets
by the switch to the authentication server. The range is 30 to 65535.
supp-timeout seconds
Number of seconds that the switch waits for the retransmission of packets
by the switch to the IEEE 802.1x client. The range is 30 to 65535.
tx-period seconds
Number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before retransmitting the
request. The range is 5 to 65535.
These are the default settings:
reauth-period is 3600 seconds.
quiet-period is 60 seconds.
tx-period is 5 seconds.
supp-timeout is 30 seconds.
server-timeout is 30 seconds.
rate-limit is 1 second.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-81
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x timeout
Command History
Usage Guidelines
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
The dot1x timeout reauth-period interface configuration command affects the behavior of the switch
only if you have enabled periodic re-authentication by using the dot1x reauthentication interface
configuration command.
During the quiet period, the switch does not accept or initiate any authentication requests. If you want
to provide a faster response time to the user, enter a number smaller than the default.
When the ratelimit-period is set to 0 (the default), the switch does not ignore EAPOL packets from
clients that have been successfully authenticated and forwards them to the RADIUS server.
Examples
This example shows how to enable periodic re-authentication and to set 4000 as the number of seconds
between re-authentication attempts:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x reauthentication
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout reauth-period 4000
This example shows how to enable periodic re-authentication and to specify the value of the
Session-Timeout RADIUS attribute as the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x reauthentication
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout reauth-period server
This example shows how to set 30 seconds as the quiet time on the switch:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout quiet-period 30
This example shows how to set 45 seconds as the switch-to-authentication server retransmission time:
Switch(config)# dot1x timeout server-timeout 45
This example shows how to set 45 seconds as the switch-to-client retransmission time for the EAP
request frame:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout supp-timeout 45
This example shows how to set 60 as the number of seconds to wait for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before re-transmitting the request:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout tx-period 60
This example shows how to set 30 as the number of seconds that the switch ignores EAPOL packets from
successfully authenticated clients:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout ratelimit-period 30
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-82
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x timeout
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x max-req
Sets the maximum number of times that the switch sends an
EAP-request/identity frame before restarting the authentication process.
dot1x reauthentication
Enables periodic re-authentication of the client.
show dot1x
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for all ports.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-83
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
duplex
duplex
Use the duplex interface configuration command to specify the duplex mode of operation for a port. Use
the no form of this command to return the port to its default value.
duplex {auto | full | half}
no duplex
Syntax Description
Defaults
auto
Enable automatic duplex configuration; port automatically detects whether it
should run in full- or half-duplex mode, depending on the attached device mode.
full
Enable full-duplex mode.
half
Enable half-duplex mode (only for interfaces operating at 10 or 100 Mbps). You
cannot configure half-duplex mode for interfaces operating at 1000 or
10,000 Mbps.
The default is auto for Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Duplex options are not supported on the 1000BASE-x (where -x is -SX) SFP modules.
For information about which SFP modules are supported on your switch, see the product release notes.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
For Gigabit Ethernet ports, setting the port to auto has the same effect as specifying full if the attached
device does not autonegotiate the duplex parameter.
Note
Half-duplex mode is supported on Gigabit Ethernet interfaces if the duplex mode is auto and the
connected device is operating at half duplex. However, you cannot configure these interfaces to
operate in half-duplex mode.
Certain ports can be configured to be either full duplex or half duplex. Applicability of this command
depends on the device to which the switch is attached.
If both ends of the line support autonegotiation, we highly recommend using the default autonegotiation
settings. If one interface supports autonegotiation and the other end does not, configure duplex and speed
on both interfaces; do use the auto setting on the supported side.
If the speed is set to auto, the switch negotiates with the device at the other end of the link for the speed
setting and then forces the speed setting to the negotiated value. The duplex setting remains as
configured on each end of the link, which could result in a duplex setting mismatch.
You can configure the duplex setting when the speed is set to auto.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-84
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
duplex
Caution
Changing the interface speed and duplex mode configuration might shut down and re-enable the
interface during the reconfiguration.
For guidelines on setting the switch speed and duplex parameters, see the “Configuring Interface
Characteristics” chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an interface for full-duplex operation:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# duplex full
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
Displays the interface settings on the switch.
speed
Sets the speed on a 10/100/1000 Mbps interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-85
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable detect cause
errdisable detect cause
Use the errdisable detect cause global configuration command to enable error-disabled detection for a
specific cause or all causes. Use the no form of this command to disable the error-disabled detection
feature.
errdisable detect cause {all | dhcp-rate-limit | dtp-flap | gbic-invalid | link-flap | loopback |
pagp-flap}
no errdisable detect cause {all | dhcp-rate-limit | dtp-flap | gbic-invalid | link-flap | pagp-flap}
Syntax Description
all
Enable error detection for all error-disabled causes.
dhcp-rate-limit
Enable error detection for DHCP snooping.
dtp-flap
Enable error detection for the Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) flapping.
gbic-invalid
Enable error detection for an invalid Gigabit Interface Converter (GBIC) module.
Note
This error refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module.
link-flap
Enable error detection for link-state flapping.
loopback
Enable error detection for detected loopbacks.
pagp-flap
Enable error detection for the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) flap
error-disabled cause.
Command Default
Detection is enabled for all causes.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A cause (all, dhcp-rate-limit, and so forth) is the reason why the error-disabled state occurred. When a
cause is detected on an interface, the interface is placed in an error-disabled state, an operational state
that is similar to a link-down state.
If you set a recovery mechanism for the cause by entering the errdisable recovery global configuration
command for the cause, the interface is brought out of the error-disabled state and allowed to retry the
operation when all causes have timed out. If you do not set a recovery mechanism, you must enter the
shutdown and then the no shutdown commands to manually recover an interface from the
error-disabled state.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-86
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable detect cause
Examples
This example shows how to enable error-disabled detection for the link-flap error-disabled cause:
Switch(config)# errdisable detect cause link-flap
You can verify your setting by entering the show errdisable detect privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show errdisable detect
Displays error-disabled detection information.
show interfaces status err-disabled
Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in the
error-disabled state.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-87
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable recovery
errdisable recovery
Use the errdisable recovery global configuration command to configure the recover mechanism
variables. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
errdisable recovery {cause {all | bpduguard | channel-misconfig | dhcp-rate-limit | dtp-flap |
gbic-invalid | link-flap | loopback | pagp-flap | psecure-violation | security-violation | udld
| vmps} | {interval interval}
no errdisable recovery {cause {all | bpduguard | channel-misconfig | dhcp-rate-limit | dtp-flap
| gbic-invalid | link-flap | loopback | pagp-flap | psecure-violation | security-violation | udld
| vmps} | {interval interval}
Syntax Description
cause
Enable the error-disabled mechanism to recover from a specific cause.
all
Enable the timer to recover from all error-disabled causes.
bpduguard
Enable the timer to recover from the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard
error-disabled state.
channel-misconfig
Enable the timer to recover from the EtherChannel misconfiguration
error-disabled state.
dhcp-rate-limit
Enable the timer to recover from the DHCP snooping error-disabled state.
dtp-flap
Enable the timer to recover from the Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) flap
error-disabled state.
gbic-invalid
Enable the timer to recover from an invalid Gigabit Interface Converter
(GBIC) module error-disabled state.
Note
This error refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP)
error-disabled state.
link-flap
Enable the timer to recover from the link-flap error-disabled state.
loopback
Enable the timer to recover from a loopback error-disabled state.
pagp-flap
Enable the timer to recover from the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP)-flap
error-disabled state.
psecure-violation
Enable the timer to recover from a port security violation disable state.
security-violation
Enable the timer to recover from an IEEE 802.1x-violation disabled state.
udld
Enable the timer to recover from the UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD)
error-disabled state.
vmps
Enable the timer to recover from the VLAN Membership Policy Server
(VMPS) error-disabled state.
interval interval
Specify the time to recover from the specified error-disabled state. The range
is 30 to 86400 seconds. The same interval is applied to all causes. The default
interval is 300 seconds.
Note
The error-disabled recovery timer is initialized at a random
differential from the configured interval value. The difference
between the actual timeout value and the configured value can be up
to 15 percent of the configured interval.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-88
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable recovery
Note
Defaults
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the ilpower, storm-control, and unicast-flood
keywords are not supported.
Recovery is disabled for all causes.
The default recovery interval is 300 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A cause (all, bpduguard, and so forth) is defined as the reason that the error-disabled state occurred.
When a cause is detected on an interface, the interface is placed in the error-disabled state, an operational
state similar to link-down state. If you do not enable the recovery for the cause, the interface stays in the
error-disabled state until you enter the shutdown and the no shutdown interface configuration
commands. If you enable the recovery for a cause, the interface is brought out of the error-disabled state
and allowed to retry the operation again when all the causes have timed out.
Otherwise, you must enter the shutdown and then the no shutdown commands to manually recover an
interface from the error-disabled state.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the recovery timer for the BPDU guard error-disabled cause:
Switch(config)# errdisable recovery cause bpduguard
This example shows how to set the timer to 500 seconds:
Switch(config)# errdisable recovery interval 500
You can verify your settings by entering the show errdisable recovery privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show errdisable recovery
Displays error-disabled recovery timer information.
show interfaces status
err-disabled
Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled
state.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-89
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
exception crashinfo
exception crashinfo
Use the exception crashinfo global configuration command to configure the switch to create the
extended crashinfo file when the Cisco IOS image fails. Use the no form of this command to disable this
feature.
exception crashinfo
no exception crashinfo
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The switch creates the extended crashinfo file.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The basic crashinfo file includes the Cisco IOS image name and version that failed and a list of the
processor registers. The extended crashinfo file includes additional information that can help determine
the cause of the switch failure.
Use the no exception crashinfo global configuration command to configure the switch to not create the
extended crashinfo file.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the switch to not create the extended crashinfo file:
Switch(config)# no exception crashinfo
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration, including defined macros.
For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration
Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File
Management Commands > Configuration File Management
Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-90
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
flowcontrol
flowcontrol
Use the flowcontrol interface configuration command to set the receive flow-control state for an
interface. When flow control send is operable and on for a device and it detects any congestion at its
end, it notifies the link partner or the remote device of the congestion by sending a pause frame. When
flow control receive is on for a device and it receives a pause frame, it stops sending any data packets.
This prevents any loss of data packets during the congestion period.
Use the receive off keywords to disable flow control.
flowcontrol receive {desired | off | on}
Note
Syntax Description
The switch can receive, but not send, pause frames.
receive
Set whether the interface can receive flow-control packets from a remote device.
desired
Allow an interface to operate with an attached device that is required to send
flow-control packets or with an attached device that is not required to but can send
flow-control packets.
off
Turn off the ability of an attached device to send flow-control packets to an interface.
on
Allow an interface to operate with an attached device that is required to send
flow-control packets or with an attached device that is not required to but can send
flow-control packets.
Defaults
The default is flowcontrol receive off.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The switch does not support sending flow-control pause frames.
Note that the on and desired keywords have the same result.
When you use the flowcontrol command to set a port to control traffic rates during congestion, you are
setting flow control on a port to one of these conditions:
•
receive on or desired: The port cannot send pause frames, but can operate with an attached device
that is required to or is able to send pause frames. The port can receive pause frames.
•
receive off: Flow control does not operate in either direction. In case of congestion, no indication is
given to the link partner, and no pause frames are sent or received by either device.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-91
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
flowcontrol
Table 2-5 shows the flow control results on local and remote ports for a combination of settings. The
table assumes that receive desired has the same results as using the receive on keywords.
Table 2-5
Flow Control Settings and Local and Remote Port Flow Control Resolution
Flow Control Settings
Flow Control Resolution
Local Device
Remote Device
Local Device
Remote Device
send off/receive on
send on/receive on
Receives only
Sends and receives
send on/receive off
Receives only
Sends only
send desired/receive on
Receives only
Sends and receives
send desired/receive off
Receives only
Sends only
send off/receive on
Receives only
Receives only
send off/receive off
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send on/receive on
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send on/receive off
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send desired/receive on
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send desired/receive off
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send off/receive on
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send off/receive off
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send off/receive off
Examples
This example shows how to configure the local port to not support flow control by the remote port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# flowcontrol receive off
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
Displays the interface settings on the switch, including input and output flow
control.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-92
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
interface port-channel
interface port-channel
Use the interface port-channel global configuration command to access or create the port-channel
logical interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the port-channel.
interface port-channel port-channel-number
no interface port-channel port-channel-number
Syntax Description
port-channel-number
Defaults
No port-channel logical interfaces are defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Port-channel number. The range is 1 to 48.
For Layer 2 EtherChannels, you do not have to create a port-channel interface first before assigning a
physical port to a channel group. Instead, you can use the channel-group interface configuration
command. It automatically creates the port-channel interface when the channel group gets its first
physical port. If you create the port-channel interface first, the channel-group-number can be the same
as the port-channel-number, or you can use a new number. If you use a new number, the channel-group
command dynamically creates a new port channel.
Only one port channel in a channel group is allowed.
Follow these guidelines when you use the interface port-channel command:
•
If you want to use the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), you must configure it only on the physical
port and not on the port-channel interface.
•
Do not configure a port that is an active member of an EtherChannel as an IEEE 802.1x port. If
IEEE 802.1x is enabled on a not-yet active port of an EtherChannel, the port does not join the
EtherChannel.
For a complete list of configuration guidelines, see the “Configuring EtherChannels” chapter in the
software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to create a port-channel interface with a port channel number of 5:
Switch(config)# interface port-channel 5
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC or show
etherchannel channel-group-number detail privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-93
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
interface port-channel
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-group
Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
show etherchannel
Displays EtherChannel information for a channel.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2
> File Management Commands > Configuration File Management
Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-94
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
interface range
interface range
Use the interface range global configuration command to enter interface range configuration mode and
to execute a command on multiple ports at the same time. Use the no form of this command to remove
an interface range.
interface range {port-range | macro name}
no interface range {port-range | macro name}
Syntax Description
port-range
Port range. For a list of valid values for port-range, see the “Usage Guidelines”
section.
macro name
Specify the name of a macro.
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you enter interface range configuration mode, all interface parameters you enter are attributed to
all interfaces within the range.
For VLANs, you can use the interface range command only on existing VLAN switch virtual interfaces
(SVIs). To display VLAN SVIs, enter the show running-config privileged EXEC command. VLANs not
displayed cannot be used in the interface range command. The commands entered under interface
range command are applied to all existing VLAN SVIs in the range.
All configuration changes made to an interface range are saved to NVRAM, but the interface range itself
is not saved to NVRAM.
You can enter the interface range in two ways:
•
Specifying up to five interface ranges
•
Specifying a previously defined interface-range macro
All interfaces in a range must be the same type; that is, all Gigabit Ethernet ports, all EtherChannel ports,
or all VLANs. However, you can define up to five interface ranges with a single command, with each
range separated by a comma.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-95
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
interface range
Valid values for port-range type and interface:
•
vlan vlan-ID, where VLAN ID is from 1 to 4094
•
gigabitethernet module/{first port} - {last port}, where module is always 0
For physical interfaces:
– module is always 0
– the range is type 0/number - number (for example, gigabitethernet0/1 - 2)
•
port-channel port-channel-number - port-channel-number, where port-channel-number is from 1
to 48
Note
When you use the interface range command with port channels, the first and last port
channel number in the range must be active port channels.
When you define a range, you must enter a space between the first entry and the hyphen (-):
interface range gigabitethernet0/1 -2
When you define multiple ranges, you must still enter a space after the first entry and before the
comma (,):
interface range gigabitethernet0/1 - 2, gigabitethernet0/5 - 7
You cannot specify both a macro and an interface range in the same command.
You can also specify a single interface in port-range. The command is then similar to the interface
interface-id global configuration command.
For more information about configuring interface ranges, see the software configuration guide for this
release.
Examples
This example shows how to use the interface range command to enter interface-range configuration
mode to apply commands to two ports:
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
Switch(config-if-range)#
This example shows how to use a port-range macro macro1 for the same function. The advantage is that
you can reuse macro1 until you delete it.
Switch(config)# define interface-range macro1 gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
Switch(config)# interface range macro macro1
Switch(config-if-range)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
define interface-range
Creates an interface range macro.
show running-config
Displays the configuration information currently running on the switch. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands >
Configuration File Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-96
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
interface vlan
interface vlan
Use the interface vlan global configuration command to create or access a VLAN and to enter interface
configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete a VLAN.
interface vlan vlan-id
no interface vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Defaults
The default VLAN interface is VLAN 1.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
VLAN number. The range is 1 to 4094.
VLANs are created the first time that you enter the interface vlan vlan-id command for a particular
VLAN. The vlan-id corresponds to the VLAN-tag associated with data frames on an ISL or IEEE 802.1Q
encapsulated trunk or the VLAN ID configured for an access port.
If you delete a VLAN by entering the no interface vlan vlan-id command, the deleted interface is no
longer visible in the output from the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Note
You cannot delete the VLAN 1 interface.
You can re-instate a deleted VLAN by entering the interface vlan vlan-id command for the deleted
interface. The interface comes back up, but the previous configuration is gone.
Examples
This example shows how to create a new VLAN with VLAN ID 23 and to enter interface configuration
mode:
Switch(config)# interface vlan 23
Switch(config-if)#
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces and show interfaces vlan vlan-id privileged
EXEC commands.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces vlan vlan-id
Displays the administrative and operational status of all
interfaces or the specified VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-97
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip access-group
ip access-group
Use the ip access-group interface configuration command to control access to a Layer 2 interface. Use
the no form of this command to remove all access groups or the specified access group from the
interface.
ip access-group {access-list-number | name} {in}
no ip access-group [access-list-number | name] {in}
Syntax Description
access-list-number
The number of the IP access control list (ACL). The range is 1 to 199 or
1300 to 2699.
name
The name of an IP ACL, specified in the ip access-list global configuration
command.
in
Specify filtering on inbound packets.
Defaults
No access list is applied to the interface.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can apply named or numbered standard or extended IP access lists to an interface. To define an
access list by name, use the ip access-list global configuration command. To define a numbered
access list, use the access list global configuration command. You can used numbered standard access
lists ranging from 1 to 99 and 1300 to 1999 or extended access lists ranging from 100 to 199 and
2000 to 2699.
You can use this command to apply an access list to a Layer 2 interface. However, note these limitations
for port ACLs:
•
You can only apply ACLs in the inbound direction.
•
You can only apply one IP ACL and one MAC ACL per interface.
•
do not support logging; if the log keyword is specified in the IP ACL, it is ignored.
•
An IP ACL applied to a interface only filters IP packets. To filter non-IP packets, use the mac
access-group interface configuration command with MAC extended ACLs.
You can use input port ACLs and VLAN maps on the same switch. However, a port ACL takes
precedence over a VLAN map. When both an input port ACL and a VLAN map are applied, incoming
packets received on ports with the port ACL applied are filtered by the port ACL. Other packets are
filtered by the VLAN map.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-98
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip access-group
For standard inbound access lists, after the switch receives a packet, it checks the source address of the
packet against the access list. IP extended access lists can optionally check other fields in the packet,
such as the destination IP address, protocol type, or port numbers. If the access list permits the packet,
the switch continues to process the packet. If the access list denies the packet, the switch discards the
packet.
If the specified access list does not exist, all packets are passed.
Examples
This example shows how to apply IP access list 101 to inbound packets on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# ip access-group 101 in
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip interface, show access-lists, or show ip
access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
access list
Configures a numbered ACL. For syntax information, select Cisco
IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and
Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands
ip access-list
Configures a named ACL. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS
IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and
Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
show access-lists
Displays ACLs configured on the switch.
show ip access-lists
Displays IP ACLs configured on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1
of 3:Addressing and Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services
Commands.
show ip interface
Displays information about interface status and configuration. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS IP Command Reference,
Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and Services, Release 12.2 > IP
Services Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-99
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip address
ip address
Use the ip address interface configuration command to set an IP address for the Layer 2 switch. Use the
no form of this command to remove an IP address or to disable IP processing.
ip address ip-address subnet-mask [secondary]
no ip address [ip-address subnet-mask] [secondary]
Syntax Description
ip-address
IP address.
subnet-mask
Mask for the associated IP subnet.
secondary
(Optional) Specifies that the configured address is a secondary IP address. If
this keyword is omitted, the configured address is the primary IP address.
Defaults
No IP address is defined.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you remove the switch IP address through a Telnet session, your connection to the switch will be lost.
Hosts can find subnet masks using the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) Mask Request
message. Routers respond to this request with an ICMP Mask Reply message.
You can disable IP processing on a particular interface by removing its IP address with the no ip address
command. If the switch detects another host using one of its IP addresses, it will send an error message
to the console.
You can use the optional keyword secondary to specify an unlimited number of secondary addresses.
Secondary addresses are treated like primary addresses, except the system never generates datagrams
other than routing updates with secondary source addresses. IP broadcasts and ARP requests are handled
properly, as are interface routes in the IP routing table.
Note
If any router on a network segment uses a secondary address, all other devices on that same segment
must also use a secondary address from the same network or subnet. Inconsistent use of secondary
addresses on a network segment can very quickly cause routing loops.
If your switch receives its IP address from a Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) or a DHCP server and you
remove the switch IP address by using the no ip address command, IP processing is disabled, and the
BOOTP or the DHCP server cannot reassign the address.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-100
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip address
Examples
This example shows how to configure the IP address for the Layer 2 switch on a subnetted network:
Switch(config)# interface vlan 1
Switch(config-if)# ip address 172.20.128.2 255.255.255.0
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference,
Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File
Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-101
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping
ip dhcp snooping
Use the ip dhcp snooping global configuration command to globally enable DHCP snooping. Use the
no form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip dhcp snooping
no ip dhcp snooping
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
DHCP snooping is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
For any DHCP snooping configuration to take effect, you must globally enable DHCP snooping.
DHCP snooping is not active until you enable snooping on a VLAN by using the ip dhcp snooping vlan
vlan-id global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable DHCP snooping:
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping vlan
Enables DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-102
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option
ip dhcp snooping information option
Use the ip dhcp snooping information option global configuration command to enable DHCP
option-82 data insertion. Use the no form of this command to disable DHCP option-82 data insertion.
ip dhcp snooping information option
no ip dhcp snooping information option
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
DHCP option-82 data is inserted.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must globally enable DHCP snooping by using the ip dhcp snooping global configuration
command for any DHCP snooping configuration to take effect.
When the option-82 feature is enabled and a switch receives a DHCP request from a host, it adds the
option-82 information in the packet. The option-82 information contains the switch MAC address (the
remote ID suboption) and the port identifier, vlan-mod-port, from which the packet is received (circuit
ID suboption). The switch forwards the DHCP request that includes the option-82 field to the DHCP
server.
When the DHCP server receives the packet, it can use the remote ID, the circuit ID, or both to assign IP
addresses and implement policies, such as restricting the number of IP addresses that can be assigned to
a single remote ID or a circuit ID. Then the DHCP server echoes the option-82 field in the DHCP reply.
The DHCP server unicasts the reply to the switch if the request was relayed to the server by the switch.
When the client and server are on the same subnet, the server broadcasts the reply. The switch inspects
the remote ID and possibly the circuit ID fields to verify that it originally inserted the option-82 data.
The switch removes the option-82 field and forwards the packet to the switch port that connects to the
DHCP host that sent the DHCP request.
Examples
This example shows how to enable DHCP option-82 data insertion:
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping information option
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-103
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-104
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted
ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted
Use the ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted global configuration command on an
aggregation switch to configure it to accept DHCP packets with option-82 information that are received
on untrusted ports that might be connected to an edge switch. Use the no form of this command to return
to the default setting.
ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted
no ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The switch drops DHCP packets with option-82 information that are received on untrusted ports that
might be connected to an edge switch.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You might want an edge switch to which a host is connected to insert DHCP option-82 information at
the edge of your network. You might also want to enable DHCP security features, such as DHCP
snooping, on an aggregation switch. However, if DHCP snooping is enabled on the aggregation switch,
the switch drops packets with option-82 information that are received on an untrusted port and does not
learn DHCP snooping bindings for connected devices on a trusted interface.
If the edge switch to which a host is connected inserts option-82 information and you want to use DHCP
snooping on an aggregation switch, enter the ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted
command on the aggregation switch. The aggregation switch can learn the bindings for a host even
though the aggregation switch receives DHCP snooping packets on an untrusted port. You can also
enable DHCP security features on the aggregation switch. The port on the edge switch to which the
aggregation switch is connected must be configured as a trusted port.
Note
Do not enter the ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted command on an aggregation
switch to which an untrusted device is connected. If you enter this command, an untrusted device might
spoof the option-82 information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-105
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted
Examples
This example shows how to configure an access switch to not check the option-82 information in
untrusted packets from an edge switch and to accept the packets:
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping information option allow-untrusted
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-106
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id
ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id
Use the ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id global configuration command on the
switch to configure the option-82 remote-ID suboption. Use the no form of this command to configure
the default remote-ID suboption.
ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id [string ASCII-string | hostname]
no ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id
Syntax Description
stringASCII-string
Specify a remote ID, using from 1 to 63 ASCII characters (no
spaces).
hostname
Specify the switch hostname as the remote ID.
Defaults
The switch MAC address is the remote ID.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must globally enable DHCP snooping by using the ip dhcp snooping global configuration
command for any DHCP snooping configuration to take effect.
When the option-82 feature is enabled, the default remote-ID suboption is the switch MAC address. This
command allows you to configure either the switch hostname or a string of up to 63 ASCII characters
(but no spaces) to be the remote ID.
Note
Examples
If the hostname exceeds 63 characters, it will be truncated to 63 characters in the remote-ID
configuration.
This example shows how to configure the option- 82 remote-ID suboption:
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id hostname
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-107
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping vlan information Configures the option-82 circuit-ID suboption.
option format-type circuit-id string
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-108
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping limit rate
ip dhcp snooping limit rate
Use the ip dhcp snooping limit rate interface configuration command to configure the number of DHCP
messages an interface can receive per second. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
ip dhcp snooping limit rate rate
no ip dhcp snooping limit rate
Syntax Description
rate
Defaults
DHCP snooping rate limiting is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Number of DHCP messages an interface can receive per second. The range is 1 to
2048.
Normally, the rate limit applies to untrusted interfaces. If you want to configure rate limiting for trusted
interfaces, keep in mind that trusted interfaces might aggregate DHCP traffic on multiple VLANs (some
of which might not be snooped) in the switch, and you will need to adjust the interface rate limits to a
higher value.
If the rate limit is exceeded, the interface is error-disabled. If you enabled error recovery by entering the
errdisable recovery dhcp-rate-limit global configuration command, the interface retries the operation
again when all the causes have timed out. If the error-recovery mechanism is not enabled, the interface
stays in the error-disabled state until you enter the shutdown and no shutdown interface configuration
commands.
Examples
This example shows how to set a message rate limit of 150 messages per second on an interface:
Switch(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping limit rate 150
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
errdisable recovery
Configures the recover mechanism.
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-109
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping trust
ip dhcp snooping trust
Use the ip dhcp snooping trust interface configuration command to configure a port as trusted for
DHCP snooping purposes. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip dhcp snooping trust
no ip dhcp snooping trust
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
DHCP snooping trust is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Configure as trusted ports those that are connected to a DHCP server or to other switches or routers.
Configure as untrusted ports those that are connected to DHCP clients.
Examples
This example shows how to enable DHCP snooping trust on a port:
Switch(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping trust
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-110
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping verify
ip dhcp snooping verify
Use the ip dhcp snooping verify global configuration command to configure the switch to verify on an
untrusted port that the source MAC address in a DHCP packet matches the client hardware address. Use
the no form of this command to configure the switch to not verify the MAC addresses.
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
no ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The switch verifies the source MAC address in a DHCP packet that is received on untrusted ports
matches the client hardware address in the packet.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
In a service-provider network, when a switch receives a packet from a DHCP client on an untrusted port,
it automatically verifies that the source MAC address and the DHCP client hardware address match. If
the addresses match, the switch forwards the packet. If the addresses do not match, the switch drops the
packet.
Examples
This example shows how to disable the MAC address verification:
Switch(config)# no ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-111
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping vlan
ip dhcp snooping vlan
Use the ip dhcp snooping vlan global configuration command to enable DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan-range
no ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan-range
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-range
Specify a VLAN ID or a range of VLANs on which to enable DHCP snooping. The
range is 1 to 4094.
You can enter a single VLAN ID identified by VLAN ID number, a series of VLAN
IDs separated by commas, a range of VLAN IDs separated by hyphens, or a range
of VLAN IDs separated by entering the starting and ending VLAN IDs separated
by a space.
Defaults
DHCP snooping is disabled on all VLANs.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must first globally enable DHCP snooping before enabling DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
Examples
This example shows how to enable DHCP snooping on VLAN 10:
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping vlan 10
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-112
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping vlan information option format-type circuit-id string
ip dhcp snooping vlan information option format-type circuit-id
string
Use the ip dhcp snooping vlan information option format-type circuit-id string interface
configuration command on the switch to configure the option-82 circuit-ID suboption. Use the no form
of this command to configure the default circuit-ID suboption.
ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan information option format-type circuit-id string ASCII-string
no ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan information option format-type circuit-id string
Syntax Description
vlan vlan
Specify the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094.
stringASCII-string
Specify a circuit ID, using from 3 to 63 ASCII characters (no
spaces).
Defaults
The switch VLAN and the port identifier, in the format vlan-mod-port, is the default circuit ID.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must globally enable DHCP snooping by using the ip dhcp snooping global configuration
command for any DHCP snooping configuration to take effect.
When the option-82 feature is enabled, the default circuit-ID suboption is the switch VLAN and the port
identifier, in the format vlan-mod-port. This command allows you to configure a string of ASCII
characters to be the circuit ID.
Note
Examples
When configuring a large number of circuit IDs on a switch, consider the impact of lengthy character
strings on the NVRAM or flash memory. If the circuit-ID configurations, combined with other data,
exceed the capacity of the NVRAM or the flash memory, an error message appears.
This example shows how to configure the option-82 circuit-ID suboption:
Switch(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping vlan 250 information option format-type circuit-id
string customerABC-250-0-0
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-113
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping vlan information option format-type circuit-id string
Note
Related Commands
The show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command only displays the global command output, including
a remote-ID configuration. It does not display any per-interface, per-VLAN string that you have
configured for the circuit ID.
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping information
option format remote-id
Configures the option-82 remote-ID suboption.
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-114
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp filter
ip igmp filter
Use the ip igmp filter interface configuration command to control whether or not all hosts on a Layer 2
interface can join one or more IP multicast groups by applying an Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMP) profile to the interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the specified profile from
the interface.
ip igmp filter profile number
no ip igmp filter
Syntax Description
profile number
Defaults
No IGMP filters are applied.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The IGMP profile number to be applied. The range is 1 to 4294967295.
You can apply IGMP filters only to Layer 2 physical interfaces; you cannot apply IGMP filters to ports
that belong to an EtherChannel group.
An IGMP profile can be applied to one or more switch port interfaces, but one port can have only one
profile applied to it.
Examples
This example shows how to apply IGMP profile 22 to a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# ip igmp filter 22
You can verify your setting by using the show running-config privileged EXEC command and by
specifying an interface.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp profile
Configures the specified IGMP profile number.
show ip igmp profile
Displays the characteristics of the specified IGMP profile.
show running-config interface Displays the running configuration on the switch interface, including
interface-id
the IGMP profile (if any) that is applied to an interface. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands
> Configuration File Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-115
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp max-groups
ip igmp max-groups
Use the ip igmp max-groups interface configuration command to set the maximum number of Internet
Group Management Protocol (IGMP) groups that a Layer 2 interface can join or to configure the IGMP
throttling action when the maximum number of entries is in the forwarding table. Use the no form of this
command to set the maximum back to the default, which is to have no maximum limit, or to return to the
default throttling action, which is to drop the report.
ip igmp max-groups {number | action {deny | replace}}
no ip igmp max-groups {number | action}
Syntax Description
Defaults
number
The maximum number of IGMP groups that an interface can join. The range is 0 to
4294967294. The default is no limit.
action deny
When the maximum number of entries is in the IGMP snooping forwarding table, drop
the next IGMP join report. This is the default action.
action
replace
When the maximum number of entries is in the IGMP snooping forwarding table,
replace the existing group with the new group for which the IGMP report was received.
The default maximum number of groups is no limit.
After the switch learns the maximum number of IGMP group entries on an interface, the default
throttling action is to drop the next IGMP report that the interface receives and to not add an entry for
the IGMP group to the interface.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command only on Layer 2 physical interfaces and on logical EtherChannel interfaces.
You cannot set IGMP maximum groups for ports that belong to an EtherChannel group.
Follow these guidelines when configuring the IGMP throttling action:
•
If you configure the throttling action as deny and set the maximum group limitation, the entries that
were previously in the forwarding table are not removed but are aged out. After these entries are
aged out, when the maximum number of entries is in the forwarding table, the switch drops the next
IGMP report received on the interface.
•
If you configure the throttling action as replace and set the maximum group limitation, the entries
that were previously in the forwarding table are removed. When the maximum number of entries is
in the forwarding table, the switch replaces a randomly selected multicast entry with the received
IGMP report.
•
When the maximum group limitation is set to the default (no maximum), entering the ip igmp
max-groups {deny | replace} command has no effect.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-116
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp max-groups
Examples
This example shows how to limit to 25 the number of IGMP groups that a port can join:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# ip igmp max-groups 25
This example shows how to configure the switch to replace the existing group with the new group for
which the IGMP report was received when the maximum number of entries is in the forwarding table:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# ip igmp max-groups action replace
You can verify your setting by using the show running-config privileged EXEC command and by
specifying an interface.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config interface Displays the running configuration on the switch interface, including
interface-id
the maximum number of IGMP groups that an interface can join and
the throttling action. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS
Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2 >
File Management Commands > Configuration File Management
Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-117
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp profile
ip igmp profile
Use the ip igmp profile global configuration command to create an Internet Group Management
Protocol (IGMP) profile and enter IGMP profile configuration mode. From this mode, you can specify
the configuration of the IGMP profile to be used for filtering IGMP membership reports from a
switchport. Use the no form of this command to delete the IGMP profile.
ip igmp profile profile number
no ip igmp profile profile number
Syntax Description
profile number
Defaults
No IGMP profiles are defined. When configured, the default action for matching an IGMP profile is to
deny matching addresses.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The IGMP profile number being configured. The range is 1 to 4294967295.
When you are in IGMP profile configuration mode, you can create the profile by using these commands:
•
deny: specifies that matching addresses are denied; this is the default condition.
•
exit: exits from igmp-profile configuration mode.
•
no: negates a command or resets to its defaults.
•
permit: specifies that matching addresses are permitted.
•
range: specifies a range of IP addresses for the profile. This can be a single IP address or a range
with a start and an end address.
When entering a range, enter the low IP multicast address, a space, and the high IP multicast address.
You can apply an IGMP profile to one or more Layer 2 interfaces, but each interface can have only one
profile applied to it.
Examples
This example shows how to configure IGMP profile 40 that permits the specified range of IP multicast
addresses:
Switch(config)# ip igmp profile 40
Switch(config-igmp-profile)# permit
Switch(config-igmp-profile)# range 233.1.1.1 233.255.255.255
You can verify your settings by using the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-118
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp profile
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp filter
Applies the IGMP profile to the specified interface.
show ip igmp profile
Displays the characteristics of all IGMP profiles or the specified
IGMP profile number.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-119
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping
Use the ip igmp snooping global configuration command to globally enable Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on the switch or to enable it on a per-VLAN basis. Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip igmp snooping [vlan vlan-id]
no ip igmp snooping [vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
Defaults
IGMP snooping is globally enabled on the switch.
(Optional) Enable IGMP snooping on the specified VLAN. The range is 1 to
1001 and 1006 to 4094.
IGMP snooping is enabled on VLAN interfaces.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When IGMP snooping is enabled globally, it is enabled in all the existing VLAN interfaces. When IGMP
snooping is globally disabled, it is disabled on all the existing VLAN interfaces.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable IGMP snooping:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping
This example shows how to enable IGMP snooping on VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-120
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
show ip igmp snooping querier
Displays the configuration and operation information for
the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-121
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval
Use the ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval global configuration command to enable the
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) configurable-leave timer globally or on a per-VLAN
basis. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip igmp snooping [vlan vlan-id] last-member-query-interval time
no ip igmp snooping [vlan vlan-id] last-member-query-interval
Syntax Descriptiont
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Enable IGMP snooping and the leave timer on the specified
VLAN. The range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
time
Interval time out in seconds. The range is 100 to 5000 milliseconds.
Defaults
The default timeout setting is 1000 milliseconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When IGMP snooping is globally enabled, IGMP snooping is enabled on all the existing VLAN
interfaces. When IGMP snooping is globally disabled, IGMP snooping is disabled on all the existing
VLAN interfaces.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
Configuring the leave timer on a VLAN overrides the global setting.
The IGMP configurable leave time is only supported on devices running IGMP Version 2.
The configuration is saved in NVRAM.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable the IGMP leave timer for 2000 milliseconds:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval 2000
This example shows how to configure the IGMP leave timer for 3000 milliseconds on VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 last-member-query-interval 3000
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-122
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
Enables IGMP Immediate-Leave processing.
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
Configures a Layer 2 port as a multicast router port.
ip igmp snooping vlan static
Configures a Layer 2 port as a member of a group.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-123
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping querier
ip igmp snooping querier
Use the ip igmp snooping querier global configuration command to globally enable the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) querier function in Layer 2 networks. Use the command with keywords
to enable and configure the IGMP querier feature on a VLAN interface. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default settings.
ip igmp snooping querier [vlan vlan-id] [address ip-address | max-response-time response-time
| query-interval interval-count | tcn query [count count | interval interval] | timer expiry |
version version]
no ip igmp snooping querier [vlan vlan-id] [address | max-response-time | query-interval | tcn
query { count count | interval interval} | timer expiry | version]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Enable IGMP snooping and the IGMP querier function on the
specified VLAN. The range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
address ip-address
(Optional) Specify a source IP address. If you do not specify an IP address,
the querier tries to use the global IP address configured for the IGMP querier.
max-response-time
response-time
(Optional) Set the maximum time to wait for an IGMP querier report. The range
is 1 to 25 seconds.
query-interval
interval-count
(Optional) Set the interval between IGMP queriers. The range is 1 to 18000
seconds.
tcn query[count count (Optional) Set parameters related to Topology Change Notifications (TCNs).
| interval interval]
The keywords have these meanings:
Defaults
•
count count—Set the number of TCN queries to be executed during the
TCN interval time. The range is 1 to 10.
•
interval interval—Set the TCN query interval time. The range is 1 to
255.
timer expiry
(Optional) Set the length of time until the IGMP querier expires. The range
is 60 to 300 seconds.
version version
(Optional) Select the IGMP version number that the querier feature uses.
Select 1 or 2.
The IGMP snooping querier feature is globally disabled on the switch.
When enabled, the IGMP snooping querier disables itself if it detects IGMP traffic from a
multicast-enabled device.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-124
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping querier
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable IGMP snooping to detect the IGMP version and IP address of a device that
sends IGMP query messages, which is also called a querier.
By default, the IGMP snooping querier is configured to detect devices that use IGMP Version 2
(IGMPv2) but does not detect clients that are using IGMP Version 1 (IGMPv1). You can manually
configure the max-response-time value when devices use IGMPv2. You cannot configure the
max-response-time when devices use IGMPv1. (The value cannot be configured and is set to zero).
Non-RFC compliant devices running IGMPv1 might reject IGMP general query messages that have a
non-zero value as the max-response-time value. If you want the devices to accept the IGMP general query
messages, configure the IGMP snooping querier to run IGMPv1.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable the IGMP snooping querier feature:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier maximum response time to 25 seconds:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier max-response-time 25
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier interval time to 60 seconds:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier query-interval 60
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier TCN query count to 25:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier tcn count 25
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier timeout to 60 seconds:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier timeout expiry 60
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier feature to version 2:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier version 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-125
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Use the ip igmp snooping report-suppression global configuration command to enable Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) report suppression. Use the no form of this command to disable IGMP
report suppression and to forward all IGMP reports to multicast routers.
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
no ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
IGMP report suppression is enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
IGMP report suppression is supported only when the multicast query has IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 reports.
This feature is not supported when the query includes IGMPv3 reports.
The switch uses IGMP report suppression to forward only one IGMP report per multicast router query
to multicast devices. When IGMP router suppression is enabled (the default), the switch sends the first
IGMP report from all hosts for a group to all the multicast routers. The switch does not send the
remaining IGMP reports for the group to the multicast routers. This feature prevents duplicate reports
from being sent to the multicast devices.
If the multicast router query includes requests only for IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 reports, the switch
forwards only the first IGMPv1 or IGMPv2 report from all hosts for a group to all the multicast routers.
If the multicast router query also includes requests for IGMPv3 reports, the switch forwards all IGMPv1,
IGMPv2, and IGMPv3 reports for a group to the multicast devices.
If you disable IGMP report suppression by entering the no ip igmp snooping report-suppression
command, all IGMP reports are forwarded to all the multicast routers.
Examples
This example shows how to disable report suppression:
Switch(config)# no ip igmp snooping report-suppression
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-126
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-127
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping tcn
ip igmp snooping tcn
Use the ip igmp snooping tcn global configuration command to configure the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) Topology Change Notification (TCN) behavior. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default settings.
ip igmp snooping tcn {flood query count count | query solicit}
no ip igmp snooping tcn {flood query count | query solicit}
Syntax Description
flood query count count Specify the number of IGMP general queries for which the multicast traffic
is flooded. The range is 1 to 10.
query solicit
Defaults
Send an IGMP leave message (global leave) to speed the process of
recovering from the flood mode caused during a TCN event.
The TCN flood query count is 2.
The TCN query solicitation is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use ip igmp snooping tcn flood query count global configuration command to control the time that
multicast traffic is flooded after a TCN event. If you set the TCN flood query count to 1 by using the ip
igmp snooping tcn flood query count command, the flooding stops after receiving 1 general query. If
you set the count to 7, the flooding of multicast traffic due to the TCN event lasts until 7 general queries
are received. Groups are relearned based on the general queries received during the TCN event.
Use the ip igmp snooping tcn query solicit global configuration command to enable the switch to send
the global leave message whether or not it is the spanning-tree root. This command also speeds the
process of recovering from the flood mode caused during a TCN event.
Examples
This example shows how to specify 7 as the number of IGMP general queries for which the multicast
traffic is flooded:
Switch(config)# no ip igmp snooping tcn flood query count 7
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-128
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping tcn
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
Specifies flooding on an interface as the IGMP snooping spanning-tree
TCN behavior.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-129
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
Use the ip igmp snooping tcn flood interface configuration command to specify multicast flooding as
the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping spanning-tree Topology Change Notification
(TCN) behavior. Use the no form of this command to disable the multicast flooding.
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
no ip igmp snooping tcn flood
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Multicast flooding is enabled on an interface during a spanning-tree TCN event.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When the switch receives a TCN, multicast traffic is flooded to all the ports until two general queries are
received. If the switch has many ports with attached hosts that are subscribed to different multicast
groups, the flooding might exceed the capacity of the link and cause packet loss.
You can change the flooding query count by using the ip igmp snooping tcn flood query count count
global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to disable the multicast flooding on an interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# no ip igmp snooping tcn flood
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping tcn
Configures the IGMP TCN behavior on the switch.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-130
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
Use the ip igmp snooping immediate-leave global configuration command to enable Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping immediate-leave processing on a per-VLAN basis. Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id immediate-leave
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id immediate-leave
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Defaults
IGMP immediate-leave processing is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Enable IGMP snooping and the Immediate-Leave feature on the specified
VLAN. The range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
You should configure the Immediate- Leave feature only when there is a maximum of one receiver on
every port in the VLAN. The configuration is saved in NVRAM.
The Immediate-Leave feature is supported only with IGMP Version 2 hosts.
Examples
This example shows how to enable IGMP immediate-leave processing on VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 immediate-leave
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-131
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
show ip igmp snooping querier
Displays the configuration and operation information for
the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-132
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
Use the ip igmp snooping mrouter global configuration command to add a multicast router port or to
configure the multicast learning method. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
settings.
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter {interface interface-id | learn {cgmp | pim-dvmrp}}
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter {interface interface-id | learn {cgmp | pim-dvmrp}}
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Enable IGMP snooping, and add the port in the specified VLAN as the
multicast router port. The range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
interface interface-id
Specify the next-hop interface to the multicast router. The keywords have
these meanings:
learn {cgmp |
pim-dvmrp}
Defaults
•
gigabitethernet interface number—a Gigabit Ethernet IEEE 802.3z
interface.
•
port-channel interface number—a channel interface. The range is 0
to 48.
Specify the multicast router learning method. The keywords have these
meanings:
•
cgmp—Set the switch to learn multicast router ports by snooping on
Cisco Group Management Protocol (CGMP) packets.
•
pim-dvmrp—Set the switch to learn multicast router ports by snooping
on IGMP queries and Protocol-Independent Multicast-Distance Vector
Multicast Routing Protocol (PIM-DVMRP) packets.
By default, there are no multicast router ports.
The default learning method is pim-dvmrp—to snoop IGMP queries and PIM-DVMRP packets.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
The CGMP learn method is useful for reducing control traffic.
The configuration is saved in NVRAM.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-133
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
Examples
This example shows how to configure a port as a multicast router port:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mrouter interface gigabitethernet0/22
This example shows how to specify the multicast router learning method as CGMP:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mrouter learn cgmp
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
show ip igmp snooping querier
Displays the configuration and operation information for
the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-134
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan static
ip igmp snooping vlan static
Use the ip igmp snooping static global configuration command to enable Internet Group Management
Protocol (IGMP) snooping and to statically add a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group. Use
the no form of this command to remove ports specified as members of a static multicast group.
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id static ip-address interface interface-id
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id static ip-address interface interface-id
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Enable IGMP snooping on the specified VLAN. The range is 1 to 1001
and 1006 to 4094.
ip-address
Add a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group with the specified group
IP address.
interface interface-id
Specify the interface of the member port. The keywords have these
meanings:
•
gigabitethernet interface number—a Gigabit Ethernet IEEE 802.3z
interface.
•
port-channel interface number—a channel interface. The range is 0
to 48.
Defaults
By default, there are no ports statically configured as members of a multicast group.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
The configuration is saved in NVRAM.
Examples
This example shows how to statically configure a host on an interface:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 static 0100.5e02.0203 interface gigabitethernet0/1
Configuring port gigabitethernet0/1 on group 0100.5e02.0203
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-135
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan static
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
show ip igmp snooping querier
Displays the configuration and operation information for
the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-136
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip ssh
ip ssh
Use the ip ssh global configuration command to configure the switch to run Secure Shell (SSH)
Version 1 or SSH Version 2. This command is available only when your switch is running the
cryptographic (encrypted) software image. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
ip ssh version [1 | 2]
no ip ssh version [1 | 2]
Syntax Description
1
(Optional) Configure the switch to run SSH Version 1 (SSHv1).
2
(Optional) Configure the switch to run SSH Version 2 (SSHv1).
Defaults
The default version is the latest SSH version supported by the SSH client.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not enter this command or if you do not specify a keyword, the SSH server selects the latest
SSH version supported by the SSH client. For example, if the SSH client supports SSHv1 and SSHv2,
the SSH server selects SSHv2.
The switch supports an SSHv1 or an SSHv2 server. It also supports an SSHv1 client. For more
information about the SSH server and the SSH client, see the software configuration guide for this
release.
A Rivest, Shamir, and Adelman (RSA) key pair generated by an SSHv1 server can be used by an SSHv2
server and the reverse.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the switch to run SSH Version 2:
Switch(config)# ip ssh version 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip ssh or show ssh privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-137
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
ip ssh
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ssh
Displays if the SSH server is enabled and displays the version and
configuration information for the SSH server. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Configuration Guides and Command References >
Cisco IOS Security Command Reference, Release 12.2 > Other Security
Features > Secure Shell Commands.
show ssh
Displays the status of the SSH server. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS
Release 12.2 Configuration Guides and Command References > Cisco IOS
Security Command Reference, Release 12.2 > Other Security Features >
Secure Shell Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-138
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
lacp port-priority
lacp port-priority
Use the lacp port-priority interface configuration command to configure the port priority for the Link
Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
lacp port-priority priority
no lacp port-priority
Syntax Description
priority
Defaults
The default is 32768.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Port priority for LACP. The range is 1 to 65535.
The lacp port-priority interface configuration command determines which ports are bundled and which
ports are put in hot-standby mode when there are more than eight ports in an LACP channel group.
An LACP channel group can have up to 16 Ethernet ports of the same type. Up to eight ports can be active,
and up to eight ports can be in standby mode.
In port-priority comparisons, a numerically lower value has a higher priority: When there are more than
eight ports in an LACP channel-group, the eight ports with the numerically lowest values (highest
priority values) for LACP port priority are bundled into the channel group, and the lower-priority ports
are put in hot-standby mode. If two or more ports have the same LACP port priority (for example, they
are configured with the default setting of 65535) an internal value for the port number determines the
priority.
Note
The LACP port priorities are only effective if the ports are on the switch that controls the LACP link.
See the lacp system-priority global configuration command for determining which switch controls the
link.
Use the show lacp internal privileged EXEC command to display LACP port priorities and internal port
number values.
For information about configuring LACP on physical ports, see the “Configuring EtherChannels”
chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-139
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
lacp port-priority
Examples
This example shows how to configure the LACP port priority on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# lacp port-priority 1000
You can verify your settings by entering the show lacp [channel-group-number] internal privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-group
Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
lacp system-priority
Configures the LACP system priority.
show lacp [channel-group-number]
internal
Displays internal information for all channel groups or for
the specified channel group.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-140
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
lacp system-priority
lacp system-priority
Use the lacp system-priority global configuration command to configure the system priority for the
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
lacp system-priority priority
no lacp system-priority
Syntax Description
priority
Defaults
The default is 32768.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
System priority for LACP. The range is 1 to 65535.
The lacp system-priority command determines which switch in an LACP link controls port priorities.
An LACP channel group can have up to 16 Ethernet ports of the same type. Up to eight ports can be active,
and up to eight ports can be in standby mode. When there are more than eight ports in an LACP
channel-group, the switch on the controlling end of the link uses port priorities to determine which ports
are bundled into the channel and which ports are put in hot-standby mode. Port priorities on the other
switch (the noncontrolling end of the link) are ignored.
In priority comparisons, numerically lower values have higher priority. Therefore, the system with the
numerically lower value (higher priority value) for LACP system priority becomes the controlling system. If
both switches have the same LACP system priority (for example, they are both configured with the
default setting of 32768), the LACP system ID (the switch MAC address) determines which switch is in
control.
The lacp system-priority command applies to all LACP EtherChannels on the switch.
Use the show etherchannel summary privileged EXEC command to see which ports are in the
hot-standby mode (denoted with an H port-state flag in the output display).
For more information about configuring LACP on physical ports, see the “Configuring EtherChannels”
chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to set the LACP system priority:
Switch(config)# lacp system-priority 20000
You can verify your settings by entering the show lacp sys-id privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-141
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
lacp system-priority
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-group
Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
lacp port-priority
Configures the LACP port priority.
show lacp sys-id
Displays the system identifier that is being used by LACP.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-142
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
link state group
link state group
Use the link state group interface configuration command to configure a port as a member of a link-state
group. Use the no form of this command to remove the port from the link-state group.
link state group [number] {upstream | downstream}
no link state group [number] {upstream | downstream}
Syntax Description
number
(Optional) Specify the link-state group number. The default is 1.
upstream
Configure a port as an upstream port for a specific link-state group.
downstream
Configure a port as a downstream port for a specific link-state group.
Defaults
The default group is group 1.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the link state group interface configuration command to configure a port as an upstream or
downstream port for a specific link-state group. If the group number is omitted, the default group is
assumed.
An interface can be an aggregation of ports (an EtherChannel) or a single physical port in access or trunk
mode. Each downstream interface can be associated with one or more upstream interfaces. Upstream
interfaces can be bundled together, and each downstream interface can be associated with a single group
consisting of multiple upstream interfaces. These groups are referred to as link-state groups.
The link state of the downstream interfaces are dependent on the link state of the upstream interfaces in
the associated link-state group. If all of the upstream interfaces in a link-state group are in a link-down
state, then the associated downstream interfaces are forced into a link-down state. If any one of the
upstream interfaces in the link-state group is in a link-up state, then the associated downstream interfaces
are allowed to transition to, or remain in, a link-up state.
Follow these guidelines to avoid configuration problems:
•
Do not configure an EtherChannel as a downstream interface.
•
An interface that is defined as an upstream interface cannot also be defined as a downstream
interface in the same or a different link-state group. The reverse is also true.
•
You can configure only two link-state groups per switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-143
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
link state group
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interfaces as upstream in group 2:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet0/23 - 24
Switch(config-if)# link state group 2 upstream
Switch(config-if)# end
Note
If the interfaces are part of an EtherChannel, you must specify the port channel name as part of the link
state group, not the individual port members.
This example shows how to create a link-state group using ports in an EtherChannel:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# link state track 1
Switch(config)# interface P01
Switch(config-if)# link state group 1 upstream
Switch(config-if-range)# interface range gigabitethernet0/1, gigabitethernet0/3,
gigabitethernet0/5
Switch(config-if)# link state group 1 downstream
Switch(config-if)# end
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
link state track
Enables a link-state group.
show link state group
Displays the link-state group information.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for
Release 12.2 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration
File Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-144
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
link state track
link state track
Use the link state track global configuration command to enable a link-state group. Use the no form of
this command to disable a link-state group.
link state track [number]
no link state track [number]
Syntax Description
number
Defaults
Link-state tracking is disabled for all groups.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
(Optional) Specify the link-state group number. The group number can
be 1 or 2, the default is 1.
This example shows how enable link-state group 2:
Switch(config)# link state track 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
link state group
Configures an interface as a member of a link-state group.
show link state group
Displays the link-state group information.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference
for Release 12.2 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands >
Configuration File Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-145
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
logging event
logging event
Use the logging event interface configuration command to enable notification of interface link status
changes. Use the no form of this command to disable notification.
logging event {bundle-status | link-status | spanning-tree | status | trunk status}
no logging event {bundle-status | link-status | spanning-tree | status | trunk status}
Syntax Description
bundle-status
Enable notification of BUNDLE and UNBUNDLE messages.
link-status
Enable notification of interface data link status changes.
spanning-tree
Enable notification of spanning-tree events.
status
Enable notification of spanning-tree state change messages.
trunk-status
Enable notification of trunk-status messages.
Defaults
Event logging is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to enable spanning-tree logging:
Switch(config-if)# logging event spanning-tree
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-146
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
logging file
logging file
Use the logging file global configuration command to set logging file parameters. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting.
logging file filesystem:filename [max-file-size | nomax [min-file-size]] [severity-level-number |
type]
no logging file filesystem:filename [severity-level-number | type]
Syntax Description
filesystem:filename
Alias for a flash file system. Contains the path and name of the file that
contains the log messages.
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
Defaults
max-file-size
(Optional) Specify the maximum logging file size. The range is 4096 to
2147483647.
nomax
(Optional) Specify the maximum file size of 2147483647.
min-file-size
(Optional) Specify the minimum logging file size. The range is 1024 to
2147483647.
severity-level-number
(Optional) Specify the logging severity level. The range is 0 to 7. See the type
option for the meaning of each level.
type
(Optional) Specify the logging type. These keywords are valid:
•
emergencies—System is unusable (severity 0).
•
alerts—Immediate action needed (severity 1).
•
critical—Critical conditions (severity 2).
•
errors—Error conditions (severity 3).
•
warnings—Warning conditions (severity 4).
•
notifications—Normal but significant messages (severity 5).
•
informational—Information messages (severity 6).
•
debugging—Debugging messages (severity 7).
The minimum file size is 2048 bytes; the maximum file size is 4096 bytes.
The default severity level is 7 (debugging messages and numerically lower levels).
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-147
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
logging file
Usage Guidelines
The log file is stored in ASCII text format in an internal buffer on the switch. You can access logged
system messages by using the switch command-line interface (CLI) or by saving them to a properly
configured syslog server. If the switch fails, the log is lost unless you had previously saved it to flash
memory by using the logging file flash:filename global configuration command.
After saving the log to flash memory by using the logging file flash:filename global configuration
command, you can use the more flash:filename privileged EXEC command to display its contents.
The command rejects the minimum file size if it is greater than the maximum file size minus 1024; the
minimum file size then becomes the maximum file size minus 1024.
Specifying a level causes messages at that level and numerically lower levels to be displayed.
Examples
This example shows how to save informational log messages to a file in flash memory:
Switch(config)# logging file flash:logfile informational
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration
File Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-148
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-group
mac access-group
Use the mac access-group interface configuration command to apply a MAC access control list (ACL)
to a Layer 2 interface. Use the no form of this command to remove all MAC ACLs or the specified MAC
ACL from the interface. You create the MAC ACL by using the mac access-list extended global
configuration command.
mac access-group {name} in
no mac access-group {name}
Syntax Description
name
Specify a named MAC access list.
in
Specify that the ACL is applied in the ingress direction. Outbound ACLs are not
supported on Layer 2 interfaces.
Defaults
No MAC ACL is applied to the interface.
Command Modes
Interface configuration (Layer 2 interfaces only)
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can apply MAC ACLs only to ingress Layer 2 interfaces.
On Layer 2 interfaces, you can filter IP traffic by using IP access lists and non-IP traffic by using MAC
access lists. You can filter both IP and non-IP traffic on the same Layer 2 interface by applying both an
IP ACL and a MAC ACL to the interface. You can apply no more than one IP access list and one MAC
access list to the same Layer 2 interface.
If a MAC ACL is already configured on a Layer 2 interface and you apply a new MAC ACL to the
interface, the new ACL replaces the previously configured one.
If you apply an ACL to a Layer 2 interface on a switch, and the switch has a VLAN map applied to a
VLAN that the interface is a member of, the ACL applied to the Layer 2 interface takes precedence.
When an inbound packet is received on an interface with a MAC ACL applied, the switch checks the
match conditions in the ACL. If the conditions are matched, the switch forwards or drops the packet,
according to the ACL.
If the specified ACL does not exist, the switch forwards all packets.
For more information about configuring MAC extended ACLs, see the “Configuring Network Security
with ACLs” chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-149
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-group
Examples
This example shows how to apply a MAC extended ACL named macacl2 to an interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# mac access-group macacl2 in
You can verify your settings by entering the show mac access-group privileged EXEC command. You
can see configured ACLs on the switch by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show access-lists
Displays the ACLs configured on the switch.
show link state group
Displays the MAC ACLs configured on the switch.
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands >
Configuration File Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-150
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-list extended
mac access-list extended
Use the mac access-list extended global configuration command to create an access list based on MAC
addresses for non-IP traffic. Using this command puts you in the extended MAC access-list
configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mac access-list extended name
no mac access-list extended name
Syntax Description
name
Defaults
By default, there are no MAC access lists created.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Assign a name to the MAC extended access list.
MAC named extended lists are used with VLAN maps and class maps.
You can apply named MAC extended ACLs to VLAN maps or to Layer 2 interfaces.
Entering the mac access-list extended command enables the MAC access-list configuration mode.
These configuration commands are available:
•
default: sets a command to its default.
•
deny: specifies packets to reject. For more information, see the deny (MAC access-list
configuration) MAC access-list configuration command.
•
exit: exits from MAC access-list configuration mode.
•
no: negates a command or sets its defaults.
•
permit: specifies packets to forward. For more information, see the permit (MAC access-list
configuration) command.
For more information about MAC extended access lists, see the software configuration guide for this
release.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-151
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-list extended
Examples
This example shows how to create a MAC named extended access list named mac1 and to enter extended
MAC access-list configuration mode:
Switch(config)# mac access-list extended mac1
Switch(config-ext-macl)#
This example shows how to delete MAC named extended access list mac1:
Switch(config)# no mac access-list extended mac1
You can verify your settings by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
deny (MAC access-list Configures the MAC ACL (in extended MAC-access list configuration
configuration)
mode).
permit (MAC
access-list
configuration)
show access-lists
Displays the access lists configured on the switch.
vlan access-map
Defines a VLAN map and enters access-map configuration mode where you
can specify a MAC ACL to match and the action to be taken.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-152
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table aging-time
mac address-table aging-time
Use the mac address-table aging-time global configuration command to set the length of time that a
dynamic entry remains in the MAC address table after the entry is used or updated. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting. The aging time applies to all VLANs or a specified VLAN.
mac address-table aging-time {0 | 10-1000000} [vlan vlan-id]
no mac address-table aging-time {0 | 10-1000000} [vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description
0
This value disables aging. Static address entries are never aged or removed from
the table.
10-1000000
Aging time in seconds. The range is 10 to 1000000 seconds.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify the VLAN ID to which to apply the aging time. The range is 1
to 4094.
Defaults
The default is 300 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If hosts do not send continuously, increase the aging time to record the dynamic entries for a longer time.
Increasing the time can reduce the possibility of flooding when the hosts send again.
If you do not specify a specific VLAN, this command sets the aging time for all VLANs.
Examples
This example shows how to set the aging time to 200 seconds for all VLANs:
Switch(config)# mac address-table aging-time 200
You can verify your setting by entering the show mac address-table aging-time privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the MAC address table aging time for all VLANs
or the specified VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-153
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table move update
mac address-table move update
Use the mac address-table move update global configuration command to enable the MAC
address-table move update feature. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mac address-table move update {receive | transmit}
no mac address-table move update {receive | transmit}
Syntax Description
receive
Specify that the switch processes MAC address-table move update messages.
transmit
Specify that the switch sends MAC address-table move update messages to
other switches in the network if the primary link goes down and the standby
link comes up.
Command Modes
Global configuration.
Defaults
By default, the MAC address-table move update feature is disabled.
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The MAC address-table move update feature allows the switch to provide rapid bidirectional
convergence if a primary (forwarding) link goes down and the standby link begins forwarding traffic.
You can configure the access switch to send the MAC address-table move update messages if the primary
link goes down and the standby link comes up. You can configure the uplink switches to receive and
process the MAC address-table move update messages.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an access switch to send MAC address-table move update
messages:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(conf)# mac address-table move update transmit
Switch(conf)# end
This example shows how to configure an uplink switch to get and process MAC address-table move
update messages:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(conf)# mac address-table move update receive
Switch(conf)# end
You can verify your settings by entering the show mac address-table move update privileged EXEC
command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-154
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table move update
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear mac address-table move
update
Clears the MAC address-table move update global counters.
debug matm move update
Debugs the MAC address-table move update message
processing.
show mac address-table move
update
Displays the MAC address-table move update information on
the switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-155
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table notification
mac address-table notification
Use the mac address-table notification global configuration command to enable the MAC address
notification feature on the switch. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mac address-table notification [history-size value] | [interval value]
no mac address-table notification [history-size | interval]
Syntax Description
Defaults
history-size value
(Optional) Configure the maximum number of entries in the MAC
notification history table. The range is 0 to 500 entries.
interval value
(Optional) Set the notification trap interval. The switch sends the notification
traps when this amount of time has elapsed. The range is 0 to 2147483647
seconds.
By default, the MAC address notification feature is disabled.
The default trap interval value is 1 second.
The default number of entries in the history table is 1.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The MAC address notification feature sends Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps to the
network management system (NMS) whenever a new MAC address is added or an old address is deleted
from the forwarding tables. MAC notifications are generated only for dynamic and secure MAC
addresses. Events are not generated for self addresses, multicast addresses, or other static addresses.
When you configure the history-size option, the existing MAC address history table is deleted, and a
new table is created.
You enable the MAC address notification feature by using the mac address-table notification
command. You must also enable MAC address notification traps on an interface by using the snmp trap
mac-notification interface configuration command and configure the switch to send MAC address traps
to the NMS by using the snmp-server enable traps mac-notification global configuration command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-156
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table notification
Examples
This example shows how to enable the MAC address-table notification feature, set the interval time to
60 seconds, and set the history-size to 100 entries:
Switch(config)# mac address-table notification
Switch(config)# mac address-table notification interval 60
Switch(config)# mac address-table notification history-size 100
You can verify your settings by entering the show mac address-table notification privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear mac address-table notification
Clears the MAC address notification global counters.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings on all
interfaces or on the specified interface.
snmp-server enable traps
Sends the SNMP MAC notification traps when the
mac-notification keyword is appended.
snmp trap mac-notification
Enables the SNMP MAC notification trap on a specific
interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-157
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table static
mac address-table static
Use the mac address-table static global configuration command to add static addresses to the MAC
address table. Use the no form of this command to remove static entries from the table.
mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface interface-id
no mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description
mac-addr
Destination MAC address (unicast or multicast) to add to the address
table. Packets with this destination address received in the specified
VLAN are forwarded to the specified interface.
vlan vlan-id
Specify the VLAN for which the packet with the specified MAC address
is received. The range is 1 to 4094.
interface interface-id
Interface to which the received packet is forwarded. Valid interfaces
include physical ports and port channels.
Defaults
No static addresses are configured.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to add the static address c2f3.220a.12f4 to the MAC address table. When a
packet is received in VLAN 4 with this MAC address as its destination, the packet is forwarded to the
specified interface:
Switch(config)# mac address-table static c2f3.220a.12f4 vlan 4 interface
gigabitethernet0/1
You can verify your setting by entering the show mac address-table privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-158
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table static drop
mac address-table static drop
Use the mac address-table static drop global configuration command to enable unicast MAC address
filtering and to configure the switch to drop traffic with a specific source or destination MAC address.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id drop
no mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description
mac-addr
Unicast source or destination MAC address. Packets with this MAC address are
dropped.
vlan vlan-id
Specify the VLAN for which the packet with the specified MAC address is
received. Valid VLAN IDs are 1 to 4094.
Defaults
Unicast MAC address filtering is disabled. The switch does not drop traffic for specific source or
destination MAC addresses.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Follow these guidelines when using this feature:
•
Multicast MAC addresses, broadcast MAC addresses, and router MAC addresses are not supported.
Packets that are forwarded to the CPU are also not supported.
•
If you add a unicast MAC address as a static address and configure unicast MAC address filtering,
the switch either adds the MAC address as a static address or drops packets with that MAC address,
depending on which command was entered last. The second command that you entered overrides the
first command.
For example, if you enter the mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface
interface-id global configuration command followed by the mac address-table static mac-addr
vlan vlan-id drop command, the switch drops packets with the specified MAC address as a source
or destination.
If you enter the mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id drop global configuration
command followed by the mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface interface-id
command, the switch adds the MAC address as a static address.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-159
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table static drop
Examples
This example shows how to enable unicast MAC address filtering and to configure the switch to drop
packets that have a source or destination address of c2f3.220a.12f4. When a packet is received in
VLAN 4 with this MAC address as its source or destination, the packet is dropped:
Switch(config)# mac address-table static c2f3.220a.12f4 vlan 4 drop
This example shows how to disable unicast MAC address filtering:
Switch(config)# no mac address-table static c2f3.220a.12f4 vlan 4
You can verify your setting by entering the show mac address-table static privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table static
Displays only static MAC address table entries.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-160
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
macro apply
macro apply
Use the macro apply interface configuration command to apply a macro to an interface or to apply and
trace a macro configuration on an interface.
macro {apply | trace} macro-name [parameter {value}] [parameter {value}]
[parameter {value}]
Syntax Description
apply
Apply a macro to the specified interface.
trace
Use the trace keyword to apply a macro to an interface and to debug the macro.
macro-name
Specify the name of the macro.
parameter value (Optional) Specify unique parameter values that are specific to the interface. You
can enter up to three keyword-value pairs. Parameter keyword matching is case
sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the
corresponding value.
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can use the macro trace macro-name interface configuration command to apply and show the
macros running on an interface or to debug the macro to find any syntax or configuration errors.
If a command fails because of a syntax error or a configuration error when you apply a macro, the macro
continues to apply the remaining commands to the interface.
When creating a macro that requires the assignment of unique values, use the parameter value keywords
to designate values specific to the interface.
Keyword matching is case sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the
corresponding value. Any full match of a keyword, even if it is part of a larger string, is considered a
match and is replaced by the corresponding value.
Some macros might contain keywords that require a parameter value. You can use the macro apply
macro-name ? command to display a list of any required values in the macro. If you apply a macro
without entering the keyword values, the commands are invalid and are not applied.
There are Cisco-default Smartports macros embedded in the switch software. You can display these
macros and the commands they contain by using the show parser macro user EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-161
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
macro apply
Follow these guidelines when you apply a Cisco-default Smartports macro on an interface:
•
Display all macros on the switch by using the show parser macro user EXEC command. Display
the contents of a specific macro by using the show parser macro name macro-name user EXEC
command.
•
Keywords that begin with $ mean that a unique parameter value is required. Append the
Cisco-default macro with the required values by using the parameter value keywords.
The Cisco-default macros use the $ character to help identify required keywords. There is no
restriction on using the $ character to define keywords when you create a macro.
When you apply a macro to an interface, the macro name is automatically added to the interface. You
can display the applied commands and macro names by using the show running-configuration
interface interface-id user EXEC command.
A macro applied to an interface range behaves the same way as a macro applied to a single interface.
When you use an interface range, the macro is applied sequentially to each interface within the range. If
a macro command fails on one interface, it is still applied to the remaining interfaces.
You can delete a macro-applied configuration on an interface by entering the default interface
interface-id interface configuration command.
Examples
After you have created a macro by using the macro name global configuration command, you can apply
it to an interface. This example shows how to apply a user-created macro called duplex to an interface:
Switch(config-if)# macro apply duplex
To debug a macro, use the macro trace interface configuration command to find any syntax or
configuration errors in the macro as it is applied to an interface. This example shows how troubleshoot
the user-created macro called duplex on an interface:
Switch(config-if)# macro trace duplex
Applying command...‘duplex auto’
%Error Unknown error.
Applying command...‘speed nonegotiate’
This example shows how to display the Cisco-default cisco-desktop macro and how to apply the macro
and set the access VLAN ID to 25 on an interface:
Switch# show parser macro cisco-desktop
-------------------------------------------------------------Macro name : cisco-desktop
Macro type : default
# Basic interface - Enable data VLAN only
# Recommended value for access vlan (AVID) should not be 1
switchport access vlan $AVID
switchport mode access
# Enable port security limiting port to a single
# MAC address -- that of desktop
switchport port-security
switchport port-security maximum 1
# Ensure port-security age is greater than one minute
# and use inactivity timer
switchport port-security violation restrict
switchport port-security aging time 2
switchport port-security aging type inactivity
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-162
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
macro apply
# Configure port as an edge network port
spanning-tree portfast
spanning-tree bpduguard enable
-------------------------------------------------------------Switch#
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/4
Switch(config-if)# macro apply cisco-desktop $AVID 25
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global
Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch.
macro global description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
macro name
Creates a macro.
show parser macro
Displays the macro definition for all macros or for the specified macro.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-163
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
macro description
macro description
Use the macro description interface configuration command to enter a description about which macros
are applied to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the description.
macro description text
no macro description text
Syntax Description
description text
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Enter a description about the macros that are applied to the specified interface.
Use the description keyword to associate comment text, or the macro name, with an interface. When
multiple macros are applied on a single interface, the description text will be from the last applied macro.
This example shows how to add a description to an interface:
Switch(config-if)# macro description duplex settings
You can verify your settings by entering the show parser macro description privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro apply
Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an
interface.
macro global
Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch
macro global description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
macro name
Creates a macro.
show parser macro
Displays the macro definition for all macros or for the specified
macro.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-164
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
macro global
macro global
Use the macro global global configuration command to apply a macro to a switch or to apply and trace
a macro configuration on a switch.
macro global {apply | trace} macro-name [parameter {value}] [parameter {value}]
[parameter {value}]
Syntax Description
apply
Apply a macro to the switch.
trace
Apply a macro to a switch and to debug the macro.
macro-name
Specify the name of the macro.
parameter value (Optional) Specify unique parameter values that are specific to the switch. You can
enter up to three keyword-value pairs. Parameter keyword matching is case
sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the
corresponding value.
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can use the macro trace macro-name global configuration command to apply and to show the
macros running on a switch or to debug the macro to find any syntax or configuration errors.
If a command fails because of a syntax error or a configuration error when you apply a macro, the macro
continues to apply the remaining commands to the switch.
When creating a macro that requires the assignment of unique values, use the parameter value keywords
to designate values specific to the switch.
Keyword matching is case sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the
corresponding value. Any full match of a keyword, even if it is part of a larger string, is considered a
match and is replaced by the corresponding value.
Some macros might contain keywords that require a parameter value. You can use the macro global
apply macro-name ? command to display a list of any required values in the macro. If you apply a macro
without entering the keyword values, the commands are invalid and are not applied.
There are Cisco-default Smartports macros embedded in the switch software. You can display these
macros and the commands they contain by using the show parser macro user EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-165
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
macro global
Follow these guidelines when you apply a Cisco-default Smartports macro on a switch:
•
Display all macros on the switch by using the show parser macro user EXEC command. Display
the contents of a specific macro by using the show parser macro name macro-name user EXEC
command.
•
Keywords that begin with $ mean that a unique parameter value is required. Append the
Cisco-default macro with the required values by using the parameter value keywords.
The Cisco-default macros use the $ character to help identify required keywords. There is no
restriction on using the $ character to define keywords when you create a macro.
When you apply a macro to a switch, the macro name is automatically added to the switch. You can
display the applied commands and macro names by using the show running-configuration user EXEC
command.
You can delete a global macro-applied configuration on a switch only by entering the no version of each
command contained in the macro.
Examples
After you have created a new macro by using the macro name global configuration command, you can
apply it to a switch. This example shows how see the snmp macro and how to apply the macro and set
the hostname to test-server and set the IP precedence value to 7:
Switch# show parser macro name snmp
Macro name : snmp
Macro type : customizable
#enable port security, linkup, and linkdown traps
snmp-server enable traps port-security
snmp-server enable traps linkup
snmp-server enable traps linkdown
#set snmp-server host
snmp-server host ADDRESS
#set SNMP trap notifications precedence
snmp-server ip precedence VALUE
-------------------------------------------------Switch(config)# macro global apply snmp ADDRESS test-server VALUE 7
To debug a macro, use the macro global trace global configuration command to find any syntax or
configuration errors in the macro when it is applied to a switch. In this example, the ADDRESS parameter
value was not entered, causing the snmp-server host command to fail while the remainder of the macro
is applied to the switch:
Switch(config)# macro global trace snmp VALUE 7
Applying command...‘snmp-server enable traps port-security’
Applying command...‘snmp-server enable traps linkup’
Applying command...‘snmp-server enable traps linkdown’
Applying command...‘snmp-server host’
%Error Unknown error.
Applying command...‘snmp-server ip precedence 7’
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-166
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
macro global
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro apply
Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an
interface.
macro description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
macro name
Creates a macro.
show parser macro
Displays the macro definition for all macros or for the specified
macro.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-167
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
macro global description
macro global description
Use the macro global description global configuration command to enter a description about the
macros that are applied to the switch. Use the no form of this command to remove the description.
macro global description text
no macro global description text
Syntax Description
description text
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Enter a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
Use the description keyword to associate comment text, or the macro name, with a switch. When
multiple macros are applied on a switch, the description text will be from the last applied macro.
This example shows how to add a description to a switch:
Switch(config)# macro global description udld aggressive mode enabled
You can verify your settings by entering the show parser macro description privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro apply
Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an
interface.
macro description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global
Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch.
macro name
Creates a macro.
show parser macro
Displays the macro definition for all macros or for the specified macro.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-168
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
macro name
macro name
Use the macro name global configuration command to create a configuration macro. Use the no form
of this command to delete the macro definition.
macro name macro-name
no macro name macro-name
Syntax Description
macro-name
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Name of the macro.
A macro can contain up to 3000 characters. Enter one macro command per line. Use the @ character to
end the macro. Use the # character at the beginning of a line to enter comment text within the macro.
You can define mandatory keywords within a macro by using a help string to specify the keywords. Enter
# macro keywords word to define the keywords that are available for use with the macro. You can enter
up to three help string keywords separated by a space. If you enter more than three macro keywords, only
the first three are shown.
Macro names are case sensitive. For example, the commands macro name Sample-Macro and macro
name sample-macro will result in two separate macros.
When creating a macro, do not use the exit or end commands or change the command mode by using
interface interface-id. This could cause commands that follow exit, end, or interface interface-id to
execute in a different command mode.
The no form of this command only deletes the macro definition. It does not affect the configuration of
those interfaces on which the macro is already applied. You can delete a macro-applied configuration on
an interface by entering the default interface interface-id interface configuration command.
Alternatively, you can create an anti-macro for an existing macro that contains the no form of all the
corresponding commands in the original macro. Then apply the anti-macro to the interface.
You can modify a macro by creating a new macro with the same name as the existing macro. The newly
created macro overwrites the existing macro but does not affect the configuration of those interfaces on
which the original macro was applied.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-169
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
macro name
Examples
This example shows how to create a macro that defines the duplex mode and speed:
Switch(config)# macro name duplex
Enter macro commands one per line. End with the character ‘@’.
duplex full
speed auto
@
This example shows how create a macro with # macro keywords:
Switch(config)# macro name test
switchport access vlan $VLANID
switchport port-security maximum $MAX
#macro keywords $VLANID $MAX
@
This example shows how to display the mandatory keyword values before you apply the macro to an
interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# macro apply test ?
WORD keyword to replace with a value e.g $VLANID,$MAX
<cr>
Switch(config-if)# macro apply test $VLANID ?
WORD Value of first keyword to replace
Switch(config-if)# macro apply test $VLANID 2
WORD keyword to replace with a value e.g $VLANID,$MAX
<cr>
Switch(config-if)# macro apply test $VLANID 2 $MAX ?
WORD Value of second keyword to replace
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro apply
Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an
interface.
macro description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global
Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch
macro global description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
show parser macro
Displays the macro definition for all macros or for the specified macro.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-170
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
match (access-map configuration)
match (access-map configuration)
Use the match access-map configuration command to set the VLAN map to match packets against one
or more access lists. Use the no form of this command to remove the match parameters.
match {ip address {name | number} [name | number] [name | number]...} | {mac address {name}
[name] [name]...}
no match {ip address {name | number} [name | number] [name | number]...} | {mac address
{name} [name] [name]...}
Syntax Description
ip address
Set the access map to match packets against an IP address access list.
mac address
Set the access map to match packets against a MAC address access list.
name
Name of the access list to match packets against.
number
Number of the access list to match packets against. This option is not valid for MAC
access lists.
Defaults
The default action is to have no match parameters applied to a VLAN map.
Command Modes
Access-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You enter access-map configuration mode by using the vlan access-map global configuration command.
You must enter one access list name or number; others are optional. You can match packets against one
or more access lists. Matching any of the lists counts as a match of the entry.
In access-map configuration mode, use the match command to define the match conditions for a VLAN
map applied to a VLAN. Use the action command to set the action that occurs when the packet matches
the conditions.
Packets are matched only against access lists of the same protocol type; IP packets are matched against
IP access lists, and all other packets are matched against MAC access lists.
Both IP and MAC addresses can be specified for the same map entry.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-171
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
match (access-map configuration)
Examples
This example shows how to define and apply a VLAN access map vmap4 to VLANs 5 and 6 that will
cause the interface to drop an IP packet if the packet matches the conditions defined in access list al2.
Switch(config)# vlan access-map vmap4
Switch(config-access-map)# match ip address al2
Switch(config-access-map)# action drop
Switch(config-access-map)# exit
Switch(config)# vlan filter vmap4 vlan-list 5-6
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan access-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
access-list
Configures a standard numbered ACL. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and
Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
action
Specifies the action to be taken if the packet matches an entry in an
access control list (ACL).
ip access list
Creates a named access list. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS
IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and Services,
Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
mac access-list extended
Creates a named MAC address access list.
show vlan access-map
Displays the VLAN access maps created on the switch.
vlan access-map
Creates a VLAN access map.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-172
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
match (class-map configuration)
match (class-map configuration)
Use the match class-map configuration command to define the match criteria to classify traffic. Use the
no form of this command to remove the match criteria.
match {access-group acl-index-or-name | input-interface interface-id-list | ip dscp dscp-list | ip
precedence ip-precedence-list}
no match {access-group acl-index-or-name | input-interface interface-id-list | ip dscp dscp-list |
ip precedence ip-precedence-list}
Syntax Description
access-group
acl-index-or-name
Number or name of an IP standard or extended access control list (ACL) or
MAC ACL. For an IP standard ACL, the ACL index range is 1 to 99 and 1300
to 1999. For an IP extended ACL, the ACL index range is 100 to 199
and 2000 to 2699.
input-interface
interface-id-list
Specify the physical ports to which the interface-level class map in a
hierarchical policy map applies. This command can only be used in the
child-level policy map and must be the only match condition in the
child-level policy map. You can specify up to six entries in the list by
specifying a port (counts as one entry), a list of ports separated by a space
(each port counts as an entry), or a range of ports separated by a hyphen
(counts as two entries).
ip dscp dscp-list
List of up to eight IP Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to
match against incoming packets. Separate each value with a space. The range
is 0 to 63. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly-used value.
ip precedence
ip-precedence-list
List of up to eight IP-precedence values to match against incoming packets.
Separate each value with a space. The range is 0 to 7. You also can enter a
mnemonic name for a commonly-used value
Defaults
No match criteria are defined.
Command Modes
Class-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The match command is used to specify which fields in the incoming packets are examined to classify
the packets. Only the IP access group or the MAC access group matching to the Ether Type/Len are
supported.
To define packet classification on a physical-port basis, only one match command per class map is
supported. In this situation, the match-all and match-any keywords are equivalent.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-173
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
match (class-map configuration)
For the match ip dscp dscp-list or the match ip precedence ip-precedence-list command, you can enter
a mnemonic name for a commonly used value. For example, you can enter the match ip dscp af11
command, which is the same as entering the match ip dscp 10 command. You can enter the match ip
precedence critical command, which is the same as entering the match ip precedence 5 command. For
a list of supported mnemonics, enter the match ip dscp ? or the match ip precedence ? command to
see the command-line help strings.
Use the input-interface interface-id-list keyword when you are configuring an interface-level class map
in a hierarchical policy map. For the interface-id-list, you can specify up to six entries.
Examples
This example shows how to create a class map called class2, which matches all the incoming traffic with
DSCP values of 10, 11, and 12:
Switch(config)# class-map class2
Switch(config-cmap)# match ip dscp 10 11 12
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
This example shows how to create a class map called class3, which matches all the incoming traffic with
IP-precedence values of 5, 6, and 7:
Switch(config)# class-map class3
Switch(config-cmap)# match ip precedence 5 6 7
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
This example shows how to delete the IP-precedence match criteria and to classify traffic using acl1:
Switch(config)# class-map class2
Switch(config-cmap)# match ip precedence 5 6 7
Switch(config-cmap)# no match ip precedence
Switch(config-cmap)# match access-group acl1
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
This example shows how to specify a list of physical ports to which an interface-level class map in a
hierarchical policy map applies:
Switch(config)# class-map match-all class4
Switch(config-cmap)# match input-interface gigabitethernet0/1 gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
This example shows how to specify a range of physical ports to which an interface-level class map in a
hierarchical policy map applies:
Switch(config)# class-map match-all class4
Switch(config-cmap)# match input-interface gigabitethernet0/1 - gigabitethernet0/5
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show class-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
show class-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) class maps.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-174
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mdix auto
mdix auto
Use the mdix auto interface configuration command to enable the automatic medium-dependent
interface crossover (auto-MDIX) feature on the interface. When auto-MDIX is enabled, the interface
automatically detects the required cable connection type (straight-through or crossover) and configures
the connection appropriately. Use the no form of this command to disable auto-MDIX.
mdix auto
no mdix auto
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Auto-MDIX is enabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you enable auto-MDIX on an interface, you must also set the interface speed and duplex to auto
so that the feature operates correctly.
When auto-MDIX (and autonegotiation of speed and duplex) is enabled on one or both of connected
interfaces, link up occurs, even if the cable type (straight-through or crossover) is incorrect.
Auto-MDIX is supported on all 10/100/1000 Mbps interfaces and on 10/100/1000BASE-T small
form-factor pluggable (SFP) module interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to enable auto-MDIX on a port:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# speed auto
Switch(config-if)# duplex auto
Switch(config-if)# mdix auto
Switch(config-if)# end
You can verify the operational state of auto-MDIX on the interface by entering the show controllers
ethernet-controller interface-id phy privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-175
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mdix auto
Related Commands
Command
Description
show controllers
ethernet-controller
interface-id phy
Displays general information about internal registers of an interface,
including the operational state of auto-MDIX.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-176
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
media-type
media-type
Use the media-type interface configuration command to manually select the interface and type of a
dual-purpose uplink port or to enable the switch to dynamically select the type that first links up. Use
the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
media-type {auto-select | rj45 | sfp}
no media-type
Syntax Description
auto-select
Enable the switch to dynamically select the type based on which one first links up.
rj45
Select the RJ-45 interface.
sfp
Select the small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module interface.
internal
Select the GigabitEthernet 0/23 or gi0/24 GigabitEthernet interface.
Defaults
The default is that the switch dynamically selects auto-select.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You cannot use the dual-purpose uplinks as redundant links.
To configure the speed or duplex settings on a dual-purpose uplink, you must select the interface type.
When you change the type, the speed and duplex configurations are removed. The switch configures both
types with autonegotiation of both speed and duplex (the default).
When you select auto-select, the switch dynamically selects the type that first links up. When link up is
achieved, the switch disables the other type until the active link goes down. When the active link goes
down, the switch enables both types until one of them links up. In auto-select mode, the switch
configures both types with autonegotiation of speed and duplex (the default).
When you select rj45, the switch disables the SFP module interface. If you connect a cable to this port,
it cannot attain a link up even if the RJ-45 side is down or is not connected. In this mode, the
dual-purpose port behaves like a 10/100/1000BASE-TX interface. You can configure the speed and
duplex settings consistent with this interface type.
When you select sfp, the switch disables the RJ-45 interface. If you connect a cable to this port, it cannot
attain a link up even if the SFP module side is down or if the SFP module is not present. Based on the
type of installed SFP module, you can configure the speed and duplex settings consistent with this
interface type.
When the switch powers on or when you enable a dual-purpose uplink port through the shutdown and
the no shutdown interface configuration commands, the switch gives preference to the SFP module
interface. In all other situations, the switch selects the active link based on which type first links up.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-177
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
media-type
If you configure auto-select, you cannot configure the speed and duplex interface configuration
commands.
The switch operates with 1000BASE-X (where -X is -SX) SFP modules as follows:
Examples
•
When the 1000BASE -X SFP module is inserted into the module slot and there is no link on the
RJ-45 side, the switch disables the RJ-45 interface and selects the SFP module interface. This is the
behavior even if there is no cable connected and if there is no link on the SFP side.
•
When the 1000BASE-X SFP module is inserted and there is a link on the RJ-45 side, the switch
continues with that link. If the link goes down, the switch disables the RJ-45 side and selects the
SFP module interface.
•
When the 1000BASE-X SFP module is removed, the switch again dynamically selects the type
(auto-select) and re-enables the RJ-45 side.
This example shows how to select the SFP interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/17
Switch(config-if)# media-type sfp
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id capabilities or the show
interfaces interface-id transceiver properties privileged EXEC commands.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
capabilities
Displays the capabilities of all interfaces or the specified interface.
show interfaces
transceiver properties
Displays speed and duplex settings on an interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-178
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos
mls qos
Use the mls qos global configuration command to enable quality of service (QoS) for the entire switch.
When the mls qos command is entered, QoS is enabled with the default parameters on all ports in the
system. Use the no form of this command to reset all the QoS-related statistics and to disable the QoS
features for the entire switch.
mls qos
no mls qos
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
QoS is disabled. There is no concept of trusted or untrusted ports because the packets are not modified
(the CoS, DSCP, and IP precedence values in the packet are not changed). Traffic is switched in
pass-through mode (packets are switched without any rewrites and classified as best effort without any
policing).
When QoS is enabled with the mls qos global configuration command and all other QoS settings are set
to their defaults, traffic is classified as best effort (the DSCP and CoS value is set to 0) without any
policing. No policy maps are configured. The default port trust state on all ports is untrusted. The default
ingress and egress queue settings are in effect.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
QoS must be globally enabled to use QoS classification, policing, mark down or drop, queueing, and
traffic shaping features. You can create a policy-map and attach it to a port before entering the mls qos
command. However, until you enter the mls qos command, QoS processing is disabled.
Policy-maps and class-maps used to configure QoS are not deleted from the configuration by the no mls
qos command, but entries corresponding to policy maps are removed from the switch hardware to save
system resources. To re-enable QoS with the previous configurations, use the mls qos command.
Toggling the QoS status of the switch with this command modifies (reallocates) the sizes of the queues.
During the queue size modification, the queue is temporarily shut down during the hardware
reconfiguration, and the switch drops newly arrived packets for this queue.
Examples
This example shows how to enable QoS on the switch:
Switch(config)# mls qos
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-179
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mls qos
Displays QoS information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-180
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos aggregate-policer
mls qos aggregate-policer
Use the mls qos aggregate-policer global configuration command to define policer parameters, which
can be shared by multiple classes within the same policy map. A policer defines a maximum permissible
rate of transmission, a maximum burst size for transmissions, and an action to take if either maximum
is exceeded. Use the no form of this command to delete an aggregate policer.
mls qos aggregate-policer aggregate-policer-name rate-bps burst-byte exceed-action {drop |
policed-dscp-transmit}
no mls qos aggregate-policer aggregate-policer-name
Syntax Description
aggregate-policer-name
Name of the aggregate policer referenced by the police aggregate
policy-map class configuration command.
rate-bps
Specify the average traffic rate in bits per second (bps). The range
is 8000 to 1000000000.
burst-byte
Specify the normal burst size in bytes. The range is 8000 to 1000000.
exceed-action drop
When the specified rate is exceeded, specify that the switch drop the
packet.
exceed-action
policed-dscp-transmit
When the specified rate is exceeded, specify that the switch change the
Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) of the packet to that
specified in the policed-DSCP map and then send the packet.
Defaults
No aggregate policers are defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Define an aggregate policer if the policer is shared with multiple classes.
Policers for a port cannot be shared with other policers for another port; traffic from two different ports
cannot be aggregated for policing purposes.
The port ASIC device, which controls more than one physical port, supports 512 policers (512
user-configurable policers plus 1 policer reserved for internal use). The maximum number of
user-configurable policers supported per port is 63. Policers are allocated on demand by the software and
are constrained by the hardware and ASIC boundaries. You cannot reserve policers per port (there is no
guarantee that a port will be assigned to any policer).
You apply an aggregate policer to multiple classes in the same policy map; you cannot use an aggregate
policer across different policy maps.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-181
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos aggregate-policer
You cannot delete an aggregate policer if it is being used in a policy map. You must first use the no police
aggregate aggregate-policer-name policy-map class configuration command to delete the aggregate
policer from all policy maps before using the no mls qos aggregate-policer aggregate-policer-name
command.
Policing uses a token-bucket algorithm. You configure the bucket depth (the maximum burst that is
tolerated before the bucket overflows) by using the burst-byte option of the police policy-map class
configuration command or the mls qos aggregate-policer global configuration command. You configure
how fast (the average rate) that the tokens are removed from the bucket by using the rate-bps option of
the police policy-map class configuration command or the mls qos aggregate-policer global
configuration command. For more information, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to define the aggregate policer parameters and how to apply the policer to
multiple classes in a policy map:
Switch(config)# mls qos aggregate-policer agg_policer1 1000000 1000000 exceed-action drop
Switch(config)# policy-map policy2
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# trust dscp
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos aggregate-policer privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
police aggregate
Creates a policer that is shared by different classes.
show mls qos aggregate-policer
Displays the quality of service (QoS) aggregate policer
configuration.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-182
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos cos
mls qos cos
Use the mls qos cos interface configuration command to define the default class of service (CoS) value
of a port or to assign the default CoS to all incoming packets on the port. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
mls qos cos {default-cos | override}
no mls qos cos {default-cos | override}
Syntax Description
Defaults
default-cos
Assign a default CoS value to a port. If packets are untagged, the default CoS value
becomes the packet CoS value. The CoS range is 0 to 7.
override
Override the CoS of the incoming packets, and apply the default CoS value on the
port to all incoming packets.
The default CoS value for a port is 0.
CoS override is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can use the default value to assign a CoS and Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value to
all incoming packets that are untagged (if the incoming packet does not have a CoS value). You also can
assign a default CoS and DSCP value to all incoming packets by using the override keyword.
Use the override keyword when all incoming packets on certain ports deserve higher or lower priority
than packets entering from other ports. Even if a port is previously set to trust DSCP, CoS, or IP
precedence, this command overrides the previously configured trust state, and all the incoming CoS
values are assigned the default CoS value configured with the mls qos cos command. If an incoming
packet is tagged, the CoS value of the packet is modified with the default CoS of the port at the
ingress port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-183
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos cos
Examples
This example shows how to configure the default port CoS to 4 on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos trust cos
Switch(config-if)# mls qos cos 4
This example shows how to assign all the packets entering a port to the default port CoS value of 4
on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos cos 4
Switch(config-if)# mls qos cos override
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mls qos interface
Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-184
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos dscp-mutation
mls qos dscp-mutation
Use the mls qos dscp-mutation interface configuration command to apply a Differentiated Services
Code Point (DSCP)-to-DSCP-mutation map to a DSCP-trusted port. Use the no form of this command
to return the map to the default settings (no DSCP mutation).
mls qos dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name
no mls qos dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name
Syntax Description
dscp-mutation-name
Defaults
The default DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map is a null map, which maps incoming DSCPs to the same
DSCP values.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Name of the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map. This map was previously
defined with the mls qos map dscp-mutation global configuration
command.
If two quality of service (QoS) domains have different DSCP definitions, use the
DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map to translate one set of DSCP values to match the definition of another
domain. You apply the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map to the receiving port (ingress mutation) at the
boundary of a quality of service (QoS) administrative domain.
With ingress mutation, the new DSCP value overwrites the one in the packet, and QoS handles the packet
with this new value. The switch sends the packet out the port with the new DSCP value.
You can configure multiple DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation maps on ingress ports.
You apply the map only to DSCP-trusted ports. If you apply the DSCP mutation map to an untrusted
port, to class of service (CoS) or IP-precedence trusted port, the command has no immediate effect until
the port becomes DSCP-trusted.
Examples
This example shows how to define the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map named dscpmutation1and to apply
the map to a port:
Switch(config)# mls qos map dscp-mutation dscpmutation1 10 11 12 13 to 30
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos trust dscp
Switch(config-if)# mls qos dscp-mutation dscpmutation1
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-185
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos dscp-mutation
This example show how to remove the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map name dscpmutation1 from the port
and to reset the map to the default:
Switch(config-if)# no mls qos dscp-mutation dscpmutation1
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos map dscp-mutation
Defines the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map.
mls qos trust
Configures the port trust state.
show mls qos maps
Displays QoS mapping information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-186
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos map
mls qos map
Use the mls qos map global configuration command to define the class of service
(CoS)-to-Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) map, DSCP-to-CoS map, the
DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map, the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map, and the policed-DSCP map. Use the
no form of this command to return to the default map.
mls qos map {cos-dscp dscp1...dscp8 | dscp-cos dscp-list to cos | dscp-mutation
dscp-mutation-name in-dscp to out-dscp | ip-prec-dscp dscp1...dscp8 | policed-dscp dscp-list
to mark-down-dscp}
no mls qos map {cos-dscp | dscp-cos | dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name | ip-prec-dscp |
policed-dscp}
Syntax Description
cos-dscp dscp1...dscp8
Define the CoS-to-DSCP map.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter eight DSCP values that correspond to CoS values 0
to 7. Separate each DSCP value with a space. The range is 0 to 63.
dscp-cos dscp-list to
cos
Define the DSCP-to-CoS map.
For dscp-list, enter up to eight DSCP values, with each value separated by a
space. The range is 0 to 63. Then enter the to keyword.
For cos, enter a single CoS value to which the DSCP values correspond. The
range is 0 to 7.
dscp-mutation
dscp-mutation-name
in-dscp to out-dscp
Define the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map.
For dscp-mutation-name, enter the mutation map name.
For in-dscp, enter up to eight DSCP values, with each value separated by a
space. Then enter the to keyword.
For out-dscp, enter a single DSCP value.
The range is 0 to 63.
ip-prec-dscp
dscp1...dscp8
Define the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map.
policed-dscp dscp-list
to mark-down-dscp
Define the policed-DSCP map.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter eight DSCP values that correspond to the IP
precedence values 0 to 7. Separate each DSCP value with a space. The range
is 0 to 63.
For dscp-list, enter up to eight DSCP values, with each value separated by a
space. Then enter the to keyword.
For mark-down-dscp, enter the corresponding policed (marked down) DSCP
value.
The range is 0 to 63.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-187
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos map
Defaults
Table 2-6 shows the default CoS-to-DSCP map:
Table 2-6
Default CoS-to-DSCP Map
CoS Value
DSCP Value
0
0
1
8
2
16
3
24
4
32
5
40
6
48
7
56
Table 2-7 shows the default DSCP-to-CoS map:
Table 2-7
Default DSCP-to-CoS Map
DSCP Value
CoS Value
0–7
0
8–15
1
16–23
2
24–31
3
32–39
4
40–47
5
48–55
6
56–63
7
Table 2-8 shows the default IP-precedence-to-DSCP map:
Table 2-8
Default IP-Precedence-to-DSCP Map
IP Precedence Value
DSCP Value
0
0
1
8
2
16
3
24
4
32
5
40
6
48
7
56
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-188
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos map
The default DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map is a null map, which maps an incoming DSCP value to the
same DSCP value.
The default policed-DSCP map is a null map, which maps an incoming DSCP value to the same DSCP
value.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
All the maps are globally defined. All the maps, except the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map, are applied
to all ports. The DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map is applied to a specific port.
Examples
This example shows how to define the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map and to map IP-precedence values 0
to 7 to DSCP values of 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 55, and 60:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# mls qos map ip-prec-dscp 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 60
This example shows how to define the policed-DSCP map. DSCP values 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 are marked
down to DSCP value 0. Marked DSCP values that not explicitly configured are not modified:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# mls qos map policed-dscp 1 2 3 4 5 6 to 0
This example shows how to define the DSCP-to-CoS map. DSCP values 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24 are
mapped to CoS 1. DSCP values 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17 are mapped to CoS 0:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# mls qos map dscp-cos 20 21 22 23 24 to 1
Switch(config)# mls qos map dscp-cos 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 to 0
This example shows how to define the CoS-to-DSCP map. CoS values 0 to 7 are mapped to DSCP values
0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, and 35:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# mls qos map cos-dscp 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
This example shows how to define the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map. All the entries that are not
explicitly configured are not modified (remain as specified in the null map):
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# mls qos map
Switch(config)# mls qos map
Switch(config)# mls qos map
Switch(config)# mls qos map
dscp-mutation
dscp-mutation
dscp-mutation
dscp-mutation
mutation1
mutation1
mutation1
mutation1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 to 10
8 9 10 11 12 13 to 10
20 21 22 to 20
0 31 32 33 34 to 30
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-189
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos map
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos dscp-mutation
Applies a DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map to a DSCP-trusted port.
show mls qos maps
Displays quality of service (QoS) mapping information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-190
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos queue-set output buffers
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Use the mls qos queue-set output buffers global configuration command to allocate buffers to a
queue-set (four egress queues per port). Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos queue-set output qset-id buffers allocation1 ... allocation4
no mls qos queue-set output qset-id buffers
Syntax Description
qset-id
ID of the queue-set. Each port belongs to a queue-set, which defines all the
characteristics of the four egress queues per port. The range is 1 to 2.
allocation1 ...
allocation4
Buffer space allocation (percentage) for each queue (four values for queues 1 to 4).
For allocation1, allocation3, and allocation4, the range is 0 to 99. For allocation2,
the range is 1 to 100 (including the CPU buffer). Separate each value with a space.
Defaults
All allocation values are equally mapped among the four queues (25, 25, 25, 25). Each queue has 1/4 of
the buffer space.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Specify four allocation values, and separate each with a space.
Allocate buffers according to the importance of the traffic; for example, give a large percentage of the
buffer to the queue with the highest-priority traffic.
To configure different classes of traffic with different characteristics, use this command with the mls qos
queue-set output qset-id threshold global configuration command.
Note
The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-191
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Examples
This example shows how to map a port to queue-set 2. It allocates 40 percent of the buffer space to egress
queue 1 and 20 percent to egress queues 2, 3, and 4:
Switch(config)# mls qos queue-set output 2 buffers 40 20 20 20
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# queue-set 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] buffers or the show
mls qos queue-set privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
queue-set
Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface buffers
Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
show mls qos queue-set
Displays egress queue settings for the queue-set.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-192
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos queue-set output threshold
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Use the mls qos queue-set output threshold global configuration command to configure the weighted
tail-drop (WTD) thresholds, to guarantee the availability of buffers, and to configure the maximum
memory allocation to a queue-set (four egress queues per port). Use the no form of this command to
return to the default setting.
mls qos queue-set output qset-id threshold queue-id drop-threshold1 drop-threshold2
reserved-threshold maximum-threshold
no mls qos queue-set output qset-id threshold [queue-id]
Syntax Description
Defaults
qset-id
ID of the queue-set. Each port belongs to a queue-set, which defines all the
characteristics of the four egress queues per port. The range is 1 to 2.
queue-id
Specific queue in the queue-set on which the command is performed. The
range is 1 to 4.
drop-threshold1
drop-threshold2
Two WTD thresholds expressed as a percentage of the queue’s allocated
memory. The range is 1 to 400 percent.
reserved-threshold
Amount of memory to be guaranteed (reserved) for the queue and expressed
as a percentage of the allocated memory. The range is 1 to 100 percent.
maximum-threshold
Enable a queue in the full condition to get more buffers than are reserved for
it. This is the maximum memory the queue can have before the packets are
dropped. The range is 1 to 400 percent.
When quality of service (QoS) is enabled, WTD is enabled.
Table 2-9 shows the default WTD threshold settings.
Table 2-9
Default Egress Queue WTD Threshold Settings
Feature
Queue 1
Queue 2
Queue 3
Queue 4
WTD Drop Threshold 1
100 percent
200 percent
100 percent
100 percent
WTD Drop Threshold 2
100 percent
200 percent
100 percent
100 percent
Reserved Threshold
50 percent
100 percent
50 percent
50 percent
Maximum Threshold
400 percent
400 percent
400 percent
400 percent
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-193
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Usage Guidelines
Use the mls qos queue-set output qset-id buffers global configuration command to allocate a fixed
number of buffers to the four queues in a queue-set.
The drop-threshold percentages can exceed 100 percent and can be up to the maximum (if the maximum
threshold exceeds 100 percent).
Note
The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
The switch uses a buffer allocation scheme to reserve a minimum amount of buffers for each egress
queue, to prevent any queue or port from consuming all the buffers and depriving other queues, and to
decide whether to grant buffer space to a requesting queue. The switch decides whether the target queue
has not consumed more buffers than its reserved amount (under-limit), whether it has consumed all of
its maximum buffers (over-limit), and whether the common pool is empty (no free buffers) or not empty
(free buffers). If the queue is not over-limit, the switch can allocate buffer space from the reserved pool
or from the common pool (if it is not empty). If there are no free buffers in the common pool or if the
queue is over-limit, the switch drops the frame.
Examples
This example shows how to map a port to queue-set 2. It configures the drop thresholds for queue 2 to
40 and 60 percent of the allocated memory, guarantees (reserves) 100 percent of the allocated memory,
and configures 200 percent as the maximum memory this queue can have before packets are dropped:
Switch(config)# mls qos queue-set output 2 threshold 2 40 60 100 200
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# queue-set 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] buffers or the show
mls qos queue-set privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
queue-set
Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface buffers
Displays QoS information.
show mls qos queue-set
Displays egress queue settings for the queue-set.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-194
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos rewrite ip dscp
mls qos rewrite ip dscp
Use the mls qos rewrite ip dscp global configuration command to configure the switch to change
(rewrite) the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) field of an incoming IP packet. Use the no form
of this command to configure the switch to not modify (rewrite) the DSCP field of the packet and to
enable DSCP transparency.
mls qos rewrite ip dscp
no mls qos rewrite ip dscp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
DSCP transparency is disabled. The switch changes the DSCP field of the incoming IP packet.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
DSCP transparency affects only the DSCP field of a packet at the egress. If DSCP transparency is
enabled by using the no mls qos rewrite ip dscp command, the switch does not modify the DSCP field
in the incoming packet, and the DSCP field in the outgoing packet is the same as that in the incoming
packet.
By default, DSCP transparency is disabled. The switch modifies the DSCP field in an incoming packet,
and the DSCP field in the outgoing packet is based on the quality of service (QoS) configuration,
including the port trust setting, policing and marking, and the DSCP-to-DSCP mutation map.
Regardless of the DSCP transparency configuration, the switch modifies the internal DSCP value of the
packet that the switch uses to generate a class of service (CoS) value representing the priority of the
traffic. The switch also uses the internal DSCP value to select an egress queue and threshold.
For example, if QoS is enabled and an incoming packet has a DSCP value of 32, the switch might modify
the internal DSCP value based on the policy-map configuration and change the internal DSCP value
to 16. If DSCP transparency is enabled, the outgoing DSCP value is 32 (same as the incoming value). If
DSCP transparency is disabled, the outgoing DSCP value is 16 because it is based on the internal DSCP
value.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-195
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos rewrite ip dscp
Examples
This example shows how to enable DSCP transparency and configure the switch to not change the DSCP
value of the incoming IP packet:
Switch(config)# mls qos
Switch(config)# no mls qos rewrite ip dscp
This example shows how to disable DSCP transparency and configure the switch to change the DSCP
value of the incoming IP packet:
Switch(config)# mls qos
Switch(config)# mls qos rewrite ip dscp
You can verify your settings by entering the show running config | include rewrite privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos
Enables QoS globally.
show mls qos
Displays QoS information.
show running-config |
include rewrite
Displays the DSCP transparency setting. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Configuration Guides and Command
References > Cisco IOS Fundamentals Command Reference,
Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File
Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-196
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Use the mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth global configuration command to assign shaped round
robin (SRR) weights to an ingress queue. The ratio of the weights is the ratio of the frequency in which
the SRR scheduler dequeues packets from each queue. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth weight1 weight2
no mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Syntax Description
weight1 weight2
Defaults
Weight1 and weight2 are 4 (1/2 of the bandwidth is equally shared between the two queues).
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Ratio of weight1 and weight2 determines the ratio of the frequency in which the
SRR scheduler dequeues packets from ingress queues 1 and 2. The range is 1 to
100. Separate each value with a space.
SRR services the priority queue for its configured weight as specified by the bandwidth keyword in the
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue queue-id bandwidth weight global configuration command.
Then SRR shares the remaining bandwidth with both ingress queues and services them as specified by
the weights configured with the mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth weight1 weight2 global
configuration command.
You specify which ingress queue is the priority queue by using the mls qos srr-queue input
priority-queue global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to assign the ingress bandwidth for the queues. Priority queueing is disabled,
and the shared bandwidth ratio allocated to queue 1 is 25/(25+75) and to queue 2 is 75/(25+75):
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 2 bandwidth 0
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 25 75
In this example, queue 2 has three times the bandwidth of queue 1; queue 2 is serviced three times as
often as queue 1.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-197
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
This example shows how to assign the ingress bandwidths for the queues. Queue 1 is the priority queue
with 10 percent of the bandwidth allocated to it. The bandwidth ratio allocated to queues 1 and 2 is
4/(4+4). SRR services queue 1 (the priority queue) first for its configured 10 percent bandwidth. Then
SRR equally shares the remaining 90 percent of the bandwidth between queues 1 and 2 by allocating 45
percent to each queue:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 1 bandwidth 10
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 4 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] queueing or the show
mls qos input-queue privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Maps class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue or
maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values
to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and
to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Assigns weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages
to an ingress queue.
show mls qos input-queue
Displays ingress queue settings.
show mls qos interface queueing
Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-198
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Use the mls qos srr-queue input buffers global configuration command to allocate the buffers between
the ingress queues. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers percentage1 percentage2
no mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Syntax Description
percentage1
percentage2
Defaults
Ninety percent of the buffers is allocated to queue 1, and 10 percent of the buffers is allocated to queue 2.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Percentage of buffers allocated to ingress queues 1 and 2. The range is 0 to
100. Separate each value with a space.
Usage Guidelines
You should allocate the buffers so that the queues can handle any incoming bursty traffic.
Examples
This example shows how to allocate 60 percent of the buffer space to ingress queue 1 and 40 percent of
the buffer space to ingress queue 2:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input buffers 60 40
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] buffers or the show
mls qos input-queue privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Maps class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue
or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values
to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and
to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Assigns weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold
percentages to an ingress queue.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-199
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Command
Description
show mls qos input-queue
Displays ingress queue settings.
show mls qos interface buffers
Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-200
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Use the mls qos srr-queue input cos-map global configuration command to map class of service (CoS)
values to an ingress queue or to map CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue queue-id {cos1...cos8 | threshold threshold-id
cos1...cos8}
no mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Syntax Description
queue queue-id
Specify a queue number.
For queue-id, the range is 1 to 2.
cos1...cos8
Map CoS values to an ingress queue.
For cos1...cos8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 7.
threshold threshold-id
cos1...cos8
Map CoS values to a queue threshold ID.
For threshold-id, the range is 1 to 3.
For cos1...cos8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 7.
Defaults
Table 2-10 shows the default CoS input queue threshold map:
Table 2-10
Default CoS Input Queue Threshold Map
CoS Value
Queue ID - Threshold ID
0–4
1–1
5
2–1
6, 7
1–1
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-201
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Usage Guidelines
The CoS assigned at the ingress port selects an ingress or egress queue and threshold.
The drop-threshold percentage for threshold 3 is predefined. It is set to the queue-full state. You can
assign two weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an ingress queue by using the mls qos
srr-queue input threshold global configuration command.
You can map each CoS value to a different queue and threshold combination, allowing the frame to
follow different behavior.
Examples
This example shows how to map CoS values 0 to 3 to ingress queue 1 and to threshold ID 1 with a drop
threshold of 50 percent. It maps CoS values 4 and 5 to ingress queue 1 and to threshold ID 2 with a drop
threshold of 70 percent:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 1 0 1 2 3
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 2 4 5
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input threshold 1 50 70
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values
to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and
to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Assigns WTD threshold percentages to an ingress queue.
show mls qos maps
Displays QoS mapping information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-202
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Use the mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map global configuration command to map Differentiated
Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an ingress queue or to map DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue queue-id {dscp1...dscp8 | threshold threshold-id
dscp1...dscp8}
no mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Syntax Description
queue queue-id
Specify a queue number.
For queue-id, the range is 1 to 2.
dscp1...dscp8
Map DSCP values to an ingress queue.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 63.
threshold threshold-id
dscp1...dscp8
Map DSCP values to a queue threshold ID.
For threshold-id, the range is 1 to 3.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 63.
Defaults
Table 2-11 shows the default DSCP input queue threshold map:
Table 2-11
Default DSCP Input Queue Threshold Map
DSCP Value
Queue ID–Threshold ID
0–39
1–1
40–47
2–1
48–63
1–1
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-203
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Usage Guidelines
The DSCP assigned at the ingress port selects an ingress or egress queue and threshold.
The drop-threshold percentage for threshold 3 is predefined. It is set to the queue-full state. You can
assign two weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an ingress queue by using the mls qos
srr-queue input threshold global configuration command.
You can map each DSCP value to a different queue and threshold combination, allowing the frame to
follow different behavior.
You can map up to eight DSCP values per command.
Examples
This example shows how to map DSCP values 0 to 6 to ingress queue 1 and to threshold 1 with a drop
threshold of 50 percent. It maps DSCP values 20 to 26 to ingress queue 1 and to threshold 2 with a drop
threshold of 70 percent:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 2 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input threshold 1 50 70
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Maps class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue
or maps CoS values to a queue and to threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Assigns WTD threshold percentages to an ingress queue.
show mls qos maps
Displays QoS mapping information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-204
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
Use the mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue global configuration command to configure the ingress
priority queue and to guarantee bandwidth on the internal ring if the ring is congested. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue queue-id bandwidth weight
no mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue queue-id
Syntax Description
queue-id
Ingress queue ID. The range is 1 to 2.
bandwidth weight
Bandwidth percentage of the internal ring. The range is 0 to 40.
Defaults
The priority queue is queue 2, and 10 percent of the bandwidth is allocated to it.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You should use the priority queue only for traffic that needs to be expedited (for example, voice traffic,
which needs minimum delay and jitter).
The priority queue is guaranteed part of the bandwidth on the internal ring, which reduces the delay and
jitter under heavy network traffic on an oversubscribed ring (when there is more traffic than the
backplane can carry, and the queues are full and dropping frames).
Shaped round robin (SRR) services the priority queue for its configured weight as specified by the
bandwidth keyword in the mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue queue-id bandwidth weight global
configuration command. Then SRR shares the remaining bandwidth with both ingress queues and
services them as specified by the weights configured with the mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
weight1 weight2 global configuration command.
To disable priority queueing, set the bandwidth weight to 0, for example, mls qos srr-queue input
priority-queue queue-id bandwidth 0.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-205
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
Examples
This example shows how to assign the ingress bandwidths for the queues. Queue 1 is the priority queue
with 10 percent of the bandwidth allocated to it. The bandwidth ratio allocated to queues 1 and 2 is
4/(4+4). SRR services queue 1 (the priority queue) first for its configured 10 percent bandwidth. Then
SRR equally shares the remaining 90 percent of the bandwidth between queues 1 and 2 by allocating 45
percent to each queue:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 1 bandwidth 10
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 4 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] queueing or the show
mls qos input-queue privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Maps class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue or
maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an
ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Assigns weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an
ingress queue.
show mls qos input-queue
Displays ingress queue settings.
show mls qos interface queueing
Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-206
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Use the mls qos srr-queue input threshold global configuration command to assign weighted tail-drop
(WTD) threshold percentages to an ingress queue. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold queue-id threshold-percentage1 threshold-percentage2
no mls qos srr-queue input threshold queue-id
Syntax Description
Defaults
queue-id
ID of the ingress queue. The range is 1 to 2.
threshold-percentage1
threshold-percentage2
Two WTD threshold percentage values. Each threshold value is a
percentage of the total number of queue descriptors allocated for the
queue. Separate each value with a space. The range is 1 to 100.
When quality of service (QoS) is enabled, WTD is enabled.
The two WTD thresholds are set to 100 percent.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
QoS uses the CoS-to-threshold map or the DSCP-to-threshold map to decide which class of service
(CoS) or Differentiated Services Code Points (DSCPs) values are mapped to threshold 1 and to threshold
2. If threshold 1 is exceeded, packets with CoS or DSCPs assigned to this threshold are dropped until
the threshold is no longer exceeded. However, packets assigned to threshold 2 continue to be queued and
sent as long as the second threshold is not exceeded.
Each queue has two configurable (explicit) drop threshold and one preset (implicit) drop threshold (full).
You configure the CoS-to-threshold map by using the mls qos srr-queue input cos-map global
configuration command. You configure the DSCP-to-threshold map by using the mls qos srr-queue
input dscp-map global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the tail-drop thresholds for the two queues. The queue 1 thresholds
are 50 percent and 100 percent, and the queue 2 thresholds are 70 percent and 100 percent:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input threshold 1 50 100
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input threshold 2 70 100
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] buffers or the show
mls qos input-queue privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-207
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Maps class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue
or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values
to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and
to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
show mls qos input-queue
Displays ingress queue settings.
show mls qos interface buffers
Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-208
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Use the mls qos srr-queue output cos-map global configuration command to map class of service
(CoS) values to an egress queue or to map CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue queue-id {cos1...cos8 | threshold threshold-id
cos1...cos8}
no mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Syntax Description
queue queue-id
Specify a queue number.
For queue-id, the range is 1 to 4.
cos1...cos8
Map CoS values to an egress queue.
For cos1...cos8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 7.
threshold threshold-id
cos1...cos8
Map CoS values to a queue threshold ID.
For threshold-id, the range is 1 to 3.
For cos1...cos8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 7.
Defaults
Table 2-12 shows the default CoS output queue threshold map:
Table 2-12
Default Cos Output Queue Threshold Map
CoS Value
Queue ID–Threshold ID
0, 1
2–1
2, 3
3–1
4
4–1
5
1–1
6, 7
4–1
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-209
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Usage Guidelines
Note
The drop-threshold percentage for threshold 3 is predefined. It is set to the queue-full state.
The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your quality
of service (QoS) solution.
You can assign two weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an egress queue by using the mls
qos queue-set output qset-id threshold global configuration command.
You can map each CoS value to a different queue and threshold combination, allowing the frame to
follow different behavior.
Examples
This example shows how to map a port to queue-set 1. It maps CoS values 0 to 3 to egress queue 1 and
to threshold ID 1. It configures the drop thresholds for queue 1 to 50 and 70 percent of the allocated
memory, guarantees (reserves) 100 percent of the allocated memory, and configures 200 percent as the
maximum memory that this queue can have before packets are dropped.
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 1 threshold 1 0 1 2 3
Switch(config)# mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 1 50 70 100 200
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# queue-set 1
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps, the show mls qos interface
[interface-id] buffers, or the show mls qos queue-set privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an
egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID.
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Configures the WTD thresholds, guarantees the availability of
buffers, and configures the maximum memory allocation to a
queue-set.
queue-set
Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface buffers
Displays QoS information.
show mls qos maps
Displays QoS mapping information.
show mls qos queue-set
Displays egress queue settings for the queue-set.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-210
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Use the mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map global configuration command to map Differentiated
Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an egress or to map DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold
ID. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue queue-id {dscp1...dscp8 | threshold threshold-id
dscp1...dscp8}
no mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Syntax Description
queue queue-id
Specify a queue number.
For queue-id, the range is 1 to 4.
dscp1...dscp8
Map DSCP values to an egress queue.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 63.
threshold threshold-id
dscp1...dscp8
Map DSCP values to a queue threshold ID.
For threshold-id, the range is 1 to 3.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 63.
Defaults
Table 2-13 shows the default DSCP output queue threshold map:
Table 2-13
Default DSCP Output Queue Threshold Map
DSCP Value
Queue ID–Threshold ID
0–15
2–1
16–31
3–1
32–39
4–1
40–47
1–1
48–63
4–1
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-211
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Usage Guidelines
Note
The drop-threshold percentage for threshold 3 is predefined. It is set to the queue-full state.
The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
You can assign two weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an egress queue by using the mls
qos queue-set output qset-id threshold global configuration command.
You can map each DSCP value to a different queue and threshold combination, allowing the frame to
follow different behavior.
You can map up to eight DSCP values per command.
Examples
This example shows how to map a port to queue-set 1. It maps DSCP values 0 to 3 to egress queue 1 and
to threshold ID 1. It configures the drop thresholds for queue 1 to 50 and 70 percent of the allocated
memory, guarantees (reserves) 100 percent of the allocated memory, and configures 200 percent as the
maximum memory that this queue can have before packets are dropped.
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 1 threshold 1 0 1 2 3
Switch(config)# mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 1 50 70 100 200
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# queue-set 1
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps, the show mls qos interface
[interface-id] buffers, or the show mls qos queue-set privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Maps class of service (CoS) values to an egress queue or maps
CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Configures the WTD thresholds, guarantees the availability of
buffers, and configures the maximum memory allocation to a
queue-set.
queue-set
Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface buffers
Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
show mls qos maps
Displays QoS mapping information.
show mls qos queue-set
Displays egress queue settings for the queue-set.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-212
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos trust
mls qos trust
Use the mls qos trust interface configuration command to configure the port trust state. Ingress traffic
can be trusted, and classification is performed by examining the packet Differentiated Services Code
Point (DSCP), class of service (CoS), or IP-precedence field. Use the no form of this command to return
a port to its untrusted state.
mls qos trust [cos | device cisco-phone | dscp | ip-precedence]
no mls qos trust [cos | device | dscp | ip-precedence]
Syntax Description
cos
(Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet CoS value. For an
untagged packet, use the port default CoS value.
device cisco-phone
(Optional) Classify an ingress packet by trusting the CoS or DSCP value sent
from the Cisco IP Phone (trusted boundary), depending on the trust setting.
dscp
(Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet DSCP value (most
significant 6 bits of 8-bit service-type field). For a non-IP packet, the packet
CoS is used if the packet is tagged. For an untagged packet, the default port
CoS value is used.
ip-precedence
(Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet IP-precedence value
(most significant 3 bits of 8-bit service-type field). For a non-IP packet, the
packet CoS is used if the packet is tagged. For an untagged packet, the port
default CoS value is used.
Defaults
The port is not trusted. If no keyword is specified when the command is entered, the default is dscp.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Packets entering a quality of service (QoS) domain are classified at the edge of the domain. When the
packets are classified at the edge, the switch port within the QoS domain can be configured to one of the
trusted states because there is no need to classify the packets at every switch within the domain. Use this
command to specify whether the port is trusted and which fields of the packet to use to classify traffic.
When a port is configured with trust DSCP or trust IP precedence and the incoming packet is a non-IP
packet, the CoS-to-DSCP map is used to derive the corresponding DSCP value from the CoS value. The
CoS can be the packet CoS for trunk ports or the port default CoS for nontrunk ports.
If the DSCP is trusted, the DSCP field of the IP packet is not modified. However, it is still possible that
the CoS value of the packet is modified (according to DSCP-to-CoS map).
If the CoS is trusted, the CoS field of the packet is not modified, but the DSCP can be modified
(according to CoS-to-DSCP map) if the packet is an IP packet.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-213
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos trust
The trusted boundary feature prevents security problems if users disconnect their PCs from networked
Cisco IP Phones and connect them to the switch port to take advantage of trusted CoS or DSCP settings.
You must globally enable the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) on the switch and on the port connected
to the IP phone. If the telephone is not detected, trusted boundary disables the trusted setting on the
switch or routed port and prevents misuse of a high-priority queue.
If you configure the trust setting for DSCP or IP precedence, the DSCP or IP precedence values in the
incoming packets are trusted. If you configure the mls qos cos override interface configuration
command on the switch port connected to the IP phone, the switch overrides the CoS of the incoming
voice and data packets and assigns the default CoS value to them.
For an inter-QoS domain boundary, you can configure the port to the DSCP-trusted state and apply the
DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map if the DSCP values are different between the QoS domains.
Classification using a port trust state (for example, mls qos trust [cos | dscp | ip-precedence] and a
policy map (for example, service-policy input policy-map-name) are mutually exclusive. The last one
configured overwrites the previous configuration.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a port to trust the IP precedence field in the incoming packet:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos trust ip-precedence
This example shows how to specify that the Cisco IP Phone connected on a port is a trusted device:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos trust device cisco-phone
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos cos
Defines the default CoS value of a port or assigns the default CoS to all
incoming packets on the port.
mls qos dscp-mutation
Applies a DSCP-to DSCP-mutation map to a DSCP-trusted port.
mls qos map
Defines the CoS-to-DSCP map, DSCP-to-CoS map, the
DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map, the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map, and the
policed-DSCP map.
show mls qos interface
Displays QoS information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-214
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos vlan-based
mls qos vlan-based
Use the mls qos vlan-based interface configuration command to enable VLAN-based quality of service
(QoS) on the physical port. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature.
mls qos vlan-based
no mls qos vlan-based
Syntax Description
There are no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
VLAN-based QoS is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
12.2(25)SEF
Usage Guidelines
Before attaching a hierarchical policy map to a switch virtual interface (SVI), use the mls qos
vlan-based interface configuration command on a physical port if the port is to be specified in the
secondary interface level of the hierarchical policy map.
This command was introduced.
When you configure hierarchical policing, the hierarchical policy map is attached to the SVI and affects
all traffic belonging to the VLAN. The individual policer in the interface-level traffic classification only
affects the physical ports specified for that classification.
For detailed instructions about configuring hierarchical policy maps, see the “Classifying, Policing, and
Marking Traffic by Using Hierarchical Policy Maps” section in the software configuration guide for this
release.
Examples
This example shows how to enable VLAN-based policing on a physical port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos vlan-based
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mls qos interface
Displays QoS information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-215
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
monitor session
Use the monitor session global configuration command to start a new Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN)
session or Remote SPAN (RSPAN) source or destination session, to enable ingress traffic on the
destination port for a network security device (such as a Cisco IDS Sensor Appliance), to add or delete
interfaces or VLANs to or from an existing SPAN or RSPAN session, and to limit (filter) SPAN source
traffic to specific VLANs. Use the no form of this command to remove the SPAN or RSPAN session or
to remove source or destination interfaces or filters from the SPAN or RSPAN session. For destination
interfaces, the encapsulation options are ignored with the no form of the command.
monitor session session_number destination {interface interface-id [, | -] [encapsulation
replicate] [ingress {dot1q vlan vlan-id | isl | untagged vlan vlan-id | vlan vlan-id}]} | {remote
vlan vlan-id}
monitor session session_number filter vlan vlan-id [, | -]
monitor session session_number source {interface interface-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]} | {vlan
vlan-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]}| {remote vlan vlan-id}
no monitor session {session_number | all | local | remote}
no monitor session session_number destination {interface interface-id [, | -] [encapsulation
replicate] [ingress {dot1q vlan vlan-id | isl | untagged vlan vlan-id | vlan vlan-id}]} | {remote
vlan vlan-id}
no monitor session session_number filter vlan vlan-id [, | -]
no monitor session session_number source {interface interface-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]} | {vlan
vlan-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]} | {remote vlan vlan-id}
Syntax Description
session_number
Specify the session number identified with the SPAN or RSPAN session.
The range is 1 to 66.
destination
Specify the SPAN or RSPAN destination. A destination must be a physical
port.
interface interface-id
Specify the destination or source interface for a SPAN or RSPAN session.
Valid interfaces are physical ports (including type and port number). For
source interface, port channel is also a valid interface type, and the valid
range is 1 to 48.
encapsulation replicate
(Optional) Specify that the destination interface replicates the source
interface encapsulation method. If not selected, the default is to send
packets in native form (untagged).
These keywords are valid only for local SPAN. For RSPAN, the RSPAN
VLAN ID overwrites the original VLAN ID; therefore, packets are always
sent untagged.
ingress
(Optional) Enable ingress traffic forwarding.
dot1q vlan vlan-id
Accept incoming packets with IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation with the
specified VLAN as the default VLAN.
isl
Specify ingress forwarding using ISL encapsulation.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-216
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
untagged vlan vlan-id
Accept incoming packets with untagged encapsulation with the specified
VLAN as the default VLAN.
vlan vlan-id
When used with only the ingress keyword, set default VLAN for ingress
traffic.
remote vlan vlan-id
Specify the remote VLAN for an RSPAN source or destination session. The
range is 2 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
The RSPAN VLAN cannot be VLAN 1 (the default VLAN) or VLAN IDs
1002 to 1005 (reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs).
Defaults
,
(Optional) Specify a series of interfaces or VLANs, or separate a range of
interfaces or VLANs from a previous range. Enter a space before and after
the comma.
-
(Optional) Specify a range of interfaces or VLANs. Enter a space before
and after the hyphen.
filter vlan vlan-id
Specify a list of VLANs as filters on trunk source ports to limit SPAN
source traffic to specific VLANs. The vlan-id range is 1 to 4094.
source
Specify the SPAN or RSPAN source. A source can be a physical port, a port
channel, or a VLAN.
both, rx, tx
(Optional) Specify the traffic direction to monitor. If you do not specify a
traffic direction, the source interface sends both transmitted and received
traffic.
source vlan vlan-id
Specify the SPAN source interface as a VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094.
all, local, remote
Specify all, local, or remote with the no monitor session command to clear
all SPAN and RSPAN, all local SPAN, or all RSPAN sessions.
No monitor sessions are configured.
On a source interface, the default is to monitor both received and transmitted traffic.
On a trunk interface used as a source port, all VLANs are monitored.
If encapsulation replicate is not specified on a local SPAN destination port, packets are sent in native
form with no encapsulation tag.
Ingress forwarding is disabled on destination ports.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Traffic that enters or leaves source ports or source VLANs can be monitored by using SPAN or RSPAN.
Traffic routed to source ports or source VLANs cannot be monitored.
You can set a combined maximum of two local SPAN sessions and RSPAN source sessions. You can have
a total of 66 SPAN and RSPAN sessions on a switch.
You can have a maximum of 64 destination ports on a switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-217
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
Each session can include multiple ingress or egress source ports or VLANs, but you cannot combine
source ports and source VLANs in a single session. Each session can include multiple destination ports.
When you use VLAN-based SPAN (VSPAN) to analyze network traffic in a VLAN or set of VLANs, all
active ports in the source VLANs become source ports for the SPAN or RSPAN session. Trunk ports are
included as source ports for VSPAN, and only packets with the monitored VLAN ID are sent to the
destination port.
You can monitor traffic on a single port or VLAN or on a series or range of ports or VLANs. You select
a series or range of interfaces or VLANs by using the [, | -] options.
If you specify a series of VLANs or interfaces, you must enter a space before and after the comma. If
you specify a range of VLANs or interfaces, you must enter a space before and after the hyphen (-).
EtherChannel ports cannot be configured as SPAN or RSPAN destination ports. A physical port that is
a member of an EtherChannel group can be used as a destination port, but it cannot participate in the
EtherChannel group while it is as a SPAN destination.
You can monitor individual ports while they participate in an EtherChannel, or you can monitor the
entire EtherChannel bundle by specifying the port-channel number as the RSPAN source interface.
A port used as a destination port cannot be a SPAN or RSPAN source, nor can a port be a destination
port for more than one session at a time.
You can enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on a port that is a SPAN or RSPAN destination port;
however, IEEE 802.1x authentication is disabled until the port is removed as a SPAN destination. If IEEE
802.1x authentication is not available on the port, the switch returns an error message. You can enable
IEEE 802.1x authentication on a SPAN or RSPAN source port.
VLAN filtering refers to analyzing network traffic on a selected set of VLANs on trunk source ports. By
default, all VLANs are monitored on trunk source ports. You can use the monitor session
session_number filter vlan vlan-id command to limit SPAN traffic on trunk source ports to only the
specified VLANs.
VLAN monitoring and VLAN filtering are mutually exclusive. If a VLAN is a source, VLAN filtering
cannot be enabled. If VLAN filtering is configured, a VLAN cannot become a source.
If ingress traffic forwarding is enabled for a network security device, the destination port forwards traffic
at Layer 2.
Destination ports can be configured to act in these ways:
•
When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id with no other
keywords, egress encapsulation is untagged, and ingress forwarding is not enabled.
•
When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id ingress, egress
encapsulation is untagged; ingress encapsulation depends on the keywords that follow—dot1q, isl,
or untagged.
•
When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id
encapsulation replicate with no other keywords, egress encapsulation replicates the source
interface encapsulation; ingress forwarding is not enabled. (This applies to local SPAN only;
RSPAN does not support encapsulation replication.)
•
When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id encapsulation
replicate ingress, egress encapsulation replicates the source interface encapsulation; ingress
encapsulation depends on the keywords that follow—dot1q or untagged. (This applies to local
SPAN only; RSPAN does not support encapsulation replication.)
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-218
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
Examples
This example shows how to create a local SPAN session 1 to monitor both sent and received traffic on
source port 21 to destination port 22:
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 source interface gigabitethernet0/21 both
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 destination interface gigabitethernet0/22
This example shows how to delete a destination port from an existing local SPAN session:
Switch(config)# no monitor session 2 destination gigabitethernet0/22
This example shows how to limit SPAN traffic in an existing session only to specific VLANs:
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 filter vlan 100 - 304
This example shows how to configure RSPAN source session 1 to monitor multiple source interfaces and
to configure the destination RSPAN VLAN 900.
Switch(config)#
Switch(config)#
Switch(config)#
Switch(config)#
monitor session 1 source interface gigabitethernet0/21
monitor session 1 source interface port-channel 2 tx
monitor session 1 destination remote vlan 900
end
This example shows how to configure an RSPAN destination session 10 in the switch receiving the
monitored traffic.
Switch(config)# monitor session 10 source remote vlan 900
Switch(config)# monitor session 10 destination interface gigabitethernet0/22
This example shows how to configure the destination port for ingress traffic on VLAN 5 by using a
security device that supports IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation. Egress traffic replicates the source; ingress
traffic uses IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation.
Switch(config)# monitor session 2 destination interface gigabitethernet0/22 encapsulation
replicate ingress dot1q vlan 5
This example shows how to configure the destination port for ingress traffic on VLAN 5 by using a
security device that does not support encapsulation. Egress traffic replicates the source encapsulation;
ingress traffic is untagged.
Switch(config)# monitor session 2 destination interface gigabitethernet0/22 encapsulation
replicate ingress untagged vlan 5
You can verify your settings by entering the show monitor privileged EXEC command. You can display
SPAN and RSPAN configuration on the switch by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command. SPAN information appears near the end of the output.
Related Commands
Command
Description
remote-span
Configures an RSPAN VLAN in vlan configuration mode.
show monitor
Displays SPAN and RSPAN session information.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands >
Configuration File Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-219
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (global configuration)
mvr (global configuration)
Use the mvr global configuration command without keywords to enable the multicast VLAN registration
(MVR) feature on the switch. Use the command with keywords to set the MVR mode for a switch,
configure the MVR IP multicast address, set the maximum time to wait for a query reply before
removing a port from group membership, and to specify the MVR multicast VLAN. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default settings.
mvr [group ip-address [count] | mode [compatible | dynamic] | querytime value | vlan vlan-id]
no mvr [group ip-address | mode [compatible | dynamic] | querytime value | vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description
group ip-address
Statically configure an MVR group IP multicast address on the switch.
Use the no form of this command to remove a statically configured IP
multicast address or contiguous addresses or, when no IP address is entered,
to remove all statically configured MVR IP multicast addresses.
count
(Optional) Configure multiple contiguous MVR group addresses. The range
is 1 to 256; the default is 1.
mode
(Optional) Specify the MVR mode of operation.
The default is compatible mode.
compatible
Set MVR mode to provide compatibility with Catalyst 2900 XL and
Catalyst 3500 XL switches. This mode does not allow dynamic membership
joins on source ports.
dynamic
Set MVR mode to allow dynamic MVR membership on source ports.
querytime value
(Optional) Set the maximum time to wait for IGMP report memberships on
a receiver port. This time applies only to receiver-port leave processing.
When an IGMP query is sent from a receiver port, the switch waits for the
default or configured MVR querytime for an IGMP group membership
report before removing the port from multicast group membership.
The value is the response time in units of tenths of a second. The range is 1
to 100; the default is 5 tenths or one-half second.
Use the no form of the command to return to the default setting.
vlan vlan-id
Defaults
(Optional) Specify the VLAN on which MVR multicast data is expected to
be received. This is also the VLAN to which all the source ports belong. The
range is 1 to 4094; the default is VLAN 1.
MVR is disabled by default.
The default MVR mode is compatible mode.
No IP multicast addresses are configured on the switch by default.
The default group ip address count is 0.
The default query response time is 5 tenths of or one-half second.
The default multicast VLAN for MVR is VLAN 1.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-220
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (global configuration)
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A maximum of 256 MVR multicast groups can be configured on a switch.
Use the mvr group command to statically set up all the IP multicast addresses that will take part in
MVR. Any multicast data sent to a configured multicast address is sent to all the source ports on the
switch and to all receiver ports that have registered to receive data on that IP multicast address.
MVR supports aliased IP multicast addresses on the switch. However, if the switch is interoperating with
Catalyst 3550 or Catalyst 3500 XL switches, you should not configure IP addresses that alias between
themselves or with the reserved IP multicast addresses (in the range 224.0.0.xxx).
The mvr querytime command applies only to receiver ports.
If the switch MVR is interoperating with Catalyst 2900 XL or Catalyst 3500 XL switches, set the
multicast mode to compatible.
When operating in compatible mode, MVR does not support IGMP dynamic joins on MVR source ports.
MVR can coexist with IGMP snooping on a switch.
Examples
This example shows how to enable MVR:
Switch(config)# mvr
Use the show mvr privileged EXEC command to display the current setting for maximum multicast
groups.
This example shows how to configure 228.1.23.4 as an IP multicast address:
Switch(config)# mvr group 228.1.23.4
This example shows how to configure ten contiguous IP multicast groups with multicast addresses from
228.1.23.1 to 228.1.23.10:
Switch(config)# mvr group 228.1.23.1 10
Use the show mvr members privileged EXEC command to display the IP multicast group addresses
configured on the switch.
This example shows how to set the maximum query response time as one second (10 tenths):
Switch(config)# mvr querytime 10
This example shows how to set VLAN 2 as the multicast VLAN:
Switch(config)# mvr vlan 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show mvr privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-221
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (global configuration)
Related Commands
Command
Description
mvr (interface configuration)
Configures MVR ports.
show mvr
Displays MVR global parameters or port parameters.
show mvr interface
Displays the configured MVR interfaces with their type, status,
and Immediate Leave configuration. Also displays all MVR
groups of which the interface is a member.
show mvr members
Displays all ports that are members of an MVR multicast group;
if the group has no members, its status is shown as Inactive.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-222
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (interface configuration)
mvr (interface configuration)
Use the mvr interface configuration command to configure a Layer 2 port as a multicast VLAN
registration (MVR) receiver or source port, to set the Immediate Leave feature, and to statically assign
a port to an IP multicast VLAN and IP address. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
settings.
mvr [immediate | type {receiver | source} | vlan vlan-id group [ip-address]]
no mvr [immediate | type {source | receiver}| vlan vlan-id group [ip-address]]
Syntax Description
immediate
(Optional) Enable the Immediate Leave feature of MVR on a port. Use
the no mvr immediate command to disable the feature.
type
(Optional) Configure the port as an MVR receiver port or a source port.
The default port type is neither an MVR source nor a receiver port. The
no mvr type command resets the port as neither a source or a receiver
port.
receiver
Configure the port as a subscriber port that can only receive multicast
data. Receiver ports cannot belong to the multicast VLAN.
source
Configure the port as an uplink port that can send and receive multicast
data for the configured multicast groups. All source ports on a switch
belong to a single multicast VLAN.
vlan vlan-id group
(Optional) Add the port as a static member of the multicast group with
the specified VLAN ID.
The no mvr vlan vlan-id group command removes a port on a VLAN
from membership in an IP multicast address group.
ip-address
Defaults
(Optional) Statically configure the specified MVR IP multicast group
address for the specified multicast VLAN ID. This is the IP address of the
multicast group that the port is joining.
A port is configured as neither a receiver nor a source.
The Immediate Leave feature is disabled on all ports.
No receiver port is a member of any configured multicast group.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-223
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (interface configuration)
Usage Guidelines
Configure a port as a source port if that port should be able to both send and receive multicast data bound
for the configured multicast groups. Multicast data is received on all ports configured as source ports.
Receiver ports cannot be trunk ports. Receiver ports on a switch can be in different VLANs, but should
not belong to the multicast VLAN.
A port that is not taking part in MVR should not be configured as an MVR receiver port or a source port.
A non-MVR port is a normal switch port, able to send and receive multicast data with normal switch
behavior.
When Immediate Leave is enabled, a receiver port leaves a multicast group more quickly. Without
Immediate Leave, when the switch receives an IGMP leave message from a group on a receiver port, it
sends out an IGMP MAC-based query on that port and waits for IGMP group membership reports. If no
reports are received in a configured time period, the receiver port is removed from multicast group
membership. With Immediate Leave, an IGMP MAC-based query is not sent from the receiver port on
which the IGMP leave was received. As soon as the leave message is received, the receiver port is
removed from multicast group membership, which speeds up leave latency.
The Immediate Leave feature should be enabled only on receiver ports to which a single receiver device
is connected.
The mvr vlan group command statically configures ports to receive multicast traffic sent to the IP
multicast address. A port statically configured as a member of group remains a member of the group until
statically removed. In compatible mode, this command applies only to receiver ports; in dynamic mode,
it can also apply to source ports. Receiver ports can also dynamically join multicast groups by using
IGMP join messages.
When operating in compatible mode, MVR does not support IGMP dynamic joins on MVR source ports.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a port as an MVR receiver port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# mvr type receiver
Use the show mvr interface privileged EXEC command to display configured receiver ports and source
ports.
This example shows how to enable Immediate Leave on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# mvr immediate
This example shows how to add a port on VLAN 1 as a static member of IP multicast group 228.1.23.4:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# mvr vlan1 group 230.1.23.4
You can verify your settings by entering the show mvr members privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-224
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (interface configuration)
Related Commands
Command
Description
mvr (global configuration)
Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.
show mvr
Displays MVR global parameters or port parameters.
show mvr interface
Displays the configured MVR interfaces or displays the multicast
groups to which a receiver port belongs. Also displays all MVR
groups of which the interface is a member.
show mvr members
Displays all receiver ports that are members of an MVR multicast
group.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-225
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
pagp learn-method
pagp learn-method
Use the pagp learn-method interface configuration command to learn the source address of incoming
packets received from an EtherChannel port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
pagp learn-method {aggregation-port | physical-port}
no pagp learn-method
Syntax Description
aggregation-port
Specify address learning on the logical port-channel. The switch sends
packets to the source using any of the ports in the EtherChannel. This setting
is the default. With aggregate-port learning, it is not important on which
physical port the packet arrives.
physical-port
Specify address learning on the physical port within the EtherChannel. The
switch sends packets to the source using the same port in the EtherChannel
from which it learned the source address. The other end of the channel uses
the same port in the channel for a particular destination MAC or IP address.
Defaults
The default is aggregation-port (logical port channel).
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
The learn method must be configured the same at both ends of the link.
The switch supports address learning only on aggregate ports even though the physical-port keyword is
provided in the command-line interface (CLI). The pagp learn-method and the pagp port-priority
interface configuration commands have no effect on the switch hardware, but they are required for PAgP
interoperability with devices that only support address learning by physical ports, such as the
Catalyst 1900 switch.
When the link partner to the switch is a physical learner, we recommend that you configure the switch
as a physical-port learner by using the pagp learn-method physical-port interface configuration
command and to set the load-distribution method based on the source MAC address by using the
port-channel load-balance src-mac global configuration command. Use the pagp learn-method
interface configuration command only in this situation.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-226
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
pagp learn-method
Examples
This example shows how to set the learning method to learn the address on the physical port within the
EtherChannel:
Switch(config-if)# pagp learn-method physical-port
This example shows how to set the learning method to learn the address on the port-channel within the
EtherChannel:
Switch(config-if)# pagp learn-method aggregation-port
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command or the
show pagp channel-group-number internal privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
pagp port-priority
Selects a port over which all traffic through the EtherChannel is sent.
show pagp
Displays PAgP channel-group information.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2
> File Management Commands > Configuration File Management
Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-227
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
pagp port-priority
pagp port-priority
Use the pagp port-priority interface configuration command to select a port over which all Port
Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) traffic through the EtherChannel is sent. If all unused ports in the
EtherChannel are in hot-standby mode, they can be placed into operation if the currently selected port
and link fails. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
pagp port-priority priority
no pagp port-priority
Syntax Description
priority
Defaults
The default is 128.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
A priority number ranging from 0 to 255.
The physical port with the highest priority that is operational and has membership in the same
EtherChannel is the one selected for PAgP transmission.
The switch supports address learning only on aggregate ports even though the physical-port keyword is
provided in the command-line interface (CLI). The pagp learn-method and the pagp port-priority
interface configuration commands have no effect on the switch hardware, but they are required for PAgP
interoperability with devices that only support address learning by physical ports, such as the
Catalyst 1900 switch.
When the link partner to the switch is a physical learner, we recommend that you configure the switch
as a physical-port learner by using the pagp learn-method physical-port interface configuration
command and to set the load-distribution method based on the source MAC address by using the
port-channel load-balance src-mac global configuration command. Use the pagp learn-method
interface configuration command only in this situation.
Examples
This example shows how to set the port priority to 200:
Switch(config-if)# pagp port-priority 200
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command or the
show pagp channel-group-number internal privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-228
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
pagp port-priority
Related Commands
Command
Description
pagp learn-method
Provides the ability to learn the source address of incoming packets.
show pagp
Displays PAgP channel-group information.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2
> File Management Commands > Configuration File Management
Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-229
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
permit (MAC access-list configuration)
permit (MAC access-list configuration)
Use the permit MAC access-list configuration command to allow non-IP traffic to be forwarded if the
conditions are matched. Use the no form of this command to remove a permit condition from the
extended MAC access list.
{permit | deny} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | cos cos | aarp | amber | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask | mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo | vines-ip | xns-idp]
no {permit | deny} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | cos cos | aarp | amber | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask | mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo |vines-ip | xns-idp]
Note
Syntax Description
Though visible in the command-line help strings, appletalk is not supported as a matching condition.
any
Keyword to specify to deny any source or destination MAC address.
host src-MAC-addr |
src-MAC-addr mask
Define a host MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the source
address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP traffic from that
address is denied.
host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask
Define a destination MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the
destination address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP
traffic to that address is denied.
type mask
(Optional) Use the Ethertype number of a packet with Ethernet II or
SNAP encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
•
type is 0 to 65535, specified in hexadecimal.
•
mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the Ethertype before
testing for a match.
aarp
(Optional) Select Ethertype AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol that
maps a data-link address to a network address.
amber
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Amber.
cos cos
(Optional) Select an arbitrary class of service (CoS) number from 0 to 7
to set priority. Filtering on CoS can be performed only in hardware. A
warning message appears if the cos option is configured.
dec-spanning
(Optional) Select EtherType Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC)
spanning tree.
decnet-iv
(Optional) Select EtherType DECnet Phase IV protocol.
diagnostic
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Diagnostic.
dsm
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-DSM.
etype-6000
(Optional) Select EtherType 0x6000.
etype-8042
(Optional) Select EtherType 0x8042.
lat
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAT.
lavc-sca
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAVC-SCA.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-230
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
permit (MAC access-list configuration)
lsap lsap-number mask
(Optional) Use the LSAP number (0 to 65535) of a packet with 802.2
encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
The mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the LSAP number before
testing for a match.
mop-console
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Remote Console.
mop-dump
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Dump.
msdos
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MSDOS.
mumps
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MUMPS.
netbios
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC- Network Basic Input/Output System
(NETBIOS).
vines-echo
(Optional) Select EtherType Virtual Integrated Network Service (VINES)
Echo from Banyan Systems.
vines-ip
(Optional) Select EtherType VINES IP.
xns-idp
(Optional) Select EtherType Xerox Network Systems (XNS) protocol
suite.
To filter IPX traffic, you use the type mask or lsap lsap mask keywords, depending on the type of IPX
encapsulation being used. Filter criteria for IPX encapsulation types as specified in Novell terminology
and Cisco IOS terminology are listed in Table 2-14.
Table 2-14
IPX Filtering Criteria
IPX Encapsulation Type
Cisco IOS Name
Novell Name
Filter Criterion
arpa
Ethernet II
Ethertype 0x8137
snap
Ethernet-snap
Ethertype 0x8137
sap
Ethernet 802.2
LSAP 0xE0E0
novell-ether
Ethernet 802.3
LSAP 0xFFFF
Defaults
This command has no defaults. However, the default action for a MAC-named ACL is to deny.
Command Modes
MAC access-list configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You enter MAC access-list configuration mode by using the mac access-list extended global
configuration command.
If you use the host keyword, you cannot enter an address mask; if you do not use the any or host
keywords, you must enter an address mask.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-231
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
permit (MAC access-list configuration)
After an access control entry (ACE) is added to an access control list, an implied deny-any-any
condition exists at the end of the list. That is, if there are no matches, the packets are denied. However,
before the first ACE is added, the list permits all packets.
For more information about MAC-named extended access lists, see the software configuration guide for
this release.
Examples
This example shows how to define the MAC-named extended access list to allow NETBIOS traffic from
any source to MAC address 00c0.00a0.03fa. Traffic matching this list is allowed.
Switch(config-ext-macl)# permit any host 00c0.00a0.03fa netbios
This example shows how to remove the permit condition from the MAC-named extended access list:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# no permit any 00c0.00a0.03fa 0000.0000.0000 netbios
This example permits all packets with Ethertype 0x4321:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# permit any any 0x4321 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
deny (MAC access-list
configuration)
Denies non-IP traffic to be forwarded if conditions are matched.
mac access-list extended
Creates an access list based on MAC addresses for non-IP traffic.
show access-lists
Displays access control lists configured on a switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-232
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
police
police
Use the police policy-map class configuration command to define a policer for classified traffic. A
policer defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission, a maximum burst size for transmissions,
and an action to take if either maximum is exceeded. Use the no form of this command to remove an
existing policer.
police rate-bps burst-byte [exceed-action {drop | policed-dscp-transmit}]
no police rate-bps burst-byte [exceed-action {drop | policed-dscp-transmit}]
Syntax Description
rate-bps
Specify the average traffic rate in bits per second (bps). The range is 1000000
to 1000000000.
burst-byte
Specify the normal burst size in bytes. The range is 8000 to 1000000.
exceed-action drop
(Optional) When the specified rate is exceeded, specify that the switch drop
the packet.
exceed-action
policed-dscp-transmit
(Optional) When the specified rate is exceeded, specify that the switch
changes the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) of the packet to that
specified in the policed-DSCP map and then sends the packet.
Defaults
No policers are defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When configuring hierarchical policy maps, you can only use the police policy-map command in a
secondary interface-level policy map.
The port ASIC device, which controls more than one physical port, supports 512 policers (512
user-configurable policers plus 1 policer reserved for internal use). The maximum number of
user-configurable policers supported per port is 63. Policers are allocated on demand by the software and
are constrained by the hardware and ASIC boundaries. You cannot reserve policers per port. There is no
guarantee that a port will be assigned to any policer.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-233
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
police
Policing uses a token-bucket algorithm. You configure the bucket depth (the maximum burst that is
tolerated before the bucket overflows) by using the burst-byte option of the police policy-map class
configuration command or the mls qos aggregate-policer global configuration command. You configure
how quickly (the average rate) the tokens are removed from the bucket by using the rate-bps option of
the police policy-map class configuration command or the mls qos aggregate-policer global
configuration command. For more information, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a policer that drops packets if traffic exceeds 1 Mbps average rate
with a burst size of 20 KB. The DSCPs of incoming packets are trusted, and there is no packet
modification.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# trust dscp
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 exceed-action drop
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
This example shows how to configure a policer, which marks down the DSCP values with the values
defined in policed-DSCP map and sends the packet:
Switch(config)# policy-map policy2
Switch(config-pmap)# class class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set,
and trust policy-map class configuration commands) for the
specified class-map name.
mls qos map policed-dscp
Applies a policed-DSCP map to a DSCP-trusted port.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
set
Classifies IP traffic by setting a DSCP or IP-precedence value in the
packet.
show policy-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
trust
Defines a trust state for traffic classified through the class
policy-map configuration or the class-map global configuration
command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-234
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
police aggregate
police aggregate
Use the police aggregate policy-map class configuration command to apply an aggregate policer to
multiple classes in the same policy map. A policer defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission,
a maximum burst size for transmissions, and an action to take if either maximum is exceeded. Use the
no form of this command to remove the specified policer.
police aggregate aggregate-policer-name
no police aggregate aggregate-policer-name
Syntax Description
aggregate-policer-name
Defaults
No aggregate policers are defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Name of the aggregate policer.
The port ASIC device, which controls more than one physical port, supports supports 512 policers (512
user-configurable policers plus 1 policer reserved for internal use). The maximum number of
user-configurable policers supported per port is 63. Policers are allocated on demand by the software and
are constrained by the hardware and ASIC boundaries. You cannot reserve policers per port. There is no
guarantee that a port will be assigned to any policer.
You set aggregate policer parameters by using the mls qos aggregate-policer global configuration
command. You apply an aggregate policer to multiple classes in the same policy map; you cannot use an
aggregate policer across different policy maps.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
You cannot configure aggregate policers in hierarchical policy maps.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-235
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
police aggregate
Examples
This example shows how to define the aggregate policer parameters and to apply the policer to multiple
classes in a policy map:
Switch(config)# mls qos aggregate-policer agg_policer1 10000 1000000 exceed-action drop
Switch(config)# policy-map policy2
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# trust dscp
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos aggregate-policer privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos aggregate-policer
Defines policer parameters, which can be shared by multiple
classes within a policy map.
show mls qos aggregate-policer
Displays the quality of service (QoS) aggregate policer
configuration.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-236
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
policy-map
policy-map
Use the policy-map global configuration command to create or modify a policy map that can be attached
to multiple physical ports or switch virtual interfaces (SVIs) and to enter policy-map configuration
mode. Use the no form of this command to delete an existing policy map and to return to global
configuration mode.
policy-map policy-map-name
no policy-map policy-map-name
Syntax Description
policy-map-name
Defaults
No policy maps are defined.
Name of the policy map.
The default behavior is to set the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) to 0 if the packet is an IP
packet and to set the class of service (CoS) to 0 if the packet is tagged. No policing is performed.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
After entering the policy-map command, you enter policy-map configuration mode, and these
configuration commands are available:
•
class: defines the classification match criteria for the specified class map. For more information, see
the “class” section on page 2-32.
•
description: describes the policy map (up to 200 characters).
•
exit: exits policy-map configuration mode and returns you to global configuration mode.
•
no: removes a previously defined policy map.
•
rename: renames the current policy map.
To return to global configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode, use
the end command.
Before configuring policies for classes whose match criteria are defined in a class map, use the
policy-map command to specify the name of the policy map to be created, added to, or modified.
Entering the policy-map command also enables the policy-map configuration mode in which you can
configure or modify the class policies for that policy map.
You can configure class policies in a policy map only if the classes have match criteria defined for them.
To configure the match criteria for a class, use the class-map global configuration and match class-map
configuration commands. You define packet classification on a physical-port basis.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-237
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
policy-map
Only one policy map per ingress port or SVI is supported. You can apply the same policy map to multiple
physical ports or SVIs.
You can apply a nonhierarchical policy maps to physical ports or to SVIs. A nonhierarchical policy map
is the same as a port-based policy maps. However, you can only apply a hierarchical policy map to SVIs.
A hierarchical policy map has two levels. The first level, the VLAN level, specifies the actions to be
taken against a traffic flow on an SVI. The second level, the interface level, specifies the actions to be
taken against the traffic on the physical ports that belong to the SVI and are specified in the
interface-level policy map.
In a primary VLAN-level policy map, you can only configure the trust state or set a new DSCP or IP
precedence value in the packet. In a secondary interface-level policy map, you can only configure
individual policers on physical ports that belong to the SVI.
After the hierarchical policy map is attached to an SVI, an interface-level policy map cannot be modified
or removed from the hierarchical policy map. A new interface-level policy map also cannot be added to
the hierarchical policy map. If you want these changes to occur, the hierarchical policy map must first
be removed from the SVI.
For more information about hierarchical policy maps, see the “Policing on SVIs” section in the
“Configuring QoS” chapter of the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to create a policy map called policy1. When attached to the ingress port, it
matches all the incoming traffic defined in class1, sets the IP DSCP to 10, and polices the traffic at an
average rate of 1 Mbps and bursts at 20 KB. Traffic exceeding the profile is marked down to a DSCP
value gotten from the policed-DSCP map and then sent.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
This example shows how to configure multiple classes in a policy map called policymap2:
Switch(config)# policy-map policymap2
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 100000 20000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# trust dscp
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 100000 20000 exceed-action drop
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 0 (no policer)
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-238
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
policy-map
This example shows how to create a hierarchical policy map and attach it to an SVI:
Switch(config)# class-map cm-non-int
Switch(config-cmap)# match access-group 101
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
Switch(config)# class-map cm-non-int-2
Switch(config-cmap)# match access-group 102
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
Switch(config)# class-map cm-test-int
Switch(config-cmap)# match input-interface gigabitethernet0/2 - gigabitethernet0/3
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
Switch(config)# policy-map pm-test-int
Switch(config-pmap)# class cm-test-int
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 18000000 8000 exceed-action drop
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# policy-map pm-test-pm-2
Switch(config-pmap)# class cm-non-int
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 7
Switch(config-pmap-c)# service-policy pm-test-int
Switch(config-pmap)# class cm-non-int-2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 15
Switch(config-pmap-c)# service-policy pm-test-int
Switch(config-pmap-c)# end
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface vlan 10
Switch(config-if)# service-policy input pm-test-pm-2
This example shows how to delete policymap2:
Switch(config)# no policy-map policymap2
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set, and
trust policy-map class configuration command) for the specified class-map
name.
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
service-policy
Applies a policy map to a port.
show mls qos vlan
Displays the quality of service (QoS) policy maps attached to an SVI.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-239
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
port-channel load-balance
port-channel load-balance
Use the port-channel load-balance global configuration command to set the load-distribution method
among the ports in the EtherChannel. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
port-channel load-balance {dst-ip | dst-mac | src-dst-ip | src-dst-mac | src-ip | src-mac}
no port-channel load-balance
Syntax Description
dst-ip
Load distribution is based on the destination host IP address.
dst-mac
Load distribution is based on the destination host MAC address. Packets to the same
destination are sent on the same port, but packets to different destinations are sent on
different ports in the channel.
src-dst-ip
Load distribution is based on the source and destination host IP address.
src-dst-mac
Load distribution is based on the source and destination host MAC address.
src-ip
Load distribution is based on the source host IP address.
src-mac
Load distribution is based on the source MAC address. Packets from different hosts use
different ports in the channel, but packets from the same host use the same port.
Defaults
The default is src-mac.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
For information about when to use these forwarding methods, see the “Configuring EtherChannels”
chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to set the load-distribution method to dst-mac:
Switch(config)# port-channel load-balance dst-mac
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command or the
show etherchannel load-balance privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-240
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
port-channel load-balance
Related Commands
Command
Description
interface port-channel
Accesses or creates the port channel.
show etherchannel
Displays EtherChannel information for a channel.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference,
Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File
Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-241
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
priority-queue
priority-queue
Use the priority-queue interface configuration command to enable the egress expedite queue on a port.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
priority-queue out
no priority-queue out
Syntax Description
out
Defaults
The egress expedite queue is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Enable the egress expedite queue.
When you configure the priority-queue out command, the shaped round robin (SRR) weight ratios are
affected because there is one fewer queue participating in SRR. This means that weight1 in the srr-queue
bandwidth shape or the srr-queue bandwidth shape interface configuration command is ignored (not
used in the ratio calculation). The expedite queue is a priority queue, and it is serviced until empty before
the other queues are serviced.
Follow these guidelines when the expedite queue is enabled or the egress queues are serviced based on
their SRR weights:
Examples
•
If the egress expedite queue is enabled, it overrides the SRR shaped and shared weights for queue 1.
•
If the egress expedite queue is disabled and the SRR shaped and shared weights are configured, the
shaped mode overrides the shared mode for queue 1, and SRR services this queue in shaped mode.
•
If the egress expedite queue is disabled and the SRR shaped weights are not configured, SRR
services the queue in shared mode.
This example shows how to enable the egress expedite queue when the SRR weights are configured. The
egress expedite queue overrides the configured SRR weights.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth shape 25 0 0 0
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth share 30 20 25 25
Switch(config-if)# priority-queue out
This example shows how to disable the egress expedite queue after the SRR shaped and shared weights
are configured. The shaped mode overrides the shared mode.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth shape 25 0 0 0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-242
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
priority-queue
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth share 30 20 25 25
Switch(config-if)# no priority-queue out
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface interface-id queueing or the show
running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mls qos interface queueing
Displays the queueing strategy (SRR, priority queueing), the
weights corresponding to the queues, and the
CoS-to-egress-queue map.
srr-queue bandwidth shape
Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping on
the four egress queues mapped to a port.
srr-queue bandwidth share
Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing on
the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-243
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
queue-set
queue-set
Use the queue-set interface configuration command to map a port to a queue-set. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
queue-set qset-id
no queue-set qset-id
Syntax Description
qset-id
Defaults
The queue-set ID is 1.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
ID of the queue-set. Each port belongs to a queue-set, which defines all the
characteristics of the four egress queues per port. The range is 1 to 2.
This example shows how to map a port to queue-set 2:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# queue-set 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] buffers privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface buffers
Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-244
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
radius-server dead-criteria
radius-server dead-criteria
Use the radius-server dead-criteria global configuration command to configure the conditions that
determine when a RADIUS server is considered unavailable or dead. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default settings.
radius-server dead-criteria [time seconds [tries number] | tries number]
no radius-server dead-criteria [time seconds [tries number] | tries number]
Syntax Description
Defaults
time seconds
(Optional) Set the time in seconds during which the switch does not need to get a valid
response from the RADIUS server. The range is from 1 to 120 seconds.
tries number
(Optional) Set the number of times that the switch does not get a valid response from
the RADIUS server before the server is considered unavailable. The range is from 1 to
100.
The switch dynamically determines the seconds value that is from 10 to 60 seconds.
The switch dynamically determines the tries value that is from 10 to 100.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEE
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
We recommend that you configure the seconds and number parameters as follows:
•
Use the radius-server timeout seconds global configuration command to specify the time in
seconds during which the switch waits for a RADIUS server to respond before the IEEE 802.1x
authentication times out. The switch dynamically determines the default seconds value that is from
10 to 60 seconds.
•
Use the radius-server retransmit retries global configuration command to specify the number of
times the switch tries to reach the radius servers before considering the servers to be unavailable.
The switch dynamically determines the default tries value that is from 10 to 100.
•
The seconds parameter is less than or equal to the number of retransmission attempts times the time
in seconds before the IEEE 802.1x authentication times out.
•
The tries parameter should be the same as the number of retransmission attempts.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-245
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
radius-server dead-criteria
Examples
This example shows how to configure 60 as the time and 10 as the number of tries, the conditions that
determine when a RADIUS server is considered unavailable
Switch(config)# radius-server dead-criteria time 60 tries 10
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x critical (global configuration) Configures the parameters for the inaccessible authentication
bypass feature.
dot1x critical (interface
configuration)
Enables the inaccessible authentication bypass feature on an
interface and configures the access VLAN to which the switch
assigns the critical port when the port is in the
critical-authentication state.
radius-server retransmit retries
Specifies the number of times that the switch tries to reach the
RADIUS servers before considering the servers to be
unavailable. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Security
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > Server Security
Protocols > RADIUS Commands.
radius-server timeout seconds
Specifies the time in seconds during which the switch waits for
a RADIUS server to respond before the IEEE 802.1x
authentication times out. For syntax information, select Cisco
IOS Security Command Reference, Release 12.2 > Server
Security Protocols > RADIUS Commands.
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management
Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-246
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
radius-server host
radius-server host
Use the radius-server host global configuration command to configure the RADIUS server parameters,
including the RADIUS accounting and authentication. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default settings.
radius-server host ip-address [acct-port udp-port] [auth-port udp-port] [key string] [test
username name [idle-time time] [ignore-acct-port] [ignore-auth-port]]
no radius-server host ip-address
Syntax Description
Defaults
ip-address
Specify the IP address of the RADIUS server.
acct-port udp-port
(Optional) Specify the UDP port for the RADIUS accounting server. The
range is from 0 to 65536.
auth-port udp-port
(Optional) Specify the UDP port for the RADIUS authentication server. The
range is from 0 to 65536.
key string
(Optional) Specify the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS
communication between the switch and the RADIUS daemon.
test username name
(Optional) Enable automatic server testing of the RADIUS server status, and
specify the username to be used.
idle-time time
(Optional) Set the interval of time in minutes after which the switch sends test
packets to the server. The range is from 1 to 35791 minutes.
ignore-acct-port
(Optional) Disables testing on the RADIUS-server accounting port.
ignore-auth-port
(Optional) Disables testing on the RADIUS-server authentication port.
The UDP port for the RADIUS accounting server is 1646.
The UDP port for the RADIUS authentication server is 1645.
Automatic server testing is disabled.
The idle time is 60 minutes (1 hour).
When the automatic testing is enabled, testing occurs on the accounting and authentication UDP ports.
The authentication and encryption key (string) is not configured.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEE
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-247
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
radius-server host
Usage Guidelines
We recommend that you configure the UDP port for the RADIUS accounting server and the UDP port
for the RADIUS authentication server to nondefault values.
You can configure the authentication and encryption key by using the radius-server host ip-address key
string or the radius-server key {0 string | 7 string | string} global configuration command.
Use the test username name keywords to enable automatic server testing of the RADIUS server status
and to specify the username to be used.
Examples
This example shows how to configure 1500 as the UDP port for the accounting server and 1510 as the
UDP port for the authentication server:
Switch(config)# radius-server host 1.1.1.1 acct-port 1500 auth-port 1510
This example shows how to configure the UDP port for the accounting server and the authentication
server, enable automated testing of the RADIUS server status, specify the username to be used, and
configure a key string:
Switch(config)# radius-server host 1.1.1.2 acct-port 800 auth-port 900 test username
aaafail idle-time 75 key abc123
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x critical (global configuration) Configures the parameters for the inaccessible authentication
bypass feature.
dot1x critical (interface
configuration)
Enables the inaccessible authentication bypass feature on an
interface and configures the access VLAN to which the switch
assigns the critical port when the port is in the
critical-authentication state.
radius-server key {0 string | 7 string | Sets the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS
string}
communications between the router and the RADIUS daemon.
For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Security Command
Reference, Release 12.2 > Server Security Protocols >
RADIUS Commands.
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management
Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-248
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
remote-span
remote-span
Use the remote-span VLAN configuration command to configure a VLAN as a Remote Switched Port
Analyzer (RSPAN) VLAN. Use the no form of this command to remove the RSPAN designation from
the VLAN.
remote-span
no remote-span
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No RSPAN VLANs are defined.
Command Modes
VLAN configuration (config-VLAN)
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can configure RSPAN VLANs only in config-VLAN mode (entered by using the vlan global
configuration command), not the VLAN configuration mode entered by using the vlan database
privileged EXEC command.
If VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) is enabled, the RSPAN feature is propagated by VTP for VLAN-IDs
that are lower than 1005. If the RSPAN VLAN ID is in the extended range, you must manually configure
intermediate switches (those in the RSPAN VLAN between the source switch and the destination
switch).
Before you configure the RSPAN remote-span command, use the vlan (global configuration) command
to create the VLAN.
The RSPAN VLAN has these characteristics:
•
No MAC address learning occurs on it.
•
RSPAN VLAN traffic flows only on trunk ports.
•
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) can run in the RSPAN VLAN, but it does not run on RSPAN
destination ports.
When an existing VLAN is configured as an RSPAN VLAN, the VLAN is first deleted and then recreated
as an RSPAN VLAN. Any access ports are made inactive until the RSPAN feature is disabled.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-249
Chapter 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
remote-span
Examples
This example shows how to configure a VLAN as an RSPAN VLAN.
Switch(config)# vlan 901
Switch(config-vlan)# remote-span
This example shows how to remove the RSPAN feature from a VLAN.
Switch(config)# vlan 901
Switch(config-vlan)# no remote-span
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan remote-span user EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
monitor session
Enables Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) and RSPAN monitoring on a port
and configures a port as a source or destination port.
vlan (global
configuration)
Changes to config-vlan mode where you can configure VLANs 1 to 4094.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-250
OL-8916-01
2]
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
rmon collection stats
rmon collection stats
Use the rmon collection stats interface configuration command to collect Ethernet group statistics,
which include usage statistics about broadcast and multicast packets, and error statistics about cyclic
redundancy check (CRC) alignment errors and collisions. Use the no form of this command to return to
the default setting.
rmon collection stats index [owner name]
no rmon collection stats index [owner name]
Syntax Description
index
Remote Network Monitoring (RMON) collection control index. The range
is 1 to 65535.
owner name
(Optional) Owner of the RMON collection.
Defaults
The RMON statistics collection is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The RMON statistics collection command is based on hardware counters.
Examples
This example shows how to collect RMON statistics for the owner root:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# rmon collection stats 2 owner root
You can verify your setting by entering the show rmon statistics privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show rmon statistics
Displays RMON statistics.
For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration
Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2 > System
Management Commands > RMON Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-253
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
service password-recovery
service password-recovery
Use the service password-recovery global configuration command to enable the password-recovery
mechanism (the default). This mechanism allows an end user with physical access to the switch to hold
down the Mode button and interrupt the boot process while the switch is powering up and to assign a
new password. Use the no form of this command to disable part of the password-recovery functionality.
When the password-recovery mechanism is disabled, interrupting the boot process is allowed only if the
user agrees to set the system back to the default configuration.
service password-recovery
no service password-recovery
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The password-recovery mechanism is enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
As a system administrator, you can use the no service password-recovery command to disable some of
the functionality of the password recovery feature by allowing an end user to reset a password only by
agreeing to return to the default configuration.
To use the password-recovery procedure, a user with physical access to the switch pulls the switch
partially out of the module bay until the power disconnects, then pushes it in again. The switch restarts
when it reseats in the blade server. The switch performs the power-on self-test (POST) after power is
applied. Next the user pushes the release latch on the front of the switch to the closed position, and then
within 15 seconds, presses the Mode button while the System LED is still flashing green. The user
continues to press the Mode button until the System LED turns briefly amber and then solid green, and
then releases the Mode button. When the button is released, the system continues with initialization. See
the software configuration guide for this release for more information about this procedure.
If the password-recovery mechanism is disabled, this message appears:
The password-recovery mechanism has been triggered, but
is currently disabled. Access to the boot loader prompt
through the password-recovery mechanism is disallowed at
this point. However, if you agree to let the system be
reset back to the default system configuration, access
to the boot loader prompt can still be allowed.
Would you like to reset the system back to the default configuration (y/n)?
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-254
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
service password-recovery
If the user chooses not to reset the system to the default configuration, the normal boot process
continues, as if the Mode button had not been pressed. If you choose to reset the system to the default
configuration, the configuration file in flash memory is deleted, and the VLAN database file,
flash:vlan.dat (if present), is deleted.
If the password-recovery mechanism is enabled, this message appears:
The system has been interrupted prior to initializing the flash file system. The following
commands will initialize the flash file system, and finish loading the operating system
software#
flash_init
load_helper
boot
Note
If you use the no service password-recovery command to control end user access to passwords, we
recommend that you save a copy of the config file in a location away from the switch in case the end user
uses the password recovery procedure and sets the system back to default values. Do not keep a backup
copy of the config file on the switch.
If the switch is operating in VTP transparent mode, we recommend that you also save a copy of the
vlan.dat file in a location away from the switch.
You can verify if password recovery is enabled or disabled by entering the show version privileged
EXEC command.
Examples
This example shows how to disable password recovery on a switch so that a user can only reset a
password by agreeing to return to the default configuration.
Switch(config)# no service-password recovery
Switch(config)# exit
Related Commands
Command
Description
show version
Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-255
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
service-policy
service-policy
Use the service-policy interface configuration command on the switch to apply a policy map defined by
the policy-map command to the input of a physical port or a switch virtual interface (SVI). Use the no
form of this command to remove the policy map and port association.
service-policy input policy-map-name
no service-policy input policy-map-name
Syntax Description
Note
input policy-map-name
Apply the specified policy map to the input of a physical port or an SVI.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the history keyword is not supported, and you should
ignore the statistics that it gathers. The output keyword is also not supported.
Defaults
No policy maps are attached to the port.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Policy maps can be configured on physical ports or on SVIs. When VLAN-based quality of service
(QoS) is disabled by using the no mls qos vlan-based interface configuration command on a physical
port, you can configure a port-based policy map on the port. If VLAN-based QoS is enabled by using
the mls qos vlan-based interface configuration command on a physical port, the switch removes the
previously configured port-based policy map. After a hierarchical policy map is configured and applied
on an SVI, the interface-level policy map takes effect on the interface.
You can apply a policy map to incoming traffic on a physical port or on an SVI. You can configure
different interface-level policy maps for each class defined in the VLAN-level policy map. For more
information about hierarchical policy maps, see the “Configuring QoS” chapter in the software
configuration guide for this release.
Classification using a port trust state (for example, mls qos trust [cos | dscp | ip-precedence] and a
policy map (for example, service-policy input policy-map-name) are mutually exclusive. The last one
configured overwrites the previous configuration.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-256
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
service-policy
Examples
This example shows how to apply plcmap1 to an physical ingress port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# service-policy input plcmap1
This example shows how to remove plcmap2 from a physical port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# no service-policy input plcmap2
This example shows how to apply plcmap1 to an ingress SVI when VLAN-based QoS is enabled:
Switch(config)# interface vlan 10
Switch(config-if)# service-policy input plcmap1
This example shows how to create a hierarchical policy map and attach it to an SVI:
Switch>enable
Switch#config t
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch(config)#access-list 101 permit ip any any
Switch(config)#class-map cm-1
Switch(config-cmap)#match access 101
Switch(config-cmap)#exit
Switch(config)#exit
Switch#
Switch#
Switch#config t
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch(config)#class-map cm-interface-1
Switch(config-cmap)#match input g3/0/1 - g3/0/2
Switch(config-cmap)#exit
Switch(config)#policy-map port-plcmap
Switch(config-pmap)#class-map cm-interface-1
Switch(config-pmap-c)#police 900000 9000 exc policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)#exit
Switch(config-pmap)#exit
Switch(config)#policy-map vlan-plcmap
Switch(config-pmap)#class-map cm-1
Switch(config-pmap-c)#set dscp 7
Switch(config-pmap-c)#service-policy port-plcmap-1
Switch(config-pmap-c)#exit
Switch(config-pmap)#class-map cm-2
Switch(config-pmap-c)#match ip dscp 2
Switch(config-pmap-c)#service-policy port-plcmap-1
Switch(config-pmap)#exit
Switch(config-pmap)#class-map cm-3
Switch(config-pmap-c)#match ip dscp 3
Switch(config-pmap-c)#service-policy port-plcmap-2
Switch(config-pmap)#exit
Switch(config-pmap)#class-map cm-4
Switch(config-pmap-c)#trust dscp
Switch(config-pmap)#exit
Switch(config)#int vlan 10
Switch(config-if)#
Switch(config-if)#ser input vlan-plcmap
Switch(config-if)#exit
Switch(config)#exit
Switch#
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-257
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
service-policy
Related Commands
Command
Description
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference,
Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File
Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-258
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
set
set
Use the set policy-map class configuration command to classify IP traffic by setting a Differentiated
Services Code Point (DSCP) or an IP-precedence value in the packet. Use the no form of this command
to remove traffic classification.
set {dscp new-dscp | [ip] precedence new-precedence}
no set {dscp new-dscp | [ip] precedence new-precedence}
Syntax Description
dscp new-dscp
New DSCP value assigned to the classified traffic. The range
is 0 to 63. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly
used value.
[ip] precedence new-precedence New IP-precedence value assigned to the classified traffic. The
range is 0 to 7. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a
commonly used value.
Defaults
No traffic classification is defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you have used the set ip dscp policy-map class configuration command, the switch changes this
command to set dscp in the switch configuration. If you enter the set ip dscp policy-map class
configuration command, this setting appears as set dscp in the switch configuration.
You can use the set ip precedence policy-map class configuration command or the set precedence
policy-map class configuration command. This setting appears as set ip precedence in the switch
configuration.
The set command is mutually exclusive with the trust policy-map class configuration command within
the same policy map.
For the set dscp new-dscp or the set ip precedence new-precedence command, you can enter a
mnemonic name for a commonly used value. For example, you can enter the set dscp af11 command,
which is the same as entering the set dscp 10 command. You can enter the set ip precedence critical
command, which is the same as entering the set ip precedence 5 command. For a list of supported
mnemonics, enter the set dscp ? or the set ip precedence ? command to see the command-line help
strings.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-259
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
set
Examples
This example shows how to assign DSCP 10 to all FTP traffic without any policers:
Switch(config)# policy-map policy_ftp
Switch(config-pmap)# class ftp_class
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set, and trust
policy-map class configuration commands) for the specified class-map name.
police
Defines a policer for classified traffic.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
trust
Defines a trust state for traffic classified through the class policy-map
configuration command or the class-map global configuration command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-260
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
setup
setup
Use the setup privileged EXEC command to configure the switch with its initial configuration.
setup
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you use the setup command, make sure that you have this information:
•
IP address and network mask
•
Password strategy for your environment
When you enter the setup command, an interactive dialog, called the System Configuration Dialog,
appears. It guides you through the configuration process and prompts you for information. The values
shown in brackets next to each prompt are the default values last set by using either the setup command
facility or the configure privileged EXEC command.
Help text is provided for each prompt. To access help text, press the question mark (?) key at a prompt.
To return to the privileged EXEC prompt without making changes and without running through the entire
System Configuration Dialog, press Ctrl-C.
When you complete your changes, the setup program shows you the configuration command script that
was created during the setup session. You can save the configuration in NVRAM or return to the setup
program or the command-line prompt without saving it.
Examples
This is an example of output from the setup command:
Switch# setup
--- System Configuration Dialog --Continue with configuration dialog? [yes/no]: yes
At any point you may enter a question mark '?' for help.
Use ctrl-c to abort configuration dialog at any prompt.
Default settings are in square brackets '[]'.
Basic management setup configures only enough connectivity
for management of the system, extended setup will ask you
to configure each interface on the system.
Would you like to enter basic management setup? [yes/no]: yes
Configuring global parameters:
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-261
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
setup
Enter host name [Switch]:host-name
The enable secret is a password used to protect access to
privileged EXEC and configuration modes. This password, after
entered, becomes encrypted in the configuration.
Enter enable secret: enable-secret-password
The enable password is used when you do not specify an
enable secret password, with some older software versions, and
some boot images.
Enter enable password: enable-password
The virtual terminal password is used to protect
access to the router over a network interface.
Enter virtual terminal password: terminal-password
Configure SNMP Network Management? [no]: yes
Community string [public]:
Current interface summary
Any interface listed with OK? value “NO” does not have a valid configuration
Interface
Vlan1
IP-Address
172.20.135.202
OK? Method Status
YES NVRAM up
Protocol
up
GigabitEthernet0/1
unassigned
YES unset
up
up
GigabitEthernet0/2
unassigned
YES unset
up
down
unassigned
YES unset
up
down
<output truncated>
Port-channel1
Enter interface name used to connect to the
management network from the above interface summary: vlan1
Configuring interface vlan1:
Configure IP on this interface? [yes]: yes
IP address for this interface: ip_address
Subnet mask for this interface [255.0.0.0]: subnet_mask
The following configuration command script was created:
hostname host-name
enable secret 5 $1$LiBw$0Xc1wyT.PXPkuhFwqyhVi0
enable password enable-password
line vty 0 15
password terminal-password
snmp-server community public
!
no ip routing
!
interface GigabitEthernet0/1
no ip address
!
interface GigabitEthernet0/2
no ip address
!
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-262
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
setup
Use this configuration? [yes/no]: yes
!
[0] Go to the IOS command prompt without saving this config.
[1] Return back to the setup without saving this config.
[2] Save this configuration to nvram and exit.
Enter your selection [2]:
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands
> Configuration File Management Commands.
show version
Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-263
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
setup express
setup express
Use the setup express global configuration command to enable Express Setup mode
setup express
no setup express
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Express Setup is enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When Express Setup is enabled on a new (unconfigured) switch, pressing the Mode button for 2 seconds
activates Express Setup. You can access the switch through an Ethernet port by using the IP address
10.0.0.1 and then can configure the switch with the web-based Express Setup program or the
command-line interface (CLI)-based setup program.
When you press the Mode button for 2 seconds on a configured switch, the LEDs above the Mode button
start blinking. If you press the Mode button for a total of 10 seconds, the switch configuration is deleted,
and the switch reboots. The switch can then be configured like a new switch, either through the
web-based Express Setup program or the CLI-based setup program.
Note
As soon as you make any change to the switch configuration (including entering no at the beginning of
the CLI-based setup program), configuration by Express Setup is no longer available. You can only run
Express Setup again by pressing the Mode button for 10 seconds. This deletes the switch configuration
and reboots the switch.
If Express Setup is active on the switch, entering the write memory or copy running-configuration
startup-configuration privileged EXEC commands deactivates Express Setup. The IP address 10.0.0.1
is no longer valid on the switch, and your connection using this IP address ends.
The primary purpose of the no setup express command is to prevent someone from deleting the switch
configuration by pressing the Mode button for 10 seconds.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-264
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
setup express
Examples
This example shows how to enable Express Setup mode:
Switch(config)# setup express
You can verify that Express Setup mode is enabled by pressing the Mode button:
Caution
•
On an unconfigured switch, the LEDs above the Mode button turn solid green after 3 seconds.
•
On a configured switch, the mode LEDs begin blinking after 2 seconds and turn solid green after 10
seconds.
If you hold the Mode button down for a total of 10 seconds, the configuration is deleted, and the switch
reboots.
This example shows how to disable Express Setup mode:
Switch(config)# no setup express
You can verify that Express Setup mode is disabled by pressing the Mode button. The mode LEDs do
not turn solid green or begin blinking green if Express Setup mode is not enabled on the switch.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show setup express
Displays if Express Setup mode is active.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-265
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show access-lists
show access-lists
Use the show access-lists privileged EXEC command to display access control lists (ACLs) configured
on the switch.
show access-lists [name | number | hardware counters | ipc] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
Note
name
(Optional) Name of the ACL.
number
(Optional) ACL number. The range is 1 to 2699.
hardware counters
(Optional) Display global hardware ACL statistics for switched and
routed packets.
ipc
(Optional) Display Interprocess Communication (IPC) protocol
access-list configuration download information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the rate-limit keywords are not supported.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The switch supports only IP standard and extended access lists. Therefore, the allowed numbers are only
1 to 199 and 1300 to 2699.
This command also displays the MAC ACLs that are configured.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show access-lists command:
Switch# show access-lists
Standard IP access list 1
10 permit 1.1.1.1
20 permit 2.2.2.2
30 permit any
40 permit 0.255.255.255, wildcard bits 12.0.0.0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-266
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show access-lists
Standard IP access list videowizard_1-1-1-1
10 permit 1.1.1.1
Standard IP access list videowizard_10-10-10-10
10 permit 10.10.10.10
Extended IP access list 121
10 permit ahp host 10.10.10.10 host 20.20.10.10 precedence routine
Extended IP access list CMP-NAT-ACL
Dynamic Cluster-HSRP deny
ip any any
10 deny ip any host 19.19.11.11
20 deny ip any host 10.11.12.13
Dynamic Cluster-NAT permit ip any any
10 permit ip host 10.99.100.128 any
20 permit ip host 10.46.22.128 any
30 permit ip host 10.45.101.64 any
40 permit ip host 10.45.20.64 any
50 permit ip host 10.213.43.128 any
60 permit ip host 10.91.28.64 any
70 permit ip host 10.99.75.128 any
80 permit ip host 10.38.49.0 any
This is an example of output from the show access-lists hardware counters command:
Switch# show access-lists
L2 ACL INPUT Statistics
Drop:
Drop:
Drop And Log:
Drop And Log:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only And Log:
Bridge Only And Log:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarded:
Forwarded:
Forwarded And Log:
Forwarded And Log:
hardware counters
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
855
94143
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2121
180762
0
0
L3 ACL INPUT Statistics
Drop:
Drop:
Drop And Log:
Drop And Log:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only And Log:
Bridge Only And Log:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarded:
Forwarded:
Forwarded And Log:
Forwarded And Log:
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13586
1236182
0
0
L2 ACL OUTPUT Statistics
Drop:
Drop:
Drop And Log:
Drop And Log:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only And Log:
Bridge Only And Log:
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-267
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show access-lists
Forwarding To
Forwarding To
Forwarded:
Forwarded:
Forwarded And
Forwarded And
CPU:
CPU:
Log:
Log:
L3 ACL OUTPUT Statistics
Drop:
Drop:
Drop And Log:
Drop And Log:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only And Log:
Bridge Only And Log:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarded:
Forwarded:
Forwarded And Log:
Forwarded And Log:
Related Commands
All
All
All
All
All
All
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
0
0
232983
16825661
0
0
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
514434
39048748
0
0
Command
Description
access-list
Configures a standard or extended numbered access list on the switch.
For syntax information, select Cisco IOS IP Command Reference,
Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services
Commands.
ip access list
Configures a named IP access list on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of
3:Addressing and Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
mac access-list extended
Configures a named or numbered MAC access list on the switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-268
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show archive status
show archive status
Use the show archive status privileged EXEC command to display the status of a new image being
downloaded to a switch with the HTTP or the TFTP protocol.
show archive status [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you use the archive download-sw privileged EXEC command to download an image to a TFTP server,
the output of the archive download-sw command shows the status of the download.
If you do not have a TFTP server, you can use the embedded device manager to download the image by
using HTTP. The show archive status command shows the progress of the download.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
These are examples of output from the show archive status command:
Switch# show archive status
IDLE: No upgrade in progress
Switch# show archive status
LOADING: Upgrade in progress
Switch# show archive status
EXTRACT: Extracting the image
Switch# show archive status
VERIFY: Verifying software
Switch# show archive status
RELOAD: Upgrade completed. Reload pending
Related Commands
Command
Description
archive download-sw
Downloads a new image from a TFTP server to the switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-269
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show auto qos
show auto qos
Use the show auto qos user EXEC command to display the quality of service (QoS) commands entered
on the interfaces on which automatic QoS (auto-QoS) is enabled.
show auto qos [interface [interface-id]]
Syntax Description
interface [interface-id]
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
(Optional) Display auto-QoS information for the specified port or
for all ports. Valid interfaces include physical ports.
The show auto qos command output shows only the auto-QoS command entered on each interface. The
show auto qos interface interface-id command output shows the auto-QoS command entered on a
specific interface.
Use the show running-config privileged EXEC command to display the auto-QoS configuration and the
user modifications.
To display information about the QoS configuration that might be affected by auto-QoS, use one of these
commands:
Examples
•
show mls qos
•
show mls qos maps cos-dscp
•
show mls qos interface [interface-id] [buffers | queueing]
•
show mls qos maps [cos-dscp | cos-input-q | cos-output-q | dscp-cos | dscp-input-q |
dscp-output-q]
•
show mls qos input-queue
•
show running-config
This is an example of output from the show auto qos command after the auto qos voip cisco-phone and
the auto qos voip cisco-softphone interface configuration commands are entered:
Switch> show auto qos
GigabitEthernet0/4
auto qos voip cisco-softphone
GigabitEthernet0/5
auto qos voip cisco-phone
GigabitEthernet0/6
auto qos voip cisco-phone
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-270
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show auto qos
This is an example of output from the show auto qos interface interface-id command when
the auto qos voip cisco-phone interface configuration command is entered:
Switch> show auto qos interface gigabitethernet 0/5
GigabitEthernet0/5
auto qos voip cisco-phone
This is an example of output from the show running-config privileged EXEC command when the auto
qos voip cisco-phone and the auto qos voip cisco-softphone interface configuration commands are
entered:
Switch# show running-config
Building configuration...
...
Current configuration : 5295 bytes
!
version 12.2
no service pad
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname Switch
!
!
no aaa new-model
ip subnet-zero
!
!
mls qos map policed-dscp 24 26 46 to 0
mls qos map cos-dscp 0 8 16 26 32 46 48 56
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 90 10
mls qos srr-queue input threshold 1 8 16
mls qos srr-queue input threshold 2 34 66
mls qos srr-queue input buffers 67 33
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 2 1
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 3 0
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 1 2
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 2 4 6 7
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 3 3 5
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 32
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 48
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 1 threshold 3 5
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 2 threshold 3 3 6 7
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 3 threshold 3 2 4
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 4 threshold 2 1
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 4 threshold 3 0
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 1 8
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 1 138 138 92 138
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-271
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show auto qos
mls qos queue-set output
mls qos queue-set output
mls qos queue-set output
mls qos queue-set output
mls qos queue-set output
mls qos queue-set output
mls qos queue-set output
mls qos queue-set output
mls qos queue-set output
mls qos
!
!
!
!
no file verify auto
spanning-tree mode pvst
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
threshold 2 138 138 92 400
threshold 3 36 77 100 318
threshold 4 20 50 67 400
threshold 1 149 149 100 149
threshold 2 118 118 100 235
threshold 3 41 68 100 272
threshold 4 42 72 100 242
buffers 10 10 26 54
buffers 16 6 17 61
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show auto qos interface interface-id command when the auto
qos voip cisco-phone interface configuration command is entered:
Switch> show auto qos interface gigabitethernet0/21
GigabitEthernet0/21
auto qos voip cisco-softphone
These are examples of output from the show auto qos command when auto-QoS is disabled on the
switch:
Switch> show auto qos
AutoQoS not enabled on any interface
These are examples of output from the show auto qos interface interface-id command when auto-QoS
is disabled on an interface:
Switch> show auto qos interface gigabitethernet0/21
AutoQoS is disabled
Related Commands
Command
Description
auto qos voip
Automatically configures QoS for VoIP within a QoS domain.
debug auto qos
Enables debugging of the auto-QoS feature.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-272
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show boot
show boot
Use the show boot privileged EXEC command to display the settings of the boot environment variables.
show boot [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show boot command. Table 2-15 describes each field in the
display.
Switch# show boot
BOOT path-list:
flash:cbs30x0-lanbase-mz-122.25.SEF/cbs30x0-lanbase-mz-122.25.SEF.binConfig file:
flash:/config.text
Private Config file: flash:/private-config
Enable Break:
no
Manual Boot:
yes
HELPER path-list:
NVRAM/Config file
buffer size:
32768
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-273
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show boot
Table 2-15
show boot Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BOOT path-list
Displays a semicolon separated list of executable files to try to load and execute when
automatically booting.
If the BOOT environment variable is not set, the system attempts to load and execute
the first executable image it can find by using a recursive, depth-first search through the
flash file system. In a depth-first search of a directory, each encountered subdirectory
is completely searched before continuing the search in the original directory.
If the BOOT variable is set but the specified images cannot be loaded, the system
attempts to boot the first bootable file that it can find in the flash file system.
Config file
Displays the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the
system configuration.
Private Config file
Displays the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the
system configuration.
Enable Break
Displays whether a break during booting is enabled or disabled. If it is set to yes, on, or
1, you can interrupt the automatic boot process by pressing the Break key on the console
after the flash file system is initialized.
Manual Boot
Displays whether the switch automatically or manually boots. If it is set to no or 0, the
boot loader attempts to automatically boot the system. If it is set to anything else, you
must manually boot the switch from the boot loader mode.
Helper path-list
Displays a semicolon separated list of loadable files to dynamically load during the boot
loader initialization. Helper files extend or patch the functionality of the boot loader.
Related Commands
Command
Description
boot config-file
Specifies the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile
copy of the system configuration.
boot enable-break
Enables interrupting the automatic boot process.
boot manual
Enables manually booting the switch during the next boot cycle.
boot
private-config-file
Specifies the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile
copy of the private configuration.
boot system
Specifies the Cisco IOS image to load during the next boot cycle.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-274
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show cable-diagnostics tdr
show cable-diagnostics tdr
Use the show cable-diagnostics tdr privileged EXEC command to display the Time Domain Reflector
(TDR) results.
show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
Specify the interface on which TDR was run.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
TDR is supported only on 10/100/1000 copper Ethernet ports. It is not supported on SFP module
ports.For more information about TDR, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command:
Switch#show cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet0/22
TDR test last run on: March 06 09:52:17
Interface Speed Local pair Pair length
--------- ----- ---------- -----------------Gi0/22
1000M Pair A
1
+/- 4 meters
Pair B
0
+/- 4 meters
Pair C
0
+/- 4 meters
Pair D
0
+/- 4 meters
Switch#
Remote pair
----------Pair A
Pair B
Pair C
Pair D
Pair status
-------------------Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Table 2-16 lists the descriptions of the fields in the show cable-diagnostics tdr command output.
Table 2-16
Fields Descriptions for the show cable-diagnostics tdr Command Output
Field
Description
Interface
Interface on which TDR was run.
Speed
Speed of connection.
Local pair
Name of the pair of wires that TDR is testing on the local interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-275
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show cable-diagnostics tdr
Table 2-16
Fields Descriptions for the show cable-diagnostics tdr Command Output (continued)
Field
Description
Pair length
Location on the cable where the problem is, with respect to your switch. TDR can
only find the location in one of these cases:
•
The cable is properly connected, the link is up, and the interface speed is
1000 Mbps.
•
The cable is open.
•
The cable has a short.
Remote pair
Name of the pair of wires to which the local pair is connected. TDR can learn about
the remote pair only when the cable is properly connected and the link is up.
Pair status
The status of the pair of wires on which TDR is running:
•
Normal—The pair of wires is properly connected.
•
Not completed—The test is running and is not completed.
•
Not supported—The interface does not support TDR.
•
Open—The pair of wires is open.
•
Shorted—The pair of wires is shorted.
This is an example of output from the show interface interface-id command when TDR is running:
Switch# show interface gigabitethernet0/22
gigabitethernet0/22 is up, line protocol is up (connected: TDR in Progress)
This is an example of output from the show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command when
TDR is not running:
Switch# show cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet0/22
% TDR test was never issued on Gi/22
If an interface does not support TDR, this message appears:
% TDR test is not supported on switch 1
Related Commands
Command
Description
test cable-diagnostics tdr
Enables and runs TDR on an interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-276
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show class-map
show class-map
Use the show class-map user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) class maps, which
define the match criteria to classify traffic.
show class-map [class-map-name] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
class-map-name
(Optional) Display the contents of the specified class map.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show class-map command:
Switch> show class-map
Class Map match-all videowizard_10-10-10-10 (id 2)
Match access-group name videowizard_10-10-10-10
Class Map match-any class-default (id 0)
Match any
Class Map match-all dscp5 (id 3)
Match ip dscp 5
Related Commands
Command
Description
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class
whose name you specify.
match (class-map configuration)
Defines the match criteria to classify traffic.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-277
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers cpu-interface
show controllers cpu-interface
Use the show controllers cpu-interface privileged EXEC command to display the state of the CPU
network interface ASIC and the send and receive statistics for packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers cpu-interface [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This display provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives
troubleshooting the switch.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is a partial output example from the show controllers cpu-interface command:
Switch# show controllers cpu-interface
cpu-queue-frames retrieved dropped
----------------- ---------- ---------rpc
4523063
0
stp
1545035
0
ipc
1903047
0
routing protocol 96145
0
L2 protocol
79596
0
remote console
0
0
sw forwarding
5756
0
host
225646
0
broadcast
46472
0
cbt-to-spt
0
0
igmp snooping
68411
0
icmp
0
0
logging
0
0
rpf-fail
0
0
queue14
0
0
cpu heartbeat
1710501
0
invalid
---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
hol-block
---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-278
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers cpu-interface
Supervisor ASIC receive-queue parameters
---------------------------------------queue 0 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 1419A20
queue 1 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 15828E0
queue 2 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 1470D40
queue 3 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 19CDDD0
paktail
paktail
paktail
paktail
13EAED4
157FBFC
1470FE4
19D02C8
<output truncated>
Supervisor ASIC Mic Registers
-----------------------------MicDirectPollInfo
80000800
MicIndicationsReceived
00000000
MicInterruptsReceived
00000000
MicPcsInfo
0001001F
MicPlbMasterConfiguration
00000000
MicRxFifosAvailable
00000000
MicRxFifosReady
0000BFFF
MicTimeOutPeriod:
FrameTOPeriod: 00000EA6 DirectTOPeriod: 00004000
<output truncated>
MicTransmitFifoInfo:
Fifo0:
StartPtrs:
WritePtrs:
Weights:
Fifo1: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
writeHeaderPtr:
Fifo2: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
writeHeaderPtr:
Fifo3: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
writeHeaderPtr:
Fifo4: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
writeHeaderPtr:
Fifo5: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
writeHeaderPtr:
Fifo6: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
038C2800
038C2C38
001E001E
03A9BC00
03A9BC60
03A9BC60
038C8800
038C88E0
038C88E0
03C30400
03C30638
03C30638
03AD5000
03AD50A0
03AD50A0
03A7A600
03A7A600
03A7A600
03BF8400
03BF87F0
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
038C2C38
8A800800
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
03A9BC60
89800400
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
038C88E0
88800200
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
03C30638
89800400
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
03AD50A0
89800400
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
03A7A600
88800200
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
03BF87F0
89800400
<output truncated>
Related Commands
Command
Description
show controllers
ethernet-controller
Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware or
the interface internal registers.
show interfaces
Displays the administrative and operational status of all interfaces or a
specified interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-279
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
show controllers ethernet-controller
Use the show controllers ethernet-controller privileged EXEC command without keywords to display
per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware. Use with the phy keyword to display
the interface internal registers or the port-asic keyword to display information about the port ASIC.
show controllers ethernet-controller [interface-id] [phy [detail]] [port-asic {configuration |
statistics}] [fastethernet 0][ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
The physical interface (including type, module, and port number).
phy
(Optional) Display the status of the internal registers on the switch physical layer
device (PHY) for the device or the interface. This display includes the operational
state of the automatic medium-dependent interface crossover (auto-MDIX)
feature on an interface.
detail
(Optional) Display details about the PHY internal registers.
port-asic
(Optional) Display information about the port ASIC internal registers.
configuration
Display port ASIC internal register configuration.
statistics
Display port ASIC statistics, including the Rx/Sup Queue and miscellaneous
statistics.
fastethernet 0
Display the status of the fa0 internal Ethernet port.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (only supported with the interface-id keywords in user EXEC mode)
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This display without keywords provides traffic statistics, basically the RMON statistics for all interfaces
or for the specified interface.
When you enter the phy or port-asic keywords, the displayed information is useful primarily for Cisco
technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-280
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Examples
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller command for an interface.
Table 2-17 describes the Transmit fields, and Table 2-18 describes the Receive fields.
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller gigabitethernet0/1
Transmit GigabitEthernet0/1
Receive
0 Bytes
0 Bytes
0 Unicast frames
0 Unicast frames
0 Multicast frames
0 Multicast frames
0 Broadcast frames
0 Broadcast frames
0 Too old frames
0 Unicast bytes
0 Deferred frames
0 Multicast bytes
0 MTU exceeded frames
0 Broadcast bytes
0 1 collision frames
0 Alignment errors
0 2 collision frames
0 FCS errors
0 3 collision frames
0 Oversize frames
0 4 collision frames
0 Undersize frames
0 5 collision frames
0 Collision fragments
0 6 collision frames
0 7 collision frames
0 Minimum size frames
0 8 collision frames
0 65 to 127 byte frames
0 9 collision frames
0 128 to 255 byte frames
0 10 collision frames
0 256 to 511 byte frames
0 11 collision frames
0 512 to 1023 byte frames
0 12 collision frames
0 1024 to 1518 byte frames
0 13 collision frames
0 Overrun frames
0 14 collision frames
0 Pause frames
0 15 collision frames
0 Symbol error frames
0 Excessive collisions
0 Late collisions
0 Invalid frames, too large
0 VLAN discard frames
0 Valid frames, too large
0 Excess defer frames
0 Invalid frames, too small
0 64 byte frames
0 Valid frames, too small
0 127 byte frames
0 255 byte frames
0 Too old frames
0 511 byte frames
0 Valid oversize frames
0 1023 byte frames
0 System FCS error frames
0 1518 byte frames
0 RxPortFifoFull drop frame
0 Too large frames
0 Good (1 coll) frames
Table 2-17
Transmit Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Bytes
The total number of bytes sent on an interface.
Unicast Frames
The total number of frames sent to unicast addresses.
Multicast frames
The total number of frames sent to multicast addresses.
Broadcast frames
The total number of frames sent to broadcast addresses.
Too old frames
The number of frames dropped on the egress port because the packet aged out.
Deferred frames
The number of frames that are not sent after the time exceeds 2*maximum-packet time.
MTU exceeded frames The number of frames that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.
1 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after one collision occurs.
2 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after two collisions occur.
3 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after three collisions occur.
4 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after four collisions occur.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-281
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Table 2-17
Transmit Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
5 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after five collisions occur.
6 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after six collisions occur.
7 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after seven collisions occur.
8 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after eight collisions occur.
9 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after nine collisions occur.
10 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after ten collisions occur.
11 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 11 collisions occur.
12 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 12 collisions occur.
13 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 13 collisions occur.
14 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 14 collisions occur.
15 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 15 collisions occur.
Excessive collisions
The number of frames that could not be sent on an interface after 16 collisions occur.
Late collisions
After a frame is sent, the number of frames dropped because late collisions were detected while the
frame was sent.
VLAN discard frames
The number of frames dropped on an interface because the CFI1 bit is set.
Excess defer frames
The number of frames that are not sent after the time exceeds the maximum-packet time.
64 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are 64 bytes.
127 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 65 to 127 bytes.
255 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 128 to 255 bytes.
511 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 256 to 511 bytes.
1023 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 512 to 1023 bytes.
1518 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 1024 to 1518 bytes.
Too large frames
The number of frames sent on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.
Good (1 coll) frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after one collision occurs. This value
does not include the number of frames that are not successfully sent after one collision occurs.
1. CFI = Canonical Format Indicator
Table 2-18
Receive Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Bytes
The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by frames received on an interface, including the
FCS1 value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.
Unicast frames
The total number of frames successfully received on the interface that are directed to unicast
addresses.
Multicast frames
The total number of frames successfully received on the interface that are directed to multicast
addresses.
Broadcast frames
The total number of frames successfully received on an interface that are directed to broadcast
addresses.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-282
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Table 2-18
Receive Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
Unicast bytes
The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by unicast frames received on an interface, including
the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.
Multicast bytes
The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by multicast frames received on an interface,
including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header
bits.
Broadcast bytes
The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by broadcast frames received on an interface,
including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header
bits.
Alignment errors
The total number of frames received on an interface that have alignment errors.
FCS errors
The total number of frames received on an interface that have a valid length (in bytes) but do not
have the correct FCS values.
Oversize frames
The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame
size.
Undersize frames
The number of frames received on an interface that are smaller than 64 bytes.
Collision fragments
The number of collision fragments received on an interface.
Minimum size frames
The total number of frames that are the minimum frame size.
65 to 127 byte frames
The total number of frames that are from 65 to 127 bytes.
128 to 255 byte frames
The total number of frames that are from 128 to 255 bytes.
256 to 511 byte frames
The total number of frames that are from 256 to 511 bytes.
512 to 1023 byte frames
The total number of frames that are from 512 to 1023 bytes.
1024 to 1518 byte frames
The total number of frames that are from 1024 to 1518 bytes.
Overrun frames
The total number of overrun frames received on an interface.
Pause frames
The number of pause frames received on an interface.
Symbol error frames
The number of frames received on an interface that have symbol errors.
Invalid frames, too large
The number of frames received that were larger than maximum allowed MTU2 size (including
the FCS bits and excluding the frame header) and that have either an FCS error or an alignment
error.
Valid frames, too large
The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame
size.
Invalid frames, too small
The number of frames received that are smaller than 64 bytes (including the FCS bits and
excluding the frame header) and that have either an FCS error or an alignment error.
Valid frames, too small
The number of frames received on an interface that are smaller than 64 bytes (or 68 bytes for
VLAN-tagged frames) and that have valid FCS values. The frame size includes the FCS bits but
excludes the frame header bits.
Too old frames
The number of frames dropped on the ingress port because the packet aged out.
Valid oversize frames
The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame
size and have valid FCS values. The frame size includes the FCS value but does not include the
VLAN tag.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-283
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Table 2-18
Receive Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
System FCS error frames
The total number of frames received on an interface that have a valid length (in bytes) but that do
not have the correct FCS values.
RxPortFifoFull drop
frames
The total number of frames received on an interface that are dropped because the ingress queue
is full.
1. FCS = frame check sequence
2. MTU = maximum transmission unit
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller phy command for a specific
interface:
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller gigabitethernet0/2 phy
Control Register
: 0001 0001 0100 0000
Control STATUS
: 0111 1001 0100 1001
Phy ID 1
: 0000 0001 0100 0001
Phy ID 2
: 0000 1100 0010 0100
Auto-Negotiation Advertisement
: 0000 0011 1110 0001
Auto-Negotiation Link Partner
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
Auto-Negotiation Expansion Reg
: 0000 0000 0000 0100
Next Page Transmit Register
: 0010 0000 0000 0001
Link Partner Next page Registe
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
1000BASE-T Control Register
: 0000 1111 0000 0000
1000BASE-T Status Register
: 0100 0000 0000 0000
Extended Status Register
: 0011 0000 0000 0000
PHY Specific Control Register
: 0000 0000 0111 1000
PHY Specific Status Register
: 1000 0001 0100 0000
Interrupt Enable
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
Interrupt Status
: 0000 0000 0100 0000
Extended PHY Specific Control
: 0000 1100 0110 1000
Receive Error Counter
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
Reserved Register 1
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
Global Status
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
LED Control
: 0100 0001 0000 0000
Manual LED Override
: 0000 1000 0010 1010
Extended PHY Specific Control
: 0000 0000 0001 1010
Disable Receiver 1
: 0000 0000 0000 1011
Disable Receiver 2
: 1000 0000 0000 0100
Extended PHY Specific Status
: 1000 0100 1000 0000
Auto-MDIX
: On
[AdminState=1
Flags=0x00052248]
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic configuration
command:
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic configuration
========================================================================
Switch 1, PortASIC 0 Registers
-----------------------------------------------------------------------DeviceType
: 000101BC
Reset
: 00000000
PmadMicConfig
: 00000001
PmadMicDiag
: 00000003
SupervisorReceiveFifoSramInfo
: 000007D0 000007D0 40000000
SupervisorTransmitFifoSramInfo
: 000001D0 000001D0 40000000
GlobalStatus
: 00000800
IndicationStatus
: 00000000
IndicationStatusMask
: FFFFFFFF
InterruptStatus
: 00000000
InterruptStatusMask
: 01FFE800
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-284
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
SupervisorDiag
SupervisorFrameSizeLimit
SupervisorBroadcast
GeneralIO
StackPcsInfo
:
:
:
:
:
StackRacInfo
:
StackControlStatus
stackControlStatusMask
TransmitBufferFreeListInfo
:
:
:
TransmitRingFifoInfo
:
TransmitBufferInfo
TransmitBufferCommonCount
TransmitBufferCommonCountPeak
TransmitBufferCommonCommonEmpty
NetworkActivity
DroppedStatistics
FrameLengthDeltaSelect
SneakPortFifoInfo
MacInfo
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
00000000
000007C8
000A0F01
000003F9
FFFF1000
FF0FFF00
73001630
24140003
18E418E0
FFFFFFFF
00000854
0000088A
00000016
0000000C
00012000
00000F7A
0000001E
000000FF
00000000
00000000
00000001
00000000
0EC0801C
00C0001D
00000000
860329BD
86020000
00000003
FD632B00
00000004
5555FFFF
5555FFFF
7F001644
18E418E0
FFFFFFFF
00000000
00000003
FFFFFFFF
00000800
0000085D
00000016
0000000C
00000FFF
00000FF8
00000FF8
40000000
40000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000030
00000000 00000000 02400000
00000001 0EC0801B 00000001
00000001 00C0001E 00000001
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic statistics
command:
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic statistics
===========================================================================
Switch 1, PortASIC 0 Statistics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------0 RxQ-0, wt-0 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-0 drop frames
4118966 RxQ-0, wt-1 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 drop frames
0 RxQ-1, wt-0 enqueue frames
296 RxQ-1, wt-1 enqueue frames
2836036 RxQ-1, wt-2 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-1, wt-0 drop frames
0 RxQ-1, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-1, wt-2 drop frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-0 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-1 enqueue frames
158377 RxQ-2, wt-2 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-0 drop frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-2 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-0 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-1 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-2 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-0 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-2 drop frames
15
0
0
0
0
74
0
0
0
TxBufferFull Drop Count
TxBufferFrameDesc BadCrc16
TxBuffer Bandwidth Drop Cou
TxQueue Bandwidth Drop Coun
TxQueue Missed Drop Statist
RxBuffer Drop DestIndex Cou
SneakQueue Drop Count
Learning Queue Overflow Fra
Learning Cam Skip Count
15 Sup Queue 0 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 1 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 2 Drop Frames
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rx Fcs Error Frames
Rx Invalid Oversize Frames
Rx Invalid Too Large Frames
Rx Invalid Too Large Frames
Rx Invalid Too Small Frames
Rx Too Old Frames
Tx Too Old Frames
System Fcs Error Frames
0 Sup Queue 8 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 9 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 10 Drop Frames
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-285
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
0 Sup Queue 3 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 11 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 4 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 12 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 5 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 13 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 6 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 14 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 7 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 15 Drop Frames
===========================================================================
Switch 1, PortASIC 1 Statistics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------0 RxQ-0, wt-0 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-0 drop frames
52 RxQ-0, wt-1 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 drop frames
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller fastethernet 0 command:
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller fastethernet 0
Transmit FastEthernet0
3816116 Bytes
4299 Unicast frames
1194 Multicast frames
1713 Broadcast frames
0 Too old frames
0 Deferred frames
0 MTU exceeded frames
0 1 collision frames
0 2 collision frames
0 3 collision frames
0 4 collision frames
0 5 collision frames
0 6 collision frames
0 7 collision frames
0 8 collision frames
0 9 collision frames
0 10 collision frames
0 11 collision frames
0 12 collision frames
0 13 collision frames
0 14 collision frames
0 15 collision frames
0 Excessive collisions
0 Late collisions
0 VLAN discard frames
0 Excess defer frames
0 64 byte frames
0 127 byte frames
0 255 byte frames
0 511 byte frames
0 1023 byte frames
0 1518 byte frames
0 Too large frames
0 Good (1 coll) frames
0 Good (>1 coll) frames
switch1#
Receive
4564145 Bytes
3265 Unicast frames
5328 Multicast frames
62209 Broadcast frames
0 Unicast bytes
0 Multicast bytes
0 Broadcast bytes
0 Alignment errors
0 FCS errors
0 Oversize frames
0 Undersize frames
0 Collision fragments
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Minimum size frames
65 to 127 byte frames
128 to 255 byte frames
256 to 511 byte frames
512 to 1023 byte frames
1024 to 1518 byte frames
Overrun frames
Pause frames
0
0
0
0
0
Symbol error frames
Invalid frames, too large
Valid frames, too large
Invalid frames, too small
Valid frames, too small
0
0
0
0
Too old frames
Valid oversize frames
System FCS error frames
RxPortFifoFull drop frame
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-286
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Related Commands
Command
Description
show controllers
cpu-interface
Displays the state of the CPU network ASIC and send and receive statistics
for packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers tcam
Displays the state of registers for all ternary content addressable memory
(TCAM) in the system and for TCAM interface ASICs that are CAM
controllers.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-287
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers tcam
show controllers tcam
Use the show controllers tcam privileged EXEC command to display the state of the registers for all
ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) in the system and for all TCAM interface ASICs that are
CAM controllers.
show controllers tcam [asic [number]] [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
asic
(Optional) Display port ASIC TCAM information.
number
(Optional) Display information for the specified port ASIC number. The range is
from 0 to 15.
detail
(Optional) Display detailed TCAM register information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This display provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives
troubleshooting the switch.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show controllers tcam command:
Switch# show controllers tcam
-----------------------------------------------------------------------TCAM-0 Registers
-----------------------------------------------------------------------REV:
00B30103
SIZE:
00080040
ID:
00000000
CCR:
00000000_F0000020
RPID0:
RPID1:
RPID2:
RPID3:
00000000_00000000
00000000_00000000
00000000_00000000
00000000_00000000
HRR0:
HRR1:
HRR2:
00000000_E000CAFC
00000000_00000000
00000000_00000000
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-288
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers tcam
HRR3:
00000000_00000000
HRR4:
00000000_00000000
HRR5:
00000000_00000000
HRR6:
00000000_00000000
HRR7:
00000000_00000000
<output truncated>
GMR31:
GMR32:
GMR33:
FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
=============================================================================
TCAM related PortASIC 1 registers
=============================================================================
LookupType:
89A1C67D_24E35F00
LastCamIndex:
0000FFE0
LocalNoMatch:
000069E0
ForwardingRamBaseAddress:
00022A00 0002FE00 00040600 0002FE00 0000D400
00000000 003FBA00 00009000 00009000 00040600
00000000 00012800 00012900
Related Commands
Command
Description
show controllers
cpu-interface
Displays the state of the CPU network ASIC and send and receive statistics
for packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers
ethernet-controller
Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware or
the interface internal registers.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-289
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers utilization
show controllers utilization
Use the show controllers utilization user EXEC command to display bandwidth utilization on
the switch or specific ports.
show controllers [interface-id] utilization [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) ID of the switch interface.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the specified expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the specified expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show controllers utilization command.
Switch> show controllers utilization
Port
Receive Utilization Transmit Utilization
Gi0/1
0
0
Gi0/2
0
0
<output truncated>
Switch Receive Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0
Switch Transmit Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0
Switch Fabric Percentage Utilization : 0
This is an example of output from the show controllers utilization command on a specific port:
Switch> show controllers gigabitethernet0/1 utilization
Receive Bandwidth Percentage Utilization
: 0
Transmit Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-290
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers utilization
Table 2-19
show controllers utilization Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Receive Bandwidth Percentage Displays the received bandwidth usage of the switch, which is the
Utilization
sum of the received traffic on all the ports divided by the switch
receive capacity.
Related Commands
Transmit Bandwidth
Percentage Utilization
Displays the transmitted bandwidth usage of the switch, which is the
sum of the transmitted traffic on all the ports divided it by the switch
transmit capacity.
Fabric Percentage Utilization
Displays the average of the transmitted and received bandwidth usage
of the switch.
Command
Description
show controllers
ethernet-controller
Displays the interface internal registers.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-291
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show dot1x
show dot1x
Use the show dot1x user EXEC command to display IEEE 802.1x statistics, administrative status, and
operational status for the switch or for the specified port.
show dot1x [{all [summary] | interface interface-id} [details | statistics]] [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description
all [summary]
(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x status for all ports.
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port (including
type, module, and port number).
details
(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x interface details.
statistics
(Optional) Display IEEE 802.1x statistics for the specified port.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a port, global parameters and a summary appear. If you specify a port, details for
that port appear.
If the port control is configured as unidirectional or bidirectional control and this setting conflicts with
the switch configuration, the show dot1x {all | interface interface-id} privileged EXEC command
output has this information:
ControlDirection
= In (Inactive)
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show dot1x user EXEC command:
Switch> show dot1x
Sysauthcontrol
Dot1x Protocol Version
Critical Recovery Delay
Critical EAPOL
Enabled
2
100
Disabled
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-292
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show dot1x
This is an example of output from the show dot1x all user EXEC command:
Switch> show dot1x all
Sysauthcontrol
Dot1x Protocol Version
Critical Recovery Delay
Critical EAPOL
Enabled
2
100
Disabled
Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet0/1
----------------------------------PAE
= AUTHENTICATOR
PortControl
= AUTO
ControlDirection
= Both
HostMode
= SINGLE_HOST
ReAuthentication
= Disabled
QuietPeriod
= 60
ServerTimeout
= 30
SuppTimeout
= 30
ReAuthPeriod
= 3600 (Locally configured)
ReAuthMax
= 2
MaxReq
= 2
TxPeriod
= 30
RateLimitPeriod
= 0
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show dot1x all summary user EXEC command:
Interface
PAE
Client
Status
-------------------------------------------------------Gi0/1
AUTH
none
UNAUTHORIZED
Gi0/2
AUTH
00a0.c9b8.0072 AUTHORIZED
Gi0/3
AUTH
none
UNAUTHORIZED
This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id user EXEC command:
Switch> show dot1x interface gigabitethernet0/2
Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet0/2
----------------------------------PAE
= AUTHENTICATOR
PortControl
= AUTO
ControlDirection
= In
HostMode
= SINGLE_HOST
ReAuthentication
= Disabled
QuietPeriod
= 60
ServerTimeout
= 30
SuppTimeout
= 30
ReAuthPeriod
= 3600 (Locally configured)
ReAuthMax
= 2
MaxReq
= 2
TxPeriod
= 30
RateLimitPeriod
= 0
This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id details user EXEC command:
Switch# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet0/2 details
Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet0/2
----------------------------------PAE
= AUTHENTICATOR
PortControl
= AUTO
ControlDirection
= Both
HostMode
= SINGLE_HOST
ReAuthentication
= Disabled
QuietPeriod
= 60
ServerTimeout
= 30
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-293
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show dot1x
SuppTimeout
ReAuthPeriod
ReAuthMax
MaxReq
TxPeriod
RateLimitPeriod
=
=
=
=
=
=
30
3600 (Locally configured)
2
2
30
0
Dot1x Authenticator Client List Empty
This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id details commmand when a port
is assigned to a guest VLAN and the host mode changes to multiple-hosts mode:
Switch# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet0/1 details
Dot1x Info for GigabitEthernet0/1
----------------------------------PAE
= AUTHENTICATOR
PortControl
= AUTO
ControlDirection
= Both
HostMode
= SINGLE_HOST
ReAuthentication
= Enabled
QuietPeriod
= 60
ServerTimeout
= 30
SuppTimeout
= 30
ReAuthPeriod
= 3600 (Locally configured)
ReAuthMax
= 2
MaxReq
= 2
TxPeriod
= 30
RateLimitPeriod
= 0
Guest-Vlan
= 182
Dot1x Authenticator Client List Empty
Port Status
Authorized By
Operational HostMode
Vlan Policy
=
=
=
=
AUTHORIZED
Guest-Vlan
MULTI_HOST
182
This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id statistics command. Table 2-20
describes the fields in the display.
Switch> show dot1x interface gigabitethernet0/2 statistics
Dot1x Authenticator Port Statistics for GigabitEthernet0/2
-------------------------------------------RxStart = 0
RxLogoff = 0
RxResp = 1
RxRespID = 1
RxInvalid = 0
RxLenErr = 0
RxTotal = 2
TxReq = 2
TxReqID = 132
RxVersion = 2
LastRxSrcMAC = 00a0.c9b8.0072
Table 2-20
TxTotal = 134
show dot1x statistics Field Descriptions
Field
Description
RxStart
Number of valid EAPOL-start frames that have been received.
RxLogoff
Number of EAPOL-logoff frames that have been received.
RxResp
Number of valid EAP-response frames (other than response/identity frames) that
have been received.
RxRespID
Number of EAP-response/identity frames that have been received.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-294
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show dot1x
Table 2-20
Related Commands
show dot1x statistics Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
RxInvalid
Number of EAPOL frames that have been received and have an unrecognized
frame type.
RxLenError
Number of EAPOL frames that have been received in which the packet body
length field is invalid.
RxTotal
Number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received.
TxReq
Number of EAP-request frames (other than request/identity frames) that have
been sent.
TxReqId
Number of Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frames
that have been sent.
TxTotal
Number of Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) frames of any
type that have been sent.
RxVersion
Number of received packets in the IEEE 802.1x Version 1 format.
LastRxSrcMac
Source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame.
Command
Description
dot1x default
Resets the IEEE 802.1x parameters to their default values.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-295
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show dtp
show dtp
Use the show dtp privileged EXEC command to display Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) information
for the switch or for a specified interface.
show dtp [interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface
interface-id
(Optional) Display port security settings for the specified interface. Valid interfaces
include physical ports (including type, module, and port number).
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show dtp command:
Switch# show dtp
Global DTP information
Sending DTP Hello packets every 30 seconds
Dynamic Trunk timeout is 300 seconds
21 interfaces using DTP
This is an example of output from the show dtp interface command:
Switch# show dtp interface gigabitethernet0/21
DTP information for GigabitEthernet0/21:
TOS/TAS/TNS:
ACCESS/AUTO/ACCESS
TOT/TAT/TNT:
NATIVE/NEGOTIATE/NATIVE
Neighbor address 1:
000943A7D081
Neighbor address 2:
000000000000
Hello timer expiration (sec/state):
1/RUNNING
Access timer expiration (sec/state):
never/STOPPED
Negotiation timer expiration (sec/state): never/STOPPED
Multidrop timer expiration (sec/state):
never/STOPPED
FSM state:
S2:ACCESS
# times multi & trunk
0
Enabled:
yes
In STP:
no
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-296
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show dtp
Statistics
---------3160 packets received (3160 good)
0 packets dropped
0 nonegotiate, 0 bad version, 0 domain mismatches, 0 bad TLVs, 0 other
6320 packets output (6320 good)
3160 native, 3160 software encap isl, 0 isl hardware native
0 output errors
0 trunk timeouts
1 link ups, last link up on Mon Mar 01 1993, 01:02:29
0 link downs
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces trunk
Displays interface trunking information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-297
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show eap
show eap
Use the show eap privileged EXEC command to display Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)
registration and session information for the switch or for the specified port.
show eap {{registrations [method [name] | transport [name]]} | {sessions [credentials name
[interface interface-id] | interface interface-id | method name | transport name]}}
[credentials name | interface interface-id | transport name] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
registrations
Display EAP registration information.
method name
(Optional) Display EAP method registration information.
transport name
(Optional) Display EAP transport registration information.
sessions
Display EAP session information.
credentials name
(Optional) Display EAP method registration information.
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display the EAP information for the specified port (including
type, module, and port number).
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEE
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you use the show eap registrations privileged EXEC command with these keywords, the
command output shows this information:
•
None—All the lower levels used by EAP and the registered EAP methods.
•
method name keyword—The specified method registrations.
•
transport name keyword—The specific lower-level registrations.
When you use the show eap sessions privileged EXEC command with these keywords, the command
output shows this information:
•
None—All active EAP sessions.
•
credentials name keyword—The specified credentials profile.
•
interface interface-id keyword—The parameters for the specified interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-298
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show eap
•
method name keyword—The specified EAP method.
•
transport name keyword—The specified lower layer.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show eap registrations privileged EXEC command:
Switch> show eap registrations
Registered EAP Methods:
Method Type
Name
4
Peer
MD5
Registered EAP Lower Layers:
Handle Type
Name
2
Authenticator
Dot1x-Authenticator
1
Authenticator
MAB
This is an example of output from the show eap registrations transport privileged user EXEC
command:
Switch> show eap registrations transport all
Registered EAP Lower Layers:
Handle Type
Name
2
Authenticator
Dot1x-Authenticator
1
Authenticator
MAB
This is an example of output from the show eap sessions privileged EXEC command:
Switch> show eap sessions
Role:
Authenticator
Decision:
Lower layer:
Dot1x-AuthenticaInterface:
Current method:
None
Method state:
Retransmission count:
0 (max: 2)
Timer:
ReqId Retransmit (timeout: 30s, remaining: 2s)
EAP handle:
0x5200000A
Credentials profile:
Lower layer context ID: 0x93000004
Eap profile name:
Method context ID:
0x00000000
Peer Identity:
Start timeout (s):
1
Retransmit timeout (s):
Current ID:
2
Available local methods:
Role:
Authenticator
Decision:
Lower layer:
Dot1x-AuthenticaInterface:
Current method:
None
Method state:
Retransmission count:
0 (max: 2)
Timer:
ReqId Retransmit (timeout: 30s, remaining: 2s)
EAP handle:
0xA800000B
Credentials profile:
Lower layer context ID: 0x0D000005
Eap profile name:
Method context ID:
0x00000000
Peer Identity:
Start timeout (s):
1
Retransmit timeout (s):
Current ID:
2
Available local methods:
Fail
Gi0/1
Uninitialised
Authenticator
None
None
None
30 (30)
None
Fail
Gi0/2
Uninitialised
Authenticator
None
None
None
30 (30)
None
<Output truncated>
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-299
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show eap
This is an example of output from the show eap sessions interface interface-id privileged EXEC
command:
Switch# show eap sessions gigabitethernet0/1
Role:
Authenticator
Decision:
Lower layer:
Dot1x-AuthenticaInterface:
Current method:
None
Method state:
Retransmission count:
1 (max: 2)
Timer:
ReqId Retransmit (timeout: 30s, remaining: 13s)
EAP handle:
0x5200000A
Credentials profile:
Lower layer context ID: 0x93000004
Eap profile name:
Method context ID:
0x00000000
Peer Identity:
Start timeout (s):
1
Retransmit timeout (s):
Current ID:
2
Available local methods:
Related Commands
Fail
Gi0/1
Uninitialised
Authenticator
None
None
None
30 (30)
None
Command
Description
clear eap sessions
Clears EAP session information for the switch or for the specified port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-300
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show env
show env
Use the show env user EXEC command to display temperature information for the switch.
show env {all | | temperature} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
all
Display both fan and temperature environmental status.
temperature
Display the switch temperature status.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
Examples
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
The show env all command does not display the fan status for the switch.
Switch> show env all
Located in Switch Slot : 1
ISMIC version
: 0.102
Enclosure Name
: Default Chassis Name
Rack Name
: Default Rack Name
Rack ID
: Default RUID
Temperature Value: 34 Degree Celsius
Temperature State: GREEN
Yellow Threshold : 63 Degree Celsius
Red Threshold
: 72 Degree Celsius
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-301
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable detect
show errdisable detect
Use the show errdisable detect user EXEC command to display error-disabled detection status.
show errdisable detect [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A displayed gbic-invalid error reason refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show errdisable detect command:
Switch> show errdisable detect
ErrDisable Reason
Detection status
-------------------------------udld
Enabled
bpduguard
Enabled
security-violatio
Enabled
channel-misconfig
Enabled
psecure-violation
Enabled
vmps
Enabled
loopback
Enabled
pagp-flap
Enabled
dtp-flap
Enabled
link-flap
Enabled
gbic-invalid
Enabled
dhcp-rate-limit
Enabled
unicast-flood
Enabled
storm-control
Enabled
ilpower
Enabled
Note
Though visible in the output, the ilpower, storm-control, and unicast-flood fields are not valid.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-302
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable detect
Related Commands
Command
Description
errdisable detect cause
Enables error-disabled detection for a specific cause or all causes.
show errdisable flap-values
Displays error condition recognition information.
show errdisable recovery
Displays error-disabled recovery timer information.
show interfaces status
Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-303
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable flap-values
show errdisable flap-values
Use the show errdisable flap-values user EXEC command to display conditions that cause an error to
be recognized for a cause.
show errdisable flap-values [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The Flaps column in the display shows how many changes to the state within the specified time interval
will cause an error to be detected and a port to be disabled. For example, the display shows that an error
will be assumed and the port shut down if three Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP)-state (port mode
access/trunk) or Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) flap changes occur during a 30-second interval, or if
5 link-state (link up/down) changes occur during a 10-second interval.
ErrDisable Reason
----------------pagp-flap
dtp-flap
link-flap
Flaps
-----3
3
5
Time (sec)
---------30
30
10
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show errdisable flap-values command:
Switch> show errdisable flap-values
ErrDisable Reason
Flaps
Time (sec)
------------------------------pagp-flap
3
30
dtp-flap
3
30
link-flap
5
10
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-304
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable flap-values
Related Commands
Command
Description
errdisable detect cause
Enables error-disabled detection for a specific cause or all causes.
show errdisable detect
Displays error-disabled detection status.
show errdisable recovery
Displays error-disabled recovery timer information.
show interfaces status
Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-305
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable recovery
show errdisable recovery
Use the show errdisable recovery user EXEC command to display the error-disabled recovery timer
information.
show errdisable recovery [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A gbic-invalid error-disable reason refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module
interface.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show errdisable recovery command:
Switch> show errdisable recovery
ErrDisable Reason
Timer Status
-----------------------------udld
Disabled
bpduguard
Disabled
security-violatio
Disabled
channel-misconfig
Disabled
vmps
Disabled
pagp-flap
Disabled
dtp-flap
Disabled
link-flap
Enabled
psecure-violation
Disabled
gbic-invalid
Disabled
dhcp-rate-limit
Disabled
unicast-flood
Disabled
storm-control
Disabled
loopback
Disabled
Timer interval:300 seconds
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-306
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable recovery
Interfaces that will be enabled at the next timeout:
Interface
--------Gi0/2
Note
Related Commands
Errdisable reason
----------------link-flap
Time left(sec)
-------------279
Though visible in the output, the unicast-flood field is not valid.
Command
Description
errdisable recovery
Configures the recover mechanism variables.
show errdisable detect
Displays error-disabled detection status.
show errdisable flap-values Displays error condition recognition information.
show interfaces status
Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-307
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show etherchannel
show etherchannel
Use the show etherchannel user EXEC command to display EtherChannel information for a channel.
show etherchannel [channel-group-number {detail | port | port-channel | protocol | summary}]
{detail | load-balance | port | port-channel | protocol | summary} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description
channel-group-number
(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 48.
detail
Display detailed EtherChannel information.
load-balance
Display the load-balance or frame-distribution scheme among ports in the
port channel.
port
Display EtherChannel port information.
port-channel
Display port-channel information.
protocol
Display the protocol that is being used in the EtherChannel.
summary
Display a one-line summary per channel-group.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a channel-group, all channel groups are displayed.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-308
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show etherchannel
Examples
This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 detail command:
Switch> show etherchannel 1 detail
Group state = L2
Ports: 2
Maxports = 16
Port-channels: 1 Max Port-channels = 16
Protocol:
LACP
Ports in the group:
------------------Port: Gi0/1
-----------Port state
Channel group
Port-channel
Port index
Flags:
=
=
=
=
Up Mstr In-Bndl
1
Mode = Active
Po1
GC
=
0
Load = 0x00
Gcchange = Pseudo port-channel = Po1
Protocol =
LACP
S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs
A - Device is in active mode.
F - Device is sending fast LACPDU
P - Device is in passive mode.
Local information:
Port
Gi0/21
Flags
SA
State
bndl
LACP port
Priority
32768
Admin
Key
0x0
Oper
Key
0x1
Port
Number
0x0
Port
State
0x3D
Age of the port in the current state: 01d:20h:06m:04s
Port-channels in the group:
---------------------Port-channel: Po1
------------
(Primary Aggregator)
Age of the Port-channel
= 01d:20h:20m:26s
Logical slot/port
= 10/1
Number of ports = 2
HotStandBy port = null
Port state
= Port-channel Ag-Inuse
Protocol
=
LACP
Ports in the Port-channel:
Index
Load
Port
EC state
No of bits
------+------+------+------------------+----------0
00
Gi0/21
Active
0
0
00
Gi0/22
Active
0
Time since last port bundled:
01d:20h:20m:20s
Gi0/22
This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 summary command:
Switch> show etherchannel 1 summary
Flags: D - down
P - in port-channel
I - stand-alone s - suspended
H - Hot-standby (LACP only)
R - Layer3
S - Layer2
u - unsuitable for bundling
U - in use
f - failed to allocate aggregator
d - default port
Number of channel-groups in use: 1
Number of aggregators:
1
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-309
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show etherchannel
Group Port-channel Protocol
Ports
------+-------------+-----------+---------------------------------------1
Po1(SU)
LACP
Gi0/21(P)
Gi0/22(P)
This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 port-channel command:
Switch> show etherchannel 1 port-channel
Port-channels in the group:
---------------------Port-channel: Po1
(Primary Aggregator)
-----------Age of the Port-channel
= 01d:20h:24m:50s
Logical slot/port
= 10/1
Number of ports = 2
HotStandBy port = null
Port state
= Port-channel Ag-Inuse
Protocol
=
LACP
Ports in the Port-channel:
Index
Load
Port
EC state
No of bits
------+------+------+------------------+----------0
00
Gi0/21
Active
0
0
00
Gi0/22
Active
0
Time since last port bundled:
01d:20h:24m:44s
Gi0/22
This is an example of output from the show etherchannel protocol command:
Switch# show etherchannel protocol
Channel-group listing:
----------------------Group: 1
---------Protocol: LACP
Group: 2
---------Protocol: PAgP
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-group
Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
channel-protocol
Restricts the protocol used on a port to manage channeling.
interface port-channel
Accesses or creates the port channel.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-310
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show flowcontrol
show flowcontrol
Use the show flowcontrol user EXEC command to display the flow control status and statistics.
show flowcontrol [interface interface-id | module number] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display the flow control status and statistics for a specific
interface.
module number
(Optional) Display the flow control status and statistics for all interfaces on the
switch. The only valid module number is 1. This option is not available if you
have entered a specific interface ID.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the flow control status and statistics on the switch or for a specific interface.
Use the show flowcontrol command to display information about all the switch interfaces. The output
from the show flowcontrol command is the same as the output from the show flowcontrol module
number command.
Use the show flowcontrol interface interface-id command to display information about a specific
interface.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show flowcontrol command.
Switch> show flowcontrol
Port
Send FlowControl Receive FlowControl
admin
oper
admin
oper
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------Gi0/21
Unsupp. Unsupp. off
off
Gi0/22
desired off
off
off
Gi0/23
desired off
off
off
<output truncated>
RxPause TxPause
------- ------0
0
0
0
0
0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-311
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show flowcontrol
This is an example of output from the show flowcontrol interface interface-id command:
Switch> show flowcontrol gigabitethernet0/22
Port
Send FlowControl Receive FlowControl
admin
oper
admin
oper
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------Gi0/22
desired off
off
off
Related Commands
RxPause TxPause
------- ------0
0
Command
Description
flowcontrol
Sets the receive flow-control state for an interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-312
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
show interfaces
Use the show interfaces privileged EXEC command to display the administrative and operational status
of all interfaces or a specified interface.
show interfaces [interface-id | vlan vlan-id] [accounting | capabilities [module number] |
counters | description | etherchannel | flowcontrol | pruning | stats | status [err-disabled] |
switchport [backup | module number] | transceiver [properties | detail] [module number] |
trunk] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, module, and
port number) and port channels. The port-channel range is 1 to 48.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) VLAN identification. The range is 1 to 4094.
accounting
(Optional) Display accounting information on the interface, including active
protocols and input and output packets and octets.
Note
The display shows only packets processed in software; hardware-switched
packets do not appear.
capabilities
(Optional) Display the capabilities of all interfaces or the specified interface,
including the features and options that you can configure on the interface. Though
visible in the command line help, this option is not available for VLAN IDs.
module number
(Optional) Display capabilities, switchport configuration, or transceiver
characteristics (depending on preceding keyword) of all interfaces on the
switch.The only valid module number is 1. This option is not available if you
entered a specific interface ID.
counters
(Optional) See the show interfaces counters command.
description
(Optional) Display the administrative status and description set for an interface.
etherchannel
(Optional) Display interface EtherChannel information.
flowcontrol
(Optional) Display interface flowcontrol information
pruning
(Optional) Display interface trunk VTP pruning information.
stats
(Optional) Display the input and output packets by switching path for the
interface.
status
(Optional) Display the status of the interface. A status of unsupported in the Type
field means that a non-Cisco small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module is inserted
in the module slot.
err-disabled
(Optional) Display interfaces in error-disabled state.
switchport
(Optional) Display the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including port blocking and port protection settings.
backup
(Optional) Display Flex Link backup interface configuration and status for the
specified interface or all interfaces on the switch.
transceiver
[detail |
properties]
(Optional) Display the physical properties of a CWDM 1 or DWDM2 small
form-factor (SFP) module interface. The keywords have these meanings:
•
detail—(Optional) Display calibration properties, including high and low
numbers and any alarm information.
•
properties—(Optional) Display speed and duplex settings on an interface
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-313
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
trunk
Display interface trunk information. If you do not specify an interface, only
information for active trunking ports appears.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
1. coarse wavelength-division multiplexer
2. dense wavelength-division multiplexer
Note
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the crb, fair-queue, irb, mac-accounting,
precedence, random-detect, rate-limit, and shape keywords are not supported.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The show interfaces capabilities command with different keywords has these results:
•
Use the show interface capabilities module 1 to display the capabilities of all interfaces on the
switch. Entering any other number is invalid.
•
Use the show interfaces interface-id capabilities to display the capabilities of the specified
interface.
•
Use the show interfaces capabilities (with no module number or interface ID) to display the
capabilities of all interfaces on the switch.
•
Use the show interface switchport module 1 to display the switch port characteristics of all
interfaces on the switch. Entering any other number is invalid.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show interfaces command for an interface:
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/22
GigabitEthernet0/22 is down, line protocol is down
Hardware is Gigabit Ethernet, address is 0009.43a7.d085 (bia 0009.43a7.d085)
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 10000 Kbit, DLY 1000 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
Keepalive set (10 sec)
Auto-duplex, Auto-speed
input flow-control is off, output flow-control is off
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last input never, output never, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-314
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
Queueing strategy: fifo
Output queue :0/40 (size/max)
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
2 packets input, 1040 bytes, 0 no buffer
Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
0 watchdog, 0 multicast, 0 pause input
0 input packets with dribble condition detected
4 packets output, 1040 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 3 interface resets
0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred
0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier, 0 PAUSE output
0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
This is an example of output from the show interfaces accounting command.
Switch# show interfaces accounting
Vlan1
Protocol
Pkts In
Chars In
IP
1094395 131900022
Spanning Tree
283896
17033760
ARP
63738
3825680
Interface Vlan2 is disabled
Vlan7
Protocol
Pkts In
Chars In
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
Vlan31
Protocol
Pkts In
Chars In
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
GigabitEthernet0/21
Protocol
No traffic sent or received
GigabitEthernet0/22
Protocol
No traffic sent or received
Pkts Out
559555
42
231
Chars Out
84077157
2520
13860
Pkts Out
Chars Out
Pkts Out
Chars Out
Pkts In
Chars In
on this interface.
Pkts Out
Chars Out
Pkts In
Chars In
on this interface.
Pkts Out
Chars Out
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show interfaces capabilities command for an interface.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/21 capabilities
GigabitEthernet0/2
Model:
WS-CBS3020-HPQ
Type:
10/100/1000BaseTX
Speed:
10,100,1000,auto
Duplex:
half,full,auto
Trunk encap. type:
802.1Q,ISL
Trunk mode:
on,off,desirable,nonegotiate
Channel:
yes
Broadcast suppression: percentage(0-100)
Flowcontrol:
rx-(off,on,desired),tx-(none)
Fast Start:
yes
QoS scheduling:
rx-(not configurable on per port basis),tx-(4q2t)
CoS rewrite:
yes
ToS rewrite:
yes
UDLD:
yes
Inline power:
no
SPAN:
source/destination
PortSecure:
yes
Dot1x:
yes
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-315
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface description command when the
interface has been described as Connects to Marketing by using the description interface configuration
command.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/22 description
Interface Status
Protocol Description
Gi0/22
up
down
Connects to Marketing
This is an example of output from the show interfaces etherchannel command when port channels are
configured on the switch:
Switch# show interfaces etherchannel
---Port-channel1:
Age of the Port-channel
= 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port
= 10/1
Number of ports = 0
GC
= 0x00000000
HotStandBy port = null
Port state
= Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
Port-channel2:
Age of the Port-channel
= 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port
= 10/2
Number of ports = 0
GC
= 0x00000000
HotStandBy port = null
Port state
= Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
Port-channel3:
Age of the Port-channel
= 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port
= 10/3
Number of ports = 0
GC
= 0x00000000
HotStandBy port = null
Port state
= Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id pruning command when pruning is
enabled in the VTP domain:
Switch# show interfaces gigibitethernet0/22 pruning
Port
Vlans pruned for lack of request by neighbor
Gi0/22
3,4
Port
Gi0/22
Vlans traffic requested of neighbor
1-3
This is an example of output from the show interfaces stats command for a specified VLAN interface.
Switch# show interfaces vlan 1 stats
Switching path
Pkts In
Chars In
Pkts Out Chars Out
Processor
1165354 136205310
570800
91731594
Route cache
0
0
0
0
Total
1165354 136205310
570800
91731594
This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces status command. It displays the status of
all interfaces.
Switch# show interfaces status
22Port
Name
Status
Gi0/21
notconnect
Gi0/22
notconnect
Gi0/23
notconnect
Gi0/24
notconnect
<output truncated>
Vlan
1
1
1
1
Duplex
auto
auto
auto
auto
Speed Type
auto 10/100/1000BaseTX
auto 10/100/1000BaseTX
auto 10/100/1000BaseTX
auto 10/100/1000BaseTX
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-316
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
This is an example of output from the show interfaces status err-disabled command. It displays the
status of interfaces in the error-disabled state.
Switch# show interfaces status err-disabled
Port
Name
Status
Reason
Gi0/22
err-disabled dtp-flap
This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport command for a port. Table 2-21
describes the fields in the display.
Note
Private VLANs are not supported in this release, so those fields are not applicable.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/21 switchport
Name: Gi0/21
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: dynamic auto
Operational Mode: static access
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: native
Negotiation of Trunking: On
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Voice VLAN: none
Administrative private-vlan host-association:10 (VLAN0010) 502 (VLAN0502)
Administrative private-vlan mapping: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q
Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none
Operational private-vlan: none
Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL
Pruning VLANs Enabled: 2-1001
Capture Mode Disabled
Capture VLANs Allowed: ALL
Protected: false
Unknown unicast blocked: disabled
Unknown multicast blocked: disabled
Voice VLAN: none (Inactive)
Appliance trust: none
Table 2-21
show interfaces switchport Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Name
Displays the port name.
Switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of the port.
In this display, the port is in switchport mode.
Administrative Mode
Displays the administrative and operational modes.
Operational Mode
Administrative Trunking
Encapsulation
Displays the administrative and operational encapsulation
method and whether trunking negotiation is enabled.
Operational Trunking Encapsulation
Negotiation of Trunking
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-317
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
Table 2-21
show interfaces switchport Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
Access Mode VLAN
Displays the VLAN ID to which the port is configured.
Trunking Native Mode VLAN
Lists the VLAN ID of the trunk that is in native mode. Lists the
allowed VLANs on the trunk. Lists the active VLANs on the
trunk.
Trunking VLANs Enabled
Trunking VLANs Active
Pruning VLANs Enabled
Lists the VLANs that are pruning-eligible.
Protected
Displays whether or not protected port is enabled (True) or
disabled (False) on the interface.
Unknown unicast blocked
Displays whether or not unknown multicast and unknown
unicast traffic is blocked on the interface.
Unknown multicast blocked
Voice VLAN
Displays the VLAN ID on which voice VLAN is enabled.
Appliance trust
Displays the class of service (CoS) setting of the data packets
of the IP phone.
This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport backup command:
Switch# show interfaces switchport backup
Switch Backup Interface Pairs:
Active Interface
Backup Interface
State
-------------------------------------------------------------Gi0/17
Gi0/19
Active Up/Backup Standby
Gi0/20
Gi0/22
Active Up/Backup Standby
Gi0/21
Gi0/23
Active Up/Backup Standby
This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id pruning command:
Switch# show interfaces gigibitethernet0/22 pruning
Port
Vlans pruned for lack of request by neighbor
This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id trunk command. It displays trunking
information for the port.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/21 trunk
Port
Mode
Encapsulation Status
Gi0/21
auto
negotiate
trunking
Native vlan
1
Port
Gi0/21
Vlans allowed on trunk
1-4094
Port
Gi0/21
Vlans allowed and active in management domain
1-4
Port
Gi0/21
Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
1-4
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-318
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id transceiver properties command:
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/21 transceiver properties
Name : Gi0/21
Administrative Speed: auto
Operational Speed: auto
Administrative Duplex: auto
Administrative Power Inline: N/A
Operational Duplex: auto
Administrative Auto-MDIX: off
Operational Auto-MDIX: off
This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id transceiver detail command:
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/23 transceiver detail
ITU Channel not available (Wavelength not available),
Transceiver is externally calibrated.
mA:milliamperes, dBm:decibels (milliwatts), N/A:not applicable.
++:high alarm, +:high warning, -:low warning, -- :low alarm.
A2D readouts (if they differ), are reported in parentheses.
The threshold values are uncalibrated.
High Alarm
Threshold
(Celsius)
---------110.0
High Warn
Threshold
(Celsius)
--------103.0
Low Warn
Threshold
(Celsius)
---------8.0
Low Alarm
Threshold
(Celsius)
---------12.0
Port
------Gi0/23
Voltage
(Volts)
--------------3.20
High Alarm
Threshold
(Volts)
---------4.00
High Warn
Threshold
(Volts)
--------3.70
Low Warn
Threshold
(Volts)
--------3.00
Low Alarm
Threshold
(Volts)
--------2.95
Port
------Gi0/3
Current
(milliamperes)
----------------31.0
High Alarm
Threshold
(mA)
---------84.0
High Warn
Threshold
(mA)
--------70.0
Low Warn
Threshold
(mA)
--------4.0
Low Alarm
Threshold
(mA)
--------2.0
Port
------Gi0/23
Optical
Transmit Power
(dBm)
-----------------0.0 ( -0.0)
High Alarm
Threshold
(dBm)
----------0.0
High Warn
Threshold
(dBm)
---------0.0
Low Warn
Threshold
(dBm)
---------0.0
Low Alarm
Threshold
(dBm)
---------0.0
Port
------Gi0/23
Optical
Receive Power
(dBm)
----------------N/A ( -0.0) --
High Alarm
Threshold
(dBm)
----------0.0
High Warn
Threshold
(dBm)
---------0.0
Low Warn
Threshold
(dBm)
---------0.0
Low Alarm
Threshold
(dBm)
---------0.0
Temperature
Port
(Celsius)
------- -----------------Gi0/23
41.5
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-319
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
Related Commands
Command
Description
switchport access
Configures a port as a static-access or a dynamic-access port.
switchport block
Blocks unknown unicast or multicast traffic on an interface.
switchport backup interface Configures Flex Links, a pair of Layer 2 interfaces that provide mutual
backup.
switchport mode
Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
switchport protected
Isolates unicast, multicast, and broadcast traffic at Layer 2 from other
protected ports on the same switch.
switchport trunk pruning
Configures the VLAN pruning-eligible list for ports in trunking mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-320
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces counters
show interfaces counters
Use the show interfaces counters privileged EXEC command to display various counters for the switch
or for a specific interface.
show interfaces [interface-id | vlan vlan-id] counters [errors | etherchannel | protocol status |
trunk] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
Note
interface-id
(Optional) ID of the physical interface, including type, module, and port
number.
errors
(Optional) Display error counters.
etherchannel
(Optional) Display EtherChannel counters, including octets, broadcast
packets, multicast packets, and unicast packets received and sent.
protocol status
(Optional) Display status of protocols enabled on interfaces.
trunk
(Optional) Display trunk counters.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Though visible in the command-line help string, the vlan vlan-id keyword is not supported.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not enter any keywords, all counters for all interfaces are included.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters command. It displays all
counters for the switch.
Switch# show interfaces counters
Port
InOctets
InUcastPkts
Gi0/1
0
0
Gi0/2
0
0
InMcastPkts
0
0
InBcastPkts
0
0
<output truncated>
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-321
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces counters
This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters protocol status command for
all interfaces.
Switch# show interfaces counters protocol status
Protocols allocated:
Vlan1: Other, IP
FastEthernet0: Other, IP, Spanning Tree, ARP, CDP
GigabitEthernet0/1: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/2: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/3: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/4: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/5: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/6: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/7: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/8: Other, IP, Spanning Tree, CDP
GigabitEthernet0/9: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/10: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/11: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/12: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/13: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/14: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/15: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/16: Other, IP
GigabitEthernet0/17: Other, IP, Spanning Tree, CDP
GigabitEthernet0/18: Other, IP, Spanning Tree, CDP
GigabitEthernet0/19: Other, IP, Spanning Tree, CDP
GigabitEthernet0/20: Other, IP, Spanning Tree, CDP
GigabitEthernet0/21: Other, IP, Spanning Tree, CDP
GigabitEthernet0/22: Other, IP, Spanning Tree, CDP
GigabitEthernet0/23: Other, IP, Spanning Tree, CDP
GigabitEthernet0/24: Other, IP
Allocation failures: 0
This is an example of output from the show interfaces counters trunk command. It displays trunk
counters for all interfaces.
Switch# show interfaces counters trunk
Port
TrunkFramesTx TrunkFramesRx WrongEncap
Gi0/21
0
0
0
Gi0/22
0
0
0
Gi0/23
80678
4155
0
Gi0/24
82320
126
0
<output truncated>
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
Displays additional interface characteristics.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-322
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show inventory
show inventory
Use the show inventory user EXEC command to display product identification (PID) information for
the hardware.
show inventory [entity-name | raw] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
entity-name
(Optional) Display the specified entity. For example, enter the interface
(such as gigabitethernet0/1) into which a small form-factor pluggable (SFP)
module is installed.
raw
(Optional) Display every entity in the device.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
The command is case sensitive. With no arguments, the show inventory command produces a compact
dump of all identifiable entities that have a product identifier. The compact dump displays the entity
location (slot identity), entity description, and the unique device identifier (UDI) (PID, VID, and SN) of
that entity.
If there is no PID, no output appears when you enter the show inventory command.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is example output from the show inventory command:
switch# show inventory
3NAME: "1", DESCR: "WS-CBS3020-HPQ"
PID: WS-CBS3020-HPQ
, VID: V01, SN: FHH1004H095
NAME: "GigabitEthernet0/17", DESCR: "1000BaseSX SFP"
PID:
, VID:
, SN: FNS0815T2AA
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-323
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping
show ip dhcp snooping
Use the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command to display the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping command:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping
Switch DHCP snooping is enabled
DHCP snooping is configured on following VLANs:
40-42
Insertion of option 82 is enabled
circuit-id format: vlan-mod-port
remote-id format: string
Option 82 on untrusted port is allowed
Verification of hwaddr field is enabled
Interface
Trusted
Rate limit (pps)
--------------------------------------------GigabitEthernet0/1
yes
unlimited
GigabitEthernet0/2
yes
unlimited
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-324
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping binding
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Use the show ip dhcp snooping binding user EXEC command to display the DHCP snooping binding
database and configuration information for all interfaces on a switch.
show ip dhcp snooping binding [ip-address] [mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
ip-address
(Optional) Specify the binding entry IP address.
mac-address
(Optional) Specify the binding entry MAC address.
interface interface-id
(Optional) Specify the binding input interface.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify the binding entry VLAN.
| begin
Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The show ip dhcp snooping binding command output shows the dynamically configured bindings.
If DHCP snooping is enabled and an interface changes to the down state, the switch does not delete the
statically configured bindings.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a switch:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease(sec)
------------------ --------------- ---------01:02:03:04:05:06
10.1.2.150
9837
00:D0:B7:1B:35:DE
10.1.2.151
237
Total number of bindings: 2
Type
------------dhcp-snooping
dhcp-snooping
VLAN
---20
20
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/21
GigabitEthernet0/22
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a specific IP address:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding 10.1.2.150
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease(sec) Type
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------01:02:03:04:05:06
10.1.2.150
9810
dhcp-snooping
Total number of bindings: 1
VLAN
---20
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/21
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-325
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping binding
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a specific MAC address:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding 0102.0304.0506
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease(sec) Type
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------01:02:03:04:05:06
10.1.2.150
9788
dhcp-snooping
Total number of bindings: 1
VLAN
---20
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/22
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries on a port:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding interface gigabitethernet0/22
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease(sec) Type
VLAN
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---00:30:94:C2:EF:35
10.1.2.151
290
dhcp-snooping 20
Total number of bindings: 1
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/22
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries on VLAN 20:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding vlan 20
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease(sec)
------------------ --------------- ---------01:02:03:04:05:06
10.1.2.150
9747
00:00:00:00:00:02
10.1.2.151
65
Total number of bindings: 2
Type
------------dhcp-snooping
dhcp-snooping
VLAN
---20
20
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/21
GigabitEthernet0/22
Table 2-22 describes the fields in the show ip dhcp snooping binding command output:
Table 2-22
show ip dhcp snooping binding Command Output
Field
Description
MacAddress
Client hardware MAC address
IpAddress
Client IP address assigned from the DHCP server
Lease(sec)
Remaining lease time for the IP address
Type
Binding type
VLAN
VLAN number of the client interface
Interface
Interface that connects to the DHCP client host
Total number of bindings
Total number of bindings configured on the switch
Note
Related Commands
The command output might not show the total number of
bindings. For example, if 200 bindings are configured on the
switch and you stop the display before all the bindings appear, the
total number does not change.
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-326
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp profile
show ip igmp profile
Use the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command to display all configured Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) profiles or a specified IGMP profile.
show ip igmp profile [profile number] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
profile number
(Optional) The IGMP profile number to be displayed. The range is 1 to
4294967295. If no profile number is entered, all IGMP profiles are displayed.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
These are examples of output from the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command, with and
without specifying a profile number. If no profile number is entered, the display includes all profiles
configured on the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp profile 40
IGMP Profile 40
permit
range 233.1.1.1 233.255.255.255
Switch# show ip igmp profile
IGMP Profile 3
range 230.9.9.0 230.9.9.0
IGMP Profile 4
permit
range 229.9.9.0 229.255.255.255
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp profile
Configures the specified IGMP profile number.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-327
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping
show ip igmp snooping
Use the show ip igmp snooping user EXEC command to display the Internet Group Management
Protocol (IGMP) snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping [groups | mrouter | querier] [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
groups
(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping groups command.
mrouter
(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command.
querier
(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping querier command.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094 (available
only in privileged EXEC mode).
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display snooping configuration for the switch or for a specific VLAN.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping vlan 1 command. It shows snooping
characteristics for a specific VLAN.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping vlan 1
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping command. It displays snooping
characteristics for all VLANs on the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping
Global IGMP Snooping configuration:
----------------------------------IGMP snooping
: Enabled
IGMPv3 snooping (minimal) : Enabled
Report suppression
: Enabled
TCN solicit query
: Disabled
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-328
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping
TCN flood query count
Related Commands
: 2
Vlan 1:
-------IGMP snooping
IGMPv2 immediate leave
Explicit host tracking
Multicast router learning mode
CGMP interoperability mode
:
:
:
:
:
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
pim-dvmrp
IGMP_ONLY
Vlan 2:
-------IGMP snooping
IGMPv2 immediate leave
Explicit host tracking
Multicast router learning mode
CGMP interoperability mode
:
:
:
:
:
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
pim-dvmrp
IGMP_ONLY
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping
last-member-query-interval
Enables the IGMP snooping configurable-leave timer.
ip igmp snooping querier
Enables the IGMP querier function in Layer 2 networks.
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
ip igmp snooping tcn
Configures the IGMP topology change notification
behavior.
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
Specifies multicast flooding as the IGMP spanning-tree
topology change notification behavior.
ip igmp snooping vlan
immediate-leave
Enables IGMP snooping immediate-leave processing on a
VLAN.
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
Adds a multicast router port or configures the multicast
learning method.
ip igmp snooping vlan static
Statically adds a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast
group.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays the IGMP snooping multicast table for the switch.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the
switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping querier
Displays the configuration and operation information for
the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-329
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping groups
show ip igmp snooping groups
Use the show ip igmp snooping groups privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping multicast table for the switch or the multicast information. Use
with the vlan keyword to display the multicast table for a specified multicast VLAN or specific multicast
information.
show ip igmp snooping groups [count | dynamic [count] | user [count]] [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
show ip igmp snooping groups vlan vlan-id [ip_address | count | dynamic [count] | user [count]]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
count
(Optional) Display the total number of entries for the specified command
options instead of the actual entries.
dynamic
(Optional) Display entries learned by IGMP snooping.
user
Optional) Display only the user-configured multicast entries.
ip_address
(Optional) Display characteristics of the multicast group with the specified group
IP address.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display multicast information or the multicast table.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-330
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping groups
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups command without any keywords.
It displays the multicast table for the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups
Vlan
Group
Type
Version
Port List
------------------------------------------------------------120
232.3.4.7
igmp
v3
Gi0/21, Gi0/22
120
232.5.9.30
igmp
v3
Gi0/21, Gi0/22
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups count command. It displays the
total number of multicast groups on the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups count
Total number of multicast groups: 2
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups dynamic command. It shows
only the entries learned by IGMP snooping.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 1 dynamic
Vlan
Group
Type
Version
Port List
------------------------------------------------------------104
224.1.4.2
igmp
v2
Gi0/21, Gi0/22
104
224.1.4.3
igmp
v2
Gi0/21, Gi0/22
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups vlan vlan-id ip-address
command. It shows the entries for the group with the specified IP address.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 104 224.1.4.2
Vlan
Group
Type
Version
Port List
------------------------------------------------------------104
224.1.4.2
igmp
v2
Gi0/21
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
Configures a multicast router port.
ip igmp snooping vlan static
Statically adds a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the
VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or
for the specified multicast VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-331
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Use the show ip igmp snooping mrouter privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping dynamically learned and manually configured multicast router
ports for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display multicast router ports on the switch or for a specific VLAN.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
When multicast VLAN registration (MVR) is enabled, the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command
displays MVR multicast router information and IGMP snooping information.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command. It shows how to
display multicast router ports on the switch.
Switch#
Vlan
---1
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
ports
----Gi0/21(dynamic)
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-332
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
Adds a multicast router port.
ip igmp snooping vlan static
Statically adds a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the
VLAN
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information for the switch or
for the specified parameter.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-333
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping querier
show ip igmp snooping querier
Use the show ip igmp snooping querier detail user EXEC command to display the configuration and
operation information for the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
show ip igmp snooping querier [detail | vlan vlan-id [detail]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
detail
Optional) Display detailed IGMP querier information.
vlan vlan-id [detail]
Optional) Display IGMP querier information for the specified VLAN. The
range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094. Use the detail keyword to display
detailed information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip igmp snooping querier command to display the IGMP version and the IP address of a
detected device, also called a querier, that sends IGMP query messages. A subnet can have multiple
multicast routers but has only one IGMP querier. In a subnet running IGMPv2, one of the multicast
routers is elected as the querier. The querier can be a Layer 3 switch.
The show ip igmp snooping querier command output also shows the VLAN and the interface on which
the querier was detected. If the querier is the switch, the output shows the Port field as Router. If the
querier is a router, the output shows the port number on which the querier is learned in the Port field.
The show ip igmp snooping querier detail user EXEC command is similar to the show ip igmp
snooping querier command. However, the show ip igmp snooping querier command displays only the
device IP address most recently detected by the switch querier.
The show ip igmp snooping querier detail command displays the device IP address most recently
detected by the switch querier and this additional information:
•
The elected IGMP querier in the VLAN
•
The configuration and operational information pertaining to the switch querier (if any) that is
configured in the VLAN
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-334
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping querier
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping querier command:
Switch> show ip igmp snooping querier
Vlan
IP Address
IGMP Version
Port
--------------------------------------------------120
130.1.1.1
v3
Gi0/20
129
172.20.129.1
v2
Gi0/24
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping querier detail command:
Switch> show ip igmp snooping querier detail
Vlan
IP Address
IGMP Version
Port
------------------------------------------------------------1
1.1.1.1
v2
Gi0/21
Global IGMP switch querier status
-------------------------------------------------------admin state
: Enabled
admin version
: 2
source IP address
: 0.0.0.0
query-interval (sec)
: 60
max-response-time (sec)
: 10
querier-timeout (sec)
: 120
tcn query count
: 2
tcn query interval (sec)
: 10
Vlan 1:
IGMP switch querier status
-------------------------------------------------------elected querier is 1.1.1.1
on port Fa0/1
-------------------------------------------------------admin state
: Enabled
admin version
: 2
source IP address
: 10.1.1.65
query-interval (sec)
: 60
max-response-time (sec)
: 10
querier-timeout (sec)
: 120
tcn query count
: 2
tcn query interval (sec)
: 10
operational state
: Non-Querier
operational version
: 2
tcn query pending count
: 0
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping querier
Enables the IGMP querier function in Layer 2 networks.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or
for the specified multicast VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-335
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
show lacp
Use the show lacp user EXEC command to display Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)
channel-group information.
show lacp [channel-group-number] {counters | internal | neighbor | sys-id} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description
channel-group-number
(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 48.
counters
Display traffic information.
internal
Display internal information.
neighbor
Display neighbor information.
sys-id
Display the system identifier that is being used by LACP. The system
identifier is made up of the LACP system priority and the switch MAC
address.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can enter any show lacp command to display the active channel-group information. To display
specific channel information, enter the show lacp command with a channel-group number.
If you do not specify a channel group, information for all channel groups appears.
You can enter the channel-group-number option to specify a channel group for all keywords except
sys-id.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-336
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
Examples
This is an example of output from the show lacp counters user EXEC command. Table 2-23 describes
the fields in the display.
Switch> show lacp counters
LACPDUs
Marker
Marker Response
LACPDUs
Port
Sent
Recv
Sent
Recv
Sent
Recv
Pkts Err
--------------------------------------------------------------------Channel group:1
Gi0/21
19
10
0
0
0
0
0
Gi0/22
14
6
0
0
0
0
0
Table 2-23
show lacp counters Field Descriptions
Field
Description
LACPDUs Sent and Recv
The number of LACP packets sent and received by a port.
Marker Sent and Recv
The number of LACP marker packets sent and received by a port.
Marker Response Sent and Recv
The number of LACP marker response packets sent and received
by a port.
LACPDUs Pkts and Err
The number of unknown and illegal packets received by LACP
for a port.
This is an example of output from the show lacp internal command:
Switch> show lacp 1 internal
Flags: S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs
F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs
A - Device is in Active mode
P - Device is in Passive mode
Channel group 1
Port
Gi0/21
Gi0/22
Flags
SA
SA
State
bndl
bndl
LACP port
Priority
32768
32768
Admin
Key
0x3
0x3
Oper
Key
0x3
0x3
Port
Number
0x4
0x5
Port
State
0x3D
0x3D
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-337
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
Table 2-24 describes the fields in the display:
Table 2-24
show lacp internal Field Descriptions
Field
Description
State
State of the specific port. These are the allowed values:
•
– —Port is in an unknown state.
•
bndl—Port is attached to an aggregator and bundled with
other ports.
•
susp—Port is in a suspended state; it is not attached to any
aggregator.
•
hot-sby—Port is in a hot-standby state.
•
indiv—Port is incapable of bundling with any other port.
•
indep—Port is in an independent state (not bundled but able
to switch data traffic. In this case, LACP is not running on
the partner port).
•
down—Port is down.
LACP Port Priority
Port priority setting. LACP uses the port priority to put ports s
in standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that
prevents all compatible ports from aggregating.
Admin Key
Administrative key assigned to this port. LACP automatically
generates an administrative key value as a hexadecimal number.
The administrative key defines the ability of a port to aggregate
with other ports. A port’s ability to aggregate with other ports is
determined by the port physical characteristics (for example,
data rate and duplex capability) and configuration restrictions
that you establish.
Oper Key
Runtime operational key that is being used by this port. LACP
automatically generates this value as a hexadecimal number.
Port Number
Port number.
Port State
State variables for the port, encoded as individual bits within a
single octet with these meanings:
•
bit0: LACP_Activity
•
bit1: LACP_Timeout
•
bit2: Aggregation
•
bit3: Synchronization
•
bit4: Collecting
•
bit5: Distributing
•
bit6: Defaulted
•
bit7: Expired
Note
In the list above, bit7 is the MSB and bit0 is the LSB.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-338
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
This is an example of output from the show lacp neighbor command:
Switch> show lacp neighbor
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs F - Device is sending Fast LACPDUs
A - Device is in Active mode
P - Device is in Passive mode
Channel group 3 neighbors
Partner’s information:
Port
Gi0/21
Partner
Partner
System ID
Port Number
32768,0007.eb49.5e80 0xC
LACP Partner
Port Priority
32768
Partner
Oper Key
0x3
Age
19s
Partner
Flags
SP
Partner
Port State
0x3C
Partner’s information:
Port
Gi0/22
Partner
Partner
System ID
Port Number
32768,0007.eb49.5e80 0xD
LACP Partner
Port Priority
32768
Partner
Oper Key
0x3
Age
15s
Partner
Flags
SP
Partner
Port State
0x3C
This is an example of output from the show lacp sys-id command:
Switch> show lacp sys-id
32765,0002.4b29.3a00
The system identification is made up of the system priority and the system MAC address. The first two
bytes are the system priority, and the last six bytes are the globally administered individual MAC address
associated to the system.
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear lacp
Clears the LACP channel-group information.
lacp port-priority
Configures the LACP port priority.
lacp system-priority
Configures the LACP system priority.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-339
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show link state group
show link state group
Use the show link state group global configuration command to display the link-state group
information.
show link state group [number] [detail]
Syntax Description
number
(Optional) Number of the link-state group.
detail
(Optional) Specify that detailed information appears.
Defaults
There is no default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show link state group command to display the link-state group information. Enter this
command without keywords to display information about all link-state groups. Enter the group number
to display information specific to the group.
Enter the detail keyword to display detailed information about the group. The output for the show link
state group detail command displays only those link-state groups that have link-state tracking enabled
or that have upstream or downstream interfaces (or both) configured. If there is no link-state group
configuration for a group, it is not shown as enabled or disabled.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show link state group 1 command:
Switch> show link state group 1
Link State Group: 1
Status: Enabled, Up
This is an example of output from the show link state group detail command:
Switch> show link state group detail
Link State Group: 1
Status: Enabled, Up
Upstream Interfaces
: Po1(Up)
Downstream Interfaces : Gi0/3(Up) Gi0/4(Up)
Link State Group: 2
Upstream Interfaces
:
Downstream Interfaces :
(Up):Interface up
Status: Disabled, Down
(Dwn):Interface Down
(Dis):Interface disabled
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-340
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show link state group
Related Commands
Command
Description
link state group
Configures an interface as a member of a link-state group.
link state track
Enables a link-state group.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference
for Release 12.2 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands >
Configuration File Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-341
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac access-group
show mac access-group
Use the show mac access-group user EXEC command to display the MAC access control lists (ACLs)
configured for an interface or a switch.
show mac access-group [interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display the MAC ACLs configured on a specific interface. Valid
interfaces are physical ports and port channels; the port-channel range is 1
to 48 (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac-access group user EXEC command. In this display,
port 2 has the MAC access list macl_e1 applied; no MAC ACLs are applied to other interfaces.
Switch> show mac access-group
Interface GigabitEthernet0/1:
Inbound access-list is not set
Interface GigabitEthernet0/2:
Inbound access-list is macl_e1
Interface GigabitEthernet0/3:
Inbound access-list is not set
Interface GigabitEthernet0/4:
Inbound access-list is not set
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show mac access-group interface gigabitethernet0/1 command:
Switch# show mac access-group interface gigabitethernet0/1
Interface GigabitEthernet0/1:
Inbound access-list is macl_e1
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-342
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac access-group
Related Commands
Command
Description
mac access-group
Applies a MAC access group to an interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-343
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table
show mac address-table
Use the show mac address-table user EXEC command to display a specific MAC address table static
and dynamic entry or the MAC address table static and dynamic entries on a specific interface or VLAN.
show mac address-table [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table command:
Switch> show mac address-table
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
Type
Ports
--------------------All
0000.0000.0001
STATIC
CPU
All
0000.0000.0002
STATIC
CPU
All
0000.0000.0003
STATIC
CPU
All
0000.0000.0009
STATIC
CPU
All
0000.0000.0012
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.000b
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.000c
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.000d
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.000e
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.000f
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.0010
STATIC
CPU
1
0030.9441.6327
DYNAMIC
Gi0/24
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 12
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-344
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear mac address-table dynamic
Deletes from the MAC address table a specific dynamic
address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all
dynamic addresses on a particular VLAN.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-345
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table address
show mac address-table address
Use the show mac address-table address user EXEC command to display MAC address table
information for the specified MAC address.
show mac address-table address mac-address [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin |
exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
mac-address
Specify the 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H.
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display information for a specific interface. Valid interfaces
include physical ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display entries for the specific VLAN only. The range is 1
to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table address command:
Switch# show mac address-table address 0002.4b28.c482
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
-------------All
0002.4b28.c482
Total Mac Addresses for
Related Commands
Type
Ports
-------STATIC CPU
this criterion: 1
Command
Description
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-346
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table address
Command
Description
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-347
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table aging-time
show mac address-table aging-time
Use the show mac address-table aging-time user EXEC command to display the aging time of a
specific address table instance, all address table instances on a specified VLAN or, if a specific VLAN
is not specified, on all VLANs.
show mac address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display aging time information for a specific VLAN. The range
is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If no VLAN number is specified, the aging time for all VLANs appears.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table aging-time command:
Switch> show mac address-table aging-time
Vlan
Aging Time
------------1
300
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table aging-time vlan 10 command:
Switch> show mac address-table aging-time vlan 10
Vlan
Aging Time
------------10
300
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-348
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table count
show mac address-table count
Command
Description
mac address-table aging-time
Sets the length of time that a dynamic entry remains in the MAC
address table after the entry is used or updated.
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC
address.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table
notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces
or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Use the show mac address-table count user EXEC command to display the number of addresses present
in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display the number of addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1
to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If no VLAN number is specified, the address count for all VLANs appears.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-349
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table count
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table count command:
Switch# show mac address-table count
Mac Entries for Vlan
: 1
--------------------------Dynamic Address Count : 2
Static Address Count : 0
Total Mac Addresses
: 2
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table
notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-350
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table dynamic
show mac address-table dynamic
Use the show mac address-table dynamic user EXEC command to display only dynamic MAC address
table entries.
show mac address-table dynamic [address mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
address mac-address
(Optional) Specify a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H
(available in privileged EXEC mode only).
interface interface-id
(Optional) Specify an interface to match; valid interfaces include physical
ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display entries for a specific VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table dynamic command:
Switch> show mac address-table dynamic
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
-------------1
0030.b635.7862
1
00b0.6496.2741
Total Mac Addresses for
Type
Ports
-------DYNAMIC Gi0/22
DYNAMIC Gi0/22
this criterion: 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-351
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table dynamic
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear mac address-table dynamic
Deletes from the MAC address table a specific dynamic
address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all
dynamic addresses on a particular VLAN.
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-352
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table interface
show mac address-table interface
Use the show mac address-table interface user command to display the MAC address table information
for the specified interface in the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table interface interface-id [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
Specify an interface type; valid interfaces include physical ports and port
channels.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display entries for a specific VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table interface command:
Switch> show mac address-table interface gigabitethernet0/22
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
-------------1
0030.b635.7862
1
00b0.6496.2741
Total Mac Addresses for
Type
Ports
-------DYNAMIC Gi0/22
DYNAMIC Gi0/22
this criterion: 2
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-353
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table interface
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified
VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or
the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-354
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table move update
show mac address-table move update
Use the show mac address-table move update user EXEC command to display the MAC address-table
move update information on the switch.
show mac address-table move update [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SED
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table move update command:
Switch> show mac address-table move update
Switch-ID : 010b.4630.1780
Dst mac-address : 0180.c200.0010
Vlans/Macs supported : 1023/8320
Default/Current settings: Rcv Off/On, Xmt Off/On
Max packets per min : Rcv 40, Xmt 60
Rcv packet count : 10
Rcv conforming packet count : 5
Rcv invalid packet count : 0
Rcv packet count this min : 0
Rcv threshold exceed count : 0
Rcv last sequence# this min : 0
Rcv last interface : Po2
Rcv last src-mac-address : 0003.fd6a.8701
Rcv last switch-ID : 0303.fd63.7600
Xmt packet count : 0
Xmt packet count this min : 0
Xmt threshold exceed count : 0
Xmt pak buf unavail cnt : 0
Xmt last interface : None
switch#
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-355
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table move update
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear mac address-table move
update
Clears the MAC address-table move update counters.
mac address-table move update
{receive | transmit}
Configures MAC address-table move update on the switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-356
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table notification
show mac address-table notification
Use the show mac address-table notification user EXEC command to display the MAC address
notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table notification [interface [interface-id]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface
(Optional) Display information for all interfaces. Valid interfaces include
physical ports and port channels.
interface-id
(Optional) Display information for the specified interface. Valid interfaces
include physical ports and port channels.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mac address-table notification command without any keywords to display whether the
feature is enabled or disabled, the MAC notification interval, the maximum number of entries allowed
in the history table, and the history table contents.
Use the interface keyword to display the flags for all interfaces. If the interface-id is included, only the
flags for that interface appear.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table notification command:
Switch> show mac address-table notification
MAC Notification Feature is Enabled on the switch
Interval between Notification Traps : 60 secs
Number of MAC Addresses Added : 4
Number of MAC Addresses Removed : 4
Number of Notifications sent to NMS : 3
Maximum Number of entries configured in History Table : 100
Current History Table Length : 3
MAC Notification Traps are Enabled
History Table contents
----------------------
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-357
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table notification
History Index 0, Entry Timestamp 1032254, Despatch Timestamp 1032254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Added
Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0001 Module: 0
Port: 1
History Index 1, Entry Timestamp 1038254, Despatch Timestamp 1038254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Added
Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0000 Module: 0
Port: 1
Operation: Added
Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0002 Module: 0
Port: 1
Operation: Added
Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0003 Module: 0
Port: 1
History Index 2, Entry Timestamp 1074254, Despatch Timestamp 1074254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0000 Module: 0
Port:
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0001 Module: 0
Port:
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0002 Module: 0
Port:
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0003 Module: 0
Port:
Related Commands
Command
1
1
1
1
Description
clear mac address-table notification Clears the MAC address notification global counters.
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-358
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table static
show mac address-table static
Use the show mac address-table static user EXEC command to display only static MAC address table
entries.
show mac address-table static [address mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
address mac-address
(Optional) Specify a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H
(available in privileged EXEC mode only).
interface interface-id
(Optional) Specify an interface to match; valid interfaces include physical
ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table static command:
Switch> show
mac address-table static
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
-------------All
0100.0ccc.cccc
All
0180.c200.0000
All
0100.0ccc.cccd
All
0180.c200.0001
All
0180.c200.0004
All
0180.c200.0005
4
0001.0002.0004
6
0001.0002.0007
Total Mac Addresses for
Type
Ports
-------STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC Drop
STATIC Drop
this criterion: 8
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-359
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table static
Related Commands
Command
Description
mac address-table static
Adds static addresses to the MAC address table.
mac address-table static drop
Enables unicast MAC address filtering and configures the
switch to drop traffic with a specific source or destination
MAC address.
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified
VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or
the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified interface.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified VLAN.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-360
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table vlan
show mac address-table vlan
Use the show mac address-table vlan user EXEC command to display the MAC address table
information for the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table vlan vlan-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan-id
(Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table vlan 1 command:
Switch> show mac address-table vlan 1
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
-------------1
0100.0ccc.cccc
1
0180.c200.0000
1
0100.0ccc.cccd
1
0180.c200.0001
1
0180.c200.0002
1
0180.c200.0003
1
0180.c200.0005
1
0180.c200.0006
1
0180.c200.0007
Total Mac Addresses for
Type
Ports
-------STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
this criterion: 9
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-361
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table vlan
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified
VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or
the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified interface.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-362
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos
show mls qos
Use the show mls qos user EXEC command to display global quality of service (QoS) configuration
information.
show mls qos [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mls qos command:
Switch> show mls qos
Qos is enabled
This is an example of output from the show mls qos command when QoS is enabled and Differentiated
Services Code Point (DSCP) transparency is disabled:
Switch> show mls qos
QoS is enabled
QoS ip packet dscp rewrite is disabled
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos
Enables QoS for the entire switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-363
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos aggregate-policer
show mls qos aggregate-policer
Use the show mls qos aggregate-policer user EXEC command to display the quality of service (QoS)
aggregate policer configuration. A policer defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission, a
maximum burst size for transmissions, and an action to take if either maximum is exceeded.
show mls qos aggregate-policer [aggregate-policer-name] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
aggregate-policer-name
(Optional) Display the policer configuration for the specified name.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mls qos aggregate-policer command:
Switch> show mls qos aggregate-policer policer1
aggregate-policer policer1 1000000 2000000 exceed-action drop
Not used by any policy map
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos aggregate-policer
Defines policer parameters that can be shared by multiple classes
within a policy map.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-364
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos input-queue
show mls qos input-queue
Use the show mls qos input-queue user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) settings
for the ingress queues.
show mls qos input-queue [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
This is an example of output from the show mls qos input-queue command:
Switch> show mls qos input-queue
Queue
:
1
2
---------------------------------------------buffers
:
90
10
bandwidth :
4
4
priority :
0
10
threshold1:
100
100
threshold2:
100
100
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-365
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos input-queue
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Maps assigned class of service (CoS) values to an ingress
queue and assigns CoS values to a queue and to a threshold
ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Maps assigned Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP)
values to an ingress queue and assigns DSCP values to a
queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input
priority-queue
Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Assigns weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to
an ingress queue.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-366
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos interface
show mls qos interface
Use the show mls qos interface user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) information
at the port level.
show mls qos interface [interface-id] [buffers | queueing | statistics]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
Note
interface-id
(Optional) Display QoS information for the specified port. Valid interfaces
include physical ports.
buffers
(Optional) Display the buffer allocation among the queues.
queueing
(Optional) Display the queueing strategy (shared or shaped) and the weights
corresponding to the queues.
statistics
(Optional) Display statistics for sent and received Differentiated Services Code
Points (DSCPs) and class of service (CoS) values, the number of packets
enqueued or dropped per egress queue, and the number of in-profile and
out-of-profile packets for each policer.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Though visible in the command-line help string, the policers keyword is not supported.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id command when VLAN-based
QoS is enabled:
Switch> show mls qos interface gigabitethernet0/1
GigabitEthernet0/1
trust state:not trusted
trust mode:not trusted
trust enabled flag:ena
COS override:dis
default COS:0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-367
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos interface
DSCP Mutation Map:Default DSCP Mutation Map
Trust device:none
qos mode:vlan-based
This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id command when VLAN-based
QoS is disabled:
Switch> show mls qos interface gigabitethernet0/2
GigabitEthernet0/2
trust state:not trusted
trust mode:not trusted
trust enabled flag:ena
COS override:dis
default COS:0
DSCP Mutation Map:Default DSCP Mutation Map
Trust device:none
qos mode:port-based
This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id buffers command:
Switch> show mls qos interface gigabitethernet0/2 buffers
GigabitEthernet0/2
The port is mapped to qset : 1
The allocations between the queues are : 25 25 25 25
This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id queueing command. The
egress expedite queue overrides the configured shaped round robin (SRR) weights.
Switch> show mls qos interface gigabitethernet0/2 queueing
GigabitEthernet0/2
Egress Priority Queue :enabled
Shaped queue weights (absolute) : 25 0 0 0
Shared queue weights : 25 25 25 25
The port bandwidth limit : 100 (Operational Bandwidth:100.0)
The port is mapped to qset : 1
This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface interface-id statistics command.
Table 2-25 describes the fields in this display.
Switch> show mls qos interface gigabitethernet0/2 statistics
GigabitEthernet0/2
dscp: incoming
------------------------------0 - 4 :
4213
0
5 - 9 :
0
0
10 - 14 :
0
0
15 - 19 :
0
0
20 - 24 :
0
0
25 - 29 :
0
0
30 - 34 :
0
0
35 - 39 :
0
0
40 - 44 :
0
0
45 - 49 :
0
0
50 - 54 :
0
0
55 - 59 :
0
0
60 - 64 :
0
0
dscp: outgoing
------------------------------0 - 4 :
5 - 9 :
10 - 14 :
363949
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-368
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos interface
15 - 19 :
0
0
20 - 24 :
0
0
25 - 29 :
0
0
30 - 34 :
0
0
35 - 39 :
0
0
40 - 44 :
0
0
45 - 49 :
0
0
50 - 54 :
0
0
55 - 59 :
0
0
60 - 64 :
0
0
cos: incoming
-------------------------------
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 - 4 :
132067
0
5 - 9 :
0
0
cos: outgoing
-------------------------------
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 5 -
4 :
9 :
739155
90
Policer: Inprofile:
Table 2-25
0
0
0 OutofProfile:
0
show mls qos interface statistics Field Descriptions
Field
DSCP
CoS
Policer
Related Commands
Description
incoming
Number of packets received for each DSCP value.
outgoing
Number of packets sent for each DSCP value.
incoming
Number of packets received for each CoS value.
outgoing
Number of packets sent for each CoS value.
Inprofile
Number of in profile packets for each policer.
Outofprofile
Number of out-of-profile packets for each policer.
Command
Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Assigns SRR weights to an ingress queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Maps CoS values to an ingress queue or maps CoS values
to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Maps DSCP values to an ingress queue or maps DSCP
values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Assigns WTD threshold percentages to an ingress queue.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Maps CoS values to an egress queue or maps CoS values to
a queue and to a threshold ID.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-369
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos interface
Command
Description
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Maps DSCP values to an egress queue or maps DSCP
values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map.
priority-queue
Enables the egress expedite queue on a port.
queue-set
Maps a port to a queue-set.
srr-queue bandwidth limit
Limits the maximum output on a port.
srr-queue bandwidth shape
Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping
on the four egress queues mapped to a port.
srr-queue bandwidth share
Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing
on the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-370
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos maps
show mls qos maps
Use the show mls qos maps user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) mapping
information. During classification, QoS uses the mapping tables to represent the priority of the traffic
and to derive a corresponding class of service (CoS) or Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value
from the received CoS, DSCP, or IP precedence value.
show mls qos maps [cos-dscp | cos-input-q | cos-output-q | dscp-cos | dscp-input-q |
dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name | dscp-output-q | ip-prec-dscp | policed-dscp] [ | {begin
| exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
cos-dscp
(Optional) Display class of service (CoS)-to-DSCP map.
cos-input-q
(Optional) Display the CoS input queue threshold map.
cos-output-q
(Optional) Display the CoS output queue threshold map.
dscp-cos
(Optional) Display DSCP-to-CoS map.
dscp-input-q
(Optional) Display the DSCP input queue threshold map.
dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name
(Optional) Display the specified DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation
map.
dscp-output-q
(Optional) Display the DSCP output queue threshold map.
ip-prec-dscp
(Optional) Display the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map.
policed-dscp
(Optional) Display the policed-DSCP map.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the
expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified
expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
The policed-DSCP, DSCP-to-CoS, and the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation maps appear as a matrix. The d1
column specifies the most-significant digit in the DSCP. The d2 row specifies the least-significant digit
in the DSCP. The intersection of the d1 and d2 values provides the policed-DSCP, the CoS, or the
mutated-DSCP value. For example, in the DSCP-to-CoS map, a DSCP value of 43 corresponds to a CoS
value of 5.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-371
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos maps
The DSCP input queue threshold and the DSCP output queue threshold maps appear as a matrix. The d1
column specifies the most-significant digit of the DSCP number. The d2 row specifies the
least-significant digit in the DSCP number. The intersection of the d1 and the d2 values provides the
queue ID and threshold ID. For example, in the DSCP input queue threshold map, a DSCP value of 43
corresponds to queue 2 and threshold 1 (02-01).
The CoS input queue threshold and the CoS output queue threshold maps show the CoS value in the top
row and the corresponding queue ID and threshold ID in the second row. For example, in the CoS input
queue threshold map, a CoS value of 5 corresponds to queue 2 and threshold 1 (2-1).
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mls qos maps command:
Switch> show mls qos maps
Policed-dscp map:
d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
--------------------------------------0 :
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09
1 :
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 :
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3 :
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
4 :
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
5 :
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
6 :
60 61 62 63
Dscp-cos map:
d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
--------------------------------------0 :
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 01
1 :
01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02
2 :
02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03
3 :
03 03 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04
4 :
05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 06 06
5 :
06 06 06 06 06 06 07 07 07 07
6 :
07 07 07 07
Cos-dscp map:
cos:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-------------------------------dscp:
0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
IpPrecedence-dscp map:
ipprec:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-------------------------------dscp:
0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
Dscp-outputq-threshold map:
d1 :d2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
-------------------------------------------------------------------0 :
02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01
1 :
02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01
2 :
03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01
3 :
03-01 03-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01
4 :
01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 04-01 04-01
5 :
04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01
6 :
04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01
Dscp-inputq-threshold map:
d1 :d2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
-------------------------------------------------------------------0 :
01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
1 :
01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-372
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos maps
2
3
4
5
6
:
:
:
:
:
01-01
01-01
02-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
02-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
02-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
02-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
02-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
02-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
02-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
02-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
01-01
Cos-outputq-threshold map:
cos: 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-----------------------------------queue-threshold: 2-1 2-1 3-1 3-1 4-1 1-1 4-1 4-1
Cos-inputq-threshold map:
cos: 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-----------------------------------queue-threshold: 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 2-1 1-1 1-1
Dscp-dscp mutation map:
Default DSCP Mutation Map:
d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
--------------------------------------0 :
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09
1 :
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 :
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3 :
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
4 :
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
5 :
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
6 :
60 61 62 63
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos map
Defines the CoS-to-DSCP map, DSCP-to-CoS map,
DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map, IP-precedence-to-DSCP map,
and the policed-DSCP map.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Maps CoS values to an ingress queue or maps CoS values to a
queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Maps DSCP values to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to
a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Maps CoS values to an egress queue or maps CoS values to a
queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map Maps DSCP values to an egress queue or maps DSCP values to
a queue and to a threshold ID.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-373
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos queue-set
show mls qos queue-set
Use the show mls qos queue-set user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) settings for
the egress queues.
show mls qos queue-set [qset-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
qset-id
(Optional) ID of the queue-set. Each port belongs to a queue-set, which defines
all the characteristics of the four egress queues per port. The range is 1 to 2.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.nway
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mls qos queue-set command:
Switch> show mls qos queue-set
Queueset: 1
Queue
:
1
2
3
4
---------------------------------------------buffers
:
25
25
25
25
threshold1:
100
200
100
100
threshold2:
100
200
100
100
reserved :
50
50
50
50
maximum
:
400
400
400
400
Queueset: 2
Queue
:
1
2
3
4
---------------------------------------------buffers
:
25
25
25
25
threshold1:
100
200
100
100
threshold2:
100
200
100
100
reserved :
50
50
50
50
maximum
:
400
400
400
400
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-374
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos queue-set
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Allocates buffers to the queue-set.
mls qos queue-set output threshold Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation of the queue-set.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-375
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos vlan
show mls qos vlan
Use the show mls qos vlan user EXEC command to display the policy maps attached to a switch virtual
interface (SVI).
show mls qos vlan vlan-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Specify the VLAN ID of the SVI to display the policy maps. The range is 1 to
4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The output from the show mls qos vlan command is meaningful only when VLAN-based quality of
service (QoS) is enabled and when hierarchical policy maps are configured.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mls qos vlan command:
Switch> show mls qos vlan 10
Vlan10
Attached policy-map for Ingress:pm-test-pm-2
Related Commands
Command
Description
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to
multiple ports and enters policy-map configuration mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-376
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show monitor
show monitor
Use the show monitor user EXEC command to display information about all Switched Port Analyzer
(SPAN) and Remote SPAN (RSPAN) sessions on the switch. Use the command with keywords to show
a specific session, all sessions, all local sessions, or all remote sessions.
show monitor [session {session_number | all | local | range list | remote} [detail]] [ | {begin |
exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
session
(Optional) Display information about specified SPAN sessions.
session_number
Specify the number of the SPAN or RSPAN session. The range is 1 to 66.
all
Display all SPAN sessions.
local
Display only local SPAN sessions.
range list
Display a range of SPAN sessions, where list is the range of valid sessions,
either a single session or a range of sessions described by two numbers, the
lower one first, separated by a hyphen. Do not enter any spaces between
comma-separated parameters or in hyphen-specified ranges.
remote
Display only remote SPAN sessions.
detail
(Optional) Display detailed information about the specified sessions.
| begin
Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Note
This keyword is available only in privileged EXEC mode.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
The output is the same for the show monitor command and the show monitor session all command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-377
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show monitor
Examples
This is an example of output for the show monitor user EXEC command:
Switch# show monitor
Session 1
--------Type : Local Session
Source Ports :
RX Only : Gi0/21
Both : Gi0/22-23,Gi0/17-18
Destination Ports : Gi0/20
Encapsulation : Replicate
Ingress : Disabled
Session 2
--------Type : Remote Source Session
Source VLANs :
TX Only : 10
Both : 1-9
Dest RSPAN VLAN : 105
This is an example of output for the show monitor user EXEC command for local SPAN source
session 1:
Switch# show monitor session 1
Session 1
--------Type : Local Session
Source Ports :
RX Only : Gi0/21
Both : Gi0/22-23,Gi0/17-18
Destination Ports : Gi0/20
Encapsulation : Replicate
Ingress : Disabled
This is an example of output for the show monitor session all user EXEC command when ingress traffic
forwarding is enabled:
Switch# show monitor session all
Session 1
--------Type : Local Session
Source Ports :
Both : Gi0/21
Destination Ports : Gi0/223
Encapsulation : Native
Ingress : Enabled, default VLAN = 5
Ingress encap : DOT1Q
Session 2
--------Type : Local Session
Source Ports :
Both : Gi0/18
Destination Ports : Gi0/21
Encapsulation : Replicate
Ingress : Enabled, default VLAN = 4
Ingress encap : Untagged
Related Commands
Command
Description
monitor session
Starts or modifies a SPAN or RSPAN session.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-378
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr
show mvr
Use the show mvr privileged EXEC command without keywords to display the current Multicast VLAN
Registration (MVR) global parameter values, including whether or not MVR is enabled, the MVR
multicast VLAN, the maximum query response time, the number of multicast groups, and the MVR
mode (dynamic or compatible).
show mvr [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mvr command:
Switch# show mvr
MVR Running: TRUE
MVR multicast VLAN: 1
MVR Max Multicast Groups: 256
MVR Current multicast groups: 0
MVR Global query response time: 5 (tenths of sec)
MVR Mode: compatible
In the preceding display, the maximum number of multicast groups is fixed at 256. The MVR mode is
either compatible (for interoperability with Catalyst 2900 XL and Catalyst 3500 XL switches) or
dynamic (where operation is consistent with IGMP snooping operation and dynamic MVR membership
on source ports is supported).
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-379
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr
Related Commands
Command
Description
mvr (global configuration)
Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.
mvr (interface configuration) Configures MVR ports.
show mvr interface
Displays the configured MVR interfaces, status of the specified
interface, or all multicast groups to which the interface belongs when
the interface and members keywords are appended to the command.
show mvr members
Displays all ports that are members of an MVR multicast group or, if
there are no members, means the group is inactive.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-380
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr interface
show mvr interface
Use the show mvr interface privileged EXEC command without keywords to display the Multicast
VLAN Registration (MVR) receiver and source ports. Use the command with keywords to display MVR
parameters for a specific receiver port.
show mvr interface [interface-id [members [vlan vlan-id]]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) Display MVR type, status, and Immediate Leave setting for the
interface.
Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, module, and port
number.
members
(Optional) Display all MVR groups to which the specified interface belongs.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display all MVR group members on this VLAN. The range is 1
to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If the entered port identification is a non-MVR port or a source port, the command returns an error
message. For receiver ports, it displays the port type, per port status, and Immediate-Leave setting.
If you enter the members keyword, all MVR group members on the interface appear. If you enter a
VLAN ID, all MVR group members in the VLAN appear.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mvr interface command:
Switch# show mvr interface
Port
Type
------Gi0/21
SOURCE
Gi0/22
RECEIVER
Status
------ACTIVE/UP
ACTIVE/DOWN
Immediate Leave
--------------DISABLED
DISABLED
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-381
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr interface
In the preceding display, Status is defined as follows:
•
Active means the port is part of a VLAN.
•
Up/Down means that the port is forwarding/nonforwarding.
•
Inactive means that the port is not yet part of any VLAN.
This is an example of output from the show mvr interface command for a specified port:
Switch# show mvr interface gigabitethernet0/22
Type: RECEIVER Status: ACTIVE Immediate Leave: DISABLED
This is an example of output from the show mvr interface interface-id members command:
Switch# show mvr interface gigabitethernet0/22 members
239.255.0.0
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.1
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.2
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.3
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.4
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.5
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.6
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.7
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.8
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.9
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
Related Commands
Command
Description
mvr (global configuration)
Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the
switch.
mvr (interface configuration)
Configures MVR ports.
show mvr
Displays the global MVR configuration on the switch.
show mvr members
Displays all receiver ports that are members of an MVR
multicast group.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-382
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr members
show mvr members
Use the show mvr members privileged EXEC command to display all receiver and source ports that are
currently members of an IP multicast group.
show mvr members [ip-address] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
ip-address
(Optional) The IP multicast address. If the address is entered, all receiver and
source ports that are members of the multicast group appear. If no address is
entered, all members of all Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) groups are
listed. If a group has no members, the group is listed as Inactive.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The show mvr members command applies to receiver and source ports. For MVR-compatible mode, all
source ports are members of all multicast groups.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mvr members command:
Switch# show mvr members
MVR Group IP
Status
----------------239.255.0.1
ACTIVE
239.255.0.2
INACTIVE
239.255.0.3
INACTIVE
239.255.0.4
INACTIVE
239.255.0.5
INACTIVE
239.255.0.6
INACTIVE
239.255.0.7
INACTIVE
239.255.0.8
INACTIVE
239.255.0.9
INACTIVE
239.255.0.10
INACTIVE
Members
------Gi0/1(d), Gi0/(s)
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
<output truncated>
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-383
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr members
This is an example of output from the show mvr members ip-address command. It displays the
members of the IP multicast group with that address:
Switch# show mvr members 239.255.0.2
239.255.003.--22
ACTIVE
Gi0/1(d), Gi0/2(d), Gi0/3(d),
Gi0/4(d)/0/5(s)
Related Commands
Command
Description
mvr (global configuration)
Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the
switch.
mvr (interface configuration)
Configures MVR ports.
show mvr
Displays the global MVR configuration on the switch.
show mvr interface
Displays the configured MVR interfaces, status of the specified
interface, or all multicast groups to which the interface belongs
when the members keyword is appended to the command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-384
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show pagp
show pagp
Use the show pagp user EXEC command to display Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) channel-group
information.
show pagp [channel-group-number] {counters | internal | neighbor} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]]
Syntax Description
channel-group-number
(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 48.
counters
Display traffic information.
internal
Display internal information.
neighbor
Display neighbor information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can enter any show pagp command to display the active channel-group information. To display the
nonactive information, enter the show pagp command with a channel-group number.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output are appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 counters command:
Switch> show pagp 1 counters
Information
Flush
Port
Sent
Recv
Sent
Recv
-------------------------------------Channel group: 1
Gi0/21
45
42
0
0
Gi0/22
45
41
0
0
This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 internal command:
Switch> show pagp 1 internal
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello.
A - Device is in Auto mode.
Timers: H - Hello timer is running.
S - Switching timer is running.
C - Device is in Consistent state.
Q - Quit timer is running.
I - Interface timer is running.
Channel group 1
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-385
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show pagp
Port
Gi0/21
Gi0/22
Flags State
SC
U6/S7
SC
U6/S7
Timers
H
H
Hello
Partner PAgP
Interval Count
Priority
30s
1
128
30s
1
128
Learning Group
Method Ifindex
Any
16
Any
16
This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 neighbor command:
Switch> show pagp 1 neighbor
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello.
A - Device is in Auto mode.
Channel group 1 neighbors
Partner
Port
Name
Gi0/21
switch-p2
Gi0/22
switch-p2
Related Commands
C - Device is in Consistent state.
P - Device learns on physical port.
Partner
Device ID
0002.4b29.4600
0002.4b29.4600
Partner
Port
Gi0/21
Gi0/22
Command
Description
clear pagp
Clears PAgP channel-group information.
Age
Partner Group
Flags
Cap.
9s SC
10001
24s SC
10001
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-386
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show parser macro
show parser macro
Use the show parser macro user EXEC command to display the parameters for all configured macros
or for one macro on the switch.
show parser macro [{brief | description [interface interface-id] | name macro-name}] [ | {begin
| exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
brief
(Optional) Display the name of each macro.
description [interface
interface-id]
(Optional) Display all macro descriptions or the description of a specific
interface.
name macro-name
(Optional) Display information about a single macro identified by the macro
name.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is a partial output example from the show parser macro command. The output for the Cisco-default
macros varies depending on the switch platform and the software image running on the switch:
Switch# show parser macro
Total number of macros = 6
-------------------------------------------------------------Macro name : cisco-global
Macro type : default global
# Enable dynamic port error recovery for link state
# failures
errdisable recovery cause link-flap
errdisable recovery interval 60
<output truncated>
-------------------------------------------------------------Macro name : cisco-desktop
Macro type : default interface
# macro keywords $AVID
# Basic interface - Enable data VLAN only
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-387
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show parser macro
# Recommended value for access vlan (AVID) should not be 1
switchport access vlan $AVID
switchport mode access
<output truncated>
-------------------------------------------------------------Macro name : cisco-phone
Macro type : default interface
# Cisco IP phone + desktop template
# macro keywords $AVID $VVID
# VoIP enabled interface - Enable data VLAN
# and voice VLAN (VVID)
# Recommended value for access vlan (AVID) should not be 1
switchport access vlan $AVID
switchport mode access
<output truncated>
-------------------------------------------------------------Macro name : cisco-switch
Macro type : default interface
# macro keywords $NVID
# Access Uplink to Distribution
# Do not apply to EtherChannel/Port Group
# Define unique Native VLAN on trunk ports
# Recommended value for native vlan (NVID) should not be 1
switchport trunk native vlan $NVID
<output truncated>
-------------------------------------------------------------Macro name : cisco-router
Macro type : default interface
# macro keywords $NVID
# Access Uplink to Distribution
# Define unique Native VLAN on trunk ports
# Recommended value for native vlan (NVID) should not be 1
switchport trunk native vlan $NVID
<output truncated>
-------------------------------------------------------------Macro name : snmp
Macro type : customizable
#enable port security, linkup, and linkdown traps
snmp-server enable traps port-security
snmp-server enable traps linkup
snmp-server enable traps linkdown
#set snmp-server host
snmp-server host ADDRESS
#set SNMP trap notifications precedence
snmp-server ip precedence VALUE
--------------------------------------------------------------
This is an example of output from the show parser macro name command:
Switch# show parser macro name standard-switch10
Macro name : standard-switch10
Macro type : customizable
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-388
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show parser macro
macro description standard-switch10
# Trust QoS settings on VOIP packets
auto qos voip trust
# Allow port channels to be automatically formed
channel-protocol pagp
This is an example of output from the show parser macro brief command:
Switch# show parser macro brief
default global
: cisco-global
default interface: cisco-desktop
default interface: cisco-phone
default interface: cisco-switch
default interface: cisco-router
customizable
: snmp
This is an example of output from the show parser description command:
Switch# show parser macro description
Global Macro(s): cisco-global
Interface
Macro Description(s)
-------------------------------------------------------------Gi0/1
standard-switch10
Gi0/2
this is test macro
--------------------------------------------------------------
This is an example of output from the show parser description interface command:
Switch# show parser macro description interface gigabitethernet0/2
Interface
Macro Description
-------------------------------------------------------------Gi0/2
this is test macro
--------------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro apply
Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an interface.
macro description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global
Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch.
macro global
description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
macro name
Creates a macro.
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration, including defined macros. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands >
Configuration File Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-389
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show policy-map
show policy-map
Use the show policy-map user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) policy maps, which
define classification criteria for incoming traffic. Policy maps can include policers that specify the
bandwidth limitations and the action to take if the limits are exceeded.
show policy-map [policy-map-name [class class-map-name]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
Note
policy-map-name
(Optional) Display the specified policy-map name.
class class-map-name
(Optional) Display QoS policy actions for a individual class.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Though visible in the command-line help string, the control-plane and interface keywords are not
supported, and the statistics shown in the display should be ignored.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show policy-map command:
Switch> show policy-map
Policy Map videowizard_policy2
class videowizard_10-10-10-10
set dscp 34
police 100000000 2000000 exceed-action drop
Policy Map mypolicy
class dscp5
set dscp 6
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-390
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show policy-map
Related Commands
Command
Description
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-391
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show port-security
show port-security
Use the show port-security privileged EXEC command to display port-security settings for an interface
or for the switch.
show port-security [interface interface-id] [address | vlan] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display port security settings for the specified interface. Valid
interfaces include physical ports (including type, module, and port number).
address
(Optional) Display all secure MAC addresses on all ports or a specified port.
vlan
(Optional) Display port security settings for all VLANs on the specified
interface. This keyword is visible only on interfaces that have the switchport
mode set to trunk.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you enter the command without keywords, the output includes the administrative and operational
status of all secure ports on the switch.
If you enter an interface-id, the command displays port security settings for the interface.
If you enter the address keyword, the command displays the secure MAC addresses for all interfaces
and the aging information for each secure address.
If you enter an interface-id and the address keyword, the command displays all the MAC addresses for
the interface with aging information for each secure address. You can also use this command to display
all the MAC addresses for an interface even if you have not enabled port security on it.
If you enter the vlan keyword, the command displays the configured maximum and the current number
of secure MAC addresses for all VLANs on the interface. This option is visible only on interfaces that
have the switchport mode set to trunk.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-392
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show port-security
Examplesv
This is an example of the output from the show port-security command:
Switch# show port-security
Secure Port
MaxSecureAddr CurrentAddr SecurityViolation Security Action
(Count)
(Count)
(Count)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Gi0/1
1
0
0
Shutdown
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port)
: 1
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) : 6272
This is an example of output from the show port-security interface interface-id command:
Switch# show port-security
Port Security : Enabled
Port status : SecureUp
Violation mode : Shutdown
Maximum MAC Addresses : 1
Total MAC Addresses : 0
Configured MAC Addresses :
Aging time : 0 mins
Aging type : Absolute
SecureStatic address aging
Security Violation count :
interface gigabitethernet0/1
0
: Disabled
0
This is an example of output from the show port-security address command:
Switch# show
port-security address
Secure Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
Type
Ports
Remaining Age
(mins)
--------------------------------1
0006.0700.0800
SecureConfigured
Gi0/2
1
------------------------------------------------------------------Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port)
: 1
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) : 6272
This is an example of output from the show port-security interface gigabitethernet0/2 address
command:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet0/2 address
Secure Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
Type
Ports
Remaining Age
(mins)
--------------------------------1
0006.0700.0800
SecureConfigured
Gi0/2
1
------------------------------------------------------------------Total Addresses: 1
This is an example of output from the show port-security interface interface-id vlan command:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet0/2 vlan
Default maximum:not set, using 5120
VLAN Maximum
Current
5
default
1
10
default
54
11
default
101
12
default
101
13
default
201
14
default
501
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-393
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show port-security
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear port-security
Deletes from the MAC address table a specific type of secure address
or all the secure addresses on the switch or an interface.
switchport port-security
Enables port security on a port, restricts the use of the port to a
user-defined group of stations, and configures secure MAC
addresses.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-394
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show setup express
show setup express
Use the show setup express privileged EXEC command to display if Express Setup mode is active on
the switch.
show setup express [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show setup express command:
Switch# show setup express
express setup mode is active
Related Commands
Command
Description
setup express
Enables Express Setup mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-395
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
show spanning-tree
Use the show spanning-tree user EXEC command to display spanning-tree state information.
show spanning-tree [bridge-group | active [detail] | backbonefast | blockedports | bridge | detail
[active] | inconsistentports | interface interface-id | mst | pathcost method | root | summary
[totals] | uplinkfast | vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show spanning-tree bridge-group [active [detail] | blockedports | bridge | detail [active] |
inconsistentports | interface interface-id | root | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [active [detail] | blockedports | bridge | detail [active] |
inconsistentports | interface interface-id | root | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree {vlan vlan-id | bridge-group} bridge [address | detail | forward-time |
hello-time | id | max-age | priority [system-id] | protocol] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree {vlan vlan-id | bridge-group} root [address | cost | detail | forward-time |
hello-time | id | max-age | port | priority [system-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree interface interface-id [active [detail] | cost | detail [active] | inconsistency |
portfast | priority | rootcost | state] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show spanning-tree mst [configuration [digest]] | [instance-id [detail | interface interface-id
[detail]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
bridge-group
(Optional) Specify the bridge group number. The range is 1 to 255.
active [detail]
(Optional) Display spanning-tree information only on active interfaces
(available only in privileged EXEC mode).
backbonefast
(Optional) Display spanning-tree BackboneFast status.
blockedports
(Optional) Display blocked port information (available only in privileged
EXEC mode).
(Optional) Display status and configuration of this switch (optional
bridge [address | detail |
forward-time | hello-time | keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode).
id | max-age | priority
[system-id] | protocol]
detail [active]
(Optional) Display a detailed summary of interface information (active
keyword available only in privileged EXEC mode).
inconsistentports
(Optional) Display inconsistent port information (available only in
privileged EXEC mode).
interface interface-id
[active [detail] | cost |
detail [active] |
inconsistency | portfast |
priority | rootcost | state]
(Optional) Display spanning-tree information for the specified interface
(all options except portfast and state available only in privileged EXEC
mode). Enter each interface separated by a space. Ranges are not
supported. Valid interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port
channels. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1
to 48.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-396
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
mst [configuration
[digest]] [instance-id
[detail | interface
interface-id [detail]]
(Optional) Display the multiple spanning-tree (MST) region
configuration and status (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
The keywords have these meanings:
•
digest—(Optional) Display the MD5 digest included in the current
MST configuration identifier (MSTCI). Two separate digests, one for
standard and one for prestandard switches, appear (available only in
privileged EXEC mode).
The terminology was updated for the implementation of the IEEE
standard, and the txholdcount field was added.
The new master role appears for boundary ports.
The word pre-standard or Pre-STD appears when an IEEE standard
bridge sends prestandard BPDUs on a port.
The word pre-standard (config) or Pre-STD-Cf appears when a port
has been configured to transmit prestandard BPDUs and no
prestandard BPDU has been received on that port.
The word pre-standard (rcvd) or Pre-STD-Rx appears when a
prestandard BPDU has been received on a port that has not been
configured to transmit prestandard BPDUs.
A dispute flag appears when a designated port receives inferior
designated information until the port returns to the forwarding state
or ceases to be designated.
pathcost method
•
instance-id—You can specify a single instance ID, a range of IDs
separated by a hyphen, or a series of IDs separated by a comma. The
range is 1 to 4094. The display shows the number of currently
configured instances.
•
interface interface-id—(Optional) Valid interfaces include physical
ports, VLANs, and port channels. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The
port-channel range is 1 to 48.
•
detail—(Optional) Display detailed information for the instance or
interface.
(Optional) Display the default path cost method (available only in
privileged EXEC mode).
root [address | cost | detail (Optional) Display root switch status and configuration (all keywords
| forward-time | hello-time available only in privileged EXEC mode).
| id | max-age | port |
priority [system-id]]
summary [totals]
(Optional) Display a summary of port states or the total lines of the
spanning-tree state section. The words IEEE Standard identify the MST
version running on a switch.
uplinkfast
(Optional) Display spanning-tree UplinkFast status.
vlan vlan-id [active
[detail] | backbonefast |
blockedports | bridge
[address | detail |
forward-time | hello-time |
id | max-age | priority
[system-id] | protocol]
(Optional) Display spanning-tree information for the specified VLAN
(some keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode). You can
specify a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of
VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a
comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-397
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If the vlan-id variable is omitted, the command applies to the spanning-tree instance for all VLANs.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree active command:
Switch# show spanning-tree active
VLAN0001
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID
Priority
32768
Address
0001.42e2.cdd0
Cost
3038
Port
24 (GigabitEthernet0/21)
Hello Time
2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID
Priority
49153 (priority 49152 sys-id-ext 1)
Address
0003.fd63.9580
Hello Time
2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Aging Time 300
Uplinkfast enabled
Interface
Role Sts Cost
Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- -------------------------------Gi0/21
Root FWD 3019
128.24
P2p
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree detail command:
Switch# show spanning-tree detail
VLAN0001 is executing the ieee compatible Spanning Tree protocol
Bridge Identifier has priority 49152, sysid 1, address 0003.fd63.9580
Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Current root has priority 32768, address 0001.42e2.cdd0
Root port is 21 (GigabitEthernet0/21), cost of root path is 3038
Topology change flag not set, detected flag not set
Number of topology changes 0 last change occurred 1d16h ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2
hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Timers: hello 0, topology change 0, notification 0, aging 300
Uplinkfast enabled
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-398
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
Port 1 (GigabitEthernet0/21) of VLAN0001 is forwarding
Port path cost 3019, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.24.
Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.42e2.cdd0
Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 00d0.bbf5.c680
Designated port id is 128.21, designated path cost 19
Timers: message age 2, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
Link type is point-to-point by default
BPDU: sent 0, received 72364
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree interface interface-id command:
Switch# show spanning-tree interface gigabitethernet0/21
Vlan
Role Sts Cost
Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- -------------------------------VLAN0001
Root FWD 3019
128.21
P2p
Switch# show spanning-tree summary
Switch is in pvst mode
Root bridge for: none
EtherChannel misconfiguration guard
Extended system ID
is enabled
Portfast
is disabled by
PortFast BPDU Guard is disabled by
Portfast BPDU Filter is disabled by
Loopguard
is disabled by
UplinkFast
is enabled
BackboneFast
is enabled
Pathcost method used is short
is enabled
default
default
default
default
Name
Blocking Listening Learning Forwarding STP Active
---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ---------VLAN0001
1
0
0
11
12
VLAN0002
3
0
0
1
4
VLAN0004
3
0
0
1
4
VLAN0006
3
0
0
1
4
VLAN0031
3
0
0
1
4
VLAN0032
3
0
0
1
4
<output truncated>
---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ---------37 vlans
109
0
0
47
156
Station update rate set to 150 packets/sec.
UplinkFast statistics
----------------------Number of transitions via uplinkFast (all VLANs)
: 0
Number of proxy multicast addresses transmitted (all VLANs) : 0
BackboneFast statistics
----------------------Number of transition via backboneFast (all VLANs)
Number of inferior BPDUs received (all VLANs)
Number of RLQ request PDUs received (all VLANs)
Number of RLQ response PDUs received (all VLANs)
Number of RLQ request PDUs sent (all VLANs)
Number of RLQ response PDUs sent (all VLANs)
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
0
0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-399
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst configuration command:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst configuration
Name
[region1]
Revision 1
Instance Vlans Mapped
-------- -----------------0
1-9,21-4094
1
10-20
----------------------------
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id command:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst interface gigabitethernet0/21
GigabitEthernet0/21 of MST00 is root forwarding
Edge port: no
(default)
port guard : none
Link type: point-to-point (auto)
bpdu filter: disable
Boundary : boundary
(STP)
bpdu guard : disable
Bpdus sent 5, received 74
Instance role state cost
0
root FWD
200000
(default)
(default)
(default)
prio vlans mapped
128 1,12,14-4094
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst 0 command:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst 0
###### MST00
vlans mapped: 1-9,21-4094
Bridge
address 0002.4b29.7a00 priority 32768 (32768 sysid
Root
address 0001.4297.e000 priority 32768 (32768 sysid
port
Gi0/21
path cost 200038
IST master *this switch
Operational hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops
Configured hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/21
GigabitEthernet0/22
Port-channel1
Related Commands
0)
0)
20
20
role state cost
prio type
---- ----- --------- ---- -------------------------------root FWD
200000
128 P2P bound(STP)
desg FWD
200000
128 P2P bound(STP)
desg FWD
200000
128 P2P bound(STP)
Command
Description
clear spanning-tree counters
Clears the spanning-tree counters.
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Restarts the protocol migration process.
spanning-tree backbonefast
Enables the BackboneFast feature.
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Prevents an interface from sending or receiving bridge
protocol data units (BPDUs).
spanning-tree bpduguard
Puts an interface in the error-disabled state when it
receives a BPDU.
spanning-tree cost
Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree extend system-id
Enables the extended system ID feature.
spanning-tree guard
Enables the root guard or the loop guard feature for all the
VLANs associated with the selected interface.
spanning-tree link-type
Overrides the default link-type setting for rapid
spanning-tree transitions to the forwarding state.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-400
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
Command
Description
spanning-tree loopguard default
Prevents alternate or root ports from becoming the
designated port because of a failure that leads to a
unidirectional link.
spanning-tree mst configuration
Enters multiple spanning-tree (MST) configuration mode
through which the MST region configuration occurs.
spanning-tree mst cost
Sets the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age
Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree
receives from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Sets the number of hops in an MST region before the
BPDU is discarded and the information held for an
interface is aged.
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree mst priority
Configures the switch priority for the specified
spanning-tree instance.
spanning-tree mst root
Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based
on the network diameter.
spanning-tree port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree portfast (global
configuration)
Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard
feature on Port Fast-enabled interfaces or enables the Port
Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces.
spanning-tree portfast (interface
configuration)
Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface and all its
associated VLANs.
spanning-tree uplinkfast
Accelerates the choice of a new root port when a link or
switch fails or when the spanning tree reconfigures itself.
spanning-tree vlan
Configures spanning tree on a per-VLAN basis.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-401
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show storm-control
show storm-control
Use the show storm-control user EXEC command to display broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm
control settings on the switch or on the specified interface or to display storm-control history.
show storm-control [interface-id] [broadcast | multicast | unicast] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) Interface ID for the physical port (including type, module, and port
number).
broadcast
(Optional) Display broadcast storm threshold setting.
multicast
(Optional) Display multicast storm threshold setting.
unicast
(Optional) Display unicast storm threshold setting.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you enter an interface-id, the storm control thresholds appear for the specified interface.
If you do not enter an interface-id, settings appear for one traffic type for all ports on the switch.
If you do not enter a traffic type, settings appear for broadcast storm control.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of a partial output from the show storm-control command when no keywords are
entered. Because no traffic-type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings appear.
Switch> show storm-control
Interface
Filter State
Upper
Lower
Current
--------------------- ---------- --------- --------Gi0/1
Forwarding
20 pps
10 pps
5 pps
Gi0/2
Forwarding
50.00%
40.00%
0.00%
<output truncated>
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-402
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show storm-control
This is an example of output from the show storm-control command for a specified interface. Because
no traffic-type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings appear.
Switch> show storm-control gigabitethernet 0/21
Interface
Filter State
Upper
Lower
Current
--------------------- ---------- --------- --------Gi0/1
Forwarding
20 pps
10 pps
5 pps
Table 2-26 describes the fields in the show storm-control display.
Table 2-26
Related Commands
show storm-control Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Interface
Displays the ID of the interface.
Filter State
Displays the status of the filter:
•
Blocking—Storm control is enabled, and a storm has occurred.
•
Forwarding—Storm control is enabled, and no storms have occurred.
•
Inactive—Storm control is disabled.
Upper
Displays the rising suppression level as a percentage of total available
bandwidth in packets per second or in bits per second.
Lower
Displays the falling suppression level as a percentage of total available
bandwidth in packets per second or in bits per second.
Current
Displays the bandwidth usage of broadcast traffic or the specified traffic type
(broadcast, multicast, or unicast) as a percentage of total available
bandwidth. This field is only valid when storm control is enabled.
Command
Description
storm-control
Sets the broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control levels for the switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-403
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show system mtu
show system mtu
Use the show system mtu privileged EXEC command to display the global maximum transmission unit
(MTU) or maximum packet size set for the switch.
show system mtu [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you have used the system mtu or system mtu jumbo global configuration command to change the
MTU setting, the new setting does not take effect until you reset the switch.
The system MTU refers to ports operating at 10/100 Mbps; the system jumbo MTU refers to Gigabit
ports; the system routing MTU refers to routed ports.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show system mtu command:
Switch# show system mtu
System MTU size is 1500 bytes
System Jumbo MTU size is 1550 bytes
Related Commands
Command
Description
system mtu
Sets the MTU size for the Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, or routed ports.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-404
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show udld
show udld
Use the show udld user EXEC command to display UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD)
administrative and operational status for all ports or the specified port.
show udld [interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) ID of the interface and port number. Valid interfaces include
physical ports and VLANs. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not enter an interface-id, administrative and operational UDLD status for all interfaces appear.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show udld interface-id command. For this display, UDLD is
enabled on both ends of the link, and UDLD detects that the link is bidirectional. Table 2-27 describes
the fields in this display.
Switch> show udld gigabitethernet0/21
Interface gi0/21
--Port enable administrative configuration setting: Follows device default
Port enable operational state: Enabled
Current bidirectional state: Bidirectional
Current operational state: Advertisement - Single Neighbor detected
Message interval: 60
Time out interval: 5
Entry 1
Expiration time: 146
Device ID: 1
Current neighbor state: Bidirectional
Device name: Switch-A
Port ID: Gi0/21
Neighbor echo 1 device: Switch-B
Neighbor echo 1 port: Gi0/22
Message interval: 5
CDP Device name: Switch-A
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-405
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show udld
Table 2-27
show udld Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Interface
The interface on the local device configured for UDLD.
Port enable administrative
configuration setting
How UDLD is configured on the port. If UDLD is enabled or
disabled, the port enable configuration setting is the same as the
operational enable state. Otherwise, the enable operational setting
depends on the global enable setting.
Port enable operational state
Operational state that shows whether UDLD is actually running on
this port.
Current bidirectional state
The bidirectional state of the link. An unknown state appears if the
link is down or if it is connected to an UDLD-incapable device. A
bidirectional state appears if the link is a normal two-way connection
to a UDLD-capable device. All other values mean miswiring.
Current operational state
The current phase of the UDLD state machine. For a normal
bidirectional link, the state machine is most often in the
Advertisement phase.
Message interval
How often advertisement messages are sent from the local device.
Measured in seconds.
Time out interval
The time period, in seconds, that UDLD waits for echoes from a
neighbor device during the detection window.
Entry 1
Information from the first cache entry, which contains a copy of echo
information received from the neighbor.
Expiration time
The amount of time in seconds remaining before this cache entry is
aged out.
Device ID
The neighbor device identification.
Current neighbor state
The neighbor’s current state. If both the local and neighbor devices
are running UDLD normally, the neighbor state and local state
should be bidirectional. If the link is down or the neighbor is not
UDLD-capable, no cache entries appear.
Device name
The device name or the system serial number of the neighbor. The
system serial number appears if the device name is not set or is set to
the default (Switch).
Port ID
The neighbor port ID enabled for UDLD.
Neighbor echo 1 device
The device name of the neighbors’ neighbor from which the echo
originated.
Neighbor echo 1 port
The port number ID of the neighbor from which the echo originated.
Message interval
The rate, in seconds, at which the neighbor is sending advertisement
messages.
CDP device name
The CDP device name or the system serial number. The system serial
number appears if the device name is not set or is set to the default
(Switch).
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-406
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show udld
Related Commands
Command
Description
udld
Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the
configurable message timer time.
udld port
Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic
interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration
command.
udld reset
Resets all interfaces shutdown by UDLD and permits traffic to begin
passing through them again.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-407
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show version
show version
Use the show version user EXEC command to display version information for the hardware and
firmware.
show version [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show version command:
Note
Though visible in the show version output, the configuration register information is not supported on
the switch.
switch#show version
Cisco IOS Software, CBS30X0 Software (CBS30X0-LANBASE-M), Version 12.2(0.0.17)SEF, RELEASE
SOFTWARE (fcl) Copyright (c) 1986-2006 by Cisco Systems, Inc.
Compiled Tue 28-Mar-06 12:38 by antonino
Image text-base: 0x00003000, data-base: 0x00ABED9C
ROM: Bootstrap program is CBS30X0 boot loader
BOOTLDR: ME3400 Boot Loader (HALBERD2-HBOOT-M), Version 12.2 [mbutts-h2_machete_ bl 115]
Switch uptime is 3 minutes
System returned to ROM by power-on
System image file is
"flash:cbs30x0-lanbase-mz.122-0.0.17.SEF/cbs30x0-lanbase-mz.122-0.0.17.SEF.bin"
cisco WS-CBS3020-HPQ (PowerPC405) processor (revision 01) with 118784K/12280K bytes of
memory.
Processor board ID FHH0939H061
Last reset from power-on
Target IOS Version 12.2(25)SEF
1 Virtual Ethernet interface
1 FastEthernet interface
24 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces
The password-recovery mechanism is enabled.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-408
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show version
512K bytes of flash-simulated non-volatile configuration memory.
Base ethernet MAC Address
: 00:D0:2B:FC:4D:00
Motherboard assembly number
: 73-10340-04
Motherboard serial number
: FHH0939004D
Model revision number
: 01
Motherboard revision number
: 02
System serial number
: FHH0939H061
Top Assembly Part Number
: 800-27541-01
Top Assembly Revision Number
: 03
Version ID
: V01
CLEI Code Number
: ABCDEFGHIJ
Hardware Board Revision Number : 0x02
Switch
------
Ports
-----
Model
-----
SW Version
----------
SW Image
----------
*
24
WS-CBS3020-HPQ
12.2(0.0.17)SEF
CBS30X0-LANBASE-M
1
Configuration register is 0xF
Switch#
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-409
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
show vlan
Use the show vlan user EXEC command to display the parameters for all configured VLANs or one
VLAN (if the VLAN ID or name is specified) on the switch.
show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | mtu | name vlan-name | remote-span | summary] [ | {begin |
exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
Note
brief
(Optional) Display one line for each VLAN with the VLAN name, status,
and its ports.
id vlan-id
(Optional) Display information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID
number. For vlan-id, the range is 1 to 4094.
mtu
(Optional) Display a list of VLANs and the minimum and maximum
transmission unit (MTU) sizes configured on ports in the VLAN.
name vlan-name
(Optional) Display information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN
name. The VLAN name is an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters.
remote-span
(Optional) Display information about Remote SPAN (RSPAN) VLANs.
summary
(Optional) Display VLAN summary information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Though visible in the command-line help string, the ifindex, internal usage, and private-vlan keywords
are not supported.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-410
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
Usage Guidelines
In the show vlan mtu command output, the MTU_Mismatch column shows whether all the ports in the
VLAN have the same MTU. When yes appears in this column, it means that the VLAN has ports with
different MTUs, and packets that are switched from a port with a larger MTU to a port with a smaller
MTU might be dropped. If the VLAN does not have an SVI, the hyphen (-) symbol appears in the
SVI_MTU column. If the MTU-Mismatch column displays yes, the names of the port with the MinMTU
and the port with the MaxMTU appear.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vlan command. Table 2-28 describes the fields in the display.
Switch> show vlan
VLAN Name
Status
Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- ------------------------------1
default
active
Gi0/11, Gi0/13, Gi0/14, Gi0/15
Gi0/16
101 VLAN0101
active
102 VLAN0102
active
103 VLAN0103
active
104 VLAN0104
active
105 VLAN0105
active
106 VLAN0106
active
107 VLAN0107
active
108 VLAN0108
active
109 VLAN0109
active
110 VLAN0110
active
111 VLAN0111
active
112 VLAN0112
active
113 VLAN0113
active
114 VLAN0114
active
115 VLAN0115
active
116 VLAN0116
active
117 VLAN0117
active
118 VLAN0118
active
119 VLAN0119
active
120 VLAN0120
active
121 VLAN0121
active
122 VLAN0122
active
123 VLAN0123
active
124 VLAN0124
active
125 VLAN0125
active
126 VLAN0126
active
127 VLAN0127
active
128 VLAN0128
active
129 VLAN0129
active
130 VLAN0130
active
500 VLAN0500
active
Gi0/1, Gi0/2, Gi0/3, Gi0/4
Gi0/5, Gi0/6, Gi0/7, Gi0/8
Gi0/9, Gi0/10, Gi0/12
1002 fddi-default
act/unsup
1003 token-ring-default
act/unsup
1004 fddinet-default
act/unsup
1005 trnet-default
act/unsup
VLAN
---1
VLAN
----
Type
----enet
Type
-----
SAID
---------100001
SAID
----------
MTU
----1500
MTU
-----
Parent
-----Parent
------
RingNo
-----RingNo
------
BridgeNo
-------BridgeNo
--------
Stp
---Stp
----
BrdgMode
-------BrdgMode
--------
Trans1
-----0
Trans1
------
Trans2
-----0
Trans2
------
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-411
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
VLAN
---124
125
126
127
128
129
130
500
1002
1003
1004
1005
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
Type
----enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
enet
fddi
tr
fdnet
trnet
100101
100102
100103
100104
100105
100106
100107
100108
100109
100110
100111
100112
100113
100114
100115
100116
100117
100118
100119
100120
100121
100122
100123
SAID
---------100124
100125
100126
100127
100128
100129
100130
100500
101002
101003
101004
101005
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
MTU
----1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
Parent
------
RingNo
------
BridgeNo
--------
Stp
---ieee
ibm
BrdgMode
-------srb
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Trans1
-----0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Trans2
-----0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Remote SPAN VLANs
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary Secondary Type
Ports
------- --------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------
Table 2-28
show vlan Command Output Fields
Field
Description
VLAN
VLAN number.
Name
Name, if configured, of the VLAN.
Status
Status of the VLAN (active or suspend).
Ports
Ports that belong to the VLAN.
Type
Media type of the VLAN.
SAID
Security association ID value for the VLAN.
MTU
Maximum transmission unit size for the VLAN.
Parent
Parent VLAN, if one exists.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-412
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
Table 2-28
show vlan Command Output Fields (continued)
Field
Description
RingNo
Ring number for the VLAN, if applicable.
BrdgNo
Bridge number for the VLAN, if applicable.
Stp
Spanning Tree Protocol type used on the VLAN.
BrdgMode
Bridging mode for this VLAN—possible values are source-route bridging
(SRB) and source-route transparent (SRT); the default is SRB.
Trans1
Translation bridge 1.
Trans2
Translation bridge 2.
Remote SPAN VLANs
Identifies any RSPAN VLANs that have been configured.
This is an example of output from the show vlan summary command:
Switch> show vlan summary
Number of existing VLANs
: 8
Number of existing VTP VLANs
: 8
Number of existing extended VLANs : 0
This is an example of output from the show vlan id command.
Switch# show vlan id 1
VLAN Name
Status
Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- ------------------------------1
default
active
Gi0/1, Gi0/2, Gi0/3, Gi0/4
Gi0/5, Gi0/6, Gi0/7, Gi0/8
Gi0/9, Gi0/10, Gi0/11, Gi0/12
Gi0/13, Gi0/14, Gi0/15, Gi0/16
Gi0/17, Gi0/18
VLAN Type SAID
MTU
Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2
---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ -----1
enet 100001
1500 0
0
Remote SPAN VLAN
---------------Disabled
Primary Secondary Type
Ports
------- --------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-413
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
Related Commands
Command
Description
switchport mode
Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
vlan (global
configuration)
Enables VLAN configuration mode where you can configure VLANs 1 to
4094.
vlan (VLAN
configuration)
Configures VLAN characteristics in the VLAN database. Only available for
normal-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1 to 1005). Do not enter leading zeros.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-414
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan access-map
show vlan access-map
Use the show vlan access-map privileged EXEC command to display information about a particular
VLAN access map or for all VLAN access maps.
show vlan access-map [mapname] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
mapname
(Optional) Name of a specific VLAN access map.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vlan access-map command:
Switch# show vlan access-map
Vlan access-map "SecWiz" 10
Match clauses:
ip address: SecWiz_Gi0_3_in_ip
ip address: SecWiz_Fa10_3_in_ip
Action:
forward
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vlan filter
Displays information about all VLAN filters or about a particular VLAN or
VLAN access map.
vlan access-map
Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
vlan filter
Applies a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-415
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan filter
show vlan filter
Use the show vlan filter privileged EXEC command to display information about all VLAN filters or
about a particular VLAN or VLAN access map.
show vlan filter [access-map name | vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
access-map name
(Optional) Display filtering information for the specified VLAN access map.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display filtering information for the specified VLAN. The range is
1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vlan filter command:
Switch# show vlan filter
VLAN Map map_1 is filtering VLANs:
20-22
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vlan access-map
Displays information about a particular VLAN access map or for all
VLAN access maps.
vlan access-map
Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
vlan filter
Applies a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-416
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vmps
show vmps
Use the show vmps user EXEC command without keywords to display the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP)
version, reconfirmation interval, retry count, VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) IP addresses,
and the current and primary servers, or use the statistics keyword to display client-side statistics.
show vmps [statistics] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
statistics
(Optional) Display VQP client-side statistics and counters.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vmps command:
Switch> show vmps
VQP Client Status:
-------------------VMPS VQP Version:
1
Reconfirm Interval: 60 min
Server Retry Count: 3
VMPS domain server:
Reconfirmation status
--------------------VMPS Action:
other
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-417
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vmps
This is an example of output from the show vmps statistics command. Table 2-29 describes each field
in the display.
Switch> show vmps statistics
VMPS Client Statistics
---------------------VQP Queries:
0
VQP Responses:
0
VMPS Changes:
0
VQP Shutdowns:
0
VQP Denied:
0
VQP Wrong Domain:
0
VQP Wrong Version:
0
VQP Insufficient Resource: 0
Table 2-29
show vmps statistics Field Descriptions
Field
Description
VQP Queries
Number of queries sent by the client to the VMPS.
VQP Responses
Number of responses sent to the client from the VMPS.
VMPS Changes
Number of times that the VMPS changed from one server to another.
VQP Shutdowns
Number of times the VMPS sent a response to shut down the port. The client
disables the port and removes all dynamic addresses on this port from the
address table. You must administratively re-enable the port to restore
connectivity.
VQP Denied
Number of times the VMPS denied the client request for security reasons. When
the VMPS response denies an address, no frame is forwarded to or from the
workstation with that address (broadcast or multicast frames are delivered to the
workstation if the port has been assigned to a VLAN). The client keeps the
denied address in the address table as a blocked address to prevent more queries
from being sent to the VMPS for each new packet received from this
workstation. The client ages the address if no new packets are received from this
workstation on this port within the aging time period.
VQP Wrong Domain Number of times the management domain in the request does not match the one
for the VMPS. Any previous VLAN assignments of the port are not changed.
This response means that the server and the client have not been configured with
the same VTP management domain.
VQP Wrong Version Number of times the version field in the query packet contains a value that is
higher than the version supported by the VMPS. The VLAN assignment of the
port is not changed. The switches send only VMPS Version 1 requests.
VQP Insufficient
Resource
Number of times the VMPS is unable to answer the request because of a
resource availability problem. If the retry limit has not yet been reached, the
client repeats the request with the same server or with the next alternate server,
depending on whether the per-server retry count has been reached.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-418
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vmps
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear vmps statistics
Clears the statistics maintained by the VQP client.
vmps reconfirm
(privileged EXEC)
Sends VQP queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN assignments with the
VMPS.
vmps retry
Configures the per-server retry count for the VQP client.
vmps server
Configures the primary VMPS and up to three secondary servers.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-419
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vtp
show vtp
Use the show vtp user EXEC command to display general information about the VLAN Trunking
Protocol (VTP) management domain, status, and counters.
show vtp {counters | password | status} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
counters
Display the VTP statistics for the switch.
password
Display the configured VTP password.
status
Display general information about the VTP management domain status.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vtp counters command. Table 2-30 describes each field in
the display.
Switch> show vtp counters
VTP statistics:
Summary advertisements received
Subset advertisements received
Request advertisements received
Summary advertisements transmitted
Subset advertisements transmitted
Request advertisements transmitted
Number of config revision errors
Number of config digest errors
Number of V1 summary errors
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
VTP pruning statistics:
Trunk
Join Transmitted Join Received
Summary advts received from
non-pruning-capable device
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------------------Gi0/21
0
0
0
Gi0/22
0
0
0
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-420
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vtp
Table 2-30
show vtp counters Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Summary advertisements
received
Number of summary advertisements received by this switch on its trunk
ports. Summary advertisements contain the management domain name,
the configuration revision number, the update timestamp and identity, the
authentication checksum, and the number of subset advertisements to
follow.
Subset advertisements
received
Number of subset advertisements received by this switch on its trunk
ports. Subset advertisements contain all the information for one or more
VLANs.
Request advertisements
received
Number of advertisement requests received by this switch on its trunk
ports. Advertisement requests normally request information on all
VLANs. They can also request information on a subset of VLANs.
Summary advertisements
transmitted
Number of summary advertisements sent by this switch on its trunk
ports. Summary advertisements contain the management domain name,
the configuration revision number, the update timestamp and identity, the
authentication checksum, and the number of subset advertisements to
follow.
Subset advertisements
transmitted
Number of subset advertisements sent by this switch on its trunk ports.
Subset advertisements contain all the information for one or more
VLANs.
Request advertisements
transmitted
Number of advertisement requests sent by this switch on its trunk ports.
Advertisement requests normally request information on all VLANs.
They can also request information on a subset of VLANs.
Number of configuration
revision errors
Number of revision errors.
Whenever you define a new VLAN, delete an existing one, suspend or
resume an existing VLAN, or modify the parameters on an existing
VLAN, the configuration revision number of the switch increments.
Revision errors increment whenever the switch receives an
advertisement whose revision number matches the revision number of
the switch, but the MD5 digest values do not match. This error means
that the VTP password in the two switches is different or that the
switches have different configurations.
These errors means that the switch is filtering incoming advertisements,
which causes the VTP database to become unsynchronized across the
network.
Number of configuration
digest errors
Number of MD5 digest errors.
Digest errors increment whenever the MD5 digest in the summary packet
and the MD5 digest of the received advertisement calculated by the
switch do not match. This error usually means that the VTP password in
the two switches is different. To solve this problem, make sure the VTP
password on all switches is the same.
These errors mean that the switch is filtering incoming advertisements,
which causes the VTP database to become unsynchronized across the
network.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-421
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vtp
Table 2-30
show vtp counters Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
Number of V1 summary
errors
Number of Version 1 errors.
Join Transmitted
Number of VTP pruning messages sent on the trunk.
Join Received
Number of VTP pruning messages received on the trunk.
Summary Advts Received
from non-pruning-capable
device
Number of VTP summary messages received on the trunk from devices
that do not support pruning.
Version 1 summary errors increment whenever a switch in VTP V2 mode
receives a VTP Version 1 frame. These errors mean that at least one
neighboring switch is either running VTP Version 1 or VTP Version 2
with V2-mode disabled. To solve this problem, change the configuration
of the switches in VTP V2-mode to disabled.
This is an example of output from the show vtp status command. Table 2-31 describes each field in the
display.
Switch> show vtp status
VTP Version
Configuration Revision
Maximum VLANs supported locally
Number of existing VLANs
VTP Operating Mode
VTP Domain Name
VTP Pruning Mode
VTP V2 Mode
VTP Traps Generation
MD5 digest
Table 2-31
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
2
0
1005
45
Transparent
shared_testbed1
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
0x3A 0x29 0x86 0x39 0xB4 0x5D 0x58 0xD7
show vtp status Field Descriptions
Field
Description
VTP Version
Displays the VTP version operating on the switch. By default, the switch
implements Version 1 but can be set to Version 2.
Configuration Revision
Current configuration revision number on this switch.
Maximum VLANs
Supported Locally
Maximum number of VLANs supported locally.
Number of Existing
VLANs
Number of existing VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-422
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vtp
Table 2-31
show vtp status Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
VTP Operating Mode
Displays the VTP operating mode, which can be server, client, or
transparent.
Server: a switch in VTP server mode is enabled for VTP and sends
advertisements. You can configure VLANs on it. The switch guarantees
that it can recover all the VLAN information in the current VTP database
from NVRAM after reboot. By default, every switch is a VTP server.
Note
The switch automatically changes from VTP server mode to VTP
client mode if it detects a failure while writing the configuration
to NVRAM and cannot return to server mode until the NVRAM
is functioning.
Client: a switch in VTP client mode is enabled for VTP, can send
advertisements, but does not have enough nonvolatile storage to store
VLAN configurations. You cannot configure VLANs on it. When a VTP
client starts up, it does not send VTP advertisements until it receives
advertisements to initialize its VLAN database.
Transparent: a switch in VTP transparent mode is disabled for VTP, does
not send or learn from advertisements sent by other devices, and cannot
affect VLAN configurations on other devices in the network. The switch
receives VTP advertisements and forwards them on all trunk ports except
the one on which the advertisement was received.
VTP Domain Name
Name that identifies the administrative domain for the switch.
VTP Pruning Mode
Displays whether pruning is enabled or disabled. Enabling pruning on a
VTP server enables pruning for the entire management domain. Pruning
restricts flooded traffic to those trunk links that the traffic must use to
access the appropriate network devices.
VTP V2 Mode
Displays if VTP Version 2 mode is enabled. All VTP Version 2 switches
operate in Version 1 mode by default. Each VTP switch automatically
detects the capabilities of all the other VTP devices. A network of VTP
devices should be configured to Version 2 only if all VTP switches in the
network can operate in Version 2 mode.
VTP Traps Generation
Displays whether VTP traps are sent to a network management station.
MD5 Digest
A 16-byte checksum of the VTP configuration.
Configuration Last
Modified
Displays the date and time of the last configuration modification.
Displays the IP address of the switch that caused the configuration change
to the database.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-423
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
show vtp
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear vtp counters
Clears the VTP and pruning counters.
vtp (global configuration)
Configures the VTP filename, interface name, domain name, and mode.
vtp (VLAN configuration)
Configures the VTP domain name, password, pruning, and mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Command Reference
2-424
OL-8916-01
2 V]
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
shutdown
shutdown
Use the shutdown interface configuration command to disable an interface. Use the no form of this
command to restart a disabled interface.
shutdown
no shutdown
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The port is enabled (not shut down).
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The shutdown command causes a port to stop forwarding. You can enable the port with the no shutdown
command.
The no shutdown command has no effect if the port is a static-access port assigned to a VLAN that has
been deleted, suspended, or shut down. The port must first be a member of an active VLAN before it can
be re-enabled.
The shutdown command disables all functions on the specified interface.
This command also marks the interface as unavailable. To see if an interface is disabled, use the show
interfaces privileged EXEC command. An interface that has been shut down is shown as
administratively down in the display.
Examples
These examples show how to disable and re-enable a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# shutdown
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# no shutdown
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
Displays the statistical information specific to all interfaces or to a specific
interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-423
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
shutdown vlan
shutdown vlan
Use the shutdown vlan global configuration command to shut down (suspend) local traffic on the
specified VLAN. Use the no form of this command to restart local traffic on the VLAN.
shutdown vlan vlan-id
no shutdown vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
ID of the VLAN to be locally shut down. The range is 2 to 1001. VLANs defined as
default VLANs under the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP), as well as
extended-range VLANs (greater than 1005) cannot be shut down. The default
VLANs are 1 and 1002 to 1005.
Usage Guidelines
The shutdown vlan command does not change the VLAN information in the VTP database. The
command shuts down local traffic, but the switch still advertises VTP information.
Examples
This example shows how to shut down traffic on VLAN 2:
Switch(config)# shutdown vlan 2
You can verify your setting by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
shutdown
(config-vlan mode)
Shuts down local traffic on the VLAN when in config-VLAN mode (accessed
by the vlan vlan-id global configuration command).
vlan database
Enters VLAN configuration mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-424
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server enable traps
snmp-server enable traps
Use the snmp-server enable traps global configuration command to enable the switch to send Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) notifications for various traps or inform requests to the network
management system (NMS). Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
snmp-server enable traps [bridge [newroot] [topologychange] | cluster | config | copy-config |
entity | envmon [fan | shutdown | status | supply | temperature] | flash | hsrp | ipmulticast |
mac-notification | msdp | ospf [cisco-specific | errors | lsa | rate-limit | retransmit |
state-change] | pim [invalid-pim-message | neighbor-change | rp-mapping-change] |
port-security [trap-rate value] | rtr | snmp [authentication | coldstart | linkdown | linkup |
warmstart] | storm-control trap-rate value | stpx [inconsistency] [root-inconsistency]
[loop-inconsistency] | syslog | tty | vlan-membership | vlancreate | vlandelete | vtp]
no snmp-server enable traps [bridge [newroot] [topologychange] | cluster | config | copy-config
| entity | envmon [fan | shutdown | status | supply | temperature] | flash | hsrp | ipmulticast
| mac-notification | msdp | ospf [cisco-specific | errors | lsa | rate-limit | retransmit |
state-change] | pim [invalid-pim-message | neighbor-change | rp-mapping-change] |
port-security [trap-rate] | rtr | snmp [authentication | coldstart | linkdown | linkup |
warmstart] | storm-control trap-rate | stpx [inconsistency] [root-inconsistency]
[loop-inconsistency] | syslog | tty | vlan-membership | vlancreate | vlandelete | vtp]
Syntax Description
bridge [newroot]
[topologychange]
(Optional) Generate STP bridge MIB traps. The keywords have these
meanings:
•
newroot—(Optional) Enable SNMP STP Bridge MIB new root traps.
•
topologychange—(Optional) Enable SNMP STP Bridge MIB topology
change traps.
cluster
(Optional) Enable cluster traps.
config
(Optional) Enable SNMP configuration traps.
copy-config
(Optional) Enable SNMP copy-configuration traps.
entity
(Optional) Enable SNMP entity traps.
envmon [fan |
shutdown | status |
supply | temperature]
Optional) Enable SNMP environmental traps. The keywords have these
meanings:
•
fan—(Optional) Enable fan traps.
•
shutdown—(Optional) Enable environmental monitor shutdown traps.
•
status—(Optional) Enable SNMP environmental status-change traps.
•
supply—(Optional) Enable environmental monitor power-supply traps.
•
temperature—(Optional) Enable environmental monitor temperature
traps.
flash
(Optional) Enable SNMP FLASH notifications.
hsrp
(Optional) Enable Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) traps.
ipmulticast
(Optional) Enable IP multicast routing traps.
mac-notification
(Optional) Enable MAC address notification traps.
msdp
(Optional) Enable Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) traps.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-425
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server enable traps
(Optional) Enable Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) traps. The keywords have
ospf [cisco-specific |
errors | lsa | rate-limit | these meanings:
retransmit |
• cisco-specific—(Optional) Enable Cisco-specific traps.
state-change]
• errors—(Optional) Enable error traps.
•
lsa—(Optional) Enable link-state advertisement (LSA) traps.
•
rate-limit—(Optional) Enable rate-limit traps.
•
retransmit—(Optional) Enable packet-retransmit traps.
•
state-change—(Optional) Enable state-change traps.
pim
(Optional) Enable Protocol-Independent Multicast (PIM) traps. The
[invalid-pim-message | keywords have these meanings:
neighbor-change |
• invalid-pim-message—(Optional) Enable invalid PIM message traps.
rp-mapping-change]
• neighbor-change—(Optional) Enable PIM neighbor-change traps.
•
rp-mapping-change—(Optional) Enable rendezvous point
(RP)-mapping change traps.
port-security
[trap-rate value]
(Optional) Enable port security traps. Use the trap-rate keyword to set the
maximum number of port-security traps sent per second. The range is from
0 to 1000; the default is 0 (no limit imposed; a trap is sent at every
occurrence).
rtr
(Optional) Enable SNMP Response Time Reporter traps.
snmp [authentication | (Optional) Enable SNMP traps. The keywords have these meanings:
coldstart | linkdown |
• authentication—(Optional) Enable authentication trap.
linkup | warmstart]
• coldstart—(Optional) Enable cold start trap.
•
linkdown—(Optional) Enable linkdown trap.
•
linkup—(Optional) Enable linkup trap.
•
warmstart—(Optional) Enable warmstart trap.
storm-control
trap-rate value
(Optional) Enable storm-control traps. Use the trap-rate keyword to set the
maximum number of storm-control traps sent per second. The range is 0 to
1000; the default is 0 (no limit is imposed; a trap is sent at every occurrence).
stpx
(Optional) Enable SNMP STPX MIB traps. The keywords have these
meanings:
•
inconsistency—(Optional) Enable SNMP STPX MIB Inconsistency
Update traps.
•
root-inconsistency—(Optional) Enable SNMP STPX MIB Root
Inconsistency Update traps.
•
loop-inconsistency—(Optional) Enable SNMP STPX MIB Loop
Inconsistency Update traps.
syslog
(Optional) Enable SNMP syslog traps.
tty
(Optional) Send TCP connection traps. This is enabled by default.
vlan-membership
(Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN membership traps.
vlancreate
(Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN-created traps.
vlandelete
(Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN-deleted traps.
vtp
(Optional) Enable VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) traps.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-426
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server enable traps
Note
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the cpu [threshold], cluster, hsrp, msdp, ospf, pim,
fru-ctrl, insertion, and removal keywords are not supported. The snmp-server enable informs global
configuration command is not supported. To enable the sending of SNMP inform notifications, use the
snmp-server enable traps global configuration command combined with the snmp-server host
host-addr informs global configuration command.
Defaults
The sending of SNMP traps is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Specify the host (NMS) that receives the traps by using the snmp-server host global configuration
command. If no trap types are specified, all trap types are sent.
When supported, use the snmp-server enable traps command to enable sending of traps or informs.
Note
Informs are not supported in SNMPv1.
To enable more than one type of trap, you must enter a separate snmp-server enable traps command
for each trap type.
Examples
This example shows how to send VTP traps to the NMS:
Switch(config)# snmp-server enable traps vtp
You can verify your setting by entering the show vtp status or the show running-config privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference,
Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File
Management Commands.
snmp-server host
Specifies the host that receives SNMP traps.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-427
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
snmp-server host
Use the snmp-server host global configuration command to specify the recipient (host) of a Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) notification operation. Use the no form of this command to
remove the specified host.
snmp-server host host-addr [informs | traps] [version {1 | 2c | 3 {auth | noauth| priv}] [vrf
vrf-instance] {community-string [notification-type]}
no snmp-server host host-addr [informs | traps] [version {1 | 2c | 3 {auth | noauth | priv}] [vrf
vrf-instance] community-string
Syntax Description
host-addr
Name or Internet address of the host (the targeted recipient).
udp-port port
(Optional) Configure the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number of the
host to receive the traps. The range is 0 to 65535.
informs | traps
(Optional) Send SNMP traps or informs to this host.
version 1 | 2c | 3
(Optional) Version of the SNMP used to send the traps.
These keywords are supported:
1—SNMPv1. This option is not available with informs.
2c—SNMPv2C.
3—SNMPv3. These optional keywords can follow the Version 3 keyword:
vrf vrf-instance
•
auth (Optional). Enables Message Digest 5 (MD5) and Secure Hash
Algorithm (SHA) packet authentication.
•
noauth (Default). The noAuthNoPriv security level. This is the default
if the [auth | noauth | priv] keyword choice is not specified.
•
priv (Optional). Enables Data Encryption Standard (DES) packet
encryption (also called privacy).
Note
The priv keyword is available only when the cryptographic
(encrypted) software image is installed.
(Optional) Virtual private network (VPN) routing instance and name for this
host.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-428
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
Note
community-string
Password-like community string sent with the notification operation. Though
you can set this string by using the snmp-server host command, we
recommend that you define this string by using the snmp-server community
global configuration command before using the snmp-server host
command.
notification-type
(Optional) Type of notification to be sent to the host. If no type is specified,
all notifications are sent. The notification type can be one or more of the
these keywords:
•
bridge—Send SNMP Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) bridge MIB traps.
•
cluster—Send cluster member status traps.
•
config—Send SNMP configuration traps.
•
copy-config—Send SNMP copy configuration traps.
•
entity— Send SNMP entity traps.
•
envmon—Send environmental monitor traps.
•
flash—Send SNMP FLASH notifications.
•
hsrp—Send SNMP Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) traps.
•
ipmulticast—Send SNMP IP multicast routing traps.
•
mac-notification—Send SNMP MAC notification traps.
•
msdp—Send SNMP Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP)
traps.
•
ospf—Send Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) traps.
•
pim—Send SNMP Protocol-Independent Multicast (PIM) traps.
•
port-security—Send SNMP port-security traps.
•
rtr—Send SNMP Response Time Reporter traps.
•
snmp—Send SNMP-type traps.
•
storm-control—Send SNMP storm-control traps.
•
stpx—Send SNMP STP extended MIB traps.
•
syslog—Send SNMP syslog traps.
•
tty—Send TCP connection traps.
•
udp-port port—Configure the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port
number of the host to receive the traps. The range is from 0 to 65535.
•
vlan-membership— Send SNMP VLAN membership traps.
•
vlancreate—Send SNMP VLAN-created traps.
•
vlandelete—Send SNMP VLAN-deleted traps.
•
vtp—Send SNMP VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) traps.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the cpu, cluster, hsrp, msdp, ospf, pim, vrf, and
fru-ctrl keywords are not supported.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-429
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
Defaults
This command is disabled by default. No notifications are sent.
If you enter this command with no keywords, the default is to send all trap types to the host. No informs
are sent to this host.
If no version keyword is present, the default is Version 1.
If Version 3 is selected and no authentication keyword is entered, the default is the noauth
(noAuthNoPriv) security level.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
SNMP notifications can be sent as traps or inform requests. Traps are unreliable because the receiver
does not send acknowledgments when it receives traps. The sender cannot determine if the traps were
received. However, an SNMP entity that receives an inform request acknowledges the message with an
SNMP response PDU. If the sender never receives the response, the inform request can be sent again.
Thus, informs are more likely to reach their intended destinations.
However, informs consume more resources in the agent and in the network. Unlike a trap, which is
discarded as soon as it is sent, an inform request must be held in memory until a response is received or
the request times out. Traps are also sent only once, but an inform might be retried several times. The
retries increase traffic and contribute to a higher overhead on the network.
If you do not enter an snmp-server host command, no notifications are sent. To configure the switch to
send SNMP notifications, you must enter at least one snmp-server host command. If you enter the
command with no keywords, all trap types are enabled for the host. To enable multiple hosts, you must
enter a separate snmp-server host command for each host. You can specify multiple notification types
in the command for each host.
If a local user is not associated with a remote host, the switch does not send informs for the auth
(authNoPriv) and the priv (authPriv) authentication levels.
When multiple snmp-server host commands are given for the same host and kind of notification (trap
or inform), each succeeding command overwrites the previous command. Only the last snmp-server
host command is in effect. For example, if you enter an snmp-server host inform command for a host
and then enter another snmp-server host inform command for the same host, the second command
replaces the first.
The snmp-server host command is used with the snmp-server enable traps global configuration
command. Use the snmp-server enable traps command to specify which SNMP notifications are sent
globally. For a host to receive most notifications, at least one snmp-server enable traps command and
the snmp-server host command for that host must be enabled. Some notification types cannot be
controlled with the snmp-server enable traps command. For example, some notification types are
always enabled. Other notification types are enabled by a different command.
The no snmp-server host command with no keywords disables traps, but not informs, to the host. To
disable informs, use the no snmp-server host informs command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-430
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
Examples
This example shows how to configure a unique SNMP community string named comaccess for traps and
prevent SNMP polling access with this string through access-list 10:
Switch(config)# snmp-server community comaccess ro 10
Switch(config)# snmp-server host 172.20.2.160 comaccess
Switch(config)# access-list 10 deny any
This example shows how to send the SNMP traps to the host specified by the name myhost.cisco.com.
The community string is defined as comaccess:
Switch(config)# snmp-server enable traps
Switch(config)# snmp-server host myhost.cisco.com comaccess snmp
This example shows how to enable the switch to send all traps to the host myhost.cisco.com by using the
community string public:
Switch(config)# snmp-server enable traps
Switch(config)# snmp-server host myhost.cisco.com public
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference,
Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File
Management Commands.
snmp-server enable traps Enables SNMP notification for various trap types or inform requests.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-431
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
snmp trap mac-notification
snmp trap mac-notification
Use the snmp trap mac-notification interface configuration command to enable the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) MAC address notification trap on a specific Layer 2 interface. Use the
no form of this command to return to the default setting.
snmp trap mac-notification {added | removed}
no snmp trap mac-notification {added | removed}
Syntax Description
added
Enable the MAC notification trap whenever a MAC address is added on this
interface.
removed
Enable the MAC notification trap whenever a MAC address is removed from this
interface.
Defaults
By default, the traps for both address addition and address removal are disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Even though you enable the notification trap for a specific interface by using the snmp trap
mac-notification command, the trap is generated only when you enable the snmp-server enable traps
mac-notification and the mac address-table notification global configuration commands.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the MAC notification trap when a MAC address is added to a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# snmp trap mac-notification added
You can verify your settings by entering the show mac address-table notification interface privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-432
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
snmp trap mac-notification
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear mac address-table notification
Clears the MAC address notification global counters.
mac address-table notification
Enables the MAC address notification feature.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or on the specified interface when the interface
keyword is appended.
snmp-server enable traps
Sends the SNMP MAC notification traps when the
mac-notification keyword is appended.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-433
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree backbonefast
spanning-tree backbonefast
Use the spanning-tree backbonefast global configuration command to enable the BackboneFast
feature. Use the no form of the command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree backbonefast
no spanning-tree backbonefast
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
BackboneFast is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can configure the BackboneFast feature for rapid PVST+ or for multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode,
but the feature remains disabled (inactive) until you change the spanning-tree mode to PVST+.
BackboneFast starts when a root port or blocked port on a switch receives inferior BPDUs from its
designated switch. An inferior BPDU identifies a switch that declares itself as both the root bridge and
the designated switch. When a switch receives an inferior BPDU, it means that a link to which the switch
is not directly connected (an indirect link) has failed (that is, the designated switch has lost its connection
to the root switch. If there are alternate paths to the root switch, BackboneFast causes the maximum
aging time on the interfaces on which it received the inferior BPDU to expire and allows a blocked port
to move immediately to the listening state. BackboneFast then transitions the interface to the forwarding
state. For more information, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Enable BackboneFast on all supported switches to allow the detection of indirect link failures and to start
the spanning-tree reconfiguration sooner.
Examples
This example shows how to enable BackboneFast on the switch:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree backbonefast
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree summary privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree summary Displays a summary of the spanning-tree interface states.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-434
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpdufilter
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Use the spanning-tree bpdufilter interface configuration command to prevent an interface from sending
or receiving bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
spanning-tree bpdufilter {disable | enable}
no spanning-tree bpdufilter
Syntax Description
disable
Disable BPDU filtering on the specified interface.
enable
Enable BPDU filtering on the specified interface.
Defaults
BPDU filtering is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Caution
You can enable the BPDU filtering feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree
plus (PVST+), rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
Enabling BPDU filtering on an interface is the same as disabling spanning tree on it and can result in
spanning-tree loops.
You can globally enable BPDU filtering on all Port Fast-enabled interfaces by using the spanning-tree
portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command.
You can use the spanning-tree bpdufilter interface configuration command to override the setting of
the spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the BPDU filtering feature on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree bpdufilter enable
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-435
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management
Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.
spanning-tree portfast (global
configuration)
Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature
on Port Fast-enabled interface or enables the Port Fast feature on
all nontrunking interfaces.
spanning-tree portfast (interface
configuration)
Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface and all its associated
VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-436
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpduguard
spanning-tree bpduguard
Use the spanning-tree bpduguard interface configuration command to put an interface in the
error-disabled state when it receives a bridge protocol data unit (BPDU). Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree bpduguard {disable | enable}
no spanning-tree bpduguard
Syntax Description
disable
Disable BPDU guard on the specified interface.
enable
Enable BPDU guard on the specified interface.
Defaults
BPDU guard is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The BPDU guard feature provides a secure response to invalid configurations because you must
manually put the interface back in service. Use the BPDU guard feature in a service-provider network
to prevent an interface from being included in the spanning-tree topology.
You can enable the BPDU guard feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree
plus (PVST+), rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
You can globally enable BPDU guard on all Port Fast-enabled interfaces by using the spanning-tree
portfast bpduguard default global configuration command.
You can use the spanning-tree bpduguard interface configuration command to override the setting of
the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the BPDU guard feature on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree bpduguard enable
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-437
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpduguard
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management
Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.
spanning-tree portfast (global
configuration)
Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature
on Port Fast-enabled interfaces or enables the Port Fast feature on
all nontrunking interfaces.
spanning-tree portfast (interface
configuration)
Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface and all its associated
VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-438
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree cost
spanning-tree cost
Use the spanning-tree cost interface configuration command to set the path cost for spanning-tree
calculations. If a loop occurs, spanning tree considers the path cost when selecting an interface to place
in the forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] cost cost
no spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] cost
Syntax Description
Defaults
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) VLAN range associated with a spanning-tree instance. You can specify
a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a
hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
cost
Path cost. The range is 1 to 200000000, with higher values meaning higher costs.
The default path cost is computed from the interface bandwidth setting. These are the IEEE default path
cost values:
•
1000 Mbps—4
•
100 Mbps—19
•
10 Mbps—100
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you configure the cost, higher values represent higher costs.
If you configure an interface with both the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id cost cost command and the
spanning-tree cost cost command, the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id cost cost command takes effect.
Examples
This example shows how to set the path cost to 250 on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree cost 250
This example shows how to set a path cost to 300 for VLANs 10, 12 to 15, and 20:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree vlan 10,12-15,20 cost 300
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-439
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree cost
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree interface
interface-id
Displays spanning-tree information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree vlan priority
Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-440
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
Use the spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig global configuration command to display an
error message when the switch detects an EtherChannel misconfiguration. Use the no form of this
command to disable the feature.
spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
no spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
EtherChannel guard is enabled on the switch.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When the switch detects an EtherChannel misconfiguration, this error message appears:
PM-4-ERR_DISABLE: Channel-misconfig error detected on [chars], putting [chars] in
err-disable state.
To show switch ports that are in the misconfigured EtherChannel, use the show interfaces status
err-disabled privileged EXEC command. To verify the EtherChannel configuration on a remote device,
use the show etherchannel summary privileged EXEC command on the remote device.
When a port is in the error-disabled state because of an EtherChannel misconfiguration, you can bring
it out of this state by entering the errdisable recovery cause channel-misconfig global configuration
command, or you can manually re-enable it by entering the shutdown and no shut down interface
configuration commands.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the EtherChannel guard misconfiguration feature:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree summary privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-441
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
Related Commands
Command
Description
errdisable recovery cause
channel-misconfig
Enables the timer to recover from the EtherChannel
misconfiguration error-disabled state.
show etherchannel summary
Displays EtherChannel information for a channel as a one-line
summary per channel-group.
show interfaces status
err-disabled
Displays the interfaces in the error-disabled state.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-442
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree extend system-id
spanning-tree extend system-id
Use the spanning-tree extend system-id global configuration command to enable the extended system
ID feature.
spanning-tree extend system-id
Note
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the no version of this command is not supported. You
cannot disable the extended system ID feature.
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The extended system ID is enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The switch supports the IEEE 802.1t spanning-tree extensions. Some of the bits previously used for the
switch priority are now used for the extended system ID (VLAN identifier for the per-VLAN
spanning-tree plus [PVST+] and rapid PVST+ or as an instance identifier for the multiple spanning tree
[MST]).
The spanning tree uses the extended system ID, the switch priority, and the allocated spanning-tree MAC
address to make the bridge ID unique for each VLAN or multiple spanning-tree instance.
Support for the extended system ID affects how you manually configure the root switch, the secondary
root switch, and the switch priority of a VLAN. For more information, see the “spanning-tree mst root”
and the “spanning-tree vlan” sections.
If your network consists of switches that do not support the extended system ID and switches that do
support it, it is unlikely that the switch with the extended system ID support will become the root switch.
The extended system ID increases the switch priority value every time the VLAN number is greater than
the priority of the connected switches.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-443
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree extend system-id
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree summary Displays a summary of spanning-tree interface states.
spanning-tree mst root
Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based on the
network diameter.
spanning-tree vlan priority
Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-444
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree guard
spanning-tree guard
Use the spanning-tree guard interface configuration command to enable root guard or loop guard on
all the VLANs associated with the selected interface. Root guard restricts which interface is allowed to
be the spanning-tree root port or the path-to-the root for the switch. Loop guard prevents alternate or root
ports from becoming designated ports when a failure creates a unidirectional link. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree guard {loop | none | root}
no spanning-tree guard
Syntax Description
Defaults
loop
Enable loop guard.
none
Disable root guard or loop guard.
root
Enable root guard.
Root guard is disabled.
Loop guard is configured according to the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration
command (globally disabled).
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can enable root guard or loop guard when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree
plus (PVST+), rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
When root guard is enabled, if spanning-tree calculations cause an interface to be selected as the root
port, the interface transitions to the root-inconsistent (blocked) state to prevent the customer’s switch
from becoming the root switch or being in the path to the root. The root port provides the best path from
the switch to the root switch.
When the no spanning-tree guard or the no spanning-tree guard none command is entered, root guard
is disabled for all VLANs on the selected interface. If this interface is in the root-inconsistent (blocked)
state, it automatically transitions to the listening state.
Do not enable root guard on interfaces that will be used by the UplinkFast feature. With UplinkFast, the
backup interfaces (in the blocked state) replace the root port in the case of a failure. However, if root
guard is also enabled, all the backup interfaces used by the UplinkFast feature are placed in the
root-inconsistent state (blocked) and prevented from reaching the forwarding state. The UplinkFast
feature is not available when the switch is operating in the rapid-PVST+ or MST mode.
Loop guard is most effective when it is configured on the entire switched network. When the switch is
operating in PVST+ or rapid-PVST+ mode, loop guard prevents alternate and root ports from becoming
designated ports, and spanning tree does not send bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) on root or alternate
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-445
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree guard
ports. When the switch is operating in MST mode, BPDUs are not sent on nonboundary interfaces if the
interface is blocked by loop guard in all MST instances. On a boundary interface, loop guard blocks the
interface in all MST instances.
To disable root guard or loop guard, use the spanning-tree guard none interface configuration
command. You cannot enable both root guard and loop guard at the same time.
You can override the setting of the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree guard loop interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable root guard on all the VLANs associated with the specified port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree guard root
This example shows how to enable loop guard on all the VLANs associated with the specified port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree guard loop
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management
Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.
spanning-tree cost
Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree loopguard default
Prevents alternate or root ports from becoming designated
ports because of a failure that leads to a unidirectional link.
spanning-tree mst cost
Configures the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree mst root
Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based on
the network diameter.
spanning-tree port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree vlan priority
Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree
instance.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-446
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree link-type
spanning-tree link-type
Use the spanning-tree link-type interface configuration command to override the default link-type
setting, which is determined by the duplex mode of the interface, and to enable rapid spanning-tree
transitions to the forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree link-type {point-to-point | shared}
no spanning-tree link-type
Syntax Description
point-to-point
Specify that the link type of an interface is point-to-point.
shared
Specify that the link type of an interface is shared.
Defaults
The switch derives the link type of an interface from the duplex mode. A full-duplex interface is
considered a point-to-point link, and a half-duplex interface is considered a shared link.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can override the default setting of the link type by using the spanning-tree link-type command. For
example, a half-duplex link can be physically connected point-to-point to a single interface on a remote
switch running the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) or the rapid per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(rapid-PVST+) protocol and be enabled for rapid transitions.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the link type as shared (regardless of the duplex setting) and to
prevent rapid transitions to the forwarding state:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree link-type shared
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id or the show
spanning-tree interface interface-id privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-447
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree link-type
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Restarts the protocol migration process (force the
renegotiation with neighboring switches) on all interfaces
or on the specified interface.
show spanning-tree interface
interface-id
Displays spanning-tree state information for the specified
interface.
show spanning-tree mst interface
interface-id
Displays MST information for the specified interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-448
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree loopguard default
spanning-tree loopguard default
Use the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration command to prevent alternate or root
ports from becoming designated ports because of a failure that leads to a unidirectional link. Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree loopguard default
no spanning-tree loopguard default
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Loop guard is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can enable the loop guard feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(PVST+), rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
Loop guard is most effective when it is configured on the entire switched network. When the switch is
operating in PVST+ or rapid-PVST+ mode, loop guard prevents alternate and root ports from becoming
designated ports, and spanning tree does not send bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) on root or alternate
ports. When the switch is operating in MST mode, BPDUs are not sent on nonboundary interfaces if the
interface is blocked by loop guard in all MST instances. On a boundary interface, loop guard blocks the
interface in all MST instances.
Loop guard operates only on interfaces that the spanning tree identifies as point-to-point.
You can override the setting of the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree guard loop interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable loop guard:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree loopguard default
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-449
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree loopguard default
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference,
Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File
Management Commands.
spanning-tree guard loop
Enables the loop guard feature on all the VLANs associated with the
specified interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-450
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mode
spanning-tree mode
Use the spanning-tree mode global configuration command to enable per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(PVST+), rapid PVST+, or multiple spanning tree (MST) on your switch. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mode {mst | pvst | rapid-pvst}
no spanning-tree mode
Syntax Description
mst
Enable MST and Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (based on IEEE 802.1s and
IEEE 802.1w).
pvst
Enable PVST+ (based on IEEE 802.1D).
rapid-pvst
Enable rapid PVST+ (based on IEEE 802.1w).
Defaults
The default mode is PVST+.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The switch supports PVST+, rapid PVST+, and MSTP, but only one version can be active at any time:
All VLANs run PVST+, all VLANs run rapid PVST+, or all VLANs run MSTP.
When you enable the MST mode, RSTP is automatically enabled.
Caution
Examples
Changing spanning-tree modes can disrupt traffic because all spanning-tree instances are stopped for the
previous mode and restarted in the new mode.
This example shows to enable MST and RSTP on the switch:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mode mst
This example shows to enable rapid PVST+ on the switch:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mode rapid-pvst
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-451
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mode
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference,
Release 12.2 > File Management Commands > Configuration File
Management Commands.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-452
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst configuration
spanning-tree mst configuration
Use the spanning-tree mst configuration global configuration command to enter multiple
spanning-tree (MST) configuration mode through which you configure the MST region. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default settings.
spanning-tree mst configuration
no spanning-tree mst configuration
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The default mapping is that all VLANs are mapped to the common and internal spanning-tree (CIST)
instance (instance 0).
The default name is an empty string.
The revision number is 0.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The spanning-tree mst configuration command enables the MST configuration mode. These
configuration commands are available:
•
abort: exits the MST region configuration mode without applying configuration changes.
•
exit: exits the MST region configuration mode and applies all configuration changes.
•
instance instance-id vlan vlan-range: maps VLANs to an MST instance. The range for the
instance-id is 1 to 4094. The range for vlan-range is 1 to 4094. You can specify a single VLAN
identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs
separated by a comma.
•
name name: sets the configuration name. The name string has a maximum length of 32 characters
and is case sensitive.
•
no: negates the instance, name, and revision commands or sets them to their defaults.
•
private-vlan: Though visible in the command-line help strings, this command is not supported.
•
revision version: sets the configuration revision number. The range is 0 to 65535.
•
show [current | pending]: displays the current or pending MST region configuration.
In MST mode, the switch supports up to 65 MST instances. The number of VLANs that can be mapped
to a particular MST instance is unlimited.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-453
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst configuration
When you map VLANs to an MST instance, the mapping is incremental, and VLANs specified in the
command are added to or removed from the VLANs that were previously mapped. To specify a range,
use a hyphen; for example, instance 1 vlan 1-63 maps VLANs 1 to 63 to MST instance 1. To specify a
series, use a comma; for example, instance 1 vlan 10, 20, 30 maps VLANs 10, 20, and 30 to MST
instance 1.
All VLANs that are not explicitly mapped to an MST instance are mapped to the common and internal
spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0) and cannot be unmapped from the CIST by using the no form
of the command.
For two or more switches to be in the same MST region, they must have the same VLAN mapping, the
same configuration revision number, and the same name.
Examples
This example shows how to enter MST configuration mode, map VLANs 10 to 20 to MST instance 1,
name the region region1, set the configuration revision to 1, display the pending configuration, apply the
changes, and return to global configuration mode:
Switch# spanning-tree mst configuration
Switch(config-mst)# instance 1 vlan 10-20
Switch(config-mst)# name region1
Switch(config-mst)# revision 1
Switch(config-mst)# show pending
Pending MST configuration
Name
[region1]
Revision 1
Instance Vlans Mapped
-------- --------------------0
1-9,21-4094
1
10-20
------------------------------Switch(config-mst)# exit
Switch(config)#
This example shows how to add VLANs 1 to 100 to the ones already mapped (if any) to instance 2, to
move VLANs 40 to 60 that were previously mapped to instance 2 to the CIST instance, to add VLAN
10 to instance 10, and to remove all the VLANs mapped to instance 2 and map them to the CIST instance:
Switch(config-mst)#
Switch(config-mst)#
Switch(config-mst)#
Switch(config-mst)#
instance 2 vlan 1-100
no instance 2 vlan 40-60
instance 10 vlan 10
no instance 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show pending MST configuration command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst configuration
Displays the MST region configuration.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-454
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst cost
spanning-tree mst cost
Use the spanning-tree mst cost interface configuration command to set the path cost for multiple
spanning-tree (MST) calculations. If a loop occurs, spanning tree considers the path cost when selecting
an interface to put in the forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
spanning-tree mst instance-id cost cost
no spanning-tree mst instance-id cost
Syntax Description
Defaults
instance-id
Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range of
instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a comma. The
range is 0 to 4094.
cost
Path cost is 1 to 200000000, with higher values meaning higher costs.
The default path cost is computed from the interface bandwidth setting. These are the IEEE default path
cost values:
•
1000 Mbps—20000
•
100 Mbps—200000
•
10 Mbps—2000000
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you configure the cost, higher values represent higher costs.
Examples
This example shows how to set a path cost of 250 on a port associated with instances 2 and 4:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 2,4 cost 250
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-455
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst cost
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
interface interface-id
Displays MST information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree mst
port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree mst priority
Configures the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree
instance.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-456
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst forward-time
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Use the spanning-tree mst forward-time global configuration command to set the forward-delay time
for all multiple spanning-tree (MST) instances. The forwarding time specifies how long each of the
listening and learning states last before the interface begins forwarding. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst forward-time seconds
no spanning-tree mst forward-time
Syntax Description
seconds
Defaults
The default is 15 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Length of the listening and learning states. The range is 4 to 30 seconds.
Usage Guidelines
Changing the spanning-tree mst forward-time command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree forwarding time to 18 seconds for all MST instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst forward-time 18
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Sets the interval between hello bridge protocol data units (BPDUs)
sent by root switch configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age
Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree receives
from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is discarded.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-457
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst hello-time
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Use the spanning-tree mst hello-time global configuration command to set the interval between hello
bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) sent by root switch configuration messages. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst hello-time seconds
no spanning-tree mst hello-time
Syntax Description
seconds
Defaults
The default is 2 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch configuration messages. The
range is 1 to 10 seconds.
After you set the spanning-tree mst max-age seconds global configuration command, if a switch does
not receive BPDUs from the root switch within the specified interval, the switch recomputes the
spanning-tree topology. The max-age setting must be greater than the hello-time setting.
Changing the spanning-tree mst hello-time command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree hello time to 3 seconds for all multiple spanning-tree
(MST) instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst hello-time 3
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst
forward-time
Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst max-age
Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree receives
from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is discarded.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-458
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-age
spanning-tree mst max-age
Use the spanning-tree mst max-age global configuration command to set the interval between
messages that the spanning tree receives from the root switch. If a switch does not receive a bridge
protocol data unit (BPDU) message from the root switch within this interval, it recomputes the
spanning-tree topology. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst max-age seconds
no spanning-tree mst max-age
Syntax Description
seconds
Defaults
The default is 20 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Interval between messages the spanning tree receives from the root switch. The range
is 6 to 40 seconds.
After you set the spanning-tree mst max-age seconds global configuration command, if a switch does
not receive BPDUs from the root switch within the specified interval, the switch recomputes the
spanning-tree topology. The max-age setting must be greater than the hello-time setting.
Changing the spanning-tree mst max-age command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree max-age to 30 seconds for all multiple spanning-tree
(MST) instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst max-age 30
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is
discarded.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-459
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-hops
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Use the spanning-tree mst max-hops global configuration command to set the number of hops in a
region before the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) is discarded and the information held for an interface
is aged. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst max-hops hop-count
no spanning-tree mst max-hops
Syntax Description
hop-count
Defaults
The default is 20 hops.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Number of hops in a region before the BPDU is discarded. The range is 1 to 255 hops.
The root switch of the instance always sends a BPDU (or M-record) with a cost of 0 and the hop count
set to the maximum value. When a switch receives this BPDU, it decrements the received remaining hop
count by one and propagates the decremented count as the remaining hop count in the generated
M-records. A switch discards the BPDU and ages the information held for the interface when the count
reaches 0.
Changing the spanning-tree mst max-hops command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree max-hops to 10 for all multiple spanning-tree (MST)
instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst max-hops 10
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-460
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age
Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree
receives from the root switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-461
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst port-priority
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Use the spanning-tree mst port-priority interface configuration command to configure an interface
priority. If a loop occurs, the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) can find the interface to put in
the forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority
Syntax Description
instance-id
Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range of
instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a comma. The
range is 0 to 4094.
priority
The range is 0 to 240 in increments of 16. Valid priority values are 0, 16, 32, 48, 64,
80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160, 176, 192, 208, 224, and 240. All other values are rejected.
The lower the number, the higher the priority.
Defaults
The default is 128.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can assign higher priority values (lower numerical values) to interfaces that you want selected first
and lower priority values (higher numerical values) that you want selected last. If all interfaces have the
same priority value, the multiple spanning tree (MST) puts the interface with the lowest interface number
in the forwarding state and blocks other interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to increase the likelihood that the interface associated with spanning-tree
instances 20 and 22 is placed into the forwarding state if a loop occurs:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 20,22 port-priority 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-462
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst interface
interface-id
Displays MST information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree mst cost
Sets the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst priority
Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree
instance.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-463
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst pre-standard
spanning-tree mst pre-standard
Use the spanning-tree mst pre-standard interface configuration command to configure a port to send
only prestandard bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).
spanning-tree mst pre-standard
no spanning-tree mst pre-standard
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
The default state is automatic detection of prestandard neighbors.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
The port can accept both prestandard and standard BPDUs. If the neighbor types are mismatched, only
the common and internal spanning tree (CIST) runs on this interface.
If a switch port is connected to a switch running prestandard Cisco IOS software, you must use the
spanning-tree mst pre-standard interface configuration command on the port. If you do not configure
the port to send only prestandard BPDUs, the Multiple STP (MSTP) performance might diminish.
When the port is configured to automatically detect prestandard neighbors, the prestandard flag always
appears in the show spanning-tree mst commands.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a port to send only prestandard BPDUs:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree mst pre-standard
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst instance-id
Displays multiple spanning-tree (MST) information,
including the prestandard flag, for the specified interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-464
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst priority
spanning-tree mst priority
Use the spanning-tree mst priority global configuration command to set the switch priority for the
specified spanning-tree instance. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst instance-id priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id priority
Syntax Description
instance-id
Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range of
instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a comma. The
range is 0 to 4094.
priority
Set the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. This setting affects
the likelihood that the switch is selected as the root switch. A lower value increases
the probability that the switch is selected as the root switch.
The range is 0 to 61440 in increments of 4096. Valid priority values are 0, 4096,
8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152,
53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
Defaults
The default is 32768.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree priority to 8192 for multiple spanning-tree instances
(MST) 20 to 21:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst 20-21 priority 8192
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst instance-id privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst instance-id
Displays MST information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree mst cost
Sets the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-465
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst root
spanning-tree mst root
Use the spanning-tree mst root global configuration command to configure the multiple spanning-tree
(MST) root switch priority and timers based on the network diameter. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default settings.
spanning-tree mst instance-id root {primary | secondary} [diameter net-diameter
[hello-time seconds]]
no spanning-tree mst instance-id root
Syntax Description
Defaults
instance-id
Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range
of instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a
comma. The range is 0 to 4094.
root primary
Force this switch to be the root switch.
root secondary
Set this switch to be the root switch should the primary root switch fail.
diameter net-diameter
(Optional) Set the maximum number of switches between any two end
stations. The range is 2 to 7. This keyword is available only for MST
instance 0.
hello-time seconds
(Optional) Set the interval between hello bridge protocol data units
(BPDUs) sent by the root switch configuration messages. The range is 1 to 10
seconds. This keyword is available only for MST instance 0.
The primary root switch priority is 24576.
The secondary root switch priority is 28672.
The hello time is 2 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the spanning-tree mst instance-id root command only on backbone switches.
When you enter the spanning-tree mst instance-id root command, the software tries to set a high
enough priority to make this switch the root of the spanning-tree instance. Because of the extended
system ID support, the switch sets the switch priority for the instance to 24576 if this value will cause
this switch to become the root for the specified instance. If any root switch for the specified instance has
a switch priority lower than 24576, the switch sets its own priority to 4096 less than the lowest switch
priority. (4096 is the value of the least-significant bit of a 4-bit switch priority value.)
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-466
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst root
When you enter the spanning-tree mst instance-id root secondary command, because of support for
the extended system ID, the software changes the switch priority from the default value (32768) to
28672. If the root switch fails, this switch becomes the next root switch (if the other switches in the
network use the default switch priority of 32768 and are therefore unlikely to become the root switch).
Examples
This example shows how to configure the switch as the root switch for instance 10 with a network
diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst 10 root primary diameter 4
This example shows how to configure the switch as the secondary root switch for instance 10 with a
network diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst 10 root secondary diameter 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst instance-id privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst instance-id
Displays MST information for the specified instance.
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age
Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree
receives from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is
discarded.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-467
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree port-priority
spanning-tree port-priority
Use the spanning-tree port-priority interface configuration command to configure an interface
priority. If a loop occurs, spanning tree can find the interface to put in the forwarding state. Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] port-priority priority
no spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] port-priority
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) VLAN range associated with a spanning-tree instance. You can specify a
single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a
hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
priority
Number from 0 to 240, in increments of 16. Valid values are 0, 16, 32, 48, 64, 80,
96, 112, 128, 144, 160, 176, 192, 208, 224, and 240. All other values are rejected.
The lower the number, the higher the priority.
Defaults
The default is 128.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If the variable vlan-id is omitted, the command applies to the spanning-tree instance associated with
VLAN 1.
You can set the priority on a VLAN that has no interfaces assigned to it. The setting takes effect when
you assign the interface to the VLAN.
If you configure an interface with both the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id port-priority priority command
and the spanning-tree port-priority priority command, the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id port-priority
priority command takes effect.
Examples
This example shows how to increase the likelihood that a port will be put in the forwarding state if a loop
occurs:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree vlan 20 port-priority 0
This example shows how to set the port-priority value on VLANs 20 to 25:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree vlan 20-25 port-priority 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-468
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree port-priority
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree interface
interface-id
Displays spanning-tree information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree cost
Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree vlan priority
Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-469
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
Use the spanning-tree portfast global configuration command to globally enable bridge protocol data
unit (BPDU) filtering on Port Fast-enabled interfaces, the BPDU guard feature on Port Fast-enabled
interfaces, or the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces. The BPDU filtering feature prevents the
switch interface from sending or receiving BPDUs. The BPDU guard feature puts Port Fast-enabled
interfaces that receive BPDUs in an error-disabled state. Use the no form of this command to return to
the default settings.
spanning-tree portfast {bpdufilter default | bpduguard default | default}
no spanning-tree portfast {bpdufilter default | bpduguard default | default}
Syntax Description
bpdufilter default
Globally enable BPDU filtering on Port Fast-enabled interfaces and prevent
the switch interface connected to end stations from sending or receiving
BPDUs.
bpduguard default
Globally enable the BPDU guard feature on Port Fast-enabled interfaces and
place the interfaces that receive BPDUs in an error-disabled state.
default
Globally enable the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces. When the
Port Fast feature is enabled, the interface changes directly from a blocking
state to a forwarding state without making the intermediate spanning-tree
state changes.
Defaults
The BPDU filtering, the BPDU guard, and the Port Fast features are disabled on all interfaces unless they
are individually configured.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can enable these features when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (PVST+)
rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
Use the spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command to globally enable
BPDU filtering on interfaces that are Port Fast-enabled (the interfaces are in a Port Fast-operational
state). The interfaces still send a few BPDUs at link-up before the switch begins to filter outbound
BPDUs. You should globally enable BPDU filtering on a switch so that hosts connected to switch
interfaces do not receive BPDUs. If a BPDU is received on a Port Fast-enabled interface, the interface
loses its Port Fast-operational status and BPDU filtering is disabled.
You can override the spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree bdpufilter interface configuration command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-470
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
Caution
Enabling BPDU filtering on an interface is the same as disabling spanning tree on it and can result in
spanning-tree loops.
Use the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default global configuration command to globally enable
BPDU guard on interfaces that are in a Port Fast-operational state. In a valid configuration, Port
Fast-enabled interfaces do not receive BPDUs. Receiving a BPDU on a Port Fast-enabled interface
signals an invalid configuration, such as the connection of an unauthorized device, and the BPDU guard
feature puts the interface in the error-disabled state. The BPDU guard feature provides a secure response
to invalid configurations because you must manually put the interface back in service. Use the BPDU
guard feature in a service-provider network to prevent an access port from participating in the spanning
tree.
You can override the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree bdpuguard interface configuration command.
Use the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command to globally enable the Port Fast
feature on all nontrunking interfaces. Configure Port Fast only on interfaces that connect to end stations;
otherwise, an accidental topology loop could cause a data packet loop and disrupt switch and network
operation. A Port Fast-enabled interface moves directly to the spanning-tree forwarding state when
linkup occurs without waiting for the standard forward-delay time.
You can override the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command by using the
spanning-tree portfast interface configuration command. You can use the no spanning-tree portfast
default global configuration command to disable Port Fast on all interfaces unless they are individually
configured with the spanning-tree portfast interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable the BPDU filtering feature:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
This example shows how to globally enable the BPDU guard feature:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default
This example shows how to globally enable the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree portfast default
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management
Commands > Configuration File Management Commands.
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Prevents an interface from sending or receiving BPDUs.
spanning-tree bpduguard
Puts an interface in the error-disabled state when it receives a
BPDU.
spanning-tree portfast (interface
configuration)
Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface in all its associated
VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-471
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
Use the spanning-tree portfast interface configuration command to enable the Port Fast feature on an
interface in all its associated VLANs. When the Port Fast feature is enabled, the interface changes
directly from a blocking state to a forwarding state without making the intermediate spanning-tree state
changes. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree portfast [disable | trunk]
no spanning-tree portfast
Syntax Description
disable
(Optional) Disable the Port Fast feature on the specified interface.
trunk
(Optional) Enable the Port Fast feature on a trunking interface.
Defaults
The Port Fast feature is disabled on all interfaces; however, it is automatically enabled on
dynamic-access ports.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this feature only on interfaces that connect to end stations; otherwise, an accidental topology loop
could cause a data packet loop and disrupt switch and network operation.
To enable Port Fast on trunk ports, you must use the spanning-tree portfast trunk interface
configuration command. The spanning-tree portfast command is not supported on trunk ports.
You can enable this feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (PVST+),
rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
This feature affects all VLANs on the interface.
An interface with the Port Fast feature enabled is moved directly to the spanning-tree forwarding state
without the standard forward-time delay.
You can use the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command to globally enable the
Port Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces. However, the spanning-tree portfast interface
configuration command can override the global setting.
If you configure the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command, you can disable
Port Fast on an interface that is not a trunk interface by using the spanning-tree portfast disable
interface configuration command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-472
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
Examples
This example shows how to enable the Port Fast feature on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree portfast
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands
> Configuration File Management Commands.
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Prevents an interface from sending or receiving bridge protocol data
units (BPDUs).
spanning-tree bpduguard
Puts an interface in the error-disabled state when it receives a
BPDU.
spanning-tree portfast (global
configuration)
Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature on
Port Fast-enabled interfaces or enables the Port Fast feature on all
nontrunking interfaces.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-473
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree transmit hold-count
spanning-tree transmit hold-count
Use the spanning-tree transmit hold-count global configuration command to configure the number of
bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) sent every second. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
spanning-tree transmit hold-count [value]
no spanning-tree transmit hold-count [value]
Syntax Description
value
Defaults
The default is 6.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
(Optional) Number of BPDUs sent every second. The range is 1 to 20.
Usage Guidelines
Increasing the transmit hold-count value can have a significant impact on CPU utilization when the
switch is in rapid-per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (rapid-PVST+) mode. Decreasing this value might slow
down convergence. We recommend using the default setting.
Examples
This example shows how to set the transmit hold count to 8:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree transmit hold-count 8
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
Displays the multiple spanning-tree (MST) region configuration
and status, including the transmit hold count.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-474
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree uplinkfast
spanning-tree uplinkfast
Use the spanning-tree uplinkfast global configuration command to accelerate the choice of a new root
port when a link or switch fails or when the spanning tree reconfigures itself. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree uplinkfast [max-update-rate pkts-per-second]
no spanning-tree uplinkfast [max-update-rate]
Syntax Description
max-update-rate pkts-per-second
Defaults
UplinkFast is disabled.
(Optional) The number of packets per second at which update
packets are sent. The range is 0 to 32000.
The update rate is 150 packets per second.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command only on access switches.
You can configure the UplinkFast feature for rapid PVST+ or for multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode,
but the feature remains disabled (inactive) until you change the spanning-tree mode to PVST+.
When you enable UplinkFast, it is enabled for the entire switch and cannot be enabled for individual
VLANs.
When UplinkFast is enabled, the switch priority of all VLANs is set to 49152. If you change the path
cost to a value less than 3000 and you enable UplinkFast or UplinkFast is already enabled, the path cost
of all interfaces and VLAN trunks is increased by 3000 (if you change the path cost to 3000 or above,
the path cost is not altered). The changes to the switch priority and the path cost reduces the chance that
a switch will become the root switch.
When UplinkFast is disabled, the switch priorities of all VLANs and path costs of all interfaces are set
to default values if you did not modify them from their defaults.
When spanning tree detects that the root port has failed, UplinkFast immediately changes to an alternate
root port, changing the new root port directly to forwarding state. During this time, a topology change
notification is sent.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-475
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree uplinkfast
Do not enable the root guard on interfaces that will be used by the UplinkFast feature. With UplinkFast,
the backup interfaces (in the blocked state) replace the root port in the case of a failure. However, if root
guard is also enabled, all the backup interfaces used by the UplinkFast feature are placed in the
root-inconsistent state (blocked) and prevented from reaching the forwarding state.
If you set the max-update-rate to 0, station-learning frames are not generated, so the spanning-tree
topology converges more slowly after a loss of connectivity.
Examples
This example shows how to enable UplinkFast:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree uplinkfast
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree summary privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree summary
Displays a summary of the spanning-tree interface states.
spanning-tree vlan root primary
Forces this switch to be the root switch.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-476
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree vlan
spanning-tree vlan
Use the spanning-tree vlan global configuration command to configure spanning tree on a per-VLAN
basis. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [forward-time seconds | hello-time seconds | max-age seconds |
priority priority | root {primary | secondary} [diameter net-diameter
[hello-time seconds]]]
no spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [forward-time | hello-time | max-age | priority | root]
Syntax Description
vlan-id
VLAN range associated with a spanning-tree instance. You can specify a
single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated
by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to
4094.
forward-time seconds
(Optional) Set the forward-delay time for the specified spanning-tree
instance. The forwarding time specifies how long each of the listening and
learning states last before the interface begins forwarding. The range is 4 to
30 seconds.
hello-time seconds
(Optional) Set the interval between hello bridge protocol data units
(BPDUs) sent by the root switch configuration messages. The range is 1 to 10
seconds.
max-age seconds
(Optional) Set the interval between messages the spanning tree receives
from the root switch. If a switch does not receive a BPDU message from the
root switch within this interval, it recomputes the spanning-tree topology.
The range is 6 to 40 seconds.
priority priority
(Optional) Set the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
This setting affects the likelihood that this switch is selected as the root
switch. A lower value increases the probability that the switch is selected
as the root switch.
The range is 0 to 61440 in increments of 4096. Valid priority values are
4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960,
45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
Defaults
root primary
(Optional) Force this switch to be the root switch.
root secondary
(Optional) Set this switch to be the root switch should the primary root
switch fail.
diameter net-diameter
(Optional) Set the maximum number of switches between any two end
stations. The range is 2 to 7.
Spanning tree is enabled on all VLANs.
The forward-delay time is 15 seconds.
The hello time is 2 seconds.
The max-age is 20 seconds.
The primary root switch priority is 24576.
The secondary root switch priority is 28672.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-477
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree vlan
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Disabling the STP causes the VLAN to stop participating in the spanning-tree topology. Interfaces that
are administratively down remain down. Received BPDUs are forwarded like other multicast frames.
The VLAN does not detect and prevent loops when STP is disabled.
You can disable the STP on a VLAN that is not currently active and verify the change by using the show
running-config or the show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id privileged EXEC command. The setting takes
effect when the VLAN is activated.
When disabling or re-enabling the STP, you can specify a range of VLANs that you want to disable or
enable.
When a VLAN is disabled and then enabled, all assigned VLANs continue to be its members. However,
all spanning-tree bridge parameters are returned to their previous settings (the last setting before the
VLAN was disabled).
You can enable spanning-tree options on a VLAN that has no interfaces assigned to it. The setting takes
effect when you assign interfaces to it.
When setting the max-age seconds, if a switch does not receive BPDUs from the root switch within the
specified interval, it recomputes the spanning-tree topology. The max-age setting must be greater than
the hello-time setting.
The spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root command should be used only on backbone switches.
When you enter the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root command, the software checks the switch priority
of the current root switch for each VLAN. Because of the extended system ID support, the switch sets
the switch priority for the specified VLAN to 24576 if this value will cause this switch to become the
root for the specified VLAN. If any root switch for the specified VLAN has a switch priority lower than
24576, the switch sets its own priority for the specified VLAN to 4096 less than the lowest switch
priority. (4096 is the value of the least-significant bit of a 4-bit switch priority value.)
When you enter the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root secondary command, because of support for the
extended system ID, the software changes the switch priority from the default value (32768) to 28672.
If the root switch should fail, this switch becomes the next root switch (if the other switches in the
network use the default switch priority of 32768, and therefore, are unlikely to become the root switch).
Examples
This example shows how to disable the STP on VLAN 5:
Switch(config)# no spanning-tree vlan 5
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC command. In this
instance, VLAN 5 does not appear in the list.
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree forwarding time to 18 seconds for VLANs 20 and 25:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20,25 forward-time 18
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree hello-delay time to 3 seconds for VLANs 20 to 24:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20-24 hello-time 3
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-478
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree vlan
This example shows how to set spanning-tree max-age to 30 seconds for VLAN 20:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20 max-age 30
This example shows how to reset the max-age parameter to the default value for spanning-tree
instance 100 and 105 to 108:
Switch(config)# no spanning-tree vlan 100, 105-108 max-age
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree priority to 8192 for VLAN 20:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20 priority 8192
This example shows how to configure the switch as the root switch for VLAN 10 with a network
diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 10 root primary diameter 4
This example shows how to configure the switch as the secondary root switch for VLAN 10 with a
network diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 10 root secondary diameter 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree vlan
Displays spanning-tree information.
spanning-tree cost
Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree guard
Enables the root guard or the loop guard feature for all the VLANs
associated with the selected interface.
spanning-tree port-priority
Sets an interface priority.
spanning-tree portfast (global Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature on
configuration)
Port Fast-enabled interfaces or enables the Port Fast feature on all
nontrunking interfaces.
spanning-tree portfast
(interface configuration)
Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface in all its associated
VLANs.
spanning-tree uplinkfast
Enables the UplinkFast feature, which accelerates the choice of a
new root port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-479
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
speed
speed
Use the speed interface configuration command to specify the speed of a 10/100 Mbps or
10/100/1000 Mbps port. Use the no or default form of this command to return the port to its default
value.
speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto [10 | 100 | 1000] | nonegotiate}
no speed
Syntax Description
10
Port runs at 10 Mbps.
100
Port runs at 100 Mbps.
1000
Port runs at 1000 Mbps. This option is valid and visible only on 10/100/1000
Mbps-ports.
auto
Port automatically detects the speed it should run at based on the port at the other
end of the link. If you use the 10, 100, or 1000 keywords with the auto keyword, the
port only autonegotiates at the specified speeds.
nonegotiate
Autonegotiation is disabled, and the port runs at 1000 Mbps. (
Defaults
The default is auto.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Except for the 1000BASE-T SFP modules, if an SFP module port is connected to a device that does not
support autonegotiation, you can configure the speed to not negotiate (nonegotiate).
If the speed is set to auto, the switch negotiates with the device at the other end of the link for the speed
setting and then forces the speed setting to the negotiated value. The duplex setting remains as
configured on each end of the link, which could result in a duplex setting mismatch.
If both ends of the line support autonegotiation, we highly recommend the default autonegotiation
settings. If one interface supports autonegotiation and the other end does not, do use the auto setting on
the supported side, but set the duplex and speed on the other side.
Caution
Changing the interface speed and duplex mode configuration might shut down and re-enable the
interface during the reconfiguration.
For guidelines on setting the switch speed and duplex parameters, see the “Configuring Interface
Characteristics” chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-480
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
speed
Examples
This example shows how to set the speed on a port to 100 Mbps:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# speed 100
This example shows how to set a port to autonegotiate at only 10 Mbps:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# speed auto 10
This example shows how to set a port to autonegotiate at only 10 or 100 Mbps:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# speed auto 10 100
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
duplex
Specifies the duplex mode of operation.
show interfaces
Displays the statistical information specific to all interfaces or to a specific
interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-481
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth limit
srr-queue bandwidth limit
Use the srr-queue bandwidth limit interface configuration command to limit the maximum output on
a port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
srr-queue bandwidth limit weight1
no srr-queue bandwidth limit
Syntax Description
weight1
Defaults
The port is not rate limited and is set to 100 percent.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
Examples
Percentage of the port speed to which the port should be limited. The range is 10 to 90.
If you configure this command to 80 percent, the port is idle 20 percent of the time. The line rate drops
to 80 percent of the connected speed. These values are not exact because the hardware adjusts the line
rate in increments of six.
The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your quality
of service (QoS) solution.
This example shows how to limit a port to 800 Mbps:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth limit 80
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] queueing privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-482
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth limit
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Allocates buffers to the queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Maps class of service (CoS) values to egress queue or maps
CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an
egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID.
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation for the queue-set.
queue-set
Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface queueing
Displays QoS information.
srr-queue bandwidth shape
Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping on
the four egress queues mapped to a port.
srr-queue bandwidth share
Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing on
the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-483
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth shape
srr-queue bandwidth shape
Use the srr-queue bandwidth shape interface configuration command to assign the shaped weights and
to enable bandwidth shaping on the four egress queues mapped to a port. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
srr-queue bandwidth shape weight1 weight2 weight3 weight4
no srr-queue bandwidth shape
Syntax Description
weight1 weight2
weight3 weight4
Defaults
Weight1 is set to 25. Weight2, weight3, and weight4 are set to 0, and these queues are in shared mode.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Specify the weights to specify the percentage of the port that is shaped. The
inverse ratio (1/weight) specifies the shaping bandwidth for this queue.
Separate each value with a space. The range is 0 to 65535.
In shaped mode, the queues are guaranteed a percentage of the bandwidth, and they are rate-limited to
that amount. Shaped traffic does not use more than the allocated bandwidth even if the link is idle. Use
shaping to smooth bursty traffic or to provide a smoother output over time.
The shaped mode overrides the shared mode.
If you configure a shaped queue weight to 0 by using the srr-queue bandwidth shape interface
configuration command, this queue participates in shared mode. The weight specified with the
srr-queue bandwidth shape command is ignored, and the weights specified with the srr-queue
bandwidth share interface configuration command for a queue come into effect.
When configuring queues for the same port for both shaping and sharing, make sure that you configure
the lowest numbered queue for shaping.
Note
The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-484
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth shape
Examples
This example shows how to configure the queues for the same port for both shaping and sharing. Because
the weight ratios for queues 2, 3, and 4 are set to 0, these queues operate in shared mode. The bandwidth
weight for queue 1 is 1/8, which is 12.5 percent. Queue 1 is guaranteed this bandwidth and limited to it;
it does not extend its slot to the other queues even if the other queues have no traffic and are idle. Queues
2, 3, and 4 are in shared mode, and the setting for queue 1 is ignored. The bandwidth ratio allocated for
the queues in shared mode is 4/(4+4+4), which is 33 percent:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth shape 8 0 0 0
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth share 4 4 4 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] queueing privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Maps class of service (CoS) values to an egress queue or maps
CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an
egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID.
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
priority-queue
Enables the egress expedite queue on a port.
queue-set
Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface queueing
Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
srr-queue bandwidth share
Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing on
the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-485
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth share
srr-queue bandwidth share
Use the srr-queue bandwidth share interface configuration command switch to assign the shared
weights and to enable bandwidth sharing on the four egress queues mapped to a port. The ratio of the
weights is the ratio of frequency in which the shaped round robin (SRR) scheduler dequeues packets
from each queue. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
srr-queue bandwidth share weight1 weight2 weight3 weight4
no srr-queue bandwidth share
Syntax Description
weight1 weight2
weight3 weight4
Defaults
Weight1, weight2, weight3, and weight4 are 25 (1/4 of the bandwidth is allocated to each queue).
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The ratios of weight1, weight2, weight3, and weight4 specify the ratio of the
frequency in which the SRR scheduler dequeues packets. Separate each value
with a space. The range is 1 to 255.
The absolute value of each weight is meaningless, and only the ratio of parameters is used.
In shared mode, the queues share the bandwidth among them according to the configured weights. The
bandwidth is guaranteed at this level but not limited to it. For example, if a queue empties and does not
require a share of the link, the remaining queues can expand into the unused bandwidth and share it
among themselves.
If you configure a shaped queue weight to 0 by using the srr-queue bandwidth shape interface
configuration command, this queue participates in SRR shared mode. The weight specified with the
srr-queue bandwidth shape command is ignored, and the weights specified with the srr-queue
bandwidth share interface configuration command for a queue take effect.
When configuring queues for the same port for both shaping and sharing, make sure that you configure
the lowest numbered queue for shaping.
Note
The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-486
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth share
Examples
This example shows how to configure the weight ratio of the SRR scheduler running on an egress port.
Four queues are used. The bandwidth ratio allocated for each queue in shared mode is 1/(1+2+3+4),
2/(1+2+3+4), 3/(1+2+3+4), and 4/(1+2+3+4), which is 10 percent, 20 percent, 30 percent, and 40
percent for queues 1, 2, 3, and 4. This means that queue 4 has four times the bandwidth of queue 1, twice
the bandwidth of queue 2, and one-and-a-third times the bandwidth of queue 3.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth share 1 2 3 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] queueing privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Maps class of service (CoS) values to an egress queue or maps
CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an
egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID.
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
priority-queue
Enables the egress expedite queue on a port.
queue-set
Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface queueing
Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
srr-queue bandwidth shape
Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping on
the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-487
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
storm-control
storm-control
Use the storm-control interface configuration command to enable broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm
control and to set threshold levels on an interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
storm-control {{broadcast | multicast | unicast} level {level [level-low] | bps bps [bps-low] | pps
pps [pps-low]}} | {action {shutdown | trap}}
no storm-control {{broadcast | multicast | unicast} level} | {action {shutdown | trap}}
Syntax Description
broadcast
Enable broadcast storm control on the interface.
multicast
Enable multicast storm control on the interface.
unicast
Enable unicast storm control on the interface.
level level
[level-low]
Specify the rising and falling suppression levels as a percentage of total bandwidth
of the port.
level bps bps
[bps-low]
•
level—Rising suppression level, up to two decimal places. The range is 0.00 to
100.00. Block the flooding of storm packets when the value specified for level
is reached.
•
level-low—(Optional) Falling suppression level, up to two decimal places. The
range is 0.00 to 100.00. This value must be less than or equal to the rising
suppression value. If you do not configure a falling suppression level, it is set to
the rising suppression level.
Specify the rising and falling suppression levels as a rate in bits per second at which
traffic is received on the port.
•
bps—Rising suppression level, up to 1 decimal place. The range is 0.0 to
10000000000.0. Block the flooding of storm packets when the value specified
for bps is reached.
•
bps-low—(Optional) Falling suppression level, up to 1 decimal place. The range
is 0.0 to 10000000000.0. This value must be equal to or less than the rising
suppression value.
You can use metric suffixes such as k, m, and g for large number thresholds.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-488
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
storm-control
level pps pps
[pps-low]
Specify the rising and falling suppression levels as a rate in packets per second at
which traffic is received on the port.
•
pps—Rising suppression level, up to 1 decimal place. The range is 0.0 to
10000000000.0. Block the flooding of storm packets when the value specified
for pps is reached.
•
pps-low—(Optional) Falling suppression level, up to 1 decimal place. The range
is 0.0 to 10000000000.0. This value must be equal to or less than the rising
suppression value.
You can use metric suffixes such as k, m, and g for large number thresholds.
action
{shutdown |
trap}
Defaults
Action taken when a storm occurs on a port. The default action is to filter traffic and
to not send an Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap.
The keywords have these meanings:
•
shutdown—Disables the port during a storm.
•
trap—Sends an SNMP trap when a storm occurs.
Broadcast, multicast, and unicast storm control are disabled.
The default action is to filter traffic and to not send an SNMP trap.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Storm control is supported only on physical interfaces. It is not supported on EtherChannel port
channels, even though it is available in the command-line interface (CLI).
The storm-control suppression level can be entered as a percentage of total bandwidth of the port, as a
rate in packets per second at which traffic is received, or as a rate in bits per second at which traffic is
received.
When specified as a percentage of total bandwidth, a suppression value of 100 percent means that no
limit is placed on the specified traffic type. A value of level 0 0 means that all broadcast, multicast, or
unicast traffic on that port is blocked. Storm control is enabled only when the rising suppression level is
less than 100 percent. If no other storm-control configuration is specified, the default action is to filter
the traffic causing the storm and to send no SNMP traps.
Note
When the storm control threshold for multicast traffic is reached, all multicast traffic except control
traffic, such as bridge protocol data unit (BDPU) and Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) frames, are
blocked.
The trap and shutdown options are independent of each other.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-489
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
storm-control
If you configure the action to be taken as shutdown (the port is error-disabled during a storm) when a
packet storm is detected, you must use the no shutdown interface configuration command to bring the
interface out of this state. If you do not specify the shutdown action, specify the action as trap (the
switch generates a trap when a storm is detected).
When a storm occurs and the action is to filter traffic, if the falling suppression level is not specified, the
switch blocks all traffic until the traffic rate drops below the rising suppression level. If the falling
suppression level is specified, the switch blocks traffic until the traffic rate drops below this level.
When a broadcast storm occurs and the action is to filter traffic, the switch blocks only broadcast traffic.
For more information, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to enable broadcast storm control with a 75.5-percent rising suppression level:
Switch(config-if)# storm-control broadcast level 75.5
This example shows how to enable unicast storm control on a port with a 87-percent rising suppression
level and a 65-percent falling suppression level:
Switch(config-if)# storm-control unicast level 87 65
This example shows how to enable multicast storm control on a port with a 2000-packets-per-second
rising suppression level and a 1000-packets-per-second falling suppression level:
Switch(config-if)# storm-control multicast level pps 2k 1k
This example shows how to enable the shutdown action on a port:
Switch(config-if)# storm-control action shutdown
You can verify your settings by entering the show storm-control privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show storm-control
Displays broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control settings on all
interfaces or on a specified interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-490
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport access
switchport access
Use the switchport access interface configuration command to configure a port as a static-access or
dynamic-access port. If the switchport mode is set to access, the port operates as a member of the
specified VLAN. If set to dynamic, the port starts discovery of VLAN assignment based on the incoming
packets it receives. Use the no form of this command to reset the access mode to the default VLAN for
the switch.
switchport access vlan {vlan-id | dynamic}
no switchport access vlan
Syntax Description
Defaults
vlan vlan-id
Configure the interface as a static access port with the VLAN ID of the
access mode VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
vlan dynamic
Specify that the access mode VLAN is dependent on the VLAN Membership
Policy Server (VMPS) protocol. The port is assigned to a VLAN based on
the source MAC address of a host (or hosts) connected to the port. The switch
sends every new MAC address received to the VMPS server to get the VLAN
name to which the dynamic-access port should be assigned. If the port
already has a VLAN assigned and the source has already been approved by
the VMPS, the switch forwards the packet to the VLAN.
The default access VLAN and trunk interface native VLAN is a default VLAN corresponding to the
platform or interface hardware.
A dynamic-access port is initially a member of no VLAN and receives its assignment based on the packet
it receives.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The no switchport access command resets the access mode VLAN to the appropriate default VLAN for
the device.
The port must be in access mode before the switchport access vlan command can take effect.
An access port can be assigned to only one VLAN.
The VMPS server (such as a Catalyst 6000 series switch) must be configured before a port is configured
as dynamic.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-491
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport access
These restrictions apply to dynamic-access ports:
•
The software implements the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) client, which can query a VMPS such
as a Catalyst 6000 series switch. The Cisco Catalyst Blade Switches are not VMPS servers. The
VMPS server must be configured before a port is configured as dynamic.
•
Use dynamic-access ports only to connect end stations. Connecting them to switches or routers (that
use bridging protocols) can cause a loss of connectivity.
•
Configure the network so that STP does not put the dynamic-access port into an STP blocking state.
The Port Fast feature is automatically enabled on dynamic-access ports.
•
Dynamic-access ports can only be in one VLAN and do not use VLAN tagging.
•
Dynamic-access ports cannot be configured as
– Members of an EtherChannel port group (dynamic-access ports cannot be grouped with any
other port, including other dynamic ports).
– Source or destination ports in a static address entry.
– Monitor ports.
Examples
This example shows how to change a switched port interface that is operating in access mode to operate
in VLAN 2 instead of the default VLAN:
Switch(config-if)# switchport access vlan 2
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command and examining information in the Administrative Mode and Operational Mode rows.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport mode
Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-492
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport backup interface
switchport backup interface
Use the switchport backup interface interface configuration command on a Layer 2 interface to
configure Flex Links, a pair of interfaces that provide backup to each other. Use the no form of this
command to remove the Flex Links configuration.
switchport backup interface {interface-id} [mmu primary vlan vlan-id | preemption {delay
delay-time | mode {bandwidth | forced | off}}]
no switchport backup interface {interface-id} [mmu primary vlan | preemption {delay | mode}]
Syntax Description
Defaults
interface-id
Specify that the Layer 2 interface to act as a backup link to the interface
being configured. The interface can be a physical interface or port channel.
The port-channel range is 1 to 48.
mmu
Configure the MAC move update (MMU) for a backup interface pair.
primary vlan vlan-id
The VLAN ID of the private-VLAN primary VLAN; valid range is 1 to 4094.
preemption
Configure a preemption scheme for a backup interface pair.
mode
Specifies a preemption mode as bandwidth, forced, or off.
bandwidth
(Optional) Specify that the interface with the higher available bandwidth
always preempts the backup.
forced
(Optional) Specify that the interface always preempts the backup.
off
(Optional) Specify that no preemption occurs from backup to active.
delay delay-time
(Optional) Specify a preemption delay; the valid values are 1 to 300 seconds.
The default is to have no Flex Links defined.
Preemption mode is off. No preemption occurs.
Preemption delay is set to 35 seconds.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-493
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport backup interface
Usage Guidelines
Examples
With Flex Links configured, one link acts as the primary interface and forwards traffic, while the other
interface is in standby mode, ready to begin forwarding traffic if the primary link shuts down. The
interface being configured is referred to as the active link; the specified interface is identified as the
backup link. The feature provides an alternative to the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), allowing users to
turn off STP and still retain basic link redundancy.
•
This command is available only for Layer 2 interfaces.
•
You can configure only one Flex Link backup link for any active link, and it must be a different
interface from the active interface.
•
An interface can belong to only one Flex Link pair. An interface can be a backup link for only one
active link. An active link cannot belong to another Flex Link pair.
•
A backup link does not have to be the same type (Fast Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet, for instance) as
the active link. However, you should configure both Flex Links with similar characteristics so that
there are no loops or changes in behavior if the standby link begins to forward traffic.
•
Neither of the links can be a port that belongs to an EtherChannel. However, you can configure two
port channels (EtherChannel logical interfaces) as Flex Links, and you can configure a port channel
and a physical interface as Flex Links, with either the port channel or the physical interface as the
active link.
•
If STP is configured on the switch, Flex Links do not participate in STP in all valid VLANs. If STP
is not running, be sure that there are no loops in the configured topology.
This example shows how to configure two interfaces as Flex Links:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(conf)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(conf-if)# switchport backup interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(conf-if)# end
This example shows how to configure the Gigabit Ethernet interface to always preempt the backup:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(conf)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(conf-if)# switchport backup interface gigabitethernet0/22 preemption forced
Switch(conf-if)# end
This example shows how to configure the Gigabit Ethernet interface preemption delay time:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(conf)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(conf-if)# switchport backup interface gigabitethernet0/22 preemption delay 150
Switch(conf-if)# end
This example shows how to configure the Gigabit Ethernet interface as the MMU primary VLAN:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(conf)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(conf-if)# switchport backup interface gigabitethernet0/22 mmu primary vlan 1021
Switch(conf-if)# end
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces switchport backup privileged EXEC
command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-494
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport backup interface
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces [interface-id]
switchport backup
Displays the configured Flex Links and their status on the switch or
for the specified interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-495
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport block
switchport block
Use the switchport block interface configuration command to prevent unknown multicast or unicast
packets from being forwarded. Use the no form of this command to allow forwarding unknown multicast
or unicast packets.
switchport block {multicast | unicast}
no switchport block {multicast | unicast}
Syntax Description
multicast
Specify that unknown multicast traffic should be blocked.
unicast
Specify that unknown unicast traffic should be blocked.
Defaults
Unknown multicast and unicast traffic is not blocked.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
By default, all traffic with unknown MAC addresses is sent to all ports. You can block unknown multicast
or unicast traffic on protected or nonprotected ports. If unknown multicast or unicast traffic is not
blocked on a protected port, there could be security issues.
Blocking unknown multicast or unicast traffic is not automatically enabled on protected ports; you must
explicitly configure it.
For more information about blocking packets, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to block unknown multicast traffic on an interface:
Switch(config-if)# switchport block multicast
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including port blocking and port protection settings.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-496
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport host
switchport host
Use the switchport host interface configuration command to optimize a port for a host connection. The
no form of this command has no affect on the system.
switchport host
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The default is for the port to not be optimized for a host connection.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To optimize the port for a host connection, the switchport host command sets switch port mode to
access, enables spanning tree Port Fast, and disables channel grouping. Only an end station can accept
this configuration.
Because spanning tree Port Fast is enabled, you should enter the switchport host command only on ports
that are connected to a single host. Connecting other switches, hubs, concentrators, or bridges to a
fast-start port can cause temporary spanning-tree loops.
Enable the switchport host command to decrease the time that it takes to start up packet forwarding.
Examples
This example shows how to optimize the port configuration for a host connection:
Switch(config-if)# switchport host
switchport mode will be set to access
spanning-tree portfast will be enabled
channel group will be disabled
Switch(config-if)#
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including switchport mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-497
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport mode
switchport mode
Use the switchport mode interface configuration command to configure the VLAN membership mode
of a port. Use the no form of this command to reset the mode to the appropriate default for the device.
switchport mode {access | dynamic {auto | desirable} | trunk}
no switchport mode {access | dynamic | trunk}
Syntax Description
access
Set the port to access mode (either static-access or dynamic-access depending
on the setting of the switchport access vlan interface configuration command).
The port is set to access unconditionally and operates as a nontrunking, single
VLAN interface that sends and receives nonencapsulated (non-tagged) frames.
An access port can be assigned to only one VLAN.
dynamic auto
Set the interface trunking mode dynamic parameter to auto to specify that the
interface convert the link to a trunk link. This is the default switchport mode.
dynamic desirable
Set the interface trunking mode dynamic parameter to desirable to specify that
the interface actively attempt to convert the link to a trunk link.
trunk
Set the port to trunk unconditionally. The port is a trunking VLAN Layer 2
interface. The port sends and receives encapsulated (tagged) frames that
identify the VLAN of origination. A trunk is a point-to-point link between two
switches or between a switch and a router.
Defaults
The default mode is dynamic auto.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A configuration that uses the access or trunk keywords takes effect only when you configure the port in
the appropriate mode by using the switchport mode command. The static-access and trunk
configuration are saved, but only one configuration is active at a time.
When you enter access mode, the interface changes to permanent nontrunking mode and negotiates to
convert the link into a nontrunk link even if the neighboring interface does not agree to the change.
When you enter trunk mode, the interface changes to permanent trunking mode and negotiates to
convert the link into a trunk link even if the interface connecting to it does not agree to the change.
When you enter dynamic auto mode, the interface converts the link to a trunk link if the neighboring
interface is set to trunk or desirable mode.
When you enter dynamic desirable mode, the interface becomes a trunk interface if the neighboring
interface is set to trunk, desirable, or auto mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-498
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport mode
To autonegotiate trunking, the interfaces must be in the same VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) domain.
Trunk negotiation is managed by the Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP), which is a point-to-point
protocol. However, some internetworking devices might forward DTP frames improperly, which could
cause misconfigurations. To avoid this, you should configure interfaces connected to devices that do not
support DTP to not forward DTP frames, which turns off DTP.
•
If you do not intend to trunk across those links, use the switchport mode access interface
configuration command to disable trunking.
•
To enable trunking to a device that does not support DTP, use the switchport mode trunk and
switchport nonegotiate interface configuration commands to cause the interface to become a trunk
but to not generate DTP frames.
Access ports trunk ports are mutually exclusive.
The IEEE 802.1x feature interacts with switchport modes in these ways:
Examples
•
If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x on a trunk port, an error message appears, and IEEE 802.1x is not
enabled. If you try to change the mode of an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port to trunk, the port mode is
not changed.
•
If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x on a port set to dynamic auto or dynamic desirable, an error
message appears, and IEEE 802.1x is not enabled. If you try to change the mode of an
IEEE 802.1x-enabled port to dynamic auto or dynamic desirable, the port mode is not changed.
•
If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x on a dynamic-access (VLAN Query Protocol [VQP]) port, an error
message appears, and IEEE 802.1x is not enabled. If you try to change an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port
to dynamic VLAN assignment, an error message appears, and the VLAN configuration is not
changed.
This example shows how to configure a port for access mode:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode access
This example shows how set the port to dynamic desirable mode:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode dynamic desirable
This example shows how to configure a port for trunk mode:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode trunk
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command and examining information in the Administrative Mode and Operational Mode rows.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport access
Configures a port as a static-access or dynamic-access port.
switchport trunk
Configures the trunk characteristics when an interface is in trunking
mode.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-499
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport nonegotiate
switchport nonegotiate
Use the switchport nonegotiate interface configuration command to specify that Dynamic Trunking
Protocol (DTP) negotiation packets are not sent on the Layer 2 interface. The switch does not engage in
DTP negotiation on this interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
switchport nonegotiate
no switchport nonegotiate
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The default is to use DTP negotiation to learn the trunking status.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The no form of the switchport nonegotiate command removes nonegotiate status.
This command is valid only when the interface switchport mode is access or trunk (configured by using
the switchport mode access or the switchport mode trunk interface configuration command). This
command returns an error if you attempt to execute it in dynamic (auto or desirable) mode.
Internetworking devices that do not support DTP might forward DTP frames improperly and cause
misconfigurations. To avoid this, you should turn off DTP by using the switchport no negotiate
command to configure the interfaces connected to devices that do not support DTP to not forward DTP
frames.
When you enter the switchport nonegotiate command, DTP negotiation packets are not sent on the
interface. The device does or does not trunk according to the mode parameter: access or trunk.
•
If you do not intend to trunk across those links, use the switchport mode access interface
configuration command to disable trunking.
•
To enable trunking on a device that does not support DTP, use the switchport mode trunk and
switchport nonegotiate interface configuration commands to cause the interface to become a trunk
but to not generate DTP frames.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-500
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport nonegotiate
Examples
This example shows how to cause a port to refrain from negotiating trunking mode and to act as a trunk
or access port (depending on the mode set):
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# switchport nonegotiate
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport mode
Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-501
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
switchport port-security
Use the switchport port-security interface configuration command without keywords to enable port
security on the interface. Use the keywords to configure secure MAC addresses, sticky MAC address
learning, a maximum number of secure MAC addresses, or the violation mode. Use the no form of this
command to disable port security or to set the parameters to their default states.
switchport port-security [mac-address mac-address [vlan {vlan-id | {access | voice}}] |
mac-address sticky [mac-address | vlan {vlan-id | {access | voice}}]] [maximum value [vlan
{vlan-list | {access | voice}}]]
no switchport port-security [mac-address mac-address [vlan {vlan-id | {access | voice}}] |
mac-address sticky [mac-address | vlan {vlan-id | {access | voice}}]] [maximum value [vlan
{vlan-list | {access | voice}}]]
switchport port-security [aging] [violation {protect | restrict | shutdown}]
no switchport port-security [aging] [violation {protect | restrict | shutdown}]
Syntax Description
aging
(Optional) See the switchport port-security aging command.
mac-address mac-address
(Optional) Specify a secure MAC address for the interface by entering
a 48-bit MAC address. You can add additional secure MAC addresses
up to the maximum value configured.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) On a trunk port only, specify the VLAN ID and the MAC
address. If no VLAN ID is specified, the native VLAN is used.
vlan access
(Optional) On an access port only, specify the VLAN as an access
VLAN.
vlan voice
(Optional) On an access port only, specify the VLAN as a voice VLAN.
Note
mac-address sticky
[mac-address]
The voice keyword is available only if voice VLAN is
configured on a port and if that port is not the access VLAN.
(Optional) Enable the interface for sticky learning by entering only the
mac-address sticky keywords. When sticky learning is enabled, the
interface adds all secure MAC addresses that are dynamically learned to
the running configuration and converts these addresses to sticky secure
MAC addresses.
(Optional) Enter a mac-address to specify a sticky secure MAC address.
maximum value
(Optional) Set the maximum number of secure MAC addresses for the
interface.The maximum number of secure MAC addresses that you can
configure on a switch is set by the maximum number of available MAC
addresses allowed in the system, approximately 6000. This number
represents the total of available MAC addresses, including those used
for other Layer 2 functions and any other secure MAC addresses
configured on interfaces.
The default setting is 1.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-502
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
vlan [vlan-list]
(Optional) For trunk ports, you can set the maximum number of secure
MAC addresses on a VLAN. If the vlan keyword is not entered, the
default value is used.
•
vlan—set a per-VLAN maximum value.
•
vlan vlan-list—set a per-VLAN maximum value on a range of
VLANs separated by a hyphen or a series of VLANs separated by
commas. For nonspecified VLANs, the per-VLAN maximum value
is used.
violation
(Optional) Set the security violation mode or the action to be taken if
port security is violated. The default is shutdown.
protect
Set the security violation protect mode. In this mode, when the number
of port secure MAC addresses reaches the maximum limit allowed on
the port, packets with unknown source addresses are dropped until you
remove a sufficient number of secure MAC addresses to drop below the
maximum value or increase the number of maximum allowable
addresses. You are not notified that a security violation has occurred.
Note
Defaults
We do not recommend configuring the protect mode on a trunk
port. The protect mode disables learning when any VLAN
reaches its maximum limit, even if the port has not reached its
maximum limit.
restrict
Set the security violation restrict mode. In this mode, when the number
of secure MAC addresses reaches the limit allowed on the port, packets
with unknown source addresses are dropped until you remove a
sufficient number of secure MAC addresses or increase the number of
maximum allowable addresses. An SNMP trap is sent, a syslog message
is logged, and the violation counter increments.
shutdown
Set the security violation shutdown mode. In this mode, the interface is
error-disabled when a violation occurs and the port LED turns off. An
SNMP trap is sent, a syslog message is logged, and the violation counter
increments. When a secure port is in the error-disabled state, you can
bring it out of this state by entering the errdisable recovery cause
psecure-violation global configuration command, or you can manually
re-enable it by entering the shutdown and no shut down interface
configuration commands.
The default is to disable port security.
When port security is enabled and no keywords are entered, the default maximum number of secure
MAC addresses is 1.
The default violation mode is shutdown.
Sticky learning is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-503
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
Command History
Usage Guidelines
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
A secure port has the following limitations:
•
A secure port can be an access port or a trunk port; it cannot be a dynamic access port.
•
A secure port cannot be a protected port.
•
A secure port cannot be a destination port for Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN).
•
A secure port cannot belong to a Gigabit EtherChannel port group.
•
You cannot configure static secure or sticky secure MAC addresses in the voice VLAN.
•
When you enable port security on an interface that is also configured with a voice VLAN, set the
maximum allowed secure addresses on the port to two. When the port is connected to a Cisco IP
phone, the IP phone requires one MAC address. The Cisco IP phone address is learned on the voice
VLAN, but is not learned on the access VLAN. If you connect a single PC to the Cisco IP phone,
no additional MAC addresses are required. If you connect more than one PC to the Cisco IP phone,
you must configure enough secure addresses to allow one for each PC and one for the Cisco IP
phone.
•
Voice VLAN is supported only on access ports and not on trunk ports.
•
When you enter a maximum secure address value for an interface, if the new value is greater than
the previous value, the new value overrides the previously configured value. If the new value is less
than the previous value and the number of configured secure addresses on the interface exceeds the
new value, the command is rejected.
•
The switch does not support port security aging of sticky secure MAC addresses.
A security violation occurs when the maximum number of secure MAC addresses are in the address table
and a station whose MAC address is not in the address table attempts to access the interface or when a
station whose MAC address is configured as a secure MAC address on another secure port attempts to
access the interface.
When a secure port is in the error-disabled state, you can bring it out of this state by entering the
errdisable recovery cause psecure-violation global configuration command, or you can manually
re-enable it by entering the shutdown and no shut down interface configuration commands.
Setting a maximum number of addresses to one and configuring the MAC address of an attached device
ensures that the device has the full bandwidth of the port.
When you enter a maximum secure address value for an interface, this occurs:
•
If the new value is greater than the previous value, the new value overrides the previously configured
value.
•
If the new value is less than the previous value and the number of configured secure addresses on
the interface exceeds the new value, the command is rejected.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-504
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
Sticky secure MAC addresses have these characteristics:
Examples
•
When you enable sticky learning on an interface by using the switchport port-security
mac-address sticky interface configuration command, the interface converts all the dynamic secure
MAC addresses, including those that were dynamically learned before sticky learning was enabled,
to sticky secure MAC addresses and adds all sticky secure MAC addresses to the running
configuration.
•
If you disable sticky learning by using the no switchport port-security mac-address sticky
interface configuration command or the running configuration is removed, the sticky secure MAC
addresses remain part of the running configuration but are removed from the address table. The
addresses that were removed can be dynamically reconfigured and added to the address table as
dynamic addresses.
•
When you configure sticky secure MAC addresses by using the switchport port-security
mac-address sticky mac-address interface configuration command, these addresses are added to the
address table and the running configuration. If port security is disabled, the sticky secure MAC
addresses remain in the running configuration.
•
If you save the sticky secure MAC addresses in the configuration file, when the switch restarts or
the interface shuts down, the interface does not need to relearn these addresses. If you do not save
the sticky secure addresses, they are lost. If sticky learning is disabled, the sticky secure MAC
addresses are converted to dynamic secure addresses and are removed from the running
configuration.
•
If you disable sticky learning and enter the switchport port-security mac-address sticky
mac-address interface configuration command, an error message appears, and the sticky secure
MAC address is not added to the running configuration.
This example shows how to enable port security on a port and to set the maximum number of secure
addresses to 5. The violation mode is the default, and no secure MAC addresses are configured.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security maximum 5
This example shows how to configure a secure MAC address and a VLAN ID on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode trunk
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address 1000.2000.3000 vlan 3
This example shows how to enable sticky learning and to enter two sticky secure MAC addresses on a
port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky 0000.0000.4141
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky 0000.0000.000f
You can verify your settings by using the show port-security privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-505
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear port-security
Deletes from the MAC address table a specific type of secure address
or all the secure addresses on the switch or an interface.
show port-security address
Displays all the secure addresses configured on the switch.
show port-security
interface interface-id
Displays port security configuration for the switch or for the
specified interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-506
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security aging
switchport port-security aging
Use the switchport port-security aging interface configuration command to set the aging time and type
for secure address entries or to change the aging behavior for secure addresses on a particular port. Use
the no form of this command to disable port security aging or to set the parameters to their default states.
switchport port-security aging {static | time time | type {absolute | inactivity}}
no switchport port-security aging {static | time | type}
Syntax Description
Defaults
static
Enable aging for statically configured secure addresses on this port.
time time
Specify the aging time for this port. The range is 0 to 1440 minutes. If the time
is 0, aging is disabled for this port.
type
Set the aging type.
absolute
Set absolute aging type. All the secure addresses on this port age out exactly after
the time (minutes) specified and are removed from the secure address list.
inactivity
Set the inactivity aging type. The secure addresses on this port age out only if there
is no data traffic from the secure source address for the specified time period.
The port security aging feature is disabled. The default time is 0 minutes.
The default aging type is absolute.
The default static aging behavior is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To enable secure address aging for a particular port, set the aging time to a value other than 0 for that
port.
To allow limited time access to particular secure addresses, set the aging type as absolute. When the
aging time lapses, the secure addresses are deleted.
To allow continuous access to a limited number of secure addresses, set the aging type as inactivity. This
removes the secure address when it become inactive, and other addresses can become secure.
To allow unlimited access to a secure address, configure it as a secure address, and disable aging for the
statically configured secure address by using the no switchport port-security aging static interface
configuration command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-507
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security aging
Examples
This example sets the aging time as 2 hours for absolute aging for all the secure addresses on the port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging time 120
This example sets the aging time as 2 minutes for inactivity aging type with aging enabled for configured
secure addresses on the port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging time 2
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging type inactivity
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging static
This example shows how to disable aging for configured secure addresses:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# no switchport port-security aging static
Related Commands
Command
Description
show port-security
Displays the port security settings defined for the port.
switchport port-security
Enables port security on a port, restricts the use of the port to a
user-defined group of stations, and configures secure MAC addresses.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-508
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport priority extend
switchport priority extend
Use the switchport priority extend interface configuration command to set a port priority for the
incoming untagged frames or the priority of frames received by the IP phone connected to the specified
port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
switchport priority extend {cos value | trust}
no switchport priority extend
Syntax Description
cos value
Set the IP phone port to override the IEEE 802.1p priority received from the PC or
the attached device with the specified class of service (CoS) value. The range is 0 to
7. Seven is the highest priority. The default is 0.
trust
Set the IP phone port to trust the IEEE 802.1p priority received from the PC or the
attached device.
Defaults
The default port priority is set to a CoS value of 0 for untagged frames received on the port.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When voice VLAN is enabled, you can configure the switch to send the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP)
packets to instruct the IP phone how to send data packets from the device attached to the access port on
the Cisco IP Phone. You must enable CDP on the switch port connected to the Cisco IP Phone to send
the configuration to the Cisco IP Phone. (CDP is enabled by default globally and on all switch
interfaces.)
You should configure voice VLAN on switch access ports.
Before you enable voice VLAN, we recommend that you enable quality of service (QoS) on the switch
by entering the mls qos global configuration command and configure the port trust state to trust by
entering the mls qos trust cos interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the IP phone connected to the specified port to trust the received
IEEE 802.1p priority:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport priority extend trust
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-509
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport priority extend
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port.
switchport voice vlan
Configures the voice VLAN on the port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-510
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport protected
switchport protected
Use the switchport protected interface configuration command to isolate unicast, multicast, and
broadcast traffic at Layer 2 from other protected ports on the same switch. Use the no form of this
command to disable protection on the port.
switchport protected
no switchport protected
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No protected port is defined. All ports are nonprotected.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The switchport protection feature is local to the switch; communication between protected ports on the
same switch is possible only through a Layer 3 device. To prevent communication between protected
ports on different switches, you must configure the protected ports for unique VLANs on each switch
and configure a trunk link between the switches. A protected port is different from a secure port.
A protected port does not forward any traffic (unicast, multicast, or broadcast) to any other port that is
also a protected port. Data traffic cannot be forwarded between protected ports at Layer 2; only control
traffic, such as PIM packets, is forwarded because these packets are processed by the CPU and forwarded
in software. All data traffic passing between protected ports must be forwarded through a Layer 3 device.
Port monitoring does not work if both the monitor and monitored ports are protected ports.
Examples
This example shows how to enable a protected port on an interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport protected
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Syntax Description
Command
Description
show interfaces
switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port, including
port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport block
Prevents unknown multicast or unicast traffic on the interface.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-511
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport trunk
switchport trunk
Use the switchport trunk interface configuration command to set the trunk characteristics when the
interface is in trunking mode. Use the no form of this command to reset a trunking characteristic to the
default.
switchport trunk {allowed vlan vlan-list | encapsulation {dot1q | isl | negotiate} | native vlan
vlan-id | pruning vlan vlan-list}
no switchport trunk {allowed vlan | encapsulation | native vlan | {pruning vlan}
Syntax Description
allowed vlan vlan-list
Set the list of allowed VLANs that can receive and send traffic on this
interface in tagged format when in trunking mode. See the following vlan-list
format. The none keyword is not valid. The default is all.
encapsulation dot1q
Set the encapsulation format on the trunk port to IEEE 802.1Q. With this
format, the switch supports simultaneous tagged and untagged traffic on a
port.
encapsulation isl
Set the encapsulation format on the trunk port to Inter-Switch Link (ISL).
The switch encapsulates all received and sent packets with an ISL header and
filters native frames received from an ISL trunk port.
encapsulation
negotiate
Specify that if Dynamic Inter-Switch Link (DISL) and Dynamic Trunking
Protocol (DTP) negotiation do not resolve the encapsulation format, ISL is
the selected format.
native vlan vlan-id
Set the native VLAN for sending and receiving untagged traffic when the
interface is in IEEE 802.1Q trunking mode. The range is 1 to 4094.
pruning vlan vlan-list
Set the list of VLANs that are eligible for VTP pruning when in trunking
mode. The all keyword is not valid.
The vlan-list format is all | none | [add | remove | except] vlan-atom [,vlan-atom...] where:
•
all specifies all VLANs from 1 to 4094. This keyword is not allowed on commands that do not
permit all VLANs in the list to be set at the same time.
•
none means an empty list. This keyword is not allowed on commands that require certain VLANs
to be set or at least one VLAN to be set.
•
add adds the defined list of VLANs to those currently set instead of replacing the list. Valid IDs are
from 1 to 1005; extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs greater than 1005) are valid in some cases.
Note
You can add extended-range VLANs to the allowed VLAN list, but not to the
pruning-eligible VLAN list.
Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma; use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
•
remove removes the defined list of VLANs from those currently set instead of replacing the list.
Valid IDs are from 1 to 1005; extended-range VLAN IDs are valid in some cases.
Note
You can remove extended-range VLANs from the allowed VLAN list, but you cannot
remove them from the pruning-eligible list.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-512
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport trunk
Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma; use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
Defaults
•
except lists the VLANs that should be calculated by inverting the defined list of VLANs. (VLANs
are added except the ones specified.) Valid IDs are from 1 to 1005. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN
IDs with a comma; use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
•
vlan-atom is either a single VLAN number from 1 to 4094 or a continuous range of VLANs
described by two VLAN numbers, the lesser one first, separated by a hyphen.
The default encapsulation is negotiate.
VLAN 1 is the default native VLAN ID on the port.
The default for all VLAN lists is to include all VLANs.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Encapsulation:
•
The switchport trunk encapsulation command is supported only for platforms and interface
hardware that can support both ISL and IEEE 802.1Q formats.
•
You cannot configure one end of the trunk as an IEEE 802.1Q trunk and the other end as an ISL or
nontrunk port. However, you can configure one port as an ISL trunk and a different port on the same
switch as an IEEE 802.1Q trunk.
•
If you enter the negotiate keywords and DTP negotiation does not resolve the encapsulation format,
ISL is the selected format. The no form of the command resets the trunk encapsulation format to the
default.
•
The no form of the encapsulation command resets the encapsulation format to the default.
Native VLANs:
•
All untagged traffic received on an IEEE 802.1Q trunk port is forwarded with the native VLAN
configured for the port.
•
If a packet has a VLAN ID that is the same as the sending-port native VLAN ID, the packet is sent
without a tag; otherwise, the switch sends the packet with a tag.
•
The no form of the native vlan command resets the native mode VLAN to the appropriate default
VLAN for the device.
Allowed VLAN:
•
To reduce the risk of spanning-tree loops or storms, you can disable VLAN 1 on any individual
VLAN trunk port by removing VLAN 1 from the allowed list. When you remove VLAN 1 from a
trunk port, the interface continues to send and receive management traffic, for example, Cisco
Discovery Protocol (CDP), Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP), Link Aggregation Control Protocol
(LACP), Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP), and VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) in VLAN 1.
•
The no form of the allowed vlan command resets the list to the default list, which allows all VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-513
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport trunk
Trunk pruning:
Examples
•
The pruning-eligible list applies only to trunk ports.
•
Each trunk port has its own eligibility list.
•
If you do not want a VLAN to be pruned, remove it from the pruning-eligible list. VLANs that are
pruning-ineligible receive flooded traffic.
•
VLAN 1, VLANs 1002 to 1005, and extended-range VLANs (VLANs 1006 to 4094) cannot be
pruned.
This example shows how to cause a port configured as a switched interface to encapsulate in
IEEE 802.1Q trunking format regardless of its default trunking format in trunking mode:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
This example shows how to configure VLAN 3 as the default for the port to send all untagged traffic:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk native vlan 3
This example shows how to add VLANs 1, 2, 5, and 6 to the allowed list:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 1,2,5,6
This example shows how to remove VLANs 3 and 10 to 15 from the pruning-eligible list:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk pruning vlan remove 3,10-15
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport mode
Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-514
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport voice vlan
switchport voice vlan
Use the switchport voice vlan interface configuration command to configure voice VLAN on the port.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
switchport voice vlan {vlan-id | dot1p | none | untagged}
no switchport voice vlan
Syntax Description
Defaults
vlan-id
Specify the VLAN to be used for voice traffic. The range is 1 to 4094. By default, the
IP phone forwards the voice traffic with an IEEE 802.1Q priority of 5.
dot1p
Configure the telephone to use IEEE 802.1p priority tagging and uses VLAN 0 (the
native VLAN). By default, the Cisco IP phone forwards the voice traffic with an
IEEE 802.1p priority of 5.
none
Do not instruct the IP telephone about the voice VLAN. The telephone uses the
configuration from the telephone key pad.
untagged
Configure the telephone to send untagged voice traffic. This is the default for the
telephone.
The switch default is not to automatically configure the telephone (none).
The telephone default is not to tag frames.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You should configure voice VLAN on Layer 2 access ports.
You must enable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) on the switchport connected to the Cisco IP phone for
the switch to send configuration information to the phone. CDP is enabled by default globally and on the
interface.
Before you enable voice VLAN, we recommend that you enable quality of service (QoS) on the switch
by entering the mls qos global configuration command and configure the port trust state to trust by
entering the mls qos trust cos interface configuration command.
When you enter a VLAN ID, the IP phone forwards voice traffic in IEEE 802.1Q frames, tagged with
the specified VLAN ID. The switch puts IEEE 802.1Q voice traffic in the voice VLAN.
When you select dot1q, none, or untagged, the switch puts the indicated voice traffic in the access
VLAN.
In all configurations, the voice traffic carries a Layer 2 IP precedence value. The default is 5 for voice
traffic.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-515
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
switchport voice vlan
When you enable port security on an interface that is also configured with a voice VLAN, set the
maximum allowed secure addresses on the port to two. When the port is connected to a Cisco IP phone,
the IP phone requires one MAC address. The Cisco IP phone address is learned on the voice VLAN, but
is not learned on the access VLAN. If you connect a single PC to the Cisco IP phone, no additional MAC
addresses are required. If you connect more than one PC to the Cisco IP phone, you must configure
enough secure addresses to allow one for each PC and one for the Cisco IP phone.
If any type of port security is enabled on the access VLAN, dynamic port security is automatically
enabled on the voice VLAN.
You cannot configure static secure MAC addresses in the voice VLAN.
The Port Fast feature is automatically enabled when voice VLAN is configured. When you disable voice
VLAN, the Port Fast feature is not automatically disabled.
Examples
This example shows how to configure VLAN 2 as the voice VLAN for the port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/22
Switch(config-if)# switchport voice vlan 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces interface-id switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a
switching port.
switchport priority extend
Decides how the device connected to the specified port
handles priority traffic received on its incoming port.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-516
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
system mtu
system mtu
Use the system mtu global configuration command to set the maximum packet size or maximum
transmission unit (MTU) size for Gigabit Ethernet ports. Use the no form of this command to restore the
global MTU value to its default value.
system mtu {bytes | jumbo bytes}
no system mtu
Syntax Description
bytes
The range is 1500 to 1998 bytes. This is the maximum MTU received at
10/100-Mbps Ethernet switch ports.
jumbo bytes
Set the system jumbo MTU for Gigabit Ethernet ports operating at 1000
Mbps or greater. The range is 1500 to 9000 bytes. This is the maximum MTU
received at the physical port for Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Defaults
The default MTU size for all ports is 1500 bytes.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you use this command to change the system MTU or jumbo MTU size, you must reset the switch
before the new configuration takes effect.
Gigabit Ethernet ports operating at 1000 Mbps are not affected by the system mtu command, and
10/100-Mbps ports are not affected by the system mtu jumbo command.
If you enter a value that is outside the range for the specific type of switch, the value is not accepted.
Note
The switch does not support setting the MTU on a per-interface basis.
The size of frames that can be received by the switch CPU is limited to 1998 bytes, regardless of the
value entered with the system mtu command. Although forwarded or routed frames are usually not
received by the CPU, some packets (for example, control traffic, SNMP, Telnet, and routing protocols)
are sent to the CPU.
Because the switch does not fragment packets, it drops switched packets larger than the packet size
supported on the egress interface.
For example, if the system mtu value is 1998 bytes and the system mtu jumbo value is 5000 bytes,
packets up to 5000 bytes can be received on interfaces operating at 1000 Mbps. However, although a
packet larger than 1998 bytes can be received on an interface operating at 1000 Mbps, if its destination
interface is operating at 10 or 100 Mbps, the packet is dropped.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-517
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
system mtu
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum jumbo packet size for Gigabit Ethernet ports operating at
1000 Mbps or greater to 1800 bytes:
Switch(config)# system mtu jumbo 1800
Switch(config)# exit
Switch# reload
You can verify your setting by entering the show system mtu privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show system mtu
Displays the packet size set for 10/100 and Gigabit
Ethernet ports.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-518
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
test cable-diagnostics tdr
test cable-diagnostics tdr
Use the test cable-diagnostics tdr privileged EXEC command to run the Time Domain Reflector (TDR)
feature on an interface.
test cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id
Syntax Description
interface-id
Defaults
There is no default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Specify the interface on which to run TDR.
TDR is supported only on 10/100/1000 copper Ethernet ports. It is not supported on SFP module ports.
For more information about TDR, see the software configuration guide for this release.
After you run TDR by using the test cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command, use the
show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id privileged EXEC command to display the results.
Examples
This example shows how to run TDR on an interface:
Switch# test cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet0/22
TDR test started on interface Gi0/22
A TDR test can take a few seconds to run on an interface
Use 'show cable-diagnostics tdr' to read the TDR results.
If you enter the test cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command on an interface that has a
link status of up and a speed of 10 or 100 Mbps, these messages appear:
Switch# test cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet0/21
TDR test on Gi0/22 will affect link state and traffic
TDR test started on interface Gi0/21
A TDR test can take a few seconds to run on an interface
Use 'show cable-diagnostics tdr' to read the TDR results.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-519
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac
traceroute mac
Use the traceroute mac privileged EXEC command to display the Layer 2 path taken by the packets
from the specified source MAC address to the specified destination MAC address.
traceroute mac [interface interface-id] {source-mac-address} [interface interface-id]
{destination-mac-address} [vlan vlan-id] [detail]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
(Optional) Specify an interface on the source or destination switch.
source-mac-address
Specify the MAC address of the source switch in hexadecimal format.
destination-mac-address
Specify the MAC address of the destination switch in hexadecimal format.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify the VLAN on which to trace the Layer 2 path that the
packets take from the source switch to the destination switch. Valid VLAN
IDs are 1 to 4094.
detail
(Optional) Specify that detailed information appears.
Defaults
There is no default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
For Layer 2 traceroute to function properly, Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) must be enabled on all the
switches in the network. Do not disable CDP.
When the switch detects a device in the Layer 2 path that does not support Layer 2 traceroute, the switch
continues to send Layer 2 trace queries and lets them time out.
The maximum number of hops identified in the path is ten.
Layer 2 traceroute supports only unicast traffic. If you specify a multicast source or destination MAC
address, the physical path is not identified, and an error message appears.
The traceroute mac command output shows the Layer 2 path when the specified source and destination
addresses belong to the same VLAN. If you specify source and destination addresses that belong to
different VLANs, the Layer 2 path is not identified, and an error message appears.
If the source or destination MAC address belongs to multiple VLANs, you must specify the VLAN to
which both the source and destination MAC addresses belong. If the VLAN is not specified, the path is
not identified, and an error message appears.
The Layer 2 traceroute feature is not supported when multiple devices are attached to one port through
hubs (for example, multiple CDP neighbors are detected on a port). When more than one CDP neighbor
is detected on a port, the Layer 2 path is not identified, and an error message appears.
This feature is not supported in Token Ring VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-520
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac
Examples
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the source and destination MAC
addresses:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[WS-CBS3020-HP] (2.2.6.6)
con6 (2.2.6.6) :Gi0/21 => Gi0/23
con5
(2.2.5.5
) :
Gi0/3 => Gi0/1
con1
(2.2.1.1
) :
Gi0/1 => Gi0/2
con2
(2.2.2.2
) :
Gi0/2 => Gi0/1
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by using the detail keyword:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0201.0201 detail
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[WS-CBS3020-HP] (2.2.6.6)
con6 / WS-CBS3020-HP / 2.2.6.6 :
Gi0/22 [auto, auto] => Gi0/23 [auto, auto]
con5 / WS-C2950G-24-EI / 2.2.5.5 :
Fa0/3 [auto, auto] => Gi0/1 [auto, auto]
con1 / WS-C3550-12G / 2.2.1.1 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/2 [auto, auto]
con2 / WS-C3550-24 / 2.2.2.2 :
Gi0/2 [auto, auto] => Fa0/1 [auto, auto]
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed.
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the interfaces on the source and
destination switches:
Switch# traceroute mac interface gigabitethernet0/21 0000.0201.0601 interface
gigabitethernet0/23 0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[WS-CBS3020-HP] (2.2.6.6)
con6 (2.2.6.6) :Gi0/21 => Gi0/23
con5
(2.2.5.5
) :
Gi0/3 => Gi0/1
con1
(2.2.1.1
) :
Gi0/1 => Gi0/2
con2
(2.2.2.2
) :
Gi0/2 => Gi0/1
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the switch is not connected to the source switch:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0501 0000.0201.0201 detail
Source not directly connected, tracing source .....
Source 0000.0201.0501 found on con5[WS-CBS3020-HP] (2.2.5.5)
con5 / WS-CBS3020-HP / 2.2.5.5 :
Gi0/21 [auto, auto] => Gi0/23 [auto, auto]
con1 / WS-C3550-12G / 2.2.1.1 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/2 [auto, auto]
con2 / WS-C3550-24 / 2.2.2.2 :
Gi0/2 [auto, auto] => Fa0/1 [auto, auto]
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed.
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the switch cannot find the destination port for the source
MAC address:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0011.1111 0000.0201.0201
Error:Source Mac address not found.
Layer2 trace aborted.
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the source and destination devices are in different VLANs:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0301.0201
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-521
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac
Error:Source and destination macs are on different vlans.
Layer2 trace aborted.
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the destination MAC address is a multicast address:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0100.0201.0201
Invalid destination mac address
This example shows the Layer 2 path when source and destination switches belong to multiple VLANs:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0201.0201
Error:Mac found on multiple vlans.
Layer2 trace aborted.
Related Commands
Command
Description
traceroute mac ip
Displays the Layer 2 path taken by the packets from the specified source IP
address or hostname to the specified destination IP address or hostname.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-522
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac ip
traceroute mac ip
Use the traceroute mac ip privileged EXEC command to display the Layer 2 path taken by the packets
from the specified source IP address or hostname to the specified destination IP address or hostname.
traceroute mac ip {source-ip-address | source-hostname} {destination-ip-address |
destination-hostname} [detail]
Syntax Description
source-ip-address
Specify the IP address of the source switch as a 32-bit quantity in
dotted-decimal format.
destination-ip-address
Specify the IP address of the destination switch as a 32-bit quantity in
dotted-decimal format.
source-hostname
Specify the IP hostname of the source switch.
destination-hostname
Specify the IP hostname of the destination switch.
detail
(Optional) Specify that detailed information appears.
Defaults
There is no default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
For Layer 2 traceroute to function properly, Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) must be enabled on all the
switches in the network. Do not disable CDP.
When the switch detects an device in the Layer 2 path that does not support Layer 2 traceroute, the switch
continues to send Layer 2 trace queries and lets them time out.
The maximum number of hops identified in the path is ten.
The traceroute mac ip command output shows the Layer 2 path when the specified source and
destination IP addresses are in the same subnet. When you specify the IP addresses, the switch uses
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) to associate the IP addresses with the corresponding MAC addresses
and the VLAN IDs.
•
If an ARP entry exists for the specified IP address, the switch uses the associated MAC address and
identifies the physical path.
•
If an ARP entry does not exist, the switch sends an ARP query and tries to resolve the IP address.
The IP addresses must be in the same subnet. If the IP address is not resolved, the path is not
identified, and an error message appears.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-523
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac ip
The Layer 2 traceroute feature is not supported when multiple devices are attached to one port through
hubs (for example, multiple CDP neighbors are detected on a port). When more than one CDP neighbor
is detected on a port, the Layer 2 path is not identified, and an error message appears.
This feature is not supported in Token Ring VLANs.
Examples
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the source and destination IP
addresses and by using the detail keyword:
Switch# traceroute mac ip 2.2.66.66 2.2.22.22 detail
Translating IP to mac .....
2.2.66.66 => 0000.0201.0601
2.2.22.22 => 0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[WS-CBS3020-HPQ] (2.2.6.6)
con6 / WS-CBS3020-HPQ / 2.2.6.6 :
Gi0/21 [auto, auto] => Gi0/23 [auto, auto]
con5 / WS-C2950G-24-EI / 2.2.5.5 :
Fa0/3 [auto, auto] => Gi0/1 [auto, auto]
con1 / WS-C3550-12G / 2.2.1.1 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/2 [auto, auto]
con2 / WS-C3550-24 / 2.2.2.2 :
Gi0/2 [auto, auto] => Fa0/1 [auto, auto]
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed.
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the source and destination hostnames:
Switch# traceroute mac ip con6 con2
Translating IP to mac .....
2.2.66.66 => 0000.0201.0601
2.2.22.22 => 0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6
con6 (2.2.6.6) :Gi0/21 => Gi0/23
con5
(2.2.5.5
) :
con1
(2.2.1.1
) :
con2
(2.2.2.2
) :
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2
Layer 2 trace completed
Fa0/3 => Gi0/1
Gi0/1 => Gi0/2
Gi0/2 => Fa0/1
This example shows the Layer 2 path when ARP cannot associate the source IP address with the
corresponding MAC address:
Switch# traceroute mac ip 2.2.66.66 2.2.77.77
Arp failed for destination 2.2.77.77.
Layer2 trace aborted.
Related Commands
Command
Description
traceroute mac
Displays the Layer 2 path taken by the packets from the specified source MAC
address to the specified destination MAC address.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-524
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
trust
trust
Use the trust policy-map class configuration command to define a trust state for traffic classified
through the class policy-map configuration or the class-map global configuration command. Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
trust [cos | dscp | ip-precedence]
no trust [cos | dscp | ip-precedence]
Syntax Description
cos
(Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet class of service (CoS)
value. For an untagged packet, the port default CoS value is used.
dscp
(Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet Differentiated Services
Code Point (DSCP) values (most significant 6 bits of 8-bit service-type field). For
a non-IP packet, the packet CoS value is used if the packet is tagged. If the packet
is untagged, the default port CoS value is used to map CoS to DSCP.
ip-precedence
(Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet IP-precedence value
(most significant 3 bits of 8-bit service-type field). For a non-IP packet, the packet
CoS value is used if the packet is tagged. If the packet is untagged, the port default
CoS value is used to map CoS to DSCP.
Defaults
The action is not trusted. If no keyword is specified when the command is entered, the default is dscp.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to distinguish the quality of service (QoS) trust behavior for certain traffic from other
traffic. For example, incoming traffic with certain DSCP values can be trusted. You can configure a class
map to match and trust the DSCP values in the incoming traffic.
Trust values set with this command supersede trust values set with the mls qos trust interface
configuration command.
The trust command is mutually exclusive with set policy-map class configuration command within the
same policy map.
If you specify trust cos, QoS uses the received or default port CoS value and the CoS-to-DSCP map to
generate a DSCP value for the packet.
If you specify trust dscp, QoS uses the DSCP value from the ingress packet. For non-IP packets that are
tagged, QoS uses the received CoS value; for non-IP packets that are untagged, QoS uses the default port
CoS value. In either case, the DSCP value for the packet is derived from the CoS-to-DSCP map.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-525
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
trust
If you specify trust ip-precedence, QoS uses the IP precedence value from the ingress packet and the
IP-precedence-to-DSCP map. For non-IP packets that are tagged, QoS uses the received CoS value; for
non-IP packets that are untagged, QoS uses the default port CoS value. In either case, the DSCP for the
packet is derived from the CoS-to-DSCP map.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Examples
This example shows how to define a port trust state to trust incoming DSCP values for traffic classified
with class1:
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# trust dscp
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set,
and trust policy-map class configuration commands) for the
specified class-map name.
police
Defines a policer for classified traffic.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
set
Classifies IP traffic by setting a DSCP or IP-precedence value in the
packet.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-526
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
udld
udld
Use the udld global configuration command to enable aggressive or normal mode in the UniDirectional
Link Detection (UDLD) and to set the configurable message timer time. Use the no form of the command
to disable aggressive or normal mode UDLD on all fiber-optic ports.
udld {aggressive | enable | message time message-timer-interval}
no udld {aggressive | enable | message}
Syntax Description
Defaults
aggressive
Enable UDLD in aggressive mode on all fiber-optic interfaces.
enable
Enable UDLD in normal mode on all fiber-optic interfaces.
message time
message-timer-interval
Configure the period of time between UDLD probe messages on ports that
are in the advertisement phase and are determined to be bidirectional. The
range is 90 seconds.
UDLD is disabled on all interfaces.
The message timer is set at 60 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
UDLD supports two modes of operation: normal (the default) and aggressive. In normal mode, UDLD
detects unidirectional links due to misconnected interfaces on fiber-optic connections. In aggressive
mode, UDLD also detects unidirectional links due to one-way traffic on fiber-optic and twisted-pair links
and due to misconnected interfaces on fiber-optic links. For information about normal and aggressive
modes, see the “Understanding UDLD” section in the software configuration guide for this release.
If you change the message time between probe packets, you are making a trade-off between the detection
speed and the CPU load. By decreasing the time, you can make the detection-response faster but increase
the load on the CPU.
This command affects fiber-optic interfaces only. Use the udld interface configuration command to
enable UDLD on other interface types.
You can use these commands to reset an interface shut down by UDLD:
•
The udld reset privileged EXEC command to reset all interfaces shut down by UDLD
•
The shutdown and no shutdown interface configuration commands
•
The no udld enable global configuration command followed by the udld {aggressive | enable}
global configuration command to re-enable UDLD globally
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-527
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
udld
Examples
•
The no udld port interface configuration command followed by the udld port or udld port
aggressive interface configuration command to re-enable UDLD on the specified interface
•
The errdisable recovery cause udld and errdisable recovery interval interval global
configuration commands to automatically recover from the UDLD error-disabled state
This example shows how to enable UDLD on all fiber-optic interfaces:
Switch(config)# udld enable
You can verify your setting by entering the show udld privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show udld
Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports
or the specified port.
udld port
Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic
interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration
command.
udld reset
Resets all interfaces shut down by UDLD and permits traffic to
again pass through.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-528
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
udld port
udld port
Use the udld port interface configuration command to enable the UniDirectional Link Detection
(UDLD) on an individual interface or prevent a fiber-optic interface from being enabled by the udld
global configuration command. Use the no form of this command to return to the udld global
configuration command setting or to disable UDLD if entered for a nonfiber-optic port.
udld port [aggressive]
no udld port [aggressive]
Syntax Description
aggressive
Defaults
On fiber-optic interfaces, UDLD is not enabled, not in aggressive mode, and not disabled. For this
reason, fiber-optic interfaces enable UDLD according to the state of the udld enable or udld aggressive
global configuration command.
Enable UDLD in aggressive mode on the specified interface.
On nonfiber-optic interfaces, UDLD is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A UDLD-capable port cannot detect a unidirectional link if it is connected to a UDLD-incapable port of
another switch.
UDLD supports two modes of operation: normal (the default) and aggressive. In normal mode, UDLD
detects unidirectional links due to misconnected interfaces on fiber-optic connections. In aggressive
mode, UDLD also detects unidirectional links due to one-way traffic on fiber-optic and twisted-pair links
and due to misconnected interfaces on fiber-optic links. For information about normal and aggressive
modes, see the “Configuring UDLD” chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
To enable UDLD in normal mode, use the udld port interface configuration command. To enable UDLD
in aggressive mode, use the udld port aggressive interface configuration command.
Use the no udld port command on fiber-optic ports to return control of UDLD to the udld enable global
configuration command or to disable UDLD on nonfiber-optic ports.
Use the udld port aggressive command on fiber-optic ports to override the setting of the udld enable
or udld aggressive global configuration command. Use the no form on fiber-optic ports to remove this
setting and to return control of UDLD enabling to the udld global configuration command or to disable
UDLD on nonfiber-optic ports.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-529
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
udld port
You can use these commands to reset an interface shut down by UDLD:
Examples
•
The udld reset privileged EXEC command to reset all interfaces shut down by UDLD
•
The shutdown and no shutdown interface configuration commands
•
The no udld enable global configuration command followed by the udld {aggressive | enable}
global configuration command to re-enable UDLD globally
•
The no udld port interface configuration command followed by the udld port or udld port
aggressive interface configuration command to re-enable UDLD on the specified interface
•
The errdisable recovery cause udld and errdisable recovery interval interval global
configuration commands to automatically recover from the UDLD error-disabled state
This example shows how to enable UDLD on an port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# udld port
This example shows how to disable UDLD on a fiber-optic interface despite the setting of the udld
global configuration command:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/21
Switch(config-if)# no udld port
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config or the show udld interface privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands >
Configuration File Management Commands.
show udld
Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports or
the specified port.
udld
Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the configurable
message timer time.
udld reset
Resets all interfaces shut down by UDLD and permits traffic to again
pass through.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-530
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
udld reset
udld reset
Use the udld reset privileged EXEC command to reset all interfaces disabled by the UniDirectional Link
Detection (UDLD) and permit traffic to begin passing through them again (though other features, such
as spanning tree, Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP), and Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) still have
their normal effects, if enabled).
udld reset
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If the interface configuration is still enabled for UDLD, these ports begin to run UDLD again and are
disabled for the same reason if the problem has not been corrected.
Examples
This example shows how to reset all interfaces disabled by UDLD:
Switch# udld reset
1 ports shutdown by UDLD were reset.
You can verify your setting by entering the show udld privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands >
Configuration File Management Commands.
show udld
Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports or
the specified port.
udld
Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the configurable
message timer time.
udld port
Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic
interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration
command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-531
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
vlan (global configuration)
Use the vlan global configuration command to add a VLAN and to enter the config-vlan mode. Use the
no form of this command to delete the VLAN. Configuration information for normal-range VLANs
(VLAN IDs 1 to 1005) is always saved in the VLAN database. When VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP)
mode is transparent, you can create extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs greater than 1005), and the VTP
mode, domain name, and the VLAN configuration are saved in the switch running configuration file. You
can save configurations in the switch startup configuration file by entering the copy running-config
startup-config privileged EXEC command.
vlan vlan-id
no vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
ID of the VLAN to be added and configured. For vlan-id, the range is 1 to 4094. You
can enter a single VLAN ID, a series of VLAN IDs separated by commas, or a range
of VLAN IDs separated by hyphens.
You must use the vlan vlan-id global configuration command to add extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs
1006 to 4094). Before configuring VLANs in the extended range, you must use the vtp transparent
global configuration or VLAN configuration command to put the switch in VTP transparent mode.
Extended-range VLANs are not learned by VTP and are not added to the VLAN database, but when VTP
mode is transparent, VTP mode and domain name and all VLAN configurations are saved in the running
configuration, and you can save them in the switch startup configuration file.
When you save the VLAN and VTP configurations in the startup configuration file and reboot the switch,
the configuration is selected in these ways:
•
If both the VLAN database and the configuration file show the VTP mode as transparent and the
VTP domain names match, the VLAN database is ignored. The VTP and VLAN configurations in
the startup configuration file are used. The VLAN database revision number remains unchanged in
the VLAN database.
•
If the VTP mode is server, or if the startup VTP mode or domain names do not match the VLAN
database, the VTP mode and the VLAN configuration for the first 1005 VLANs use the VLAN
database information.
If you try to create an extended-range VLAN when the switch is not in VTP transparent mode, the VLAN
is rejected, and you receive an error message.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-532
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
If you enter an invalid VLAN ID, you receive an error message and do not enter config-vlan mode.
Entering the vlan command with a VLAN ID enables config-vlan mode. When you enter the VLAN ID
of an existing VLAN, you do not create a new VLAN, but you can modify VLAN parameters for that
VLAN. The specified VLANs are added or modified when you exit the config-vlan mode. Only the
shutdown command (for VLANs 1 to 1005) takes effect immediately.
These configuration commands are available in config-vlan mode. The no form of each command returns
the characteristic to its default state.
Note
Although all commands are visible, the only VLAN configuration commands that are supported on
extended-range VLANs are mtu mtu-size and remote-span. For extended-range VLANs, all other
characteristics must remain at the default state.
•
are are-number: defines the maximum number of all-routes explorer (ARE) hops for this VLAN.
This keyword applies only to TrCRF VLANs.The range is 0 to 13. The default is 7. If no value is
entered, 0 is assumed to be the maximum.
•
backupcrf: specifies the backup CRF mode. This keyword applies only to TrCRF VLANs.
– enable backup CRF mode for this VLAN.
– disable backup CRF mode for this VLAN (the default).
•
bridge {bridge-number| type}: specifies the logical distributed source-routing bridge, the bridge
that interconnects all logical rings having this VLAN as a parent VLAN in FDDI-NET, Token
Ring-NET, and TrBRF VLANs. The range is 0 to 15. The default bridge number is 0 (no
source-routing bridge) for FDDI-NET, TrBRF, and Token Ring-NET VLANs. The type keyword
applies only to TrCRF VLANs and is one of these:
– srb (source-route bridging)
– srt (source-route transparent) bridging VLAN
•
exit: applies changes, increments the VLAN database revision number (VLANs 1 to 1005 only), and
exits config-vlan mode.
•
media: defines the VLAN media type. See Table 2-32 for valid commands and syntax for different
media types.
Note
The switch supports only Ethernet ports. You configure only FDDI and Token Ring
media-specific characteristics for VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) global advertisements to
other switches. These VLANs are locally suspended.
– ethernet is Ethernet media type (the default).
– fddi is FDDI media type.
– fd-net is FDDI network entity title (NET) media type.
– tokenring is Token Ring media type if the VTP v2 mode is disabled, or TrCRF if the VTP
Version 2 (v) mode is enabled.
– tr-net is Token Ring network entity title (NET) media type if the VTP v2 mode is disabled or
TrBRF media type if the VTP v2 mode is enabled.
•
mtu mtu-size: specifies the maximum transmission unit (MTU) (packet size in bytes). The range is
1500 to 18190. The default is 1500 bytes.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-533
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
•
name vlan-name: names the VLAN with an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters that must be unique
within the administrative domain. The default is VLANxxxx where xxxx represents four numeric
digits (including leading zeros) equal to the VLAN ID number.
•
no: negates a command or returns it to the default setting.
•
parent parent-vlan-id: specifies the parent VLAN of an existing FDDI, Token Ring, or TrCRF
VLAN. This parameter identifies the TrBRF to which a TrCRF belongs and is required when
defining a TrCRF. The range is 0 to 1005. The default parent VLAN ID is 0 (no parent VLAN) for
FDDI and Token Ring VLANs. For both Token Ring and TrCRF VLANs, the parent VLAN ID must
already exist in the database and be associated with a Token Ring-NET or TrBRF VLAN.
•
remote-span: configure the VLAN as a Remote SPAN (RSPAN) VLAN. When the RSPAN feature
is added to an existing VLAN, the VLAN is first deleted and is then recreated with the RSPAN
feature. Any access ports are deactivated until the RSPAN feature is removed. If VTP is enabled, the
new RSPAN VLAN is propagated by VTP for VLAN-IDs that are lower than 1024. Learning is
disabled on the VLAN. See the remote-span command for more information.
•
ring ring-number: defines the logical ring for an FDDI, Token Ring, or TrCRF VLAN. The range is
1 to 4095. The default for Token Ring VLANs is 0. For FDDI VLANs, there is no default.
•
said said-value: specifies the security association identifier (SAID) as documented in IEEE 802.10.
The range is 1 to 4294967294, and the number must be unique within the administrative domain.
The default value is 100000 plus the VLAN ID number.
•
shutdown: shuts down VLAN switching on the VLAN. This command takes effect immediately.
Other commands take effect when you exit config-vlan mode.
•
state: specifies the VLAN state:
– active means the VLAN is operational (the default).
– suspend means the VLAN is suspended. Suspended VLANs do not pass packets.
•
ste ste-number: defines the maximum number of spanning-tree explorer (STE) hops. This keyword
applies only to TrCRF VLANs. The range is 0 to 13. The default is 7.
•
stp type: defines the spanning-tree type for FDDI-NET, Token Ring-NET, or TrBRF VLANs. For
FDDI-NET VLANs, the default STP type is ieee. For Token Ring-NET VLANs, the default STP
type is ibm. For FDDI and Token Ring VLANs, the default is no type specified.
– ieee for IEEE Ethernet STP running source-route transparent (SRT) bridging.
– ibm for IBM STP running source-route bridging (SRB).
– auto for STP running a combination of source-route transparent bridging (IEEE) and
source-route bridging (IBM).
•
tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id and tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id: specifies the first and second VLAN to which this
VLAN is translationally bridged. Translational VLANs translate FDDI or Token Ring to Ethernet,
for example. The range is 0 to 1005. If no value is specified, 0 (no transitional bridging) is assumed.
Table 2-32
Valid Commands and Syntax for Different Media Types
Media Type
Valid Syntax
Ethernet
name vlan-name, media ethernet, state {suspend | active}, said said-value, mtu
mtu-size, remote-span, tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id, tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
FDDI
name vlan-name, media fddi, state {suspend | active}, said said-value,
mtu mtu-size, ring ring-number, parent parent-vlan-id, tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id,
tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-534
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
Table 2-32
Valid Commands and Syntax for Different Media Types (continued)
Media Type
Valid Syntax
FDDI-NET
name vlan-name, media fd-net, state {suspend | active}, said said-value, mtu
mtu-size, bridge bridge-number, stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}, tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id,
tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
If VTP v2 mode is disabled, do not set the stp type to auto.
Token Ring
VTP v1 mode is enabled.
name vlan-name, media tokenring, state {suspend | active}, said said-value,
mtu mtu-size, ring ring-number, parent parent-vlan-id, tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id,
tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
Token Ring
concentrator
relay function
(TrCRF)
VTP v2 mode is enabled.
name vlan-name, media tokenring, state {suspend | active}, said said-value,
mtu mtu-size, ring ring-number, parent parent-vlan-id, bridge type {srb | srt},
are are-number, ste ste-number, backupcrf {enable | disable},
tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id, tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
Token Ring-NET VTP v1 mode is enabled.
name vlan-name, media tr-net, state {suspend | active}, said said-value,
mtu mtu-size, bridge bridge-number, stp type {ieee | ibm}, tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id,
tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
Token Ring
VTP v2 mode is enabled.
bridge relay
name vlan-name, media tr-net, state {suspend | active}, said said-value,
function (TrBRF)
mtu mtu-size, bridge bridge-number, stp type {ieee | ibm | auto},
tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id, tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
Table 2-33 describes the rules for configuring VLANs.
Table 2-33
Configuration
VLAN Configuration Rules
Rule
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Specify a parent VLAN ID of a TrBRF that already exists in the
are configuring a TrCRF VLAN
database.
media type.
Specify a ring number. Do not leave this field blank.
Specify unique ring numbers when TrCRF VLANs have the same
parent VLAN ID. Only one backup concentrator relay function
(CRF) can be enabled.
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Do not specify a backup CRF.
are configuring VLANs other than
TrCRF media type.
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Specify a bridge number. Do not leave this field blank.
are configuring a TrBRF VLAN
media type.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-535
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
Table 2-33
VLAN Configuration Rules (continued)
Configuration
Rule
VTP v1 mode is enabled.
No VLAN can have an STP type set to auto.
This rule applies to Ethernet, FDDI, FDDI-NET, Token Ring, and
Token Ring-NET VLANs.
Add a VLAN that requires
translational bridging (values are
not set to zero).
The translational bridging VLAN IDs that are used must already
exist in the database.
The translational bridging VLAN IDs that a configuration points
to must also contain a pointer to the original VLAN in one of the
translational bridging parameters (for example, Ethernet points to
FDDI, and FDDI points to Ethernet).
The translational bridging VLAN IDs that a configuration points
to must be different media types than the original VLAN (for
example, Ethernet can point to Token Ring).
If both translational bridging VLAN IDs are configured, these
VLANs must be different media types (for example, Ethernet can
point to FDDI and Token Ring).
Examples
This example shows how to add an Ethernet VLAN with default media characteristics. The default
includes a vlan-name of VLANxxx, where xxxx represents four numeric digits (including leading zeros)
equal to the VLAN ID number. The default media option is ethernet; the state option is active. The
default said-value variable is 100000 plus the VLAN ID; the mtu-size variable is 1500; the stp-type
option is ieee. When you enter the exit config-vlan configuration command, the VLAN is added if it did
not already exist; otherwise, this command does nothing.
This example shows how to create a new VLAN with all default characteristics and enter config-vlan
mode:
Switch(config)# vlan 200
Switch(config-vlan)# exit
Switch(config)#
This example shows how to create a new extended-range VLAN with all the default characteristics, to
enter config-vlan mode, and to save the new VLAN in the switch startup configuration file:
Switch(config)# vtp mode transparent
Switch(config)# vlan 2000
Switch(config-vlan)# end
Switch# copy running-config startup config
You can verify your setting by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vlan
Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the
VLAN ID or name is specified) in the administrative domain.
vlan (VLAN
configuration)
Configures normal-range VLANs in the VLAN database.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-536
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
vlan (VLAN configuration)
Use the vlan VLAN configuration command to configure VLAN characteristics for a normal-range
VLAN (VLAN IDs 1 to 1005) in the VLAN database. You access VLAN configuration mode by entering
the vlan database privileged EXEC command. Use the no form of this command without additional
parameters to delete a VLAN. Use the no form with parameters to change its configured characteristics.
vlan vlan-id [are are-number] [backupcrf {enable | disable}] [bridge bridge-number |
type {srb | srt}] [media {ethernet | fddi | fdi-net | tokenring | tr-net}] [mtu mtu-size]
[name vlan-name] [parent parent-vlan-id] [ring ring-number] [said said-value]
[state {suspend | active}] [ste ste-number] [stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}]
[tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
no vlan vlan-id [are are-number] [backupcrf {enable | disable}] [bridge bridge-number |
type {srb | srt}] [media {ethernet | fddi | fdi-net | tokenring | tr-net}] [mtu mtu-size]
[name vlan-name] [parent parent-vlan-id] [ring ring-number] [said said-value]
[state {suspend | active}] [ste ste-number] [stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}]
[tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
Extended-range VLANs (with VLAN IDs from 1006 to 4094) cannot be added or modified by using
these commands. To add extended-range VLANs, use the vlan (global configuration) command to enter
config-vlan mode.
Note
Syntax Description
The switch supports only Ethernet ports. You configure only FDDI and Token Ring media-specific
characteristics for VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) global advertisements to other switches. These
VLANs are locally suspended.
vlan-id
ID of the configured VLAN. The range is 1 to 1005 and must be unique
within the administrative domain. Do not enter leading zeros.
are are-number
(Optional) Specify the maximum number of all-routes explorer (ARE)
hops for this VLAN. This keyword applies only to TrCRF VLANs. The
range is 0 to 13. If no value is entered, 0 is assumed to be the maximum.
backupcrf {enable | disable} (Optional) Specify the backup CRF mode. This keyword applies only
to TrCRF VLANs.
bridge bridge-number|
type {srb | srt}
•
enable backup CRF mode for this VLAN.
•
disable backup CRF mode for this VLAN.
(Optional) Specify the logical distributed source-routing bridge, the
bridge that interconnects all logical rings having this VLAN as a parent
VLAN in FDDI-NET, Token Ring-NET, and TrBRF VLANs.
The range is 0 to 15.
The type keyword applies only to TrCRF VLANs and is one of these:
•
srb (source-route bridging)
•
srt (source-route transparent) bridging VLAN
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-537
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
media {ethernet | fddi |
fd-net | tokenring | tr-net}
(Optional) Specify the VLAN media type. Table 2-34 lists the valid
syntax for each media type.
•
ethernet is Ethernet media type (the default).
•
fddi is FDDI media type.
•
fd-net is FDDI network entity title (NET) media type.
•
tokenring is Token Ring media type if the VTP v2 mode is
disabled, or TrCRF if the VTP v2 mode is enabled.
•
tr-net is Token Ring network entity title (NET) media type if the
VTP v2 mode is disabled or TrBRF media type if the VTP v2 mode
is enabled.
mtu mtu-size
(Optional) Specify the maximum transmission unit (MTU) (packet size
in bytes). The range is 1500 to 18190.
name vlan-name
(Optional) Specify the VLAN name, an ASCII string from 1 to 32
characters that must be unique within the administrative domain.
parent parent-vlan-id
(Optional) Specify the parent VLAN of an existing FDDI, Token Ring,
or TrCRF VLAN. This parameter identifies the TrBRF to which a
TrCRF belongs and is required when defining a TrCRF. The range is 0
to 1005.
ring ring-number
(Optional) Specify the logical ring for an FDDI, Token Ring, or TrCRF
VLAN. The range is 1 to 4095.
said said-value
(Optional) Enter the security association identifier (SAID) as
documented in IEEE 802.10. The range is 1 to 4294967294, and the
number must be unique within the administrative domain.
state {suspend | active}
(Optional) Specify the VLAN state:
•
If active, the VLAN is operational.
•
If suspend, the VLAN is suspended. Suspended VLANs do not
pass packets.
ste ste-number
(Optional) Specify the maximum number of spanning-tree explorer
(STE) hops. This keyword applies only to TrCRF VLANs. The range is
0 to 13.
stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}
(Optional) Specify the spanning-tree type for FDDI-NET, Token
Ring-NET, or TrBRF VLAN.
tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id
and tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
•
ieee for IEEE Ethernet STP running source-route transparent
(SRT) bridging.
•
ibm for IBM STP running source-route bridging (SRB).
•
auto for STP running a combination of source-route transparent
bridging (IEEE) and source-route bridging (IBM).
(Optional) Specify the first and second VLAN to which this VLAN is
translationally bridged. Translational VLANs translate FDDI or Token
Ring to Ethernet, for example. The range is 0 to 1005. Zero is assumed
if no value is specified.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-538
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
Table 2-34 shows the valid syntax options for different media types.
Table 2-34
Valid Syntax for Different Media Types
Media Type
Valid Syntax
Ethernet
vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media ethernet [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
FDDI
vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media fddi [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [ring ring-number] [parent parent-vlan-id]
[tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
FDDI-NET
vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media fd-net [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [bridge bridge-number]
[stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}] [tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
If VTP v2 mode is disabled, do not set the stp type to auto.
Token Ring
VTP v1 mode is enabled.
vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media tokenring [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [ring ring-number] [parent parent-vlan-id]
[tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
Token Ring
concentrator
relay function
(TrCRF)
VTP v2 mode is enabled.
vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media tokenring [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [ring ring-number] [parent parent-vlan-id]
[bridge type {srb | srt}] [are are-number] [ste ste-number]
[backupcrf {enable | disable}] [tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
Token Ring-NET VTP v1 mode is enabled.
vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media tr-net [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [bridge bridge-number]
[stp type {ieee | ibm}] [tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
Token Ring
VTP v2 mode is enabled.
bridge relay
vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media tr-net [state {suspend | active}]
function (TrBRF)
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [bridge bridge-number]
[stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}] [tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
Table 2-35 describes the rules for configuring VLANs.
Table 2-35
Configuration
VLAN Configuration Rules
Rule
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Specify a parent VLAN ID of a TrBRF that already exists in the
are configuring a TrCRF VLAN
database.
media type.
Specify a ring number. Do not leave this field blank.
Specify unique ring numbers when TrCRF VLANs have the same
parent VLAN ID. Only one backup concentrator relay function
(CRF) can be enabled.
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Do not specify a backup CRF.
are configuring VLANs other than
TrCRF media type.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-539
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
Table 2-35
VLAN Configuration Rules (continued)
Configuration
Rule
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Specify a bridge number. Do not leave this field blank.
are configuring a TrBRF VLAN
media type.
VTP v1 mode is enabled.
No VLAN can have an STP type set to auto.
This rule applies to Ethernet, FDDI, FDDI-NET, Token Ring, and
Token Ring-NET VLANs.
Add a VLAN that requires
translational bridging (values are
not set to zero).
The translational bridging VLAN IDs that are used must already
exist in the database.
The translational bridging VLAN IDs that a configuration points
to must also contain a pointer to the original VLAN in one of the
translational bridging parameters (for example, Ethernet points to
FDDI, and FDDI points to Ethernet).
The translational bridging VLAN IDs that a configuration points
to must be different media types than the original VLAN (for
example, Ethernet can point to Token Ring).
If both translational bridging VLAN IDs are configured, these
VLANs must be different media types (for example, Ethernet can
point to FDDI and Token Ring).
Defaults
The ARE value is 7.
Backup CRF is disabled.
The bridge number is 0 (no source-routing bridge) for FDDI-NET, TrBRF, and Token Ring-NET
VLANs.
The media type is ethernet.
The default mtu size is 1500 bytes.
The vlan-name variable is VLANxxxx, where xxxx represents four numeric digits (including leading
zeros) equal to the VLAN ID number.
The parent VLAN ID is 0 (no parent VLAN) for FDDI and Token Ring VLANs. For TrCRF VLANs,
you must specify a parent VLAN ID. For both Token Ring and TrCRF VLANs, the parent VLAN ID
must already exist in the database and be associated with a Token Ring-NET or TrBRF VLAN.
The ring number for Token Ring VLANs is 0. For FDDI VLANs, there is no default.
The said value is 100000 plus the VLAN ID.
The state is active.
The STE value is 7.
The STP type is ieee for FDDI-NET and ibm for Token Ring-NET VLANs. For FDDI and Token Ring
VLANs, the default is no type specified.
The tb-vlan1-id and tb-vlan2-id variables are zero (no translational bridging).
Command Modes
VLAN configuration
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-540
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
Command History
Usage Guidelines
Note
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
You can only use this command mode for configuring normal-range VLANs, that is, VLAN IDs 1
to 1005.
To configure extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094), use the vlan global configuration
command.
VLAN configuration is always saved in the VLAN database. If VTP mode is transparent, it is also saved
in the switch running configuration file, along with the VTP mode and domain name. You can then save
it in the switch startup configuration file by using the copy running-config startup-config privileged
EXEC command.
When you save VLAN and VTP configuration in the startup configuration file and reboot the switch, the
configuration is selected in these ways:
•
If both the VLAN database and the configuration file show the VTP mode as transparent and the
VTP domain names match, the VLAN database is ignored. The VTP and VLAN configurations in
the startup configuration file are used. The VLAN database revision number remains unchanged in
the VLAN database.
•
If the VTP mode is server, or if the startup VTP mode or domain names do not match the VLAN
database, the VTP mode and the VLAN configuration for the first 1005 VLANs use VLAN database
information.
The following are the results of using the no vlan commands:
•
When the no vlan vlan-id form is used, the VLAN is deleted. Deleting VLANs automatically resets
to zero any other parent VLANs and translational bridging parameters that see the deleted VLAN.
•
When the no vlan vlan-id bridge form is used, the VLAN source-routing bridge number returns to
the default (0). The vlan vlan-id bridge command is used only for FDDI-NET and Token Ring-NET
VLANs and is ignored in other VLAN types.
•
When the no vlan vlan-id media form is used, the media type returns to the default (ethernet).
Changing the VLAN media type (including the no form) resets the VLAN MTU to the default MTU
for the type (unless the mtu keyword is also present in the command). It also resets the VLAN parent
and translational bridging VLAN to the default (unless the parent, tb-vlan1, or tb-vlan2 are also
present in the command).
•
When the no vlan vlan-id mtu form is used, the VLAN MTU returns to the default for the applicable
VLAN media type. You can also modify the MTU by using the media keyword.
•
When the no vlan vlan-id name vlan-name form is used, the VLAN name returns to the default
name (VLANxxxx, where xxxx represent four numeric digits [including leading zeros] equal to the
VLAN ID number).
•
When the no vlan vlan-id parent form is used, the parent VLAN returns to the default (0). The
parent VLAN resets to the default if the parent VLAN is deleted or if the media keyword changes
the VLAN type or the VLAN type of the parent VLAN.
•
When the no vlan vlan-id ring form is used, the VLAN logical ring number returns to the
default (0).
•
When the no vlan vlan-id said form is used, the VLAN SAID returns to the default (100,000 plus
the VLAN ID).
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-541
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
Examples
•
When the no vlan vlan-id state form is used, the VLAN state returns to the default (active).
•
When the no vlan vlan-id stp type form is used, the VLAN spanning-tree type returns to the default
(ieee).
•
When the no vlan vlan-id tb-vlan1 or no-id tb-vlan2 form is used, the VLAN translational bridge
VLAN (or VLANs, if applicable) returns to the default (0). Translational bridge VLANs must be a
different VLAN type than the affected VLAN, and if two are specified, the two must be different
VLAN types from each other. A translational bridge VLAN resets to the default if the translational
bridge VLAN is deleted, if the media keyword changes the VLAN type, or if the media keyword
changes the VLAN type of the corresponding translation bridge VLAN.
This example shows how to add an Ethernet VLAN with default media characteristics. The default
includes a vlan-name of VLANxxx, where xxxx represents four numeric digits (including leading zeros)
equal to the VLAN ID number. The default media option is ethernet; the state option is active. The
default said-value variable is 100000 plus the VLAN ID; the mtu-size variable is 1500; the stp-type
option is ieee. When you enter the exit or apply vlan configuration command, the VLAN is added if it
did not already exist; otherwise, this command does nothing.
Switch(vlan)# vlan 2
VLAN 2 added:
Name: VLAN0002
Switch(vlan)# exit
APPLY completed.
Exiting....
This example shows how to modify an existing VLAN by changing its name and MTU size:
Switch(vlan)# no vlan name engineering mtu 1200
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vlan
Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the VLAN
ID or name is specified) in the administrative domain.
vlan (global
configuration)
Enters config-vlan mode for configuring normal-range and extended-range
VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-542
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan access-map
vlan access-map
Use the vlan access-map global configuration command on the switch to create or modify a VLAN map
entry for VLAN packet filtering. This entry changes the mode to the VLAN access-map configuration.
Use the no form of this command to delete a VLAN map entry. Use the vlan filter interface
configuration command to apply a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.
vlan access-map name [number]
no vlan access-map name [number]
Syntax Description
name
Name of the VLAN map.
number
(Optional) The sequence number of the map entry that you want to create or modify (0
to 65535). If you are creating a VLAN map and the sequence number is not specified,
it is automatically assigned in increments of 10, starting from 10. This number is the
sequence to insert to, or delete from, a VLAN access-map entry.
Defaults
There are no VLAN map entries and no VLAN maps applied to a VLAN.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
In global configuration mode, use this command to create or modify a VLAN map. This entry changes
the mode to VLAN access-map configuration, where you can use the match access-map configuration
command to specify the access lists for IP or non-IP traffic to match and use the action command to set
whether a match causes the packet to be forwarded or dropped.
In VLAN access-map configuration mode, these commands are available:
•
action: sets the action to be taken (forward or drop).
•
default: sets a command to its defaults
•
exit: exits from VLAN access-map configuration mode
•
match: sets the values to match (IP address or MAC address).
•
no: negates a command or set its defaults
When you do not specify an entry number (sequence number), it is added to the end of the map.
There can be only one VLAN map per VLAN and it is applied as packets are received by a VLAN.
You can use the no vlan access-map name [number] command with a sequence number to delete a single
entry.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-543
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan access-map
In global configuration mode, use the vlan filter interface configuration command to apply the map to
one or more VLANs.
For more information about VLAN map entries, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to create a VLAN map named vac1 and apply matching conditions and actions
to it. If no other entries already exist in the map, this will be entry 10.
Switch(config)# vlan access-map vac1
Switch(config-access-map)# match ip address acl1
Switch(config-access-map)# action forward
This example shows how to delete VLAN map vac1:
Switch(config)# no vlan access-map vac1
Related Commands
Command
Description
action
Sets the action for the VLAN access map entry.
match (access-map configuration) Sets the VLAN map to match packets against one or more access
lists.
show vlan access-map
Displays information about a particular VLAN access map or all
VLAN access maps.
vlan filter
Applies the VLAN access map to one or more VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-544
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan database
vlan database
Use the vlan database privileged EXEC command to enter VLAN configuration mode. From this mode,
you can add, delete, and modify VLAN configurations for normal-range VLANs and globally propagate
these changes by using the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP). Configuration information is saved in the
VLAN database.
vlan database
Note
VLAN configuration mode is only valid for VLAN IDs 1 to 1005.
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can use the VLAN database configuration commands to configure VLANs 1 to 1005. To configure
extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094), use the vlan (global configuration) command to
enter config-vlan mode. You can also configure VLAN IDs 1 to 1005 by using the vlan global
configuration command.
To return to the privileged EXEC mode from the VLAN configuration mode, enter the exit command.
Note
This command mode is different from other modes because it is session-oriented. When you add, delete,
or modify VLAN parameters, the changes are not applied until you exit the session by entering the apply
or exit command. When the changes are applied, the VTP configuration version is incremented. You can
also not apply the changes to the VTP database by entering abort.
When you are in VLAN configuration mode, you can access the VLAN database and make changes by
using these commands:
•
vlan: accesses subcommands to add, delete, or modify values associated with a single VLAN. For
more information, see the vlan (VLAN configuration) command.
•
vtp: accesses subcommands to perform VTP administrative functions. For more information, see the
vtp (VLAN configuration) command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-545
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan database
When you have modified VLAN or VTP parameters, you can use these editing buffer manipulation
commands:
•
abort: exits the mode without applying the changes. The VLAN configuration that was running
before you entered VLAN configuration mode continues to be used.
•
apply: applies current changes to the VLAN database, increments the database configuration
revision number, propagates it throughout the administrative domain, and remains in VLAN
configuration mode.
Note
You cannot use this command when the switch is in VTP client mode.
•
exit: applies all configuration changes to the VLAN database, increments the database configuration
number, propagates it throughout the administrative domain, and returns to privileged EXEC mode.
•
no: negates a command or set its defaults; valid values are vlan and vtp.
•
reset: abandons proposed changes to the VLAN database, resets the proposed database to the
implemented VLAN database on the switch, and remains in VLAN configuration mode.
•
show: displays VLAN database information.
•
show changes [vlan-id]: displays the differences between the VLAN database on the switch and the
proposed VLAN database for all normal-range VLAN IDs (1 to 1005) or the specified VLAN ID (1
to 1005).
•
show current [vlan-id]: displays the VLAN database on the switch or on a selected VLAN (1 to
1005).
•
show proposed [vlan-id]: displays the proposed VLAN database or a selected VLAN (1 to 1005)
from the proposed database. The proposed VLAN database is not the running configuration until
you use the exit or apply VLAN configuration command.
You can verify that VLAN database changes have been made or aborted by using the show vlan
privileged EXEC command. This output is different from the show VLAN database configuration
command output.
Examples
This example shows how to enter the VLAN configuration mode from the privileged EXEC mode and
to display VLAN database information:
Switch# vlan database
Switch(vlan)# show
VLAN ISL Id: 1
Name: default
Media Type: Ethernet
VLAN 802.10 Id: 100001
State: Operational
MTU: 1500
Translational Bridged VLAN: 1002
Translational Bridged VLAN: 1003
VLAN ISL Id: 2
Name: VLAN0002
Media Type: Ethernet
VLAN 802.10 Id: 100002
State: Operational
MTU: 1500
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-546
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan database
VLAN ISL Id: 1002
Name: fddi-default
Media Type: FDDI
VLAN 802.10 Id: 101002
State: Operational
MTU: 1500
Bridge Type: SRB
Ring Number: 0
Translational Bridged VLAN: 1
Translational Bridged VLAN: 1003
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show changes command:
Switch(vlan)# show changes
DELETED:
VLAN ISL Id: 4
Name: VLAN0004
Media Type: Ethernet
VLAN 802.10 Id: 100004
State: Operational
MTU: 1500
MODIFIED:
VLAN ISL Id: 7
Current State: Operational
Modified State: Suspended
This example shows how to display the differences between VLAN 7 in the current database and the
proposed database.
Switch(vlan)# show changes 7
MODIFIED:
VLAN ISL Id: 7
Current State: Operational
Modified State: Suspended
This is an example of output from the show current 20 command. It displays only VLAN 20 of the
current database.
Switch(vlan)# show current 20
VLAN ISL Id: 20
Name: VLAN0020
Media Type: Ethernet
VLAN 802.10 Id: 100020
State: Operational
MTU: 1500
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vlan
Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs in the administrative
domain.
shutdown vlan
Shuts down (suspends) local traffic on the specified VLAN.
vlan (global
configuration)
Enters config-vlan mode for configuring normal-range and extended-range
VLANs.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-547
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan filter
vlan filter
Use the vlan filter global configuration command on the switch to apply a VLAN map to one or more
VLANs. Use the no form of this command to remove the map.
vlan filter mapname vlan-list {list | all}
no vlan filter mapname vlan-list {list | all}
Syntax Description
mapname
Name of the VLAN map entry.
list
The list of one or more VLANs in the form tt, uu-vv, xx, yy-zz, where spaces
around commas and dashes are optional. The range is 1 to 4094.
all
Remove the filter from all VLANs.
Defaults
There are no VLAN filters.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To avoid accidentally dropping too many packets and disabling connectivity in the middle of the
configuration process, we recommend that you completely define the VLAN access map before applying
it to a VLAN.
For more information about VLAN map entries, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example applies VLAN map entry map1 to VLANs 20 and 30:
Switch(config)# vlan filter map1 vlan-list 20, 30
This example shows how to delete VLAN map entry mac1 from VLAN 20:
Switch(config)# no vlan filter map1 vlan-list 20
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan filter privileged EXEC command.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-548
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vlan filter
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vlan access-map
Displays information about a particular VLAN access map or all VLAN
access maps.
show vlan filter
Displays information about all VLAN filters or about a particular VLAN
or VLAN access map.
vlan access-map
Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-549
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC)
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC)
Use the vmps reconfirm privileged EXEC command to immediately send VLAN Query Protocol (VQP)
queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN assignments with the VLAN Membership Policy Server
(VMPS).
vmps reconfirm
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to immediately send VQP queries to the VMPS:
Switch# vmps reconfirm
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining the
VMPS Action row of the Reconfirmation Status section. The show vmps command shows the result of
the last time the assignments were reconfirmed either because the reconfirmation timer expired or
because the vmps reconfirm command was entered.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vmps
Displays VQP and VMPS information.
vmps reconfirm (global
configuration)
Changes the reconfirmation interval for the VQP client.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-550
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vmps reconfirm (global configuration)
vmps reconfirm (global configuration)
Use the vmps reconfirm global configuration command to change the reconfirmation interval for the
VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) client. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
vmps reconfirm interval
no vmps reconfirm
Syntax Description
interval
Defaults
The default reconfirmation interval is 60 minutes.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
Reconfirmation interval for VQP client queries to the VLAN Membership Policy
Server (VMPS) to reconfirm dynamic VLAN assignments. The range is 1 to 120
minutes.
This example shows how to set the VQP client to reconfirm dynamic VLAN entries every 20 minutes:
Switch(config)# vmps reconfirm 20
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining
information in the Reconfirm Interval row.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vmps
Displays VQP and VMPS information.
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC) Sends VQP queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN
assignments with the VMPS.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-551
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vmps retry
vmps retry
Use the vmps retry global configuration command to configure the per-server retry count for the VLAN
Query Protocol (VQP) client. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
vmps retry count
no vmps retry
Syntax Description
count
Defaults
The default retry count is 3.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Examples
Number of attempts to contact the VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) by the
client before querying the next server in the list. The range is 1 to 10.
This example shows how to set the retry count to 7:
Switch(config)# vmps retry 7
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining
information in the Server Retry Count row.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vmps
Displays VQP and VMPS information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-552
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vmps server
vmps server
Use the vmps server global configuration command to configure the primary VLAN Membership Policy
Server (VMPS) and up to three secondary servers. Use the no form of this command to remove a VMPS
server.
vmps server ipaddress [primary]
no vmps server [ipaddress]
Syntax Description
ipaddress
IP address or hostname of the primary or secondary VMPS servers. If you specify a
hostname, the Domain Name System (DNS) server must be configured.
primary
(Optional) Decides whether primary or secondary VMPS servers are being
configured.
Defaults
No primary or secondary VMPS servers are defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The first server entered is automatically selected as the primary server whether or not primary is
entered. The first server address can be overridden by using primary in a subsequent command.
When using the no form without specifying the ipaddress, all configured servers are deleted. If you
delete all servers when dynamic-access ports are present, the switch cannot forward packets from new
sources on these ports because it cannot query the VMPS.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the server with IP address 191.10.49.20 as the primary VMPS
server. The servers with IP addresses 191.10.49.21 and 191.10.49.22 are configured as secondary
servers:
Switch(config)# vmps server 191.10.49.20 primary
Switch(config)# vmps server 191.10.49.21
Switch(config)# vmps server 191.10.49.22
This example shows how to delete the server with IP address 191.10.49.21:
Switch(config)# no vmps server 191.10.49.21
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining
information in the VMPS Domain Server row.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-553
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vmps server
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vmps
Displays VQP and VMPS information.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-554
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (global configuration)
vtp (global configuration)
Use the vtp global configuration command to set or modify the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP)
configuration characteristics. Use the no form of this command to remove the settings or to return to the
default settings.
vtp {domain domain-name | file filename | interface name [only] | mode {client | server |
transparent} | password password | pruning | version number}
no vtp {file | interface | mode | password | pruning | version}
Syntax Description
domain domain-name
Specify the VTP domain name, an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters that
identifies the VTP administrative domain for the switch. The domain name
is case sensitive.
file filename
Specify the Cisco IOS file system file where the VTP VLAN configuration
is stored.
interface name
Specify the name of the interface providing the VTP ID updated for this
device.
only
(Optional) Use only the IP address of this interface as the VTP IP updater.
mode
Specify the VTP device mode as client, server, or transparent.
client
Place the switch in VTP client mode. A switch in VTP client mode is enabled
for VTP, and can send advertisements, but does not have enough nonvolatile
storage to store VLAN configurations. You cannot configure VLANs on the
switch. When a VTP client starts up, it does not send VTP advertisements
until it receives advertisements to initialize its VLAN database.
server
Place the switch in VTP server mode. A switch in VTP server mode is
enabled for VTP and sends advertisements. You can configure VLANs on the
switch. The switch can recover all the VLAN information in the current VTP
database from nonvolatile storage after reboot.
transparent
Place the switch in VTP transparent mode. A switch in VTP transparent
mode is disabled for VTP, does not send advertisements or learn from
advertisements sent by other devices, and cannot affect VLAN
configurations on other devices in the network. The switch receives VTP
advertisements and forwards them on all trunk ports except the one on which
the advertisement was received.
When VTP mode is transparent, the mode and domain name are saved in the
switch running configuration file, and you can save them in the switch
startup configuration file by entering the copy running-config startup
config privileged EXEC command.
password password
Set the administrative domain password for the generation of the 16-byte
secret value used in MD5 digest calculation to be sent in VTP advertisements
and to validate received VTP advertisements. The password can be an ASCII
string from 1 to 32 characters. The password is case sensitive.
pruning
Enable VTP pruning on the switch.
version number
Set VTP version to Version 1 or Version 2.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
OL-8916-01
2-555
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (global configuration)
Defaults
The default filename is flash:vlan.dat.
The default mode is server mode.
No domain name or password is defined.
No password is configured.
Pruning is disabled.
The default version is Version 1.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEF
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you save VTP mode, domain name, and VLAN configurations in the switch startup configuration
file and reboot the switch, the VTP and VLAN configurations are selected by these conditions:
•
If both the VLAN database and the configuration file show the VTP mode as transparent and the
VTP domain names match, the VLAN database is ignored. The VTP and VLAN configurations in
the startup configuration file are used. The VLAN database revision number remains unchanged in
the VLAN database.
•
If the startup VTP mode is server mode, or the startup VTP mode or domain names do not match the
VLAN database, VTP mode and VLAN configuration for the first 1005 VLANs are selected by
VLAN database information, and VLANs greater than 1005 are configured from the switch
configuration file.
The vtp file filename cannot be used to load a new database; it renames only the file in which the existing
database is stored.
Follow these guidelines when configuring a VTP domain name:
•
The switch is in the no-management-domain state until you configure a domain name. While in the
no-management-domain state, the switch does not send any VTP advertisements even if changes
occur to the local VLAN configuration. The switch leaves the no-management-domain state after it
receives the first VTP summary packet on any port that is trunking or after you configure a domain
name by using the vtp domain command. If the switch receives its domain from a summary packet,
it resets its configuration revision number to 0. After the switch leaves the no-management-domain
state, it can no be configured to re-enter it until you clear the NVRAM and reload the software.
•
Domain names are case-sensitive.
•
After you configure a domain name, it cannot be removed. You can only reassign it to a different
domain.
Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch for HP Command Reference
2-556
OL-8916-01
Chapter 2 Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (global configuration)
Follow these guidelines when setting VTP mode:
•
The no vtp mode command returns the switch to VTP server mode.
•
The vtp mode server command is the same as no vtp mode except that it does not return an error
if the switch is not in client or transparent mode.
•
If the receiving switch is in client mode, the client switch changes its configuration to duplicate the
configuration of the server. If you have switches in client mode, be sure to make all VTP or VLAN
configuration changes on a switch in server mode. If the receiving switch is in server mode or
transparent mode, the switch configuration is not changed.
•
Switches in transparent mode do not participate in VTP. If you make VTP or VLAN configuration
changes on a switch in transparent mode, the changes are not propagated to other switches in the
network.
•
If you change the VTP or VLAN configuration on a switch that is in server mode, that change is
propagated to all the switches in the same VTP domain.
•
The vtp mode transparent command disables VTP from the domain but does not remove the
domain from the switch.
•
The VTP mode must be transparent for you to add extended-range VLANs or for VTP and VLAN
information to be saved in the running configuration file.
•
If extended-range VLANs are configured on the switch and you attempt to set the VTP mode to
server or client, you receive an error message, and the configuration is not allowed.
•
VTP can be set to either server or client mode only when dynamic VLAN creation is disabled.
Follow these guidelines when setting a VTP password:
•
Passwords are case sensitive. Passwords should match on all switches in the same domain.
•
When you use the no vtp password form of the command, the switch returns to the no-password
state.
Follow these guidelines when setting VTP pruning:
•
VTP pruning removes information about each pruning-eligible VLAN from VTP updates if there
are no stations belonging to that VLAN.
•
If you enable pruning on the VTP server, it is enabled for the entire management domain for VLAN
IDs 1 to 1005.
•
Only VLANs in the pruning-eligible list can be pruned.
•
Pruning is supported with VTP Version 1 and Version 2.
Follow these guidelines when setting the VTP version:
•
Toggling the Version 2 (v2) mode state modi